Summary
| Page checked: | file:/home/koenr/allhelp.html |
| Total errors found: | 1111 (Parsing: 23, HTML: 1088) |
| (X)HTML used for this page: | XHTML 1.0 Strict |
Back to website summaryPage Layout
The line numbers refer to lines in the original source.
Any with a line number of '0' are implicit tags added by Total Validator:
1 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
2 <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" dir="ltr" lang="en" xml:lang="en">
3 <head>
4 <title>
4 Moodle Help Files
4 </title>
5 <style type="text/css">
5 </style>
6 </head>
7 <body>
8 <div class="filename">
8 ./docs/licence.html
9 </div>
10 
E601 This tag should not be nested within any other tags:
E602 This should be the first HTML tag or content in the file:
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
12 E601 This tag should not be nested within any other tags:
E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
13 <head>
15 <title>
15 Moodle Docs: Copyright License
15 </title>
17 <link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS" />
19 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" />
20 </head>
21 <body>
23 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
(For the most up-to-date version of this license, see
23 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<a href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/License">
23 Moodle Docs
23 </a>
23 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
).
25 <h1>
25 Copyright License for Moodle
25 </h1>
26 <blockquote>
27 <p>
27 The
27 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
27 name
27 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
27 <strong>
27 Moodle™
27 </strong>
27 is a registered trademark of The Moodle Trust.
27 <br />
28 If you are intending to use the name to advertise commercial generic Moodle services (eg Moodle
Hosting, Moodle Support, Moodle Certification etc), then you must seek direct permission in
writing from Martin Dougiamas via the
28 <a href="http://moodle.com/helpdesk">
28 moodle.com helpdesk
28 </a>
28 , in accordance with normal trademark restrictions. There are no restrictions on how you use the
name in other contexts (for example, if you use Moodle just to provide courses then you can use
the name freely to refer to it.) If you aren't sure of a particular case, please ask us via the
moodle.com helpdesk: we'll be happy to either provide you with official permission in writing or
help you fix your wording.
29 </p>
31 <p>
31 The
31 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
31 software
31 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
31 Moodle is Copyright © 1999 onwards,
32 <a href="http://dougiamas.com/">
32 Martin Dougiamas
32 </a>
32 with portions contributed by many others.
32 </p>
34 <p>
34 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
34 <br />
35 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
35 <br />
36 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
36 <br />
37 (at your option) any later version.
37 </p>
38 <p>
38 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
38 <br />
39 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
39 <br />
40 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
40 <br />
41 GNU General Public License for more details (attached below).
41 <br />
42 </p>
43 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
E620 The 'size' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<hr width="100%" size="2" />
44 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<br />
46 <pre>
46 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
46 <br />
46 Version 2, June 1991
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
46 <br />
46 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
46 <br />
46 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
46 <br />
46 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 Preamble
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
46 <br />
46 freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
46 <br />
46 License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
46 <br />
46 software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
46 <br />
46 General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
46 <br />
46 Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
46 <br />
46 using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
46 <br />
46 the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
46 <br />
46 your programs, too.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
46 <br />
46 price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
46 <br />
46 have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
46 <br />
46 this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
46 <br />
46 if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
46 <br />
46 in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
46 <br />
46 anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
46 <br />
46 These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
46 <br />
46 distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
46 <br />
46 gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
46 <br />
46 you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
46 <br />
46 source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
46 <br />
46 rights.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
46 <br />
46 (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
46 <br />
46 distribute and/or modify the software.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
46 <br />
46 that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
46 <br />
46 software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
46 <br />
46 want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
46 <br />
46 that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
46 <br />
46 authors' reputations.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
46 <br />
46 patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
46 <br />
46 program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
46 <br />
46 program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
46 <br />
46 patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
46 <br />
46 modification follow.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
46 <br />
46 TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
46 <br />
46 a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
46 <br />
46 under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
46 <br />
46 refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
46 <br />
46 means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
46 <br />
46 that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
46 <br />
46 either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
46 <br />
46 language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
46 <br />
46 the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
46 <br />
46 covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
46 <br />
46 running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
46 <br />
46 is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
46 <br />
46 Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
46 <br />
46 Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
46 <br />
46 source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
46 <br />
46 conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
46 <br />
46 copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
46 <br />
46 notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
46 <br />
46 and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
46 <br />
46 along with the Program.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
46 <br />
46 you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
46 <br />
46 of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
46 <br />
46 distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
46 <br />
46 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
46 <br />
46 stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
46 <br />
46 whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
46 <br />
46 part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
46 <br />
46 parties under the terms of this License.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
46 <br />
46 when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
46 <br />
46 interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
46 <br />
46 announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
46 <br />
46 notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
46 <br />
46 a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
46 <br />
46 these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
46 <br />
46 License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
46 <br />
46 does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
46 <br />
46 the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
46 <br />
46 identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
46 <br />
46 and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
46 <br />
46 themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
46 <br />
46 sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
46 <br />
46 distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
46 <br />
46 on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
46 <br />
46 this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
46 <br />
46 entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
46 <br />
46 your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
46 <br />
46 exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
46 <br />
46 collective works based on the Program.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
46 <br />
46 with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
46 <br />
46 a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
46 <br />
46 the scope of this License.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
46 <br />
46 under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
46 <br />
46 Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
46 <br />
46 source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
46 <br />
46 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
46 <br />
46 years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
46 <br />
46 cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
46 <br />
46 machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
46 <br />
46 distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
46 <br />
46 customarily used for software interchange; or,
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
46 <br />
46 to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
46 <br />
46 allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
46 <br />
46 received the program in object code or executable form with such
46 <br />
46 an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
46 <br />
46 making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
46 <br />
46 code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
46 <br />
46 associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
46 <br />
46 control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
46 <br />
46 special exception, the source code distributed need not include
46 <br />
46 anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
46 <br />
46 form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
46 <br />
46 operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
46 <br />
46 itself accompanies the executable.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
46 <br />
46 access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
46 <br />
46 access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
46 <br />
46 distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
46 <br />
46 compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
46 <br />
46 except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
46 <br />
46 otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
46 <br />
46 void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
46 <br />
46 However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
46 <br />
46 this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
46 <br />
46 parties remain in full compliance.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
46 <br />
46 signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
46 <br />
46 distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
46 <br />
46 prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
46 <br />
46 modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
46 <br />
46 Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
46 <br />
46 all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
46 <br />
46 the Program or works based on it.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
46 <br />
46 Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
46 <br />
46 original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
46 <br />
46 these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
46 <br />
46 restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
46 <br />
46 You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
46 <br />
46 this License.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
46 <br />
46 infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
46 <br />
46 conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
46 <br />
46 otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
46 <br />
46 excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
46 <br />
46 distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
46 <br />
46 License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
46 <br />
46 may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
46 <br />
46 license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
46 <br />
46 all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
46 <br />
46 the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
46 <br />
46 refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
46 <br />
46 any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
46 <br />
46 apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
46 <br />
46 circumstances.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
46 <br />
46 patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
46 <br />
46 such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
46 <br />
46 integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
46 <br />
46 implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
46 <br />
46 generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
46 <br />
46 through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
46 <br />
46 system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
46 <br />
46 to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
46 <br />
46 impose that choice.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
46 <br />
46 be a consequence of the rest of this License.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
46 <br />
46 certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
46 <br />
46 original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
46 <br />
46 may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
46 <br />
46 those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
46 <br />
46 countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
46 <br />
46 the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
46 <br />
46 of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
46 <br />
46 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
46 <br />
46 address new problems or concerns.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
46 <br />
46 specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
46 <br />
46 later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
46 <br />
46 either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
46 <br />
46 Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
46 <br />
46 this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
46 <br />
46 Foundation.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
46 <br />
46 programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
46 <br />
46 to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
46 <br />
46 Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
46 <br />
46 make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
46 <br />
46 of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
46 <br />
46 of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 NO WARRANTY
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
46 <br />
46 FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
46 <br />
46 OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
46 <br />
46 PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
46 <br />
46 OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
46 <br />
46 MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
46 <br />
46 TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
46 <br />
46 PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
46 <br />
46 REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
46 <br />
46 WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
46 <br />
46 REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
46 <br />
46 INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
46 <br />
46 OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
46 <br />
46 TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
46 <br />
46 YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
46 <br />
46 PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
46 <br />
46 POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
46 <br />
46 <br />
46 END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
46 <br />
46 </pre>
47 </blockquote>
50 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
50 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="1">
50 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="." target="_top">
50 Moodle Documentation
50 </a>
50 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
50 </p>
51 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
51 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="1">
51 Version: $Id: licence.html,v 1.3 2007/07/10 03:43:53 moodler Exp $
51 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
51 </p>
52 </body>
53 </html>
54 <div class="filename">
54 ./help/participantswithselectedusers.html
55 </div>
56 <h1>
56 With selected users...
56 </h1>
57 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
57 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
57 Add / send message
57 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
57 </p>
58 <p>
58 This allows you to select multiple users to compose and send an instant message to.
58 </p>
59 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
59 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
59 Extend enrolment
59 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
59 </p>
60 <p>
60 Even if your course has a set enrolment period you may give students extended access for up to a year
60 </p>
60 <div class="filename">
60 ./help/qformat_blackboard/blackboard.html
61 </div>
62 <h1>
62 Blackboard (POOL) Files
62 </h1>
64 <p>
64 This module can import questions saved in Blackboard's "POOL" type export format. This is generally for
Blackboard versions 5 and earlier although many other quiz packages use this as their "Blackboard"
export format.
66 </p>
68 <p>
69 To use this first unpack the exported zip file and provide Moodle with the appropriate .dat file. Do not
try to import the zip file directly
70 </p>
72 <p>
72 Note that this version
72 <strong>
72 does not
72 </strong>
72 work with Blackboard Version 6 and newer.
73 </p>
74 <div class="filename">
74 ./help/lesson/useeditor.html
75 </div>
76 <h1>
76 Use of the HTML Editor
76 </h1>
78 <p>
78 When editing pages this option enables the use the HTML editor (called the editor from this point)
instead of simple textarea boxes. The editor allows the simple formatting of text and the easy addition
of "advanced" features such as links.
81 </p>
83 <p>
83 The editor is switched on by clicking on the box next to
83 <b>
83 Use Editor
83 </b>
83 . The editor is associated with the items on an individual basis. For example, switching the editor on
for, say, the
85 <b>
85 Response 1
85 </b>
85 item just sets the editor on for that item, it does
86 <i>
86 not
86 </i>
86 set it on for all the Response boxes.
87 </p>
89 <p>
89 If the editor is required for some of the items of a page, first click on the
90 <b>
90 Use Editor
90 </b>
90 boxes (They should then contain ticks.) The page is then re-displayed to activate the use of the editor.
This is done by clicking on the
92 <b>
92 Redisplay Page
92 </b>
92 button at the foot of the page.
92 </p>
94 <p>
94 Note that care should be taken when using the editor. In most cases it should not cause any problems.
However, it is
95 <i>
95 not
95 </i>
95 recommended for
96 <b>
96 Answers of Short Answer and Numeric type questions
96 </b>
96 . The editor can add extra "invisible" HTML tags which
97 <b>
97 stop
97 </b>
97 comparisons working as expected. Further, the
98 <b>
98 Descriptions
98 </b>
98 in Branch Tables are used in Buttons and again if they contain any HTML tags this can cause problems.
There are no problems with Answers which are used only for display, such as those in Multichoice type
questions. Again use of the editor for Response items should not cause any problems.
102 </p>
104 <p>
104 If a problem is suspected with any of the text items it is quite safe to switch the editor off (by
removing the tick in the
105 <b>
105 Use editor
105 </b>
105 box). When the page is redisplayed, the "raw" text can then be seen in the textarea box. The
text can be edited as required. In fact, switching the editor on and off repeatedly for a particular
item should
108 <i>
108 not
108 </i>
109 change the text.
109 </p>
111 <p>
111 The "state" of the
111 <b>
111 Use editor
111 </b>
111 option is saved with each item. Thus if a page is re-edited the items which were using the editor will
again appear within the editor.
113 </p>
115 <p>
115 Finally, the editor is quite "expensive" in terms of resources within the browser. If items do
not require the use of the editor it is quicker and less prone to resource problems to just use the
standard textarea boxes.
118 </p>
120 <div class="filename">
120 ./help/lesson/progressbar.html
121 </div>
122 <h1>
122 Progress Bar
122 </h1>
124 <p>
124 Display a progress bar at the bottom of the Lesson. Currently, the progress bar is most accurate with a
linear Lesson.
125 </p>
126 <p>
126 While calculating the percent completed, Branch Tables and Question pages that are answered correctly
count toward Lesson progress. While calculating the total number of pages in the Lesson, clusters and
pages within clusters only count as a single page and End of Cluster and End of Branch Table pages are
excluded. All other pages count toward the total number of pages in the Lesson.
130 </p>
131 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
131 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Note: the default styles for the progress bar are not impressive ;) All of the styles (eg: colors, background
images, etc) for the progress bar can be modified in mod/lesson/styles.php.
132 <div class="filename">
132 ./help/lesson/width.html
133 </div>
134 <h1>
134 Slide Show Width
134 </h1>
136 <p>
136 Type a number for how many pixels wide the slides will be.
136 </p>
136 <div class="filename">
136 ./help/lesson/maxanswers.html
137 </div>
138 <h1>
138 The Maximum Number of Answers in a Lesson
138 </h1>
140 <p>
140 This value determines the maximum number of answers the teacher can use. The default value is 4. If the
lesson uses only, say, TRUE or FALSE questions throughout then it is sensible to set this value to 2.
142 </p>
144 <p>
144 This parameter also sets the maximum number of Branches that can be used in a Branch Table.
145 </p>
147 <p>
147 It is safe to change the value of this parameter in a lesson with existing content. In fact if you want
to add a question with many choices or a long Branch table changing this parameter will be necessary.
After the (unusual) question or BranchTable has been added this parameter can be reduced to a more
"standard" value.
151 </p>
152 <div class="filename">
152 ./help/lesson/usepassword.html
153 </div>
154 <h1>
154 Password Protected Lesson
154 </h1>
156 <p>
156 This will not allow a student to access the lesson unless they type the password.
156 </p>
156 <div class="filename">
156 ./help/lesson/feedback.html
157 </div>
158 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
158 <strong>
158 Display Default Feedback
158 </strong>
158 </p>
160 <p>
160 If set to
160 <strong>
160 Yes
160 </strong>
160 , then when a response is not found for a particular question, the default response of "That's the
correct answer" and "That's the wrong answer" will be used.
162 </p>
163 <p>
163 If set to
163 <strong>
163 No
163 </strong>
163 , then when a response is not found for a particular question, then no feedback is displayed. The user
taking the Lesson will automatically be directed to the next Lesson page.
165 </p>
165 <div class="filename">
165 ./help/lesson/bgcolor.html
166 </div>
167 <h1>
167 Slide Show Background Color
167 </h1>
169 <p>
169 Type in a 6 letter code for the color of the slides.
169 </p>
169 <div class="filename">
169 ./help/lesson/maxpages.html
170 </div>
171 <h1>
171 Number of Pages (Cards) to Show
171 </h1>
173 <p>
173 This parameter is only used in Flash Card type lessons. The default value is zero which means that all
the Pages/Cards are shown in a lesson. Setting this parameter to a non-zero value shows that number of
pages. After that number of Page/Cards have been shown the end of lesson is reached and the student is
shown their grade.
176 </p>
178 <p>
178 If this parameter is set to a number greater than the number of pages in the lesson then the end of the
lesson is reached when all the pages have been shown.
179 </p>
181 <div class="filename">
181 ./help/lesson/deleteattempts.html
182 </div>
183 <h1>
183 Delete student attempts for this lesson (user id)
183 </h1>
185 <p>
185 Type a username in here and click "Save Changes" to delete all attempts and grades for that user.
185 </p>
185 <div class="filename">
185 ./help/lesson/activitylink.html
186 </div>
187 <h1>
187 Activity Link
187 </h1>
189 <p>
189 The drop-down menu contains all of the activities for this course. If one is selected, then a link to
that activity will appear at the end of the Lesson.
190 </p>
190 <div class="filename">
190 ./help/lesson/maxtime.html
191 </div>
192 <h1>
192 Time Limit
192 </h1>
194 <p>
194 Type a number in minutes here for the time limit.
194 </p>
194 <div class="filename">
194 ./help/lesson/lessondefault.html
195 </div>
196 <h1>
196 Use this lesson's settings as defaults
196 </h1>
198 <p>
198 Select yes before Saving the lesson, and the settings you have chosen for this lesson will be the
default settings for the next time you create a lesson for this course.
200 </p>
200 <div class="filename">
200 ./help/lesson/mediafilestudent.html
201 </div>
202 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
202 <strong>
202 Media File
202 </strong>
202 </p>
204 <p>
204 This link will pop-up a window to an attached media file.
204 </p>
205 <div class="filename">
205 ./help/lesson/retake.html
206 </div>
207 <h1>
207 Allowing the Students to Re-take the Lesson
207 </h1>
209 <p>
209 This setting determines whether the students can take the lesson more than once or only once. The
teacher may decide that the lesson contains material which the students ought to know thoroughly. In
which case repeated viewing of the lesson should be allowed. If, however, the material is used more like
an exam then the students should not be allowed to re-take the lesson.
213 </p>
215 <p>
215 When the students are allowed to re-take the lesson, the
215 <b>
215 grades
215 </b>
215 shown in the Grades page are either their
216 <b>
216 average
216 </b>
216 grade over the re-takes or their
217 <b>
217 best
217 </b>
217 grade for the lesson. The next parameter determines which of these two grading alternatives is used.
218 </p>
220 <p>
220 Note that the
220 <b>
220 Question Analysis
220 </b>
220 always uses the answers from the first tries of the lesson, subsequent re-takes by students are ignored.
221 </p>
223 <p>
223 By default this option is
223 <b>
223 No
223 </b>
223 , meaning that students are not allowed to re-take the lesson. It is expected that only in exceptional
circumstances will this option be set to
225 <b>
225 Yes
225 </b>
225 .
225 </p>
226 <div class="filename">
226 ./help/lesson/custom.html
227 </div>
228 <h1>
228 Custom Scoring
228 </h1>
230 <p>
230 This will allow you to put a numerical point value on each answer. Answers may have negative values or
positive values. Imported questions will automatically be assigned 1 point for correct answers and 0 for
incorrect, though you may change this after the import.
233 </p>
233 <div class="filename">
233 ./help/lesson/minquestions.html
234 </div>
235 <h1>
235 The Minimum Number of Questions in a Lesson
235 </h1>
237 <p>
237 When a lesson contains one or more Branch Tables the teacher should normally set this parameter. Its
value sets a lower limit on the number of questions seen when a grade is calculated. It does
239 <b>
239 not
239 </b>
239 force students to answer that many questions in the lesson
240 </p>
242 <p>
242 For example, setting this parameter to, say, 20, will ensure that grades are given as though the
students have seen
243 <b>
243 at least
243 </b>
243 this number of questions. Take the case of a student who only looks at a single branch in a lesson with,
say, 5 pages and answers all the associated questions correctly. They then choose to end the lesson
(assuming there is that option in the "top level"Branch Table, a reasonable enough
assumption). If this parameter were left unset their grade would be 5 out of 5, that is 100%. However,
with it set to 20 their grade would be reduced to 5 out of 20, that is 25%. In the case of another
student who goes through all the branches and sees, say, 25 pages and answers all but two of the
questions correctly, then their grade would be 23 out of 25, that is 92%.
252 </p>
254 <p>
254 If this parameter is used, then the opening page of the lesson should say something like:
255 </p>
257 <blockquote>
257 <p>
257 In this lesson you are expected to attempt at least n questions. You can attempt more if you wish.
However, if you attempt less than n questions your grade will be calculated as though you attempted n.
259 </p>
259 </blockquote>
261 <p>
261 Where obviously "n" is replaced by the actual value this parameter has been given.
262 </p>
264 <p>
264 When this parameter is set students are told how many questions they have attempted and how many they
are expected to attempt.
265 </p>
266 <div class="filename">
266 ./help/lesson/nextpageaction.html
267 </div>
268 <h1>
268 Action after a Correct Answer
268 </h1>
270 <p>
270 The usual action is to follow the jump as specified in the answer. In most cases this will probably show
the Next Page of the lesson. The student is taken through the lesson in a logical way, beginning at the
start and ending at the end.
272 </p>
274 <p>
274 However, the lesson module can also be used as a type of
274 <i>
274 Flash Card
274 </i>
274 assignment. The student is shown some information (optional) and a question in basically a random order.
There is no set beginning and no set end. Just a set of
276 <i>
276 Cards
276 </i>
276 shown one after another in no particular order.
277 </p>
279 <p>
279 This option allows two very similar variants of Flash Card behaviour. The option "Show an unseen
page" never shows the same page twice (even if the student did
281 <b>
281 not
281 </b>
281 answer the question associated with the Card/Page correctly). The other non-default option "Show an
unanswered page" allows the student to see pages that may have appeared before but only if they answered
the associated question wrongly.
283 </p>
285 <p>
285 In either of these Flash Card-type lessons the teacher can decide to use either all the Cards/Pages in
the lesson or just a (random) sub-set. This is done through the "Number of Pages (Cards) to
show" parameter.
287 </p>
290 <div class="filename">
290 ./help/lesson/modattempts.html
291 </div>
292 <h1>
292 Allow Student Review
292 </h1>
294 <p>
294 This will let the student navigate back through the lesson to change their answers.
294 </p>
294 <div class="filename">
294 ./help/lesson/ongoing.html
295 </div>
296 <h1>
296 Ongoing Score
296 </h1>
298 <p>
298 With this turned on, each page will display the student's current points earned out of the total
possible thus far. Example: a student has answered four 5 point questions and answered one incorrectly.
The ongoing score would print that s/he has currently earned 15/20 points.
300 </p>
300 <div class="filename">
300 ./help/lesson/grade.html
301 </div>
302 <h1>
302 The Grade of the Lesson
302 </h1>
304 <p>
304 This value determines the maximum grade which can be awarded in the lesson. The range is 0 to 100%. This
value can be changed at any time during the lesson. Any change has an immediate effect in the Grades
page and on the grades shown to the students in various lists. If the grade is set to 0 the Lesson does
not appear in any of the Grades pages.
308 </p>
310 <div class="filename">
310 ./help/lesson/index.html
311 </div>
312 <h2>
312 Lessons
312 </h2>
314 <ul>
315 <li>
315 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=activitylink.html">
315 Activity Link
315 </a>
315 </li>
316 <li>
316 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=bgcolor.html">
316 Slide Show Background Color
316 </a>
316 </li>
317 <li>
317 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=custom.html">
317 Custom Scoring
317 </a>
317 </li>
318 <li>
318 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=deleteattempts.html">
318 Delete student attempts for this lesson (user id)
318 </a>
318 </li>
319 <li>
319 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=dependency.html">
319 Dependency
319 </a>
319 </li>
320 <li>
320 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=displayleft.html">
320 Display Left Menu
320 </a>
320 </li>
321 <li>
321 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=grade.html">
321 The Grade of the Lesson
321 </a>
321 </li>
322 <li>
322 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=handlingofretakes.html">
322 Handling of Re-takes
322 </a>
322 </li>
323 <li>
323 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=height.html">
323 Slide Show Height
323 </a>
323 </li>
324 <li>
324 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=highscores.html">
324 Display High Scores
324 </a>
324 </li>
325 <li>
325 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=import.html">
325 Importing new questions
325 </a>
325 </li>
326 <li>
326 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=jumpto.html">
326 The Jump-to Link
326 </a>
326 </li>
327 <li>
327 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=lessondefault.html">
327 Use this lesson's settings as defaults
327 </a>
327 </li>
328 <li>
328 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=maxanswers.html">
328 The Maximum Number of Answers in a Lesson
328 </a>
328 </li>
329 <li>
329 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=maxattempts.html">
329 The Maximum Number of Attempts (by a Student)
329 </a>
329 </li>
330 <li>
330 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=maxhighscores.html">
330 Number of High Scores Displayed
330 </a>
330 </li>
331 <li>
331 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=maxpages.html">
331 Number of Pages (Cards) to Show
331 </a>
331 </li>
332 <li>
332 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=maxtime.html">
332 Time Limit
332 </a>
332 </li>
333 <li>
333 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=mediafile.html">
333 Pop-up file or web page
333 </a>
333 </li>
334 <li>
334 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=minquestions.html">
334 The Minimum Number of Questions in a Lesson
334 </a>
334 </li>
335 <li>
335 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=modattempts.html">
335 Allow Student Review
335 </a>
335 </li>
336 <li>
336 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=nextpageaction.html">
336 Action after a Correct Answer
336 </a>
336 </li>
337 <li>
337 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=ongoing.html">
337 Ongoing Score
337 </a>
337 </li>
338 <li>
338 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=overview.html">
338 Overview
338 </a>
338 </li>
339 <li>
339 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=password.html">
339 Password
339 </a>
339 </li>
340 <li>
340 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=practice.html">
340 Practice Lesson
340 </a>
340 </li>
341 <li>
341 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=progressbar.html">
341 Progress Bar
341 </a>
341 </li>
342 <li>
342 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=questionoption.html">
342 Question Option
342 </a>
342 </li>
343 <li>
343 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=questiontypes.html">
343 Question Types
343 </a>
343 </li>
344 <li>
344 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=retake.html">
344 Allowing the Students to Re-take the Lesson
344 </a>
344 </li>
345 <li>
345 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=review.html">
345 Display Review Button
345 </a>
345 </li>
346 <li>
346 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=slideshow.html">
346 Slide Show
346 </a>
346 </li>
347 <li>
347 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=timed.html">
347 Timed
347 </a>
347 </li>
348 <li>
348 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=useeditor.html">
348 Use of the HTML Editor
348 </a>
348 </li>
349 <li>
349 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=usepassword.html">
349 Password Protected Lesson
349 </a>
349 </li>
350 <li>
350 <a href="help.php?module=lesson&file=width.html">
350 Slide Show Width
350 </a>
350 </li>
351 </ul>
351 <div class="filename">
351 ./help/lesson/mediafile.html
352 </div>
353 <h1>
353 Pop-up file or web page
353 </h1>
355 <p>
355 This will create a pop-up window at the beginning of a lesson to a file (example: a mp3 file) or a web
page. Also, a link will be printed out on every lesson page that re-opens the pop-up if necessary.
356 </p>
358 <p>
358 Optionally a "Close Window" button be printed at the bottom of the pop-up and the height and width of
the window can be set as well.
359 </p>
361 <p>
361 Supported embedded file types:
361 </p>
362 <ul>
363 <li>
363 MP3
363 </li>
364 <li>
364 Media Player
364 </li>
365 <li>
365 Quicktime
365 </li>
366 <li>
366 Realmedia
366 </li>
367 <li>
367 HTML
367 </li>
368 <li>
368 Plain Text
368 </li>
369 <li>
369 GIF
369 </li>
370 <li>
370 JPEG
370 </li>
371 <li>
371 PNG
371 </li>
372 </ul>
373 <p>
373 All other file types will default to a link for download.
373 </p>
373 <div class="filename">
373 ./help/lesson/questiontypes.html
374 </div>
375 <h1>
375 Question Types
375 </h1>
377 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
377 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
The types of Questions currently supported by the Lesson module are:
379 <ol>
380 <li>
380 <p>
380 <b>
380 Multichoice
380 </b>
380 This is the default question type. Multichoice questions are popular questions where the student is
asked to choose one answer from a set of alternatives. The correct answer takes the student further
into the lesson, the wrong answers do not. The wrong answers are sometimes called the
"distractors" and the utility of these questions often rely more on the quality of the
distractors than either the questions themselves or their correct answers.
386 </p>
388 <p>
388 Each answer can optionally have a response. If no response is entered for an answer then the default
response "That's the Correct Answer" or "That's the Wrong Answer" is shown to
the student.
390 </p>
392 <p>
392 It is possible to have more than one correct answer to a multichoice question. The different correct
answers may give the student different responses and jump to different (forward) pages in the lesson
but do not vary in their grades, (that is, some answers are
395 <b>
395 not
395 </b>
395 more correct than others, at least in terms of grade.) It is possible for all the answers to be
correct and they might take the student to different (forward) parts of the lesson depending on
which one is chosen.
398 </p>
400 <p>
400 There is variant of Multichoice questions called
400 <b>
400 "Multichoice Multianswer"
401 </b>
401 questions. These require the student to select all the correct answers from the set of answers. The
question may or may not tell the student how many correct answers there are. For example "Which
of the following were US Presidents?" does not, while "Select the two US presidents from the
following list." does. The actual number of correct answers can be from
406 <b>
406 one
406 </b>
406 up to the number of choices. (A Multichoice Multianswer question with one correct answer
407 <b>
407 is
407 </b>
407 different from a Multichoice question as the former allows the student the possibility of choosing
more than one answer while the latter does not.)
409 </p>
411 <p>
411 Again the correct answers are flagged using forward jumps, the wrong answers by same page or
backward jumps. When there is more than one correct answer the jumps should all go to the same page,
similarly with the wrong answers. If that is
414 <b>
414 not
414 </b>
414 the case a warning is given on the teacher's view of the lesson. The correct response, if required,
should be given on the first correct answer and the wrong response, if required, should be on the
first wrong answer. Responses on the other answers are ignored (without warning).
417 </p>
417 </li>
419 <li>
419 <p>
419 <b>
419 Short Answer
419 </b>
419 </p>
420 <p>
420 The student is prompted for a short piece of text. This is checked against one or more answers.
Answers can be either correct or wrong. Each answer can optionally have a response. If no response
is entered for an answer then the default response "That's the Correct Answer" or
"That's the Wrong Answer" is shown to the student. If the text entered does not match any
of the answers the question is wrong and the student is shown the default wrong response.
426 </p>
427 <p>
427 <strong>
427 There are two different comparison systems
427 </strong>
427 available for the Short Answer type of question: the simple system is used by default; the
"Regular Expressions" system is used if the "Use Regular Expressions" option box
is checked.
430 </p>
431 <ul>
432 <li>
432 <strong>
432 Simple analysis
432 </strong>
433 <p>
433 In this (default) system of analysis, the comparisons ignore the case of the text. The asterisk
(*) character can be used in answers as a "wild card" character. It stands for any
number of characters (including no characters at all). For example, the answer "Long*"
will match "longer", "longest" and "long". If one of the answers
is just "*" (a single *) this answer will match anything, it is normally used as the
last "catch-all" answer. The matching process goes through the answers in the order
they appear on the screen. Once a match is found the process stops and the corresponding result
(and response, if present) is returned. So, if for example the answers are Longest, Long* and *
(in that order), the input "longer" will match the second answer and, in this case,
the third answer, although a match, is ignored.
445 </p>
446 <p>
446 If an asterisk (*) is actually needed in an answer, it should be entered as \*, backslash
asterisk.
447 </p>
448 </li>
449 </ul>
450 <ul>
451 <li>
451 <strong>
451 Regular Expressions analysis
451 </strong>
452 <p>
452 This system gives you access to a more powerful but more complicated system for analysing the
student's answers. For a complete introduction to Regular Expressions, see these sites
454 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://www.zend.com/zend/tut/tutorial-delin2.php" target="_blank">
454 regular-expressions tutorial
455 </a>
455 or
455 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://perso.wanadoo.fr/joseph.rezeau/eao/developpement/expandRegexpToString.htm#"
target="_blank">
456 rezeau.org
456 </a>
456 .
456 </p>
457 <h3>
457 Correct answer matching a regular expression pattern
457 </h3>
458 <p>
458 It is not possible to give complete examples of the vast possibilities offered by this system,
and the following are just some possibilities.
459 </p>
460 <p>
460 <strong>
460 Example 1.
460 </strong>
460 Suppose your question is "What are the colors of the French flag?". In the Answer 1
frame you type this regular expression: "
462 <span class="c_computeroutput">
462 it’s blue, white(,| and) red
463 </span>
463 /i". This will match any of those four student answers:
463 </p>
464 <ul>
465 <li>
465 it’s blue, white, red
465 </li>
466 <li>
466 it’s blue, white and red
466 </li>
467 <li>
467 It’s blue, white, red
467 </li>
468 <li>
468 It’s blue, white and red
468 </li>
469 </ul>
470 <p>
470 Please note that by default a regular expression match is case sensitive; to make the match case
insensitive you must add the
471 <strong>
471 /i
471 </strong>
471 parameter right at the end of your expression.
472 </p>
473 <p>
473 <strong>
473 Example 2
473 </strong>
473 . Question: "What is blue, or red, or yellow?". Answer: "(|it's )a colou?r".
This will match:
474 </p>
475 <ul>
476 <li>
476 a colour
476 </li>
477 <li>
477 a color
477 </li>
478 <li>
478 it's a colour
478 </li>
479 <li>
479 it's a color
479 </li>
480 </ul>
481 <p>
481 Notes.- The beginning of this regular expression "(|it's )" will match either nothing
or "it's " (i.e. "it's" followed by a space). The ? (question-mark) means:
preceding character zero or one time; it is used here to match British English as well as US
spelling.
484 </p>
485 <p>
485 <strong>
485 Example 3.
485 </strong>
485 Question: "Name an animal whose name is made of 3 letters and the middle letter is the
vowel
486 <em>
486 a
486 </em>
486 ". Answer: "[bcr]at". This will match: bat, cat and rat.
487 </p>
488 <h3>
488 Detecting missing required words or character strings
488 </h3>
489 <p>
489 Regular expressions alone cannot detect absent character strings, so you have to add a little
code in your Answer to take care of this. Any Teacher Answer which begins with a double hyphen
will analyze the student’s answer to find out whether the following string is present or
absent. If present, the analysis continues to the next question; if absent, the analysis stops
and the relevant Response message is displayed.
494 </p>
495 <p>
495 <strong>
495 Example 4.
495 </strong>
495 </p>
496 <ul>
497 <li>
497 Answer 2:
497 <span class="c_computeroutput">
497 --.*blue.*
497 </span>
497 /i
497 </li>
498 <li>
498 student answer: "it's red and white"
498 </li>
499 <li>
499 Response 2:
499 <span class="c_computeroutput">
499 The color of the sky is missing!
499 </span>
499 </li>
500 <li>
500 Jump 2:
500 <span class="c_computeroutput">
500 this page
500 </span>
500 </li>
501 </ul>
502 <p>
502 Here, the . (dot) stands for “any character” and the * (asterisk) means
“preceding special character repeated any number of times”. The Answer2 regular
expression above means: check whether the character string "blue", preceded with
anything and followed by anything is absent from the student's answer. Please note that the use
of the asterisk is different in the Simple analysis system and in the Regular Expressions
system.
507 </p>
508 <p>
508 <strong>
508 Example 5.
508 </strong>
508 Question: "Name an animal whose name is made of 3 letters and the middle letter is the
vowel
509 <em>
509 a
509 </em>
509 ". Teacher Answer: "--[b|c|r]". Response: "Your answer should start with one
of these letters: b, c or r"
509 </p>
510 <h3>
510 Detecting unwanted (incorrect) words or character strings
510 </h3>
511 <p>
511 You may want to detect, in the student's answer, the presence of one or several words which
should be
512 <strong>
512 not
512 </strong>
512 be there (because they are wrong) and to single them out with a specific response. Just start
your teacher Answer by a double plus sign (++).
514 </p>
515 <p>
515 <strong>
515 Example 6.
515 </strong>
515 </p>
516 <ul>
517 <li>
517 Answer 3: ++(yellow|black|orange|green|black|pink)/i
517 </li>
518 <li>
518 student answer: "it's blue, orange and white"
518 </li>
519 <li>
519 Response 3: One or more colors are wrong!
519 </li>
520 <li>
520 Jump 3: this page
520 </li>
520 </ul>
521 <p>
521 If any of these (wrong) colors is detected in the student’s answer, then the negative
feedback message (Response 3) will be displayed and the wrong strings will be colored red (or
the color of the .incorrect class if it exists in a CSS stylesheet of your active theme).
524 </p>
525 <p>
525 <strong>
525 Example 7
525 </strong>
525 . Question: "Name an animal whose name is made of 3 letters and the middle letter is the
vowel
526 <em>
526 a
526 </em>
526 ". Teacher Answer: "++hat". Response: "You might wear one made of an
animal's skin, but a hat can't be considered as an animal."
528 </p>
529 <h3>
529 Escaping special characters
529 </h3>
530 <p>
530 If you need to use characters which are part of the regular expressions set of
531 <em>
531 special characters
531 </em>
531 , you need to "escape" them (i.e. precede them with a backslash). E.g. if you want to
accept the answer "My computer cost 1000$", you must write the regular expression as
"My computer cost 1000\$". The special characters which must be escaped are
.^$*()[]+?|
534 </p>
535 </li>
536 </ul>
537 </li>
539 <li>
539 <p>
539 <b>
539 True/False
539 </b>
539 The answer to this type of question only has two options, true or false. The student is prompted to
choose which is the correct option. This type of question is basically a Multichoice question with
just two choices.
542 </p>
542 </li>
544 <li>
544 <p>
544 <b>
544 Matching
544 </b>
544 These are quite powerful and flexible questions. They consist of a list of names or statements which
must be correctly matched against other list of names or statements. For example "Match the
Capital with the Country" with the two lists Japan, Canada, Italy and Tokyo, Ottawa, Rome. It
is possible to have repeated entries in one of the lists but care should be taken to make the
repeats identical. For example "Identify the type of these creatures" with the lists
Sparrow, Cow, Ant, Dog and Bird, Animal, Insect, Animal.
551 </p>
553 <p>
553 When creating this type of question the items for the first list go into the Answer boxes and items
for the second list go into the Response boxes. Once created a more sensible labeling scheme is
shown. When the student successfully matches the items the jump on the first answer is used. An
unsuccessful answer jumps to the page on the second answer. The question does
558 <b>
558 not
558 </b>
558 support custom responses, the student is told how many matches are correct or if all the matches are
correct.
559 </p>
561 <p>
561 Unlike the Multichoice question where the choices are shown in a random order, the first list of
items is
562 <b>
562 not
562 </b>
562 shuffled but shown in the same order as entered. This allows for
563 <b>
563 "Ordered"
563 </b>
563 questions to be constructed. Consider the question " Put the following into the order they were
born, the earliest first" with the lists 1., 2., 3., 4. and Longfellow, Lawrence, Lowell,
Larkin. The second list is shuffled before being used in the question, of course.
567 </p>
567 </li>
569 <li>
569 <p>
569 <b>
569 Numerical
569 </b>
569 This type of question requires a number as the answer. In it's simplest form it requires just one
answer to be specified. For example "What is 2 plus 2?" with the answer 4 given a forward
jump. However, it is better to specify a range because the internal rounding of numerical values can
make single numeric comparisons rather hit or miss. Thus, if the question were "What is 10
divided by 3" it would be necessary to give the answer as
575 <b>
575 "Minimum:Maximum"
575 </b>
575 , that is
576 <b>
576 two
576 </b>
576 values separated by a colon (:). Thus if 3.33:3.34 is given as the acceptable range for the answer,
then the answers 3.33, 3.333, 3.3333... would all be taken as correct answers. "Wrong"
answers would include 3.3 (less than the minimum) and 3.4 (greater than the maximum).
579 </p>
581 <p>
581 More than one correct answer is allowed and the answers can be either single or pair of values. Note
that the order in which the answers are tested is Answer 1, Answer 2... so some care needs to taken
if the desired response is to appear. For example the question "When was Larkin born?"
could have the single value of 1922, the exact answer, and the pair of values 1920:1929, the 20's,
as the less exact answer.The order in which these values should be tested is, obviously, 1922 then
1920:1929. The first answer might have the response "That's exactly right" while the other
answer's response might be "That's close, you've got the right decade"
590 </p>
592 <p>
592 Wrong answers can be given but depending on their actual range, care should be taken to place them
after the correct answers. For example in adding the wrong answer 3:4 to the "10 divided by
3" question it needs to come after the correct answer. That is the answers are ordered
3.33:3.34 (the "correct" answer) then 3:4 (the "wrong" answer, but not wildly
wrong answer!).
597 </p>
597 </li>
598 </ol>
598 <div class="filename">
598 ./help/lesson/maxattempts.html
599 </div>
600 <h1>
600 The Maximum Number of Attempts (by a Student)
600 </h1>
602 <p>
602 This value determines the maximum number of attempts a Student has in answering
603 <b>
603 any
603 </b>
603 of the questions in the lesson. In the case of questions which do not provide the answer, for example
Short Answer and Numerical questions, this value provides a necessary
605 <i>
605 escape routine
605 </i>
605 to the next page in the lesson.
606 </p>
608 <p>
608 The default value is 5. Smaller values may discourage the student from thinking about the questions.
Larger values may lead to more frustration.
610 </p>
612 <p>
612 Setting this value to one gives the students just one chance to answer each question. This gives a
similar type of assignment to the Quiz module except that the questions are presented on individual
pages.
614 </p>
616 <p>
616 Note that this value is global parameter and that it applies to all the questions in the lesson
regardless of their type.
617 </p>
619 <p>
619 Note that this parameter does
619 <b>
619 not
619 </b>
619 apply to teachers checking of questions or navigating through the lesson. Checking the number of
attempts relies on values stored in the database and question attempts by teachers are not recorded. The
teacher should after all know the answers!
622 </p>
623 <div class="filename">
623 ./help/lesson/practice.html
624 </div>
625 <h1>
625 Practice Lesson
625 </h1>
627 <p>
627 A practice lesson will not show up in the Gradebook.
627 </p>
627 <div class="filename">
627 ./help/lesson/timed.html
628 </div>
629 <h1>
629 Timed
629 </h1>
631 <p>
631 This puts a time limit on the lesson. Students are shown a JavaScript counter and the time is recorded
in the database. Due to the inconsistent nature of JavaScript, the timer does not evict a student from
the lesson when the time is up, however a question answered after the time limit is not counted. The
time in the database is checked each time a student submits a question.
635 </p>
635 <div class="filename">
635 ./help/lesson/height.html
636 </div>
637 <h1>
637 Slide Show Height
637 </h1>
639 <p>
639 Type a number for how many pixels high the slides will be.
639 </p>
640 <div class="filename">
640 ./help/lesson/displayleftif.html
641 </div>
642 <h1>
642 Display left menu: grade condition
642 </h1>
644 <p>
644 By specifying a grade greater than 0, the user taking the lesson must have a grade equal to or greater
than the grade set in order to view the Left Menu.
645 </p>
646 <p>
646 This allows Lesson designers to force users to go through the entire lesson during the user's first
attempt. Then, if a user retakes the Lesson after meeting the required grade they can see the left menu
to help with review.
647 </p>
647 <div class="filename">
647 ./help/lesson/highscores.html
648 </div>
649 <h1>
649 Display High Scores
649 </h1>
651 <p>
651 A list of the high scores for the lesson will be shown. Students who get a high score can choose a
custom name to list their score by. There is a 'badwords' filter which checks for naughty names.
653 </p>
654 <p>
654 High scores do not display if the "Practice lesson" option is turned On.
654 </p>
654 <div class="filename">
654 ./help/lesson/handlingofretakes.html
655 </div>
656 <h1>
656 Handling of Re-takes
656 </h1>
658 <p>
658 When students are allowed to re-take the lesson, this option allows the teacher to show the grade for
the lesson in, for example, the Grades page, as either the
660 <b>
660 mean
660 </b>
660 , this is average, of the grades over the first and subsequent tries or as the grade from the
students'
661 <b>
661 best
661 </b>
661 tries.
661 </p>
663 <p>
663 This option can be changed at any time.
663 </p>
665 <div class="filename">
665 ./help/lesson/displayleft.html
666 </div>
667 <h1>
667 Display Left Menu
667 </h1>
669 <p>
669 This will show a list of the pages (Branch Tables) in the lesson.
669 </p>
670 <p>
670 Also, by specifying a grade greater than 0, the user taking the Lesson must have a grade equal to or
greater than the grade set in order to view the Left Menu. This allows Lesson designers to force users
to go through the entire lesson during the user's first attempt. Then, if a user retakes the Lesson
after meeting the required grade, s/he can see the Left Menu to help with review.
673 </p>
673 <div class="filename">
673 ./help/lesson/maxhighscores.html
674 </div>
675 <h1>
675 Number of High Scores Displayed
675 </h1>
677 <p>
677 Type a number to limit how many of the top scores are displayed.
677 </p>
677 <div class="filename">
677 ./help/lesson/import.html
678 </div>
679 <h1>
679 Importing new questions
679 </h1>
681 <p>
681 This function allows you to import questions from external text files, uploaded through a form.
682 </p>
684 <p>
684 A number of file formats are supported:
684 </p>
686 <h2>
686 GIFT format
686 </h2>
687 <div class="indent">
688 <p>
688 GIFT is the most comprehensive import format available for importing Moodle quiz questions from a text
file. It was designed to be an easy method for teachers writing questions as a text file. It supports
Multiple-Choice, True-False, Short Answer, Matching and Numerical questions, as well as insertion of a
_____ for the "missing word" format. Various question-types can be mixed in a single text file, and
the format also supports line comments, question names, feedback and percentage-weight grades. Below
are some examples:
694 </p>
695 <pre>
696 Who's buried in Grant's tomb?{~Grant ~Jefferson =no one} Grant is {~buried =entombed ~living} in
Grant's tomb. Grant is buried in Grant's tomb.{FALSE} Who's buried in Grant's tomb?{=no one =nobody}
When was Ulysses S. Grant born?{#1822}
705 </pre>
707 <p class="moreinfo">
707 <a href="help.php?file=formatgift.html&module=quiz">
707 More info about the "GIFT" format
707 </a>
707 </p>
708 </div>
710 <h2>
710 Aiken format
710 </h2>
711 <div class="indent">
712 <p>
712 The Aiken format is a very simple way of creating multiple choice questions using a very clear
human-readable format. Here is an example of the format:
712 </p>
713 <pre>
714 What is the purpose of first aid? A. To save life, prevent further injury, preserve good health B. To
provide medical treatment to any injured or wounded person C. To prevent further injury D. To aid
victims who may be seeking help ANSWER: A
720 </pre>
722 <p class="moreinfo">
722 <a href="help.php?file=formataiken.html&module=quiz">
722 More info about the "Aiken" format
722 </a>
722 </p>
723 </div>
726 <h2>
726 Missing Word
726 </h2>
727 <div class="indent">
728 <p>
728 This format only supports multiple choice questions. Each answer is separated with a tilde (~), and
the correct answer is prefixed with an equals sign (=). Here is an example:
730 </p>
732 <blockquote>
732 <p>
732 As soon as we begin to explore our body parts as infants we become students of {=anatomy and
physiology ~reflexology ~science ~experiment}, and in a sense we remain students for life.
734 </p>
735 </blockquote>
737 <p class="moreinfo">
737 <a href="help.php?file=formatmissingword.html&module=quiz">
737 More info about the "Missing Word" format
737 </a>
737 </p>
738 </div>
741 <h2>
741 AON
741 </h2>
742 <div class="indent">
743 <p>
743 This is the same as Missing Word Format, except that after importing the questions all Short-Answer
questions are converted four at a time into Matching Questions.
745 </p>
746 <p>
746 Additionally, the answers of multiple-choice questions are randomly shuffled during the import.
747 </p>
748 <p>
748 It's named after an organisation that sponsored the development of many quiz features
749 </p>
750 </div>
753 <h2>
753 Blackboard
753 </h2>
754 <div class="indent">
755 <p>
755 This module can import questions saved in Blackboard's export format. It relies on XML functions being
compiled into your PHP.
756 </p>
758 <p class="moreinfo">
758 <a href="help.php?file=formatblackboard.html&module=quiz">
758 More info about the "Blackboard" format
758 </a>
758 </p>
759 </div>
761 <h2>
761 Course Test Manager
761 </h2>
762 <div class="indent">
763 <p>
763 This module can import questions saved in a Course Test Manager test bank. It relies on different ways
of accessing the test bank, which is in a Microsoft Access database, depending on whether Moodle is
running on a Windows or Linux web server.
765 </p>
766 <p>
766 On Windows it lets you upload the access database just like any other data import file.
766 </p>
767 <p>
767 On Linux, you must set up a windows machine on the same network with the Course Test Manager database
and a piece of software called the ODBC Socket Server, which uses XML to transfer data to moodle on
the Linux server.
769 </p>
771 <p>
771 Please read the full help file below before using this import class.
772 </p>
775 <p class="moreinfo">
775 <a href="help.php?file=formatctm.html&module=quiz">
775 More info about the "CTM" format
775 </a>
775 </p>
776 </div>
778 <h2>
778 Custom
778 </h2>
779 <div class="indent">
780 <p>
780 If you have your own format that you need to import, you can implement it yourself by editing
mod/quiz/format/custom.php
781 </p>
783 <p>
783 The amount of new code needed is quite small - just enough to parse a single question from given text.
784 </p>
786 <p class="moreinfo">
786 <a href="help.php?file=formatcustom.html&module=quiz">
786 More info about the "Custom" format
786 </a>
786 </p>
787 </div>
790 <p>
790 More formats are yet to come, including WebCT, IMS QTI and whatever else Moodle users can contribute!
791 </p>
792 <div class="filename">
792 ./help/lesson/review.html
793 </div>
794 <h1>
794 Display Review Button
794 </h1>
796 <p>
796 This will display a button after an incorrectly answered question, allowing a student to re-attempt it.
It is not compatible with essay questions, so leave this off if you are using essay questions.
798 </p>
798 <div class="filename">
798 ./help/lesson/password.html
799 </div>
800 <h1>
800 Password
800 </h1>
802 <p>
802 If you have set Password Protected Lesson to "Yes", type a password here.
802 </p>
802 <div class="filename">
802 ./help/lesson/jumpto.html
803 </div>
804 <h1>
804 The Jump-to Link
804 </h1>
806 <p>
806 Each Answer (for questions) or Description (for Branch pages) has a Jump-to link. When this answer is
chosen, the answer's response is shown to the student. After that the student sees the page given in the
Jump-to link. This link can be either relative or absolute. Relative links are
809 <b>
809 This page
810 </b>
810 and
810 <b>
810 Next page
810 </b>
810 .
810 <b>
810 This page
810 </b>
810 means that the student sees the current page again.
811 <b>
811 Next page
811 </b>
811 shows the page which follows this page in the logical order of pages. An absolute page link is specified
by choosing the page's
813 <b>
813 title
813 </b>
813 .
813 </p>
814 <p>
814 Note that a (relative)
814 <b>
814 Next page
814 </b>
814 Jump-to link may show a different page after pages have been moved. Whereas Jump-to links which use page
815 <b>
815 titles
815 </b>
816 always show the same page after pages have been moved.
816 </p>
817 <p>
817 Special Jumps
817 </p>
818 <p>
818 Unseen Question within a Branch
818 </p>
819 <p>
819 This will link to a randomly chosen unseen (by the student in this attempt) question between this branch
table and the End of the Lesson or the next End of Branch.
820 </p>
822 <p>
822 Random Question within a Branch
822 </p>
823 <p>
823 This will link to a randomly chosen question between the current branch table and the End of Lesson or
the next End of Branch. If the student has already seen the question and attempts are greater than 1,
they will get another chance to earn the point(s) for that question. If attempts are set to 1, the
question will be skipped and another random question shown.
827 </p>
829 <p>
829 Random Branch Table
829 </p>
830 <p>
830 This will jump to a random Branch Table between the current Branch Table and the End of Lesson or the
next End of Branch.
831 </p>
833 <div class="filename">
833 ./help/lesson/slideshow.html
834 </div>
835 <h1>
835 Slide Show
835 </h1>
837 <p>
837 This enables the display of the lesson as a slide show, with a fixed width, height, and custom
background color. A CSS based scroll bar will be displayed if the width or height of the slide is
exceeded by the content of a page. Questions will 'break out' of the slide show mode, only pages (branch
tables) will be shown in a slide by default. Buttons labeled with the lang default for "Next" and
"Back" will be shown at the far right and left of the slide if that option is chosen on the page. Other
buttons will be centered below the slide.
843 </p>
843 <div class="filename">
843 ./help/lesson/mods.html
844 </div>
845 <p>
845 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/lesson/icon.gif" />
845
845 <b>
845 Lesson
845 </b>
845 </p>
847 <div class="indent">
848 A lesson delivers content in an interesting and flexible way. It consists of a number of pages. Each
page normally ends with a question and a number of possible answers. Depending on the student's choice
of answer they either progress to the next page or are taken back to a previous page. Navigation through
the lesson can be straight forward or complex, depending largely on the structure of the material being
presented.
854 </div>
855 <div class="filename">
855 ./help/lesson/questionoption.html
856 </div>
857 <h1>
857 Question Option
857 </h1>
859 <p>
859 A few of the Question Types have an option which is activated by clicking on the checkbox. The question
types and the meaning of the options are detailed below.
861 </p>
863 <ol>
864 <li>
864 <p>
864 <b>
864 Multichoice
864 </b>
864 There is variant of Multichoice questions called
865 <b>
865 "Multichoice Multianswer"
865 </b>
865 questions. If the Question Option is selected then the student is required to select all the correct
answers from the set of answers. The question may or may not tell the student
868 <i>
868 how many
868 </i>
868 correct answers there are. For example "Which of the following were US Presidents?" does
not, while "Select the two US presidents from the following list." does. The actual number of
correct answers can be from
871 <b>
871 one
871 </b>
871 up to the number of choices. (A Multichoice Multianswer question with one correct answer
872 <b>
872 is
872 </b>
872 different from a Multichoice question as the former allows the student the possibility of choosing
more than one answer while the latter does not.)
874 </p>
874 </li>
876 <li>
877 <p>
877 <b>
877 Short Answer
877 </b>
877 There are two different comparison systems available for the Short Answer type of question: the
simple system is used by default; the "Regular Expressions" system is used if the
"Use Regular Expressions" option box is checked. For more information, please read the
Lesson question types help file.
881 </p>
882 </li>
883 </ol>
884 <p>
884 The other Question Types do not use the Question Option.
884 </p>
885 <div class="filename">
885 ./help/lesson/importppt.html
886 </div>
887 <h1>
887 Import PowerPoint HTML
887 </h1>
888 <p>
888 HOW TO USE
888 </p>
889 <p>
889 All of the PowerPoint slides get imported as Branch Tables with Previous and Next answers.
889 </p>
890 <ol>
891 <li>
891 Open up your PowerPoint presentation.
891 </li>
892 <li>
892 Save it As a Web Page (no special options)
892 </li>
893 <li>
893 The result of step 3 should be a htm file and a folder with all of the slides converted to web pages.
893 <br />
894 ZIP THE FOLDER only.
894 </li>
895 <li>
895 Go to your moodle site and add a new lesson.
895 </li>
896 <li>
896 After saving the lesson settings you should see 4 options under "What would you like to do
first?" Click on "Import PowerPoint"
896 </li>
897 <li>
897 Use to the "Browse..." button to find your zip file from step 3. Then click on "Upload
this file"
897 </li>
898 <li>
898 If everything worked, the next screen should just display a continue button.
898 </li>
899 </ol>
900 <p>
900 If any images were in your PowerPoint, they would have been saved as course files in moddata/XY where X
is your lesson's name and Y is a number (usually 0). Also, during the import process, files are created
in your moodle data directory inside temp/lesson. These files are not deleted by importppt.php as of
yet.
900 </p>
901 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
901
901 </p>
903 <div class="filename">
903 ./help/lesson/overview.html
904 </div>
905 <h1>
905 Overview
905 </h1>
907 <ol>
908 <li>
908 A lesson is made up of a number of
908 <b>
908 pages
908 </b>
908 and optionally
908 <b>
908 branch tables
909 </b>
909 .
909 </li>
910 <li>
910 A page contains some
910 <b>
910 content
910 </b>
910 and it normally ends with a
911 <b>
911 question
911 </b>
911 . Thus the term
911 <b>
911 Question Page
911 </b>
911 .
911 </li>
912 <li>
912 For Essay Questions, there is no answer, just a score, feedback, and a page jump.
912 </li>
913 <li>
913 Each answer can have a short piece of text which is displayed if the answer is chosen. This piece of
text is called the
914 <b>
914 response
914 </b>
914 .
914 </li>
915 <li>
915 Also associated with each answer is a
915 <b>
915 jump
915 </b>
915 . The jump can be relative - this page, next page - or absolute - specifying any one of the pages in
the lesson or the end of the lesson.
917 </li>
918 <li>
918 By default, the first answer jumps to the
918 <b>
918 next page
918 </b>
918 in the lesson. The subsequent answers jump to the same page. That is, the student is shown the same
page of the lesson again if they do not chose the first answer. If you have already created a cluster
with an end of cluster, and the question is within it, you can also choose to jump to an Unseen
Question within the cluster. This option will not be shown if you are not in a cluster. You can
surround a set of questions with cluster and end of cluster at any time.
924 </li>
925 <li>
925 The next page is determined by the lesson's
925 <b>
925 logical order
925 </b>
925 . This is the order of the pages as seen by the teacher. This order can be altered by moving pages
within the lesson.
927 </li>
928 <li>
928 The lesson also has a
928 <b>
928 navigation order
928 </b>
928 . This is the order of the pages as seen by the students. This is determined by the jumps specified
for individual answers and it can be very different from the logical order. (Although if the jumps are
931 <i>
931 not
931 </i>
931 changed from their default values the two are strongly related.) The teacher has the option to check
the navigation order.
933 </li>
934 <li>
934 When displayed to the students, the answers are usually shuffled. That is, the first answer from the
teacher's point of view will not necessarily be the first answer in the list shown to the students.
(Further, each time the same set of answers is displayed they are likely to appear in a different
order.) The exception is sets of answers for matching-type questions, here the answers are shown in
the same order as input by the teacher.
939 </li>
940 <li>
940 The number of answers can vary from page to page. For example, it is allowed that some pages can end
with a true/false question while others have questions with one correct answer and three, say,
distractors.
942 </li>
943 <li>
943 It is possible to set up a page without any answers. The students are shown a
944 <b>
944 Continue
944 </b>
944 link instead of the set of shuffled answers.
944 </li>
945 <li>
945 If custom scoring is off: for the purposes of grading the lessons,
945 <b>
945 correct
945 </b>
945 answers are ones which jump to a page which is further
946 <i>
946 down
946 </i>
946 the logical order than the current page.
947 <b>
947 Wrong
947 </b>
947 answers are ones which either jump to the same page or to a page further
948 <i>
948 up
948 </i>
948 the logical order than the current page. Thus, if the jumps are
949 <i>
949 not
949 </i>
949 changed, the first answer is a correct answer and the other answers are wrong answers.
951 <br />
951 <br />
952 If custom scoring is on: grading of an answer is determined by the point value of the answer, the
total points earned serves as a fraction of the total point value of the lesson, up to 100%.
954 </li>
955 <li>
955 Questions can have more than one correct answer. For example, if two of the answers jump to the next
page then either answer is taken as a correct answer. (Although the same destination page is shown to
the students, the responses shown on the way to that page may well be different for the two answers.)
958 </li>
959 <li>
959 In the teacher's view of the lesson the correct answers have underlined Answer Labels.
960 </li>
961 <li>
961 <b>
961 Branch tables
961 </b>
961 are simply pages which have a set of links to other pages in the lesson. Typically a lesson may start
with a branch table which acts as a
963 <b>
963 Table of Contents
963 </b>
963 .
963 </li>
964 <li>
964 Each link in a branch table has two components, a description and the title of the page to jump to.
965 </li>
966 <li>
966 A branch table effectively divides the lesson into a number of
967 <b>
967 branches
967 </b>
967 (or sections). Each branch can contain a number of pages (probably all related to the same topic). The
end of a branch is usually marked by an
969 <b>
969 End of Branch
969 </b>
969 page. This is a special page which, by default, returns the student back to the preceding branch
table. (The "return" jump in an End of Branch page can be changed, if required, by editing
the page.)
972 </li>
973 <li>
973 There can be more than one branch table in a lesson. For example, a lesson might usefully be
structured so that specialist points are sub-branches within the main subject branches.
975 </li>
976 <li>
976 It is important to give students a means of ending the lesson. This might be done by including an
"End Lesson" link in the main branch table. This jumps to the (imaginary)
978 <b>
978 End of Lesson
978 </b>
978 page. Another option is for the last branch in the lesson (here "last" is used in the
logical ordering sense) to simply continue to the end of the lesson, that is, it is
981 <i>
981 not
981 </i>
981 terminated by an End of Branch page.
981 </li>
982 <li>
982 With custom scoring off, when a lesson includes one or more branch tables it is advisable to set the
"Minimum number of Questions" parameter to some reasonable value. This sets a lower limit on
the number of pages seen when the grade is calculated. Without this parameter a student might visit a
single branch in the lesson, answer all its questions correctly and leave the lesson with the maximum
grade.
988 <br />
988 <br />
989 With custom scoring on, a student is graded based on the number of points they have earned as a
percentage of the total points for the lesson.
990 </li>
991 <li>
991 Further, with custom scoring off, when a branch table is present a student has the opportunity of
re-visiting the same branch more than once. However, the grade is calculated using the number of
993 <i>
993 unique
993 </i>
993 questions answered. So repeatedly answering the same set of questions does
994 <i>
994 not
994 </i>
994 increase the grade. (In fact, the reverse is true, it lowers the grade as the count of the number of
pages seen is used in the denominator when calculating grades does include repeats.) In order to give
students a fair idea of their progress in the lesson, they are shown details of how many questions
they are answered correctly, number of pages seen, and their current grade on every branch table page.
1000 <br />
1000 <br />
1001 With custom scoring on, a student may revisit a question if the navigation path allows it, and re-earn
the point(s) for that question, if attempts is greater than 1. To prevent this, set attempts to 1.
1003 </li>
1004 <li>
1004 The
1004 <b>
1004 end of the lesson
1004 </b>
1004 is reached by either jumping to that location explicitly or by jumping to the next page from the last
(logical) page of the lesson. With custom scoring off, when the end of the lesson is reached, the
student receives a congratulations message and is shown their grade. The grade is (the number of
questions correctly answered / number of pages seen) * the grade of the lesson. With custom scoring
on, the grade is the points earned as a % of the total points (e.g. 3 points earned for a 3 point
lesson = 100% of 3 points).
1010 </li>
1011 <li>
1011 If the end of the lesson is
1011 <i>
1011 not
1011 </i>
1011 reached and the student just leaves, when the student goes into the lesson again they are given the
choice of starting at the beginning or picking up the lesson where they answered their last correct
answer.
1014 </li>
1015 <li>
1015 For a lesson which allow re-takes, the teacher has the choice of using the best grade or the average
of the grades as the "final" grade from the lesson. That grade is shown on the Grades page,
for example.
1017 </li>
1018 <li>
1018 Cluster pages: a cluster represents a set of questions from which one or more may be randomly chosen.
Clusters should be completed with an End of Cluster page for best results (otherwise they treat the
End of Lesson as the EOC). Questions within a cluster are randomly selected by choosing "Random
Question within a Cluster" as a jump. Questions within a cluster may either link to the EOC to exit
the cluster, or jump to an unseen question within the cluster, or jump to any other page in the
lesson. This also enables the creation of scenarios with a random element using the lesson module.
1025 </li>
1026 </ol>
1028 <div class="filename">
1028 ./help/lesson/dependency.html
1029 </div>
1030 <h1>
1030 Dependency
1030 </h1>
1032 <p>
1032 This setting allows this current lesson to be dependent upon a students performance in another lesson
that is in the same course. If the performance requirement(s) is not met, then the student will not be
able to access this lesson.
1034 </p>
1036 <p>
1036 Conditions for the dependency include:
1036 </p>
1038 <ul>
1039 <li>
1039 <b>
1039 Time Spent:
1039 </b>
1039 the student must spend this set amount of time in the required lesson.
1039 </li>
1040 <li>
1040 <b>
1040 Completed:
1040 </b>
1040 the student must complete the required lesson.
1040 </li>
1041 <li>
1041 <b>
1041 Grade better than:
1041 </b>
1041 the student must earn a grade in the required lesson that is better than the one specified here.
1042 </li>
1043 </ul>
1044 <p>
1044 Any combination of the above can be used if needed.
1045 </p>
1045 <div class="filename">
1045 ./help/groupmembersonly.html
1046 </div>
1047 <h1>
1047 Available for group members only
1047 </h1>
1049 <p>
1049 If the "Available for group members only" checkbox is checked, then the activity (or resource) will only
be available to users assigned to groups within the selected grouping, or to any group if no grouping is
selected.
1052 </p>
1053 <div class="filename">
1053 ./help/courseuploadsize.html
1054 </div>
1055 <h1>
1055 Course upload size
1055 </h1>
1057 <p>
1057 This setting defines the largest size of file that can be uploaded by students in this course, limited
by the site wide setting created by the administrator.
1059 </p>
1061 <p>
1061 It is possible to further restrict this size through settings within each activity module.
1062 </p>
1063 <div class="filename">
1063 ./help/groupmodeforce.html
1064 </div>
1065 <h1>
1065 Force Group Mode
1065 </h1>
1067 <p>
1067 If the group mode is "forced" at a course-level, then the course group mode is applied to every activity
in that course. Individual group settings in each activity are then ignored.
1070 </p>
1072 <p>
1072 This is useful when, for example, one wants to set up a course for a number of completely separate
cohorts.
1073 </p>
1075 <div class="filename">
1075 ./help/html.html
1076 </div>
1077 <h1>
1077 Help on writing html
1077 </h1>
1079 <p>
1079 When writing HTML in Moodle, you are free to use almost any HTML tags you like to produce the effect you
want.
1080 </p>
1082 <p>
1082 Note that scripting (eg Javascript or VB Script) is not allowed, and will be removed automatically.
1083 </p>
1085 <p>
1085 Your code will normally be printed on the page within a table cell, so:
1086 </p>
1088 <ul>
1089 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
1089 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
there is no need to use any <HEAD> or <BODY> tags
1090 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
1090 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
be careful about unmatched </TABLE> tags that may mess up the display.
1091 </ul>
1093 <p>
1093 Smilies (emoticons) will be converted into their graphical equivalent, and bare URLs will be converted
into links.
1095 </p>
1096 <div class="filename">
1096 ./help/enrol/authorize/uploadcsv.html
1097 </div>
1098 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
1098 <strong>
1098 Uploading Authorize.net CSV file
1098 </strong>
1098 </p>
1099 <p>
1100 This action must be performed if you have enabled eCheck (ACH) transactions.
1101 </p>
1102 <ol>
1103 <li>
1103 Login to your authorize.net account.
1103 </li>
1104 <li>
1104 Run a REPORT or SEARCH transactions.
1104 </li>
1105 <li>
1105 Select the date range if you search transactions.
1105 </li>
1106 <li>
1106 A button called '
1106 <i>
1106 Download to File
1106 </i>
1106 ' appears.
1106 </li>
1107 <li>
1107 After clicked the button, tick '
1107 <i>
1107 Include Column Headings
1107 </i>
1107 ' and select file type to be downloaded: '
1108 <i>
1108 Expanded Fields/Comma Separated
1108 </i>
1108 ' or '
1108 <i>
1108 Expanded Fields with CAVV Response/Comma Separated
1108 </i>
1108 '.
1108 </li>
1109 <li>
1109 For more information click the help link on the page seen.
1109 </li>
1110 <li>
1110 Click Submit button.
1110 </li>
1111 <li>
1111 Once the file has been created, a pop up window will appear prompting you to select the location where
the file should be saved.
1112 </li>
1113 <li>
1113 Please leave this window open until the pop up window prompting for your file location appears. You
may minimize this window by clicking the _ in the upper right hand corner to continue working. Closing
this window by clicking the X will cancel this action and your file will not be downloaded.
1115 </li>
1116 <li>
1116 Once your file has been downloaded and saved to your local machine, click the X in the upper right
hand corner of this window to Close.
1117 </li>
1118 <li>
1118 Finally, upload this CSV file to Moodle to enrol the users making payment by echeck.
1118 </li>
1119 </ol>
1119 <div class="filename">
1119 ./help/enrol/authorize/captureday.html
1120 </div>
1121 <p class="center">
1122 <b>
1122 Not only do I want to manually accept/deny payments, but also use autocapture to prevent cancelling
payment. What should I do?
1122 </b>
1123 </p>
1125 <ul>
1126 <li>
1126 Setup cron.
1126 </li>
1127 <li>
1127 Check an_review.
1127 </li>
1128 <li>
1128 Enter a number between 1 and 29 to an_capture_day field. Card will be captured and user will be
enrolled to course unless you capture it within an_capture_day.
1129 </li>
1130 </ul>
1131 <div class="filename">
1131 ./help/enrol/authorize/orderreview.html
1132 </div>
1133 <p class="center">
1133 <strong>
1133 Use these settings if you want to review orders before processing the credit card.
1133 </strong>
1133 </p>
1134 <p>
1134 Uncheck the 'an_review' field if students will be enrolled to courses immediately when they entered
their card number.
1134 <br />
1135 If you have checked 'an_review' field, the credit card will be authorized but not be captured and you
will have 2 options: 'Manual-Capture' and 'Scheduled-Capture'.
1137 </p>
1138 <ul>
1139 <li>
1139 For Manual-Capture, enter '0' to an_capture_day field. Transaction will be cancelled unless you review
it within 30 days. Don't panic! Your business is important for us. In 'Email Sending Settings'
section, you will be notified X days prior to pending orders expiring if you set up the CRON properly.
1141 </li>
1142 <li>
1142 For Scheduled-Capture, enter a number between 1 and 29 to an_capture_day field. Note that CRON MUST BE
ENABLED. The card will be captured and the student will be enrolled to course. The scheduled-capture
system captures the card an_capture_day days later if you like your own convenience. If you are a
sceptic person, you may accept or deny the payment after you have received email about new pending
order. Users can also be mailed for welcome message if you check enrol_mailstudents.
1146 </li>
1147 </ul>
1148 <p class="center">
1148 <strong>
1148 In Moodle 1.6, you can accept/deny/refund the payments in Payment Managament page.
1148 </strong>
1148 </p>
1149 <div class="filename">
1149 ./help/enrol/authorize/authcode.html
1150 </div>
1151 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
1151 <strong>
1151 Obtaining authorization code over the phone
1151 </strong>
1151 </p>
1152 <p>
1153 If an user's credit card cannot be captured on the internet directly, obtain authorization code over
phone from customer's bank.
1154 </p>
1155 <p>
1156 Some users may not wish to use their credit cards on the internet directly for security reasons. In this
case, you need to obtain an authorization code from user's bank. Initially, ask for credit card
information from the customer like bank name, name on card, card number, expiry date and card validation
code by means of telephone, face-to-face or filling out a form. Then, call the customer services of
user's bank giving this information and demand an authorization code. Finally, after obtaining it, login
as user to get the user enrolled. Alternatively, you can give it to the user saying enrol using it.
1164 </p>
1165 <div class="filename">
1165 ./help/enrol/authorize/cvv.html
1166 </div>
1167 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/lang/en_utf8/help/enrol/authorize/images/cvv.png" />
1168 <div class="filename">
1168 ./help/enrol/authorize/aba.html
1169 </div>
1170 <table width="447" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
1171 <tr>
1172 <td colspan="4">
1172 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/lang/en_utf8/help/enrol/authorize/images/aba.png" />
1173 </td>
1174 </tr>
1175 <tr>
1176 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td width="35">
1176 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="1">
1176
1176 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
1176 </td>
1177 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td width="95" align="center">
1177 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="1">
1177 ABA number
1177 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
1177 </td>
1178 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td width="125" align="center">
1178 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="1">
1178 Account number
1178 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
1178 </td>
1179 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td width="192">
1179 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="1">
1179 Check number
1179 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
1179 </td>
1180 </tr>
1181 </table>
1182 <div class="filename">
1182 ./help/enrol/authorize/review.html
1183 </div>
1184 <p class="center">
1184 <b>
1184 How will I manually accept/deny payments?
1184 </b>
1184 </p>
1186 <ul>
1187 <li>
1187 Check an_review.
1187 </li>
1188 <li>
1188 Enter '0' to an_capture_day field.
1188 </li>
1189 </ul>
1191 <p class="center">
1191 <b>
1191 How will students be enrolled to courses immediately when they entered their card number?
1191 </b>
1191 </p>
1193 <ul>
1194 <li>
1194 Uncheck an_review.
1194 </li>
1195 </ul>
1196 <div class="filename">
1196 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/sourceddidfallback.html
1197 </div>
1198 <h1>
1198 SourceID as fallback
1198 </h1>
1199 <p>
1199 In IMS data, the
1199 <strong>
1199 <sourcedid>
1199 </strong>
1199 field represents the persistent ID code for a person as used in the source system. The
1200 <strong>
1200 <userid>
1200 </strong>
1200 field is a separate field which should contain the ID code used by the user when logging in.
1202 </p>
1203 <p>
1203 In many cases these two codes may be the same - but not always.
1203 </p>
1204 <p>
1204 Some student information systems fail to output the <userid> field. If this is the case, you
should activate this setting to allow for using the <sourcedid> as the Moodle user ID.
1206 </p>
1207 <p>
1207 Otherwise, leave this setting turned off.
1207 </p>
1207 <div class="filename">
1207 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/capita.html
1208 </div>
1209 <h1>
1209 Capita
1209 </h1>
1210 <p>
1210 The student data system produced by Capita has been found to have one slight error in its XML output. If
you are using Capita you should activate this option - otherwise leave it un-ticked.
1210 </p>
1211 <div class="filename">
1211 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/unenrol.html
1212 </div>
1213 <h1>
1213 Unenrolling students/teachers
1213 </h1>
1215 <p>
1215 The Enterprise data can add as well as remove course enrolments - for students and for teachers. If this
setting is turned on, then Moodle will carry out unenrolments when specified in the data.
1215 </p>
1217 <p>
1217 There are three ways of unenrolling students within the IMS data:
1217 </p>
1219 <ul>
1219 <li>
1219 A <member> element which specifies the given student and course, and with the "recstatus"
attribute of the <role> element set to 3 (which means "delete"). THIS IS NOT YET IMPLEMENTED IN
THE MOODLE PLUGIN.
1219 </li>
1221 <li>
1221 A <member> element which specifies the given student and course, and with the <status>
element set to 0 (which means "inactive").
1221 </li>
1222 </ul>
1224 <p>
1224 The third method is slightly different. It does not require this config setting to be activated, and can
be specified well in advance of the unenrolment date:
1224 </p>
1226 <ul>
1227 <li>
1227 A <member> element which specifies a <timeframe> for the enrolment can specify the begin
and/or end dates for enrolment of this particular student. These dates are loaded into Moodle's
enrolment data table if present, and so after the end-date, a student will no longer be able to access
that particular course.
1227 </li>
1228 </ul>
1232 <div class="filename">
1232 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/createnewcourses.html
1233 </div>
1234 <h1>
1234 Automatic creation of new courses
1234 </h1>
1236 <p>
1236 The IMS Enterprise enrolment plugin can create new courses for any it finds in the IMS data but not in
Moodle's database, if this setting is activated.
1236 </p>
1238 <p>
1238 Courses are first queried by their "idnumber" - an alphanumeric field in Moodle's course table, which
can specify the code used to identify the course in the Student Information System (for example). If
that is not found, the course table is searched for the "short description", which in Moodle is the
short course identifier as displayed in the breadcrumbs etc. (In some systems these two fields may well
be identical.) Only when that search has failed can the plugin optionally create new courses.
1238 </p>
1240 <p>
1240 Any newly-generated courses are HIDDEN when created. This is to prevent the possibility of students
wandering into completely empty courses that the teacher may be unaware of.
1240 </p>
1243 <div class="filename">
1243 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/truncatecoursecodes.html
1244 </div>
1245 <h1>
1245 Truncate course codes
1245 </h1>
1246 <p>
1246 In some situations you may have course codes which you wish to truncate to a specified length before
processing. If so, enter the number of characters in this box. Otherwise, leave the box
1246 <strong>
1246 blank
1246 </strong>
1246 and no truncation will occur.
1246 </p>
1246 <div class="filename">
1246 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/deleteusers.html
1247 </div>
1248 <h1>
1248 Automatic deletion of user accounts
1248 </h1>
1250 <p>
1250 IMS Enterprise enrolment data can specify the deletion of user accounts (if the "recstatus" flag is set
to 3, which represents deletion of an account), if this setting is turned on.
1250 </p>
1252 <p>
1252 As is standard in Moodle, the user record isn't actually deleted from Moodle's database, but a flag is
set to mark the account as deleted.
1252 </p>
1252 <div class="filename">
1252 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/photos.html
1253 </div>
1254 <h1>
1254 Photo's
1254 </h1>
1255 <p>
1255 When creating a new user account based on the Enterprise data, it's possible that a photo is specified
for the user - usually by giving a URL to the image file.
1255 </p>
1257 <p>
1257 If <photo> data is supplied, then Moodle can attempt to download the image file and turn it into
the user-picture displayed within Moodle.
1257 </p>
1259 <p>
1259 <strong>
1259 PLEASE NOTE:
1259 </strong>
1259 This can add a significant additional burden to the process if there are a lot of user accounts, because
of the need to download, modify, and store the images. It is not recommended to activate this option in
a context with a very large number of accounts to be created.
1259 </p>
1261 <div class="filename">
1261 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/categorisation.html
1262 </div>
1263 <h1>
1263 Automatic Categorisation
1263 </h1>
1265 <p>
1265 If the <org><orgunit> element is present in a course's incoming data, its content will be
used to specify a category if the course is to be created from scratch.
1265 </p>
1267 <p>
1267 The plugin will NOT re-categorise existing courses.
1267 </p>
1269 <p>
1269 If no category exists with the desired name, then a HIDDEN category will be created.
1269 </p>
1270 <div class="filename">
1270 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/target.html
1271 </div>
1272 <h1>
1272 Targets
1272 </h1>
1273 <p>
1273 An IMS Enterprise data file could be intended for multiple "targets" - different LMSes, or different
systems within a school/university. It's possible to specify in the Enterprise file that the data is
intended for one or more named target systems, by naming them in <target> tags contained within
the <properties> tag.
1273 </p>
1275 <p>
1275 In many cases you don't need to worry about this. Leave the config setting blank and Moodle will always
process the data file, no matter whether a target is specified or not. Otherwise, fill in the exact name
that will be output inside the <target> tag.
1276 </p>
1277 <div class="filename">
1277 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/formatoverview.html
1278 </div>
1279 <h1>
1279 Format overview
1279 </h1>
1280 <p>
1280 Below is a simple guide to the basic structure of a typical IMS Enterprise data file. Much more
information is available on the
1281 <a href="http://www.imsglobal.org/enterprise/">
1281 IMS Enterprise official website
1281 </a>
1281 .
1281 </p>
1283 <p>
1283 You may like to read the
1283 <a href="./enrol/imsenterprise/entv1p1_conformance_summary.html">
1283 conformance summary
1283 </a>
1283 which describes which IMS data elements this plugin can process.
1283 </p>
1286 <h1>
1286 Basic guide to IMS Enterprise file format
1286 </h1>
1288 <p>
1288 For any IMS-style enrolment you need a <group> tag which specifies the course, a <person>
tag which specifies the user account, and a <membership> tag containing <member> tags which
specify a person's role within a given course.
1288 </p>
1288 <p>
1289 </p>
1291 <p>
1292 Remember that the numeric keys used in the Moodle databases are not the interoperable data - a student
data system is never going to know in advance that Joe is the 20th user added to the Moodle database -
so those aren't the keys exchanged in this type of data.
1292 </p>
1292 <p>
1293 </p>
1295 <p>
1296 Typically a course would have a reference code as well as a name, so let's assume its code is MOODLE101.
To define your course you could use
1296 </p>
1296 <p>
1297 </p>
1299 <p>
1300 <group>
1300 <br />
1301 <sourcedid>
1301 <br />
1302 <source>MyDataSystem</source>
1302 <br />
1303 <id>MOODLE101</id>
1303 <br />
1304 </sourcedid>
1304 <br />
1305 <description>
1305 <br />
1306 <short>Moodle 101</short>
1306 <br />
1307 </description>
1307 <br />
1308 </group>
1308 <br />
1309 </p>
1311 <p>
1312 The enrolment script will look for a course with code MOODLE101, and (optionally) create it if it
doesn't exist. Similarly for the person - let's assume it's "jmoodle":
1312 </p>
1312 <p>
1313 </p>
1315 <p>
1316 <person>
1316 <br />
1317 <sourcedid>
1317 <br />
1318 <source>MyDataSystem</source>
1318 <br />
1319 <id>jmoodle</id>
1319 <br />
1320 </sourcedid>
1320 <br />
1321 <userid>jmoodle</userid>
1321 <br />
1322 <name>
1322 <br />
1323 <fn>Joe Moodle</fn>
1323 <br />
1324 <n>
1324 <br />
1325 <family>MOODLE</family>
1325 <br />
1326 <given>JOE</given>
1326 <br />
1327 </n>
1327 <br />
1328 </name>
1328 <br />
1329 </person>
1329 <br />
1330 </p>
1332 <p>
1333 If Joe doesn't already have an account, the script can (optionally) create an account for him.
1333 </p>
1336 <p>
1337 Let's now look at the membership, adding the person to the course:
1337 </p>
1337 <p>
1338 </p>
1340 <p>
1341 <membership>
1341 <br />
1342 <sourcedid>
1342 <br />
1343 <source>MyDataSystem</source>
1343 <br />
1344 <id>MOODLE101</id>
1344 <br />
1345 </sourcedid>
1345 <br />
1346 <member>
1346 <br />
1347 <sourcedid>
1347 <br />
1348 <source>MyDataSystem</source>
1348 <br />
1349 <id>jmoodle</id>
1349 <br />
1350 </sourcedid>
1350 <br />
1351 <role roletype="01">
1351 <br />
1352 <status>1</status>
1352 <br />
1353 <extension><cohort>unit 2</cohort></extension>
1353 <br />
1354 </role>
1354 <br />
1355 </member>
1355 <br />
1356 </membership>
1356 <br />
1357 </p>
1359 <p>
1360 The IMS Enterprise specification does offer a facility for specifying start/end dates for enrolments, so
those can be included using the <timeframe> tag if needed.
1360 </p>
1360 <p>
1361 </p>
1363 <p>
1364 If a person is already added to a group within the course, the script won't actually modify that. If
they are not grouped, however, then the specified grouping will be applied.
1364 </p>
1364 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
1366 <div class="filename">
1366 ./help/enrol/imsenterprise/createnewusers.html
1367 </div>
1368 <h1>
1368 Automatic creation of user accounts
1368 </h1>
1370 <p>
1370 IMS Enterprise enrolment data typically describes a set of users. If this setting is turned on, accounts
can be created for any users not found in Moodle's database.
1370 </p>
1372 <p>
1372 Users are searched for first by their "idnumber", and second by their Moodle username.
1372 </p>
1374 <h1>
1374 Passwords
1374 </h1>
1375 <p>
1375 Passwords are not imported by the IMS Enterprise plugin. We recommend using Moodle's authentication
plugins to authenticate users.
1375 </p>
1375 <div class="filename">
1375 ./help/questions.html
1376 </div>
1377 <h1>
1377 Questions
1377 </h1>
1381 <p>
1381 A good way to help other people think about a subject is to ask them a question about it. Being asked a
good question can really help us put information together, evaluate our existing ideas and create new
ideas.
1387 </p>
1391 <p>
1391 Asking questions that are specifically intended to help others learn is known as
1393 <i>
1393 Socratic questioning
1393 </i>
1393 , named after Socrates in Ancient Greece.
1395 </p>
1399 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
1399 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Socratic questions require you to listen very carefully to the other person to help you judge and phrase your
question in a helpful, constructive, and hopefully non-confrontational way.
1407 <p>
1407 Here are some examples of such questions:
1407 </p>
1415 <h3>
1415 Questions of clarification
1415 </h3>
1417 <ul>
1419 <li>
1419 What do you mean when you say ______?
1419 </li>
1421 <li>
1421 What is your main point?
1421 </li>
1423 <li>
1423 How does _____ relate to _____?
1423 </li>
1425 <li>
1425 Could you put that another way?
1425 </li>
1427 <li>
1427 Let me see if I understand you; do you mean _____ or _____?
1427 </li>
1429 <li>
1429 How does this relate to our problem/discussion/issue?
1429 </li>
1431 <li>
1431 Jane, can you summarize in your own words what Richard said? ... Richard, is this what you meant?
1431 </li>
1433 <li>
1433 Could you give me an example?
1433 </li>
1435 <li>
1435 Would _____ be a good example of that?
1435 </li>
1437 </ul>
1439 <h3>
1439 Questions that probe assumptions
1439 </h3>
1441 <ul>
1443 <li>
1443 What are you assuming here?
1443 </li>
1445 <li>
1445 What is Jenny assuming?
1445 </li>
1447 <li>
1447 What could we assume instead?
1447 </li>
1449 <li>
1449 You seem to be assuming _____. Do I understand you correctly?
1449 </li>
1451 <li>
1451 All of your reasoning depends on the idea that _____. Why have you based your reasoning on _____
instead of _____?
1451 </li>
1453 <li>
1453 You seem to be assuming _____. How do you justify taking that for granted?
1453 </li>
1455 <li>
1455 Is that always the case? Why do you think the assumption holds here?
1455 </li>
1457 <li>
1457 Why would someone make that assumption?
1457 </li>
1459 </ul>
1461 <h3>
1461 Questions that probe reasons and evidence
1461 </h3>
1463 <ul>
1465 <li>
1465 Could you explain your reasons to us?
1465 </li>
1467 <li>
1467 How does that apply to this case?
1467 </li>
1469 <li>
1469 Is there a reason to doubt that evidence?
1469 </li>
1471 <li>
1471 Who is in a position to know that is true?
1471 </li>
1473 <li>
1473 What would you say to someone who said that ____?
1473 </li>
1475 <li>
1475 Can someone else give evidence to support that view?
1475 </li>
1477 <li>
1477 By what reasoning did you come to that conclusion?
1477 </li>
1479 <li>
1479 How could we find out if that is true?
1479 </li>
1481 </ul>
1483 <h3>
1483 Questions about viewpoints or perspectives
1483 </h3>
1485 <ul>
1487 <li>
1487 What are you implying by that?
1487 </li>
1489 <li>
1489 When you say _____, are you implying _____?
1489 </li>
1491 <li>
1491 But, if that happened, what else would happen as a result? Why?
1491 </li>
1493 <li>
1493 What effect would that have?
1493 </li>
1495 <li>
1495 Would that necessarily happen or only possibly/probably happen?
1495 </li>
1497 <li>
1497 What is an alternative?
1497 </li>
1499 <li>
1499 If _____ and _____ are the case, then what might also be true?
1499 </li>
1501 <li>
1501 If we say that ____ is ethical, how about _____?
1501 </li>
1503 </ul>
1505 <h3>
1505 Questions that probe implications and consequences
1505 </h3>
1507 <ul>
1509 <li>
1509 How can we find out?
1509 </li>
1511 <li>
1511 What does this question assume?
1511 </li>
1513 <li>
1513 Would _____ ask this question differently?
1513 </li>
1515 <li>
1515 How could someone settle this question?
1515 </li>
1517 <li>
1517 Can we break this question down at all?
1517 </li>
1519 <li>
1519 Is this question clear? Do we understand it?
1519 </li>
1521 <li>
1521 Is this question easy or hard to answer? Why?
1521 </li>
1523 <li>
1523 Do we all agree that this is the question?
1523 </li>
1525 <li>
1525 To answer this question, what other questions must we answer first?
1525 </li>
1527 <li>
1527 How would _____ state the issue?
1527 </li>
1529 <li>
1529 Why is this issue important?
1529 </li>
1531 <li>
1531 Is this the most important question, or is there an underlying question?
1531 </li>
1533 <li>
1533 Can you see how this might relate to ________?
1533 </li>
1535 </ul>
1539 <hr />
1541 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="1">
1541 <i>
1541 Questions adapted from Paul, R. (1993). Critical Thinking: How To Prepare Students for a Rapidly
Changing World: Foundation for Critical Thinking, Santa Rosa, CA.
1541 </i>
1541 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
1545 <p class="moreinfo">
1545 <a href="help.php?file=writing.html">
1545 More info about writing
1545 </a>
1545 </p>
1547 <p class="moreinfo">
1547 <a href="help.php?file=reading.html">
1547 More info about reading
1547 </a>
1547 </p>
1549 <div class="filename">
1549 ./help/workshop/includeself.html
1550 </div>
1551 <h1>
1551 Including Self in the Assignment
1551 </h1>
1553 <p>
1553 A peer graded assignment can optionally include the student's own work in the set of pieces each student
is asked to grade. This will mean that if, say, the number of peer assessors is 5, then each student
will be asked to grade 6 pieces of work, one of them being their own work.
1556 </p>
1558 <p>
1558 If the number of peer assessors is set to zero and the include self option is turned on then the
assignment becomes a self-graded assignment. This may or may not include the teacher's grading depending
on whether that option is set or not.
1561 </p>
1562 <div class="filename">
1562 ./help/workshop/releasegrades.html
1563 </div>
1564 <h1>
1564 Release Teacher Grades
1564 </h1>
1566 <p>
1566 This date can be used to withhold the assessments (and grades) made by the teacher until the given date.
By default the date is set to the workshop's creation date and time. If the date is not changed then the
teacher's assessments are available to the students a short time after they are done (the short time is
typically half an hour, the "maxeditingtime"). Setting this option allows the teacher to
withhold their own assessments until later in the assignment. For example if the teacher wishes to
withhold their own assessments until the deadline date, then the Release date is set to the same date as
the deadline.
1575 </p>
1576 <div class="filename">
1576 ./help/workshop/leaguetable.html
1577 </div>
1578 <h1>
1578 The League Table of Submissions
1578 </h1>
1580 <p>
1580 The League Table lists the best submissions produced in the assignment. The number of entries can set to
zero, a number between 1 and 20, 50 or 100. If set to zero then the League Table is
1582 <b>
1582 not
1582 </b>
1582 displayed. If it is set to a number between 1 and 20, 50 or 100 then that number of submissions are
shown, for example, setting the number to 10 shows the top ten submissions.
1584 </p>
1585 <div class="filename">
1585 ./help/workshop/calculatingfinalgrade.html
1586 </div>
1587 <h1>
1587 The Calculation of the Final Grade
1587 </h1>
1589 <p>
1589 The table on this screen shows how the final grades for the students are calculated. The final grades
are a weighted sum of up to five components.
1590 </p>
1592 <ol>
1593 <li>
1593 The teacher's grade for their submitted work. This is optional and will be used if the teacher
actually assesses the student's work. If the student submits more than one piece of work the
"best" grade is used. Here, best means the piece of work with the highest weighted
combination of teacher's grade and peer grade...
1597 </li>
1598 <li>
1598 The average of the peer grades for their submitted work. Again if the student submits more than one
piece of work the "best" grade is used. The peer grade can optionally include the
teacher's grade. This grade would be included if the number of peer gradings is very low or it is
thought that the peer gradings are suspect either because of bias (usually on the high side) or for
not being reliable. If included the teacher's grade is treated in the same way as a peer grade in the
calculation of the average.
1605 </li>
1606 <li>
1606 The student's bias in grading peer work. This is measure of whether the student grades work either too
high or too low. It is not an absolute measure as it is based on the difference between the
student's grade and the peer averages for each of the submissions they assessed. In general this
component should NOT be given a high weighting.
1610 </li>
1611 <li>
1611 The student's reliability in grading peer work. This is a measure on how well a students grades follow
the peer average for the pieces of work they assessed. The measure discounts the student bias and
averages the absolute differences between their grades and the peer average grades. In theory if the
students gives high marks for good pieces of work and low marks for poor pieces of work their
reliability will be high. If it is suspected that the students in general are poor assessors then the
teacher's grades should be included into the peer averages, this should make the reliability values
more meaningful.
1618 </li>
1619 <li>
1619 The average grade given by the teacher for the student's assessments. This includes both the
preliminary assessments made by the student on the example pieces of work and any grading the teacher
makes on the assessments produced during the peer assessment phase of the assignment. In general this
component is probably more important than both the Bias and Reliability components and thus, if
available, should be weighted higher.
1624 </li>
1625 </ol>
1627 <p>
1627 These five components can be weighted as deemed appropriate for the assignment. For example the
teacher's grade might be weighted strongly if the peer grading part of the assignment is only considered
a minor part of the assignment as a whole. Alternatively, if the teacher only grades a few of the
submissions these grades can be ignored by giving them a zero weighting. If the assignment is all about
the students as judges and the providing of feedback then first two components may be set to zero (or
low) and the students' grading abilities will determine the final grades.
1634 </p>
1636 <p>
1636 Note that this screen is used iteratively and the final grades are not normally made available to the
students until the final phase of the assignment. Once the the teacher is happy with the final grades
and their weightings then they can be made available to the students.
1640 </p>
1641 <div class="filename">
1641 ./help/workshop/usepassword.html
1642 </div>
1643 <h1>
1643 Use Passwords
1643 </h1>
1645 <div class="filename">
1645 ./help/workshop/assessmentofexamples.html
1646 </div>
1647 <h1>
1647 Assessment of Teacher's Examples
1647 </h1>
1649 <p>
1649 After the teacher has submitted the examples it is important that the teacher assess these examples.
1650 </p>
1652 <p>
1652 These assessments are private to the teacher, they are NOT shown to the students at any stage during the
assignment. However, they are, used internally as reference assessments against which the student
assessments are compared. The closer a student's assessment matches the teacher assessment the higher is
their "Grading grade". The teacher has a degree of control on how the agreement is translated
into grades. This the "Comparison of Assessments" option in the workshop. This option can be
changed at any time and the comparisons re-calculated.
1659 </p>
1661 <div class="filename">
1661 ./help/workshop/grading.html
1662 </div>
1663 <h1>
1663 Grading of Peer Assignments
1663 </h1>
1665 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
1665 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
For ease of grading a Peer Assignment is divided into a number of assessment "elements". Each
element covers a particular aspect of the assignment. Depending on the type of assessment, for each element
you should
1669 <ol>
1670 <li>
1670 Enter a Grade by clicking in the appropriate button or selecting an appropriate number from the drop
down menu.
1671 </li>
1673 <li>
1673 Enter an explanation of why you gave that grade in the Feedback box. If you feel that the reason is
obvious then leave the box empty. Note, however, that the teacher may look at your assessment and may
well query a grade if there is no explanation.
1676 </li>
1677 </ol>
1679 <p>
1679 In other type of assessments, you are asked to determine if various items are present or absent, in
others you are asked to choose which statement best fits the piece of work. In both of these assignments
you can adjust the grade somewhat as you see fit.
1682 </p>
1684 <p>
1684 The last box on this form allows you to make a general comment on the work. This should justify your
assessment. It should be polite and as far as possible constructive. Your assessment will be shown to
the student who produced the piece of work.
1687 </p>
1689 <p>
1689 You have a limited period of time, typically half an hour, in which to change your mind and alter your
grades or comments. Once that period is over the person whose work you are assessing is notified about
the assessment. At that stage you can view your assessment but you cannot change it.
1694 </p>
1695 <div class="filename">
1695 ./help/workshop/overallocation.html
1696 </div>
1697 <h1>
1697 The Over Allocation Level
1697 </h1>
1699 <p>
1699 This level determines whether the allocation of peer assessments to the class is balanced or not. Here
the term "balanced" applies to the number of times each student submission is allocated for
(peer) assessment. When the Over Allocation Level is set to ZERO, all the submissions are allocated the
same number of times, that is, the allocation is balanced. When the Level is set to ONE then some of the
submissions may be allocated once more than other allocations (and it follows from this that some of the
submissions may be allocated once less than other allocations), that is the allocation is unbalanced.
Similarly if the Level is set to TWO then a greater unbalance is allowed.
1707 </p>
1709 <p>
1709 Ideally all peer assessments should be balanced. However, the disadvantage is that some students will
not have their full quota of submissions to assess until AFTER the last student has submitted their
work. When the Over Allocation Level is set to ONE, then most students will find that they have their
full "quota" of submissions to assess and they do
1713 <b>
1713 not
1713 </b>
1713 have to wait for late submissions. Waiting for late submissions should be even rarer when the level is
set to TWO.
1715 </p>
1717 <p>
1717 So in a Workshop assignment where the number of peer assessments is set to 5, and there is no concerns
that some of the submissions will be (peer) assessed 4 times, some 5 times and others 6 times, then the
assignment will "flow" smoother and the students will not have to wait so long (if at all) for
others to submit work if the Over Allocation Level is changed from its default value of ZERO and set to
ONE.
1722 </p>
1723 <div class="filename">
1723 ./help/workshop/assessmentstart.html
1724 </div>
1725 <h1>
1725 Start of assessment
1725 </h1>
1727 <div class="filename">
1727 ./help/workshop/elements.html
1728 </div>
1729 <h1>
1729 Assignment Elements
1729 </h1>
1731 <p>
1731 For ease of grading, a Workshop Assignment should have a reasonable number of "Assessment
Elements". Each element should cover a particular aspect of the assignment. Typically an assignment
will have something between 5 to 15 elements for comments and grading, the actual number depending on
the size and complexity of the assignment. A peer assignment with only one element is allowed and has a
similar assessment strategy to the standard Moodle Assignment.
1737 </p>
1739 <p>
1739 The type of elements dependent of the assignment's grading strategy.
1739 </p>
1741 <p>
1741 <b>
1741 Not Graded.
1741 </b>
1741 The elements are descriptions of aspects of the assignment. The assessor is asked to comment on each of
these aspects. As with all the grading strategies, there is also an area for general comments.
1743 </p>
1746 <p>
1746 <b>
1746 Accumulative Grading.
1746 </b>
1746 The elements have the following three features:
1746 </p>
1747 <ol>
1748 <li>
1748 The DESCRIPTION of the assessment element. This should clearly state what aspect of the assignment is
being assessed. If the assessment is qualitative it is helpful to give details of what is considered
excellent, average and poor.
1751 </li>
1753 <li>
1753 The SCALE of the assessment element. There are a number of predefined scales. These range from simple
Yes/No scales, through multipoint scales to a full percentage scale. Each element has its own scale
which should be chosen to fit the number of possible variations for that element. Note that the scale
does NOT determine the element's importance when calculating the overall grade, a two point scale has
the same "influence" as a 100 point scale if the respective elements have the same weight...
1759 </li>
1761 <li>
1761 The WEIGHT of the assessment element. By default the elements are given the same importance when
calculating the overall grade of the assignment. This can be changed by giving the more importance
elements a weight greater than one, and the less important elements a weight below one. Changing the
weights does NOT effect the maximum grade, that value is fixed by the Maximum Grade parameter of the
peer assignment. Weights can be assigned negative values, this is an experimental feature.
1767 </li>
1768 </ol>
1770 <p>
1770 <b>
1770 Error Banded Grading.
1770 </b>
1770 The elements will normally describe certain items or aspects which must be present in the assignment.
The assessment is made on the present or absence of these items or aspects. The teacher must all set of
grade table which give the suggested grades when all the items are present, when one is absent, when two
are absent, etc. If certain items are more important than others then those items can be given a
weighting greater than one. Minor items can be given a weighting less than one. The overall "error
count" is a weighted sum of the missing items. The assessor can always make a minor adjustment to
these suggested grades.
1777 </p>
1779 <p>
1779 <b>
1779 Criterion Grading.
1779 </b>
1779 The elements will give a set of "level" statements which can be used to rank the assignment.
The statements may be cumulative or they may each be self contained. The assessor must decide which
statement best fits each piece of work. The teacher must also relate each criterion statement with a
suggested grade. These should normally be in order. The assessor can make a minor adjustment to these
suggested grades.
1784 </p>
1786 <p>
1786 <b>
1786 Rubric Grading.
1786 </b>
1786 This is similar to Criterion Grading but there is more than one criteria. The number of criteria is
given in the assignment parameters. Within each criterion there can be up to five "level"
statements. In a given assignment the number of levels can vary from criterion to criterion. When
setting up a criterion a blank level statement signals the end of the level statements. Thus some
criteria may have two levels, others have three, up to five levels. The criteria can be weighted. The
levels are scored 0, 1, 2, up to 4. The grade for the assessment is a weighted sum of these scores.
1794 </p>
1794 <div class="filename">
1794 ./help/workshop/showinggrades.html
1795 </div>
1796 <h1>
1796 Hide Grades before Agreement
1796 </h1>
1798 <p>
1798 This option can be used in a workshop assignment where there must be agreement between the students on
each assessment. The default value is to show the student whose work is being assessed both the comments
and the grades in the peer assessments. This may lead to more disputes than when the option is turned on
and the assessments are shown without the grades.
1803 </p>
1805 <p>
1805 If the option is taken to hide grades in the peer assessments the grades are revealed once agreement has
been reached. This agreement will, of course, have been made only on the comments. If these comments do
not reasonably match the grades then the student whose work is being assessed may well appeal to the
teacher.
1810 </p>
1811 <div class="filename">
1811 ./help/workshop/managing.html
1812 </div>
1813 <h1>
1813 Managing a Workshop Assignment
1813 </h1>
1815 <p>
1815 A Workshop Assignment is more complex than an ordinary assignment. It involves a number of steps or
phases. These are
1816 </p>
1818 <ol>
1819 <li>
1819 <p>
1819 <b>
1819 Set Up Assignment
1819 </b>
1819 The assessment of the assignment should be broken into a number of assessment ELEMENTS. This makes
the grading of an assignment less arbitrary and gives the students a framework on which to make
assessments. The teacher has the role of setting up the assessment elements thus making a grading
sheet. (See that page for more details.)
1824 </p>
1826 <p>
1826 With the assessment elements set up the teacher will normally submit a small number of example
pieces of work. These are practice pieces for the students to assess before preparing their own
pieces of work. However, before the assignment is made available to students, these example pieces
should be assessed by the teacher. This provides the teacher with specimen "answers" when
reviewing the students' assessments of those examples (produced in the next phase).
1832 </p>
1834 <p>
1834 The submission of example pieces of work by the teacher is optional and for certain assignments may
not be appropriate.
1835 </p>
1835 </li>
1837 <li>
1837 <p>
1837 <b>
1837 Allow Student Submissions
1837 </b>
1837 The assignment is now opened to the students. If the teacher has set up example pieces of work, the
students are required to assess a specified number of these. (The number of assessments is given
when the assignment is created.) Once a student has made the required number of assessments they can
then submit their own work. In the case of an assignment with no examples, the students are free to
submit their own work without any delay.
1843 </p>
1845 <p>
1845 The advantage of leaving the assignment in the Submission phase is to allow a build up of
submissions. When they are subsequently allocated, in the next two phases, there is better
distribution of work. If the assignment is put straight into the "Allow Submissions and
Assessments" phase from the "Set Up" phase (which is allowed) students who submit
early will tend to have early submissions to assess and those students who submit late will tend to
have late submissions to assess. Adding a "delay" before peer assessment starts will
alleviate that problem to a large extent.
1852 </p>
1854 <p>
1854 When a student submits a piece of work the teacher can, if desired, assess that work. This
assessment can be incorporated into the student's final grade. These assessments can take place in
the submission and assessment phases of the assignment. Provided the teacher's assessments are made
before the calculation of the final grades they can used in that calculation.
1858 </p>
1858 </li>
1860 <li>
1860 <p>
1860 <b>
1860 Allow Student Submissions and Assessments
1860 </b>
1860 If the assignment includes peer assessment, students who have submitted work are now shown other
students' work to assess. Students who have not yet submitted work are allowed to submit their work
(but they are
1863 <b>
1863 not
1863 </b>
1863 show other students' work to access). In this phase, submissions, re-submissions and assessments of
submissions and re-submissions are allowed to take place together.
1865 </p>
1867 <p>
1867 The teacher may want to split the submission of work and its peer assessment into two distinct
phases, waiting for all students to submit their work before going into the peer assessment phase.
In that case this phase is not used at all, the assignment goes from "Allow Submissions"
straight to "Allow Assessments". This allows the teacher to place a deadline on
submissions, the assignment is moved into the "Allow Assessments" phase at that deadline.
1873 </p>
1875 <p>
1875 If the teacher, on the other hand, does not want such as clear cut division in the assignment, then
the assignment uses this phase. When allowing submissions and assessments to occur together, the
teacher should consider setting the Over Allocation Level to ONE (or possibly TWO) to allow the
allocations to go smoothly (see the Admin page for more details). Note that doing this will result
in some submissions being (peer) assessed more times and some less times than the majority of the
submissions.
1881 </p>
1883 <p>
1883 When a student has made an assessment their peer can see that assessment. The student who submitted
the work can comment on the assessment if that option was chosen for the assignment. The teacher
can, if desired, grade these peer assessments and these scores can be taken forward towards the
students' final grades (but that is not really necessary in many cases, see the Calculation of Final
Grades phase).
1888 </p>
1888 </li>
1890 <li>
1890 <p>
1890 <b>
1890 Allow Student Assessments
1890 </b>
1890 In this phase peer assessments continue but students are not allowed to make any submissions, that
includes re-submissions. Students who have not made a submission are told that submissions are no
longer allowed and they are
1893 <b>
1893 not
1893 </b>
1893 shown any (peer) submissions to assess.
1893 </p>
1895 <p>
1895 The teacher can continue, if desired, to grade the peer assessments and these scores can be taken
forward towards the students' final grades (but that is not really necessary in many cases, see the
next phase).
1897 </p>
1897 </li>
1899 <li>
1899 <p>
1899 <b>
1899 Calculation of Final Grades
1899 </b>
1899 After the deadline has passed, the teacher moves the assignment to the next phase where further
assessments by students are not allowed. The teacher can, if wished, complete the grading of
assessments made on the examples and the grading of the student submissions. They can also grade the
peer assessments made by the students. This is
1903 <b>
1903 not
1903 </b>
1904 really necessary as, provided a reasonable number of assessments have been made on each submission,
the "grading performance" of each student can be determined from the relative scores.
1906 </p>
1908 <p>
1908 When the grading has been completed, the teacher calculates the final grades of the students. These
final grades are normally made up of three components, teacher's grade of the student's work, mean
peer grade of the student's work and the student's grading performance. The last can include the
mean "grading grade" entered by the teacher against a student's comments. These three
components are given weights by the teacher before the calculation of the final grades takes place.
1914 </p>
1914 </li>
1916 <li>
1916 <p>
1916 <b>
1916 Display of Final Grades
1916 </b>
1916 The final phase of the assignment is entered to allow the students to see their final grades. The
teacher can, if desired, backtrack the assignment to allow some adjustment of, say, the weights used
in the final grade calculation, the revised grades can then be shown to the students.
1919 </p>
1921 <p>
1921 The students (and the teacher) are also shown a "League Table" of the student submissions.
These are listed in order of grade, the top submission is first. Here the grade given to the
submission is a combination of the teacher's grade and the average of the peer grades (if they are
available). The weighting used is that given during the previous phase.
1925 </p>
1925 </li>
1926 </ol>
1928 <p>
1928 At any phase of the assignment the teacher can open the "Administration" page. This shows the
current state of the assignment. It lists the Teacher's example submissions (if any), the students'
assessments (of the teacher's examples, their own work, and of other students' submissions), and the
submissions of the students. The teacher can use this page to assess and re-assess submissions, grade
and re-grade assessments, delete submissions and assessments, and generally watch the progress of the
assignment.
1934 </p>
1936 <div class="filename">
1936 ./help/workshop/addcommenttobank.html
1937 </div>
1938 <h1>
1938 Add Comment to Bank
1938 </h1>
1940 <p>
1940 Frequently used comments can be added to the Assessment form so that there is no need to re-type them
each time they are required. These "stock" comments appear below the Feedback/Comment box.
Clicking on the comment adds that text to the Feedback box. The steps to add a comment to the Assessment
form are:
1944 </p>
1946 <ol>
1947 <li>
1947 Type the comment in the Feedback/Comment Box;
1947 </li>
1948 <li>
1948 Click on the "Add Comment to Bank" button.
1948 </li>
1949 </ol>
1951 <p>
1951 The Assessment form is redisplayed. The new comment is left in the Feedback/Comment box and it also
appears (as a link) below the Feedback/Comment box. In future assessments the comment can be added by
simply clicking on the comment text. It is then added to the Feedback/Comment box.
1955 </p>
1957 <p>
1957 The stock comments are always added to the end of any existing text in the Feedback/Comment box and
separated from that text by a space.
1958 </p>
1959 <div class="filename">
1959 ./help/workshop/submissionofexamples.html
1960 </div>
1961 <h1>
1961 Submission of Teacher's Examples
1961 </h1>
1963 <p>
1963 If the students are required to assess some example pieces of work before submitting their own work, the
teacher uses this link to submit that work. The teacher can submit any number of pieces of work. If the
number of pieces of work is greater than the number of example assessments each student must make, then
the work is allocated in a random but balanced fashion. The system tries to assure that each of the
examples is allocated to the students the same number of times. The allocation is random in that if,
say, ten examples are submitted then it is highly unlikely that the first student is allocated
submissions 1, 2 and 3 to assess.
1972 </p>
1974 <p>
1974 If the teacher submits a fewer number of examples than given in the corresponding parameter of the
assignment, the students are given just those examples to assess.
1976 </p>
1978 <p>
1978 After the teacher has submitted the examples it is important for the teacher to assess these examples.
The assessments by the teacher are used internally when the students assess these examples. The closer
the teacher and the student are the higher the "grading grade" awarded to the student. The
assessments made by the teacher are private to the teacher, they are NOT show to the students at any
stage during the assignment. The grades awarded to the students for these assessments are, however,
displayed to the students. Once graded, the students are given an opportunity to re-assess the example
if they to get a better grading grade.
1987 </p>
1989 <p>
1989 The examples and their assessments can be viewed and revised from the Administration page of the
workshop.
1991 </p>
1992 <div class="filename">
1992 ./help/workshop/includeteachersgrade.html
1993 </div>
1994 <h1>
1994 Include Teacher's Grade
1994 </h1>
1996 <p>
1996 This option allows the teacher's assessments of the submissions to be included as though they were peer
assessments. If this option is set to YES then the teacher's assessments are in effect counted twice,
firstly as the normal teacher's assessment and secondly by including them in the pool of peer
assessments. The teacher might want to do this if (a) the number of peer assessments of each submission
is low or (b) to try to stabilise the peer assessments when they appear to be either biased or
unreliable.
2002 </p>
2004 <div class="filename">
2004 ./help/workshop/anonymous.html
2005 </div>
2006 <h1>
2006 Hide Names from Students
2006 </h1>
2008 <p>
2008 A peer graded assignment can be graded anonymously. In this case the names (and any photos) of the
students doing the grading are not shown. Only the (file) names of the submissions are used to identify
the pieces of work being graded.
2011 </p>
2013 <p>
2013 When the peer graded assignment is not graded anonymously, the pieces of work are shown with the names
(and any photos) of the students who submitted the work. This may lead to bias in the gradings.
2015 </p>
2017 <p>
2017 Note that if the teacher's grades are shown to the students these are never shown anonymously.
2019 </p>
2020 <div class="filename">
2020 ./help/workshop/nelements.html
2021 </div>
2022 <h1>
2022 Number of Comments, Elements, Bands, Criteria or Rubrics
2022 </h1>
2024 <p>
2024 The number entered here determines how many items will be used in the assessments. Depending on the type
of grading strategy, this number gives the number of comments, assessments elements, bands, criteria or
categories (sets) of criteria in a rubric. Typically an assignment will have something between 5 to 15
assessment items, the actual number depending on the size and complexity of the assignment.
2029 </p>
2031 <p>
2031 All assessments have a General Comments field. For a "No Grading" assignment the value given
here determines the number of additional comment areas. It can be specified as zero and results in the
assessment having only a single General Comments area.
2034 </p>
2035 <div class="filename">
2035 ./help/workshop/ungradedassessments_student.html
2036 </div>
2037 <h1>
2037 UnGraded Assessments (Student Submissions)
2037 </h1>
2039 <p>
2039 <b>
2039 Assessment of Student Submissions
2039 </b>
2039 These are the peer assessments made by students on each other's work. In general, these assessments do
NOT have to be graded by the teacher. Provided each of the student submissions is assessed about five
times, the system can make a reasonable judgement on the individual assessment performance of the
students. When the number of peer assessments is low then the teacher may want to grade these
assessments. Any grades given to the assessments can be taken into account when calculating the final
grades for the students.
2046 </p>
2046 <div class="filename">
2046 ./help/workshop/ungradedassessments_teacher.html
2047 </div>
2048 <h1>
2048 UnGraded Assessments (Teacher Submissions)
2048 </h1>
2050 <p>
2050 <b>
2050 Assessments of Teacher Submissions
2050 </b>
2050 These are assessments of the example pieces of work which the assignment may require the students to
make before they can submit their own work. These assessments should, in general, be graded by the
teacher. The assessments will show whether the student understand the assignment and will provide
possibly useful feedback to the teacher on whether any remedial action or fine tuning of the assignment
is necessary. Further, if an assessment is graded the teacher's comments are made available to the
student. These may provide valuable guidance to the student in the preparation of their own piece of
work for the assignment.
2059 </p>
2061 <p>
2061 These assessments do not have to be graded. Leaving a student's assessment of the examples ungraded when
NOT stop that student from submitting their own work. It is recommended, however, that all least a
sample of the assessments are graded for the reasons mentioned above.
2064 </p>
2065 <div class="filename">
2065 ./help/workshop/gradingstrategy.html
2066 </div>
2067 <h1>
2067 Grading Strategy
2067 </h1>
2069 <p>
2069 A workshop assignment is quite flexible in the type of grading scheme used. This can be:
2069 </p>
2071 <ol>
2072 <li>
2072 <b>
2072 No grading:
2072 </b>
2072 In this type of assignment the teacher is not interested in quantitative assessment from the students
at all. The students make comments of the pieces of works but not grade them. The teacher, however,
can, if desired, grade the student comments. These "grading grades" form the basis of the
students' final grades. If the teacher does not grade the student assessments then the assignment does
not have any final grades.
2078 </li>
2080 <li>
2080 <b>
2080 Accumulative grading:
2080 </b>
2080 This is the default type of grading. In this type of assignment the grade of each assessment is made
up of a number of "assessment elements". Each element should cover a particular aspect of
the assignment. Typically an assignment will have something between 5 to 15 elements for comments and
grading, the actual number depending on the size and complexity of the assignment. A peer assignment
with only one element is allowed and has a similar assessment strategy to the standard Moodle
Assignment.
2090 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
2090 Elements have the following three features:
2091 <ol>
2092 <li>
2092 The DESCRIPTION of the assessment element. This should clearly state what aspect of the assignment
is being assessed. If the assessment is qualitative it is helpful to give details of what is
considered excellent, average and poor.
2095 </li>
2097 <li>
2097 The SCALE of the assessment element. There are a number of predefined scales. These range from
simple Yes/No scales, through multipoint scales to a full percentage scale. Each element has its
own scale which should be chosen to fit the number of possible variations for that element. Note
that the scale does NOT determine the element's importance when calculating the overall grade, a
two point scale has the same "influence" as a 100 point scale if the respective elements
have the same weight...
2103 </li>
2105 <li>
2105 The WEIGHT of the assessment element. By default the elements are given the same importance when
calculating the overall grade of the assignment. This can be changed by giving the more importance
elements a weight greater than one, and the less important elements a weight below one. Changing
the weights does NOT effect the maximum grade, that value is fixed by the Maximum Grade parameter
of the peer assignment. Weights can be assigned negative values, this is an experimental feature.
2111 </li>
2112 </ol>
2112 </li>
2114 <li>
2114 <b>
2114 Error Banded Grading:
2114 </b>
2114 In this type of assignment the submissions are graded on a set of Yes/No scales. The grade is
determined by the "Grade Table " which gives the relationship between the number of
"errors" and the suggested grade. For example an assignment may have six significant items
which should be present, the Grade Table will give suggested grades if all are present, one is absent,
if two are absent, etc. The individual items can, if desired, be given weighting factors if some items
are more important than others. The number of "errors" is a weighted sum of the items not
present. By default each item is given a weight of one. The grading table is likely to be non-linear,
for example the suggested grades may be 90%, 70%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 0%, 0%, 0% for an
assignment with 10 items.The assessor can adjust the suggested grade by up to 20% either way to give
the submission's final grade.
2126 </li>
2128 <li>
2128 <b>
2128 Criteria Grading:
2128 </b>
2128 This is the simplest type of assessment to grade (although not necessarily the most straightforward to
set up). The submissions are graded against a set of criteria statements. The assessor chooses which
statement best fits the piece of work. The grade is determined by a "Criteria Table" which
gives the suggested grade for each criterion. For example an assignment may be set up with, say, five
criteria statements and the assessors must then choose one of the five statements for each of their
assessments. As with the Banded assignment the assessor can adjust the suggested grade by up to 20% to
give the final grade.
2136 </li>
2138 <li>
2138 <b>
2138 Rubric
2138 </b>
2138 This is a similar to Criterion Grading except there are multiple sets of criteria. Each set covering a
particular "Category", can have up to five statements. The sets are given individual weights
and the grade is a weighted combination of the scores from each set. There is
2142 <b>
2142 no
2142 </b>
2142 adjustment option in this assessment type.
2142 </li>
2143 </ol>
2144 <div class="filename">
2144 ./help/workshop/selfassessment.html
2145 </div>
2146 <h1>
2146 Self Assessment
2146 </h1>
2148 <p>
2148 A workshop assignment can optionally include the student's own work in the set of pieces each student is
asked to assess. This will mean that if, say, the number of student pieces of work each student has to
assess is set at 5, then each student will be asked to assess 6 pieces of work, one of them being their
own work.
2151 </p>
2153 <p>
2153 If the number of student pieces of work is set to zero and the self assessment option is turned on then
the assignment becomes a self-graded assignment.
2154 </p>
2154 <div class="filename">
2154 ./help/workshop/nattachments.html
2155 </div>
2156 <h1>
2156 Number of Attachment expected on Submissions
2156 </h1>
2158 <p>
2158 The number entered here determines how many "upload boxes" are shown when the student submits
a piece of work. The number can be zero, that is no attachments are allowed. If attachments are
expected, the number is set to 1, 2, up to 5. Normally the number will be 0 or 1, but in some
assignments the students may be asked to submit more than one attachment.
2162 </p>
2164 <p>
2164 If the number is set to 3, say, and the student only attaches two files to their submission, the two
files are attached and there is
2165 <b>
2165 no
2165 </b>
2165 warning message. Thus, when submitting work (in a single operation) students can attach an arbitrary
number of files to their submissions, up to the maximum number given by this option.
2168 </p>
2170 <p>
2170 Note this option does
2170 <b>
2170 not
2170 </b>
2170 set the maximum number of attachments a student can add to their submission. It just determines how many
"upload boxes" are shown. The student is free to add more attachments to their submission by
editing that submission. This would be unusual.
2173 </p>
2175 <p>
2175 The default value for this option is zero, that is no attachments are required.
2176 </p>
2177 <div class="filename">
2177 ./help/workshop/nassessmentsofstudentsubmissions.html
2178 </div>
2179 <h1>
2179 Number of Assessments of Student submissions
2179 </h1>
2181 <p>
2181 This number determines whether the students are asked to peer assess other students' work. If it is not
zero then each student is offered that number of pieces of work from other students. After assessment
the originator of the work can view the comments and possibly the grade given by their peer. (The peer
assessment process may be iterative depending on the setting of "Agree Assessments" option.)
2187 </p>
2188 <div class="filename">
2188 ./help/workshop/specimen.html
2189 </div>
2190 <h1>
2190 Specimen Assessment Form
2190 </h1>
2192 <p>
2192 This page shows the details of the actual form used to grade your assignment. It will be used by the
teacher to grade your work. Further, in a peer graded assignment, the same form will be used by yourself
and your fellow students to grade the submitted pieces of work.
2195 </p>
2197 <p>
2197 Please note that although you can change the grades on this form these changes are NOT saved. This is
simply a specimen form, but a very similar form will be used by the teacher and possibly by you during
this assignment.
2200 </p>
2201 <div class="filename">
2201 ./help/workshop/analysisofassessments.html
2202 </div>
2203 <h1>
2203 Analysis of Assessments
2203 </h1>
2205 <p>
2205 This analysis looks at the assessments made on the examples as well as those made during the peer
assessment phase of the assignment. It attempts to select the better assessments out of this pool of
teacher and student assessments. These "good" assessments are then used in the calculation of
the final grade.
2206 </p>
2208 <p>
2208 This analysis is best done when there are teacher assessments available. These assessments can act as a
benchmark against which the student assessments can be judged. The teacher does
2208 <b>
2208 not
2208 </b>
2208 need to assess every example and every submission but for the analysis to be meaningful it is better to
have more assessments from the teacher than the average number of assessments made by each student. And
the more assessments made by the teacher the more confident the teacher can be of the results of the
analysis.
2209 </p>
2211 <p>
2211 The Analysis is usually done in a number of times, each time changing one or more of the options. The
analysis is controlled by the three options which appear on the top of the page.
2212 </p>
2214 <ol>
2215 <li>
2215 The Loading for Teacher Assessments sets the weighting to given the teacher's assessments compared to
the students' assessments in the error analysis stage. If the teacher wants their own grading strategy
to dominate the way the students grade the submissions then the teacher should be the assessor with
the smallest average error in the "Error Table". If the teacher is not the first one listed
than the loading of the teacher's assessments is increased until the teacher has the lowest average
error. This then implies that the teacher's assessments are dominate and the students who grade like
the teacher are also listed in the top part of the Error Table. The students listed at the bottom part
of the table are grading in ways which not match the teacher assessments (nor those of the students in
the top of the table). The more assessments that are available from the teacher the more likely that
this option will not have to be used to force the teacher to the top of the table. Note that this
option does
2215 <b>
2215 not
2215 </b>
2215 apply a weighting factor the teacher's assessments when they used in the calculation of final grades.
In that calculation the teacher assessments have the same weight as the student assessments. So for
example if a student's submission is graded at 41% by the teacher and 45% and 55% by their peers the
final grade given to the submission is (41% + 45% + 55%) / 3, that is 47%.
2215 </li>
2217 <li>
2217 The Weight for Grading of Assessments is used in the calculation of the Final Grade. A simple formula
is used to calculate a student's "Grading Performance". It is the proportion of
"good"assessments that student have done compared to the maximum number of assessments open
to them. So, if for example, the assignment asks the students to do 3 assessments of the example
submission and 5 peer assessments and the student does 7 assessments and 1 of those is dropped from
the analysis (see below), then their grading performance is (7 - 1)/8, that is 75%. The final grade
for the assignment a weighted combination of this grading performance and the grade given to their
submission (or best grade if they made more than one submission). The grade for the submission is
always given a weight of 1. So setting this option to say, 0.5, means that the two grades are added
together in the proportion 0.5:1 or 33% of the grading performance and 66% of the grade of the
submission.
2217 </li>
2218 <li>
2218 The Percentage of Assessments to drop determines the number of the assessments which are to be
excluded when calculating the final grades. This number can be set in one of two ways.
2219 <ul>
2219 <li>
2219 Given the way the Grading Performance is calculated each student could, if they assessed all the
work allocated to them, achieve full marks (for this element) if no assessments are dropped. If
the teacher wishes to have a more reason average grade then setting this option to 30% would
result in the average Grading Performance of about 70% (again if all students graded all the
assessments open to them).
2219 </li>
2220 <li>
2220 Alternatively the number of assessments to drop might be set such that the remaining
"good" assessments result in the Average Errors being constrained to some reasonable
value. These are the percentages given in the fourth column of the Error Table. For example, it
may be thought that all the student assessments should (on average) lie within the 20% range. Then
the analysis is repeated a number of times adjusting the number of assessments to drop until the
figures in this column all lie within a particular limit.
2220 </li>
2221 </ul>
2221 </li>
2222 </ol>
2223 <p>
2223 In addition to the Error Table the analysis lists the grades of all assessments and the final grades
given to the students. This table should be inspected to see if the results are reasonable. In
particular if many assessments are dropped then some submissions may left unassessed and the
student's final grade will be far too small. The analysis does given the number of submissions at the
top of page and again just before the Grades Table. These two numbers should be same. If there are one
or more unassessed submissions and the teacher does not want to decrease the number of dropped
assessments then those submissions should be assessed by the teacher and the analysis repeated. It is
important that all submissions are assessed at least once in the final stage of the analysis that is
when the final grades are calculated.
2224 </p>
2225 <p>
2225 There is a balance between the number of assessments dropped and the overall final grade. The more
assessments dropped the lower the final grades are likely to be. However, if poor assessments are
2225 <b>
2225 not
2225 </b>
2225 dropped then students may complain about the quality of the assessments which determine the grade for
their work. Provided there are enough assessments by the teacher to dominate the analysis without too
much forcing, then it would seem reasonable to drop somewhere between 15% and 30% of the assessments.
2226 </p>
2227 <p>
2227 Note that this analysis does take a long time as it involves an iterative process. Lengthy delays are to
be expected.
2228 </p>
2229 <div class="filename">
2229 ./help/workshop/editingacomment.html
2230 </div>
2231 <h1>
2231 Editing a Comment
2231 </h1>
2233 <p>
2233 As with other items there is a short period of time allowed when the text of comments can be amended.
The comment is not shown on the assessment until this period has elapsed.
2236 </p>
2237 <div class="filename">
2237 ./help/workshop/agreeassessments.html
2238 </div>
2239 <h1>
2239 Agreement of Assessments
2239 </h1>
2241 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
2241 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
A workshop assignment can have either of these characteristics:
2243 <ol>
2244 <li>
2244 In the submission and assessment phase the students see the assessments made by other students. There
is no feedback from the students who submitted the work to the students who made the assessment. That
is, there is only one way feedback between peers on any one piece of work.
2248 </li>
2250 <li>
2250 In the submission and assessment phase the students see the assessments made by other students and
they are allowed to comment on these assessments. They may agree or disagree with the (peer)
assessment. If they agree with the assessment then the assessment stands and is used in the final
calculations when determining the peer grade given to the particular piece of work. If, however, they
do not agree with an assessment the student who made the assessment is given an opportunity to revise
it. The revise/disagree loop can continue until either agreement is reached or the deadline is
reached. An assessment which is still in "dispute" when the deadline is reached is not used
in the final grades. This gives two way feedback between peers on each piece of work.
2261 </li>
2262 </ol>
2263 <p>
2263 If the second method of working is chosen there is the option of switching off the display of grades.
That is, if this "hide grades" option is exercised, only the comments in the assessment are
shown to the student who work is being assessed. The grades are shown only after agreement has been
reached (on the comments alone). Note that this option only effective when agreement on assessments is
required.
2270 </p>
2271 <div class="filename">
2271 ./help/workshop/grade.html
2272 </div>
2273 <h1>
2273 The Grade of the Submissions
2273 </h1>
2275 <p>
2275 This value determines the maximum grade which can be awarded to a
2275 <b>
2275 submission
2275 </b>
2275 .
2275 </p>
2277 <p>
2277 The overall grade for the workshop is the sum of the (average) grade of the student's assessments and
the grade from their submission(s). Thus if the (maximum) grade for the student's assessments is set to
30 and the (maximum) grade for the submissions is 70 the (maximum) grade for the workshop is 100.
2280 </p>
2282 <p>
2282 This value can be changed at any time and the effect on the grades seen by the students (and the
teacher) is immediate.
2283 </p>
2284 <div class="filename">
2284 ./help/workshop/gradingsubmissions.html
2285 </div>
2286 <h1>
2286 Grading of Student Submissions
2286 </h1>
2288 <p>
2288 In general, it is recommended that the teacher assesses a fair proportion of the work submitted by the
students. The assessments are shown to the students and will provide important feedback on their work.
2290 </p>
2292 <p>
2292 The assessments from the teacher are used in two ways in the workshop module. Firstly, they are used in
the calculations to determine the "grading grades", the grades given the student assessments.
Secondly they are used in the calculation of the submission grades. These assessments can be given extra
weight (the "Weight of Teacher Assessments" option), this weighting effects both the grading
grade and the submission grade calculations. If it felt that the student assessments are too high (or
too low), increasing this weighting factor should be considered as that will help stabilise the grades
to a degree.
2301 </p>
2302 <div class="filename">
2302 ./help/workshop/assessmentend.html
2303 </div>
2304 <h1>
2304 End of assessments
2304 </h1>
2306 <div class="filename">
2306 ./help/workshop/breakdownoffinalgrade.html
2307 </div>
2308 <h1>
2308 The Breakdown of the Final Grade
2308 </h1>
2310 <p>
2310 The table on this screen shows your final grade and how it was calculated. The final grade is made up
from three possible components.
2311 </p>
2313 <ol>
2314 <li>
2314 The teacher's grade for your submitted work.
2314 </li>
2315 <li>
2315 The average of the peer grades for your submitted work.
2315 </li>
2316 <li>
2316 A grade for your performance in the peer grading phase. This performance was based by (a) whether your
grades were too high or too low when compared with the average grade of the other students (this is
called bias), (b) whether your grades follow, again on average, the grades given by the other students
(this is called reliability) and (c) on the quality of your comments on the other pieces of work you
graded. This was graded by the teacher. These three performance grades were weighted by the factors
1:2:3 respectively to give an overall "grading" grade. In other words the teacher's grading
of the comments is given the same weight as the Bias and Reliability factors combined.
2325 </li>
2326 </ol>
2328 <p>
2328 These three components can be weighted as deemed appropriate for the assignment. These weights are shown
in the smaller table.
2330 </p>
2331 <div class="filename">
2331 ./help/workshop/index.html
2332 </div>
2333 <h2>
2333 Workshop module
2333 </h2>
2334 <ul>
2335 <li>
2335 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=addcommenttobank.html">
2335 Add Comment to Bank
2335 </a>
2335 </li>
2336 <li>
2336 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=agreeassessments.html">
2336 Agreement of Assessments
2336 </a>
2336 </li>
2337 <li>
2337 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=graded.html">
2337 A Graded Peer Assignment
2337 </a>
2337 </li>
2338 <li>
2338 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=addingacomment.html">
2338 Adding a Comment
2338 </a>
2338 </li>
2339 <li>
2339 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=analysisofassessments.html">
2339 Analysis of Assessments
2339 </a>
2339 </li>
2340 <li>
2340 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=anonymous.html">
2340 Anonymous Grading
2340 </a>
2340 </li>
2341 <li>
2341 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=assessmentofexamples.html">
2341 Assessment of Teacher's Examples
2341 </a>
2341 </li>
2342 <li>
2342 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=elements.html">
2342 Assignment Elements
2342 </a>
2342 </li>
2343 <li>
2343 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=comparisonofassessments.html">
2343 Comparison of Assessments
2343 </a>
2343 </li>
2344 <li>
2344 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=teachersgradings.html">
2344 Display of Teacher's Grades
2344 </a>
2344 </li>
2345 <li>
2345 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=editingacomment.html">
2345 Editing a Comment
2345 </a>
2345 </li>
2346 <li>
2346 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=assessmentend.html">
2346 End of assessments
2346 </a>
2346 </li>
2347 <li>
2347 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=submissionend.html">
2347 End of submissions
2347 </a>
2347 </li>
2348 <li>
2348 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=grading.html">
2348 Grading of Peer Assignments
2348 </a>
2348 </li>
2349 <li>
2349 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=gradingstrategy.html">
2349 Grading Strategy
2349 </a>
2349 </li>
2350 <li>
2350 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=gradinggrade.html">
2350 Grade of Student Assessments
2350 </a>
2350 </li>
2351 <li>
2351 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=gradingsubmissions.html">
2351 Grading of Student Submissions
2351 </a>
2351 </li>
2352 <li>
2352 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=gradingassessments.html">
2352 Grading the Student Assessments
2352 </a>
2352 </li>
2353 <li>
2353 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=showinggrades.html">
2353 Hiding the Display of Grades
2353 </a>
2353 </li>
2354 <li>
2354 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=includeteachersgrade.html">
2354 Include Teacher's Grade
2354 </a>
2354 </li>
2355 <li>
2355 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=includeself.html">
2355 Including Self in the Assignment
2355 </a>
2355 </li>
2356 <li>
2356 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=managing2.html">
2356 Managing a Workshop Assignment
2356 </a>
2356 </li>
2357 <li>
2357 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=nassessmentsofstudentsubmissions.html">
2357 Number of Assessments of Student submissions
2357 </a>
2357 </li>
2358 <li>
2358 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=nassessmentsofteachersexamples.html">
2358 Number of Assessments of Teacher's Examples
2358 </a>
2358 </li>
2359 <li>
2359 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=nattachments.html">
2359 Number of Attachment expected on Submissions
2359 </a>
2359 </li>
2360 <li>
2360 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=nelements.html">
2360 Number of Comments, Elements, Bands or Criteria
2360 </a>
2360 </li>
2361 <li>
2361 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=numberofassessors.html">
2361 Number of Peer Assessors
2361 </a>
2361 </li>
2362 <li>
2362 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=password.html">
2362 Passwords
2362 </a>
2362 </li>
2363 <li>
2363 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=assignmenttype.html">
2363 Peer Graded Assignment Type
2363 </a>
2363 </li>
2364 <li>
2364 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=regrading.html">
2364 Re-grading Student Assessments
2364 </a>
2364 </li>
2365 <li>
2365 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=releasegrades.html">
2365 Release Teacher Grades
2365 </a>
2365 </li>
2366 <li>
2366 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=resubmit.html">
2366 Resubmitting assignments
2366 </a>
2366 </li>
2367 <li>
2367 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=selfassessment.html">
2367 Self Assessment
2367 </a>
2367 </li>
2368 <li>
2368 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=specimen.html">
2368 Specimen Assessment Form
2368 </a>
2368 </li>
2369 <li>
2369 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=assessmentstart.html">
2369 Start of assessment
2369 </a>
2369 </li>
2370 <li>
2370 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=submissionstart.html">
2370 Start of submissions
2370 </a>
2370 </li>
2371 <li>
2371 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=submissionofexamples.html">
2371 Submission of Teacher's Examples
2371 </a>
2371 </li>
2372 <li>
2372 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=breakdownoffinalgrade.html">
2372 The Breakdown of the Final Grade
2372 </a>
2372 </li>
2373 <li>
2373 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=calculatingfinalgrade.html">
2373 The Calculation of the Final Grade
2373 </a>
2373 </li>
2374 <li>
2374 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=finalgrades.html">
2374 The Final Grades
2374 </a>
2374 </li>
2375 <li>
2375 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=grade.html">
2375 The Grade of the Submissions
2375 </a>
2375 </li>
2376 <li>
2376 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=leaguetable.html">
2376 The League Table of Submissions
2376 </a>
2376 </li>
2377 <li>
2377 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=overallocation.html">
2377 The Over Allocation Level
2377 </a>
2377 </li>
2378 <li>
2378 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=ungradedassessments.html">
2378 UnGraded Assessments
2378 </a>
2378 </li>
2379 <li>
2379 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=ungradedassessments_student.html">
2379 UnGraded Assessments (Student Submissions)
2379 </a>
2379 </li>
2380 <li>
2380 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=ungradedassessments_teacher.html">
2380 UnGraded Assessments (Teacher Submissions)
2380 </a>
2380 </li>
2381 <li>
2381 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=usepassword.html">
2381 Use Passwords
2381 </a>
2381 </li>
2382 <li>
2382 <a href="help.php?module=workshop&file=teacherweight.html">
2382 Weight of Teacher's Assessments
2382 </a>
2382 </li>
2383 </ul>
2384 <div class="filename">
2384 ./help/workshop/addingacomment.html
2385 </div>
2386 <h1>
2386 Adding a Comment
2386 </h1>
2388 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
2388 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Comments can be added to an assessment to:
2390 <ol>
2391 <li>
2391 Add additional explanation or clarification to the assessment (by the student who assessed the piece
of work);
2392 </li>
2393 <li>
2393 Query the statements made in the assessment (by the student whose piece of work is being assessed;
2394 </li>
2395 <li>
2395 Try to resolve difficulties which may have arisen during the discussion on the assessment (by the
teacher);
2396 </li>
2397 </ol>
2398 <p>
2398 The aim of the comments is to try either reach agreement on the current assessment or persuade the
assessor to revise their assessment. This discussion should be undertaken in a reasonable way.
2400 </p>
2402 <p>
2402 If the work is reassessed then the old comments are discarded and are no longer shown with the new
assessment.
2405 </p>
2406 <div class="filename">
2406 ./help/workshop/managing2.html
2407 </div>
2408 <h1>
2408 Managing a Workshop Assignment
2408 </h1>
2410 <p>
2410 A Workshop Assignment is more complex than an ordinary assignment. It involves a number of steps or
phases. These are
2411 </p>
2413 <ol>
2414 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
2414 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
2414 <b>
2414 Set Up Assignment
2414 </b>
2414 The assessment of the assignment should be broken into a number of assessment ELEMENTS. This makes the
grading of an assignment less arbitrary and gives the students a framework on which to make
assessments. The teacher has the role of setting up the assessment elements thus making a grading
sheet. (See that page for more details.)
2419 </p>
2421 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
2421 With the assessment elements set up the teacher will normally submit a small number of example pieces
of work. These are practice pieces for the students to assess before preparing their own pieces of
work. However, before the assignment is made available to students, these example pieces should be
assessed by the teacher. This provides the teacher with specimen "answers" when reviewing
the students' assessments of those examples (produced in the next phase).
2427 </p>
2429 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
2429 The submission of example pieces of work by the teacher is optional and for certain assignments may
not be appropriate.
2430 </p>
2432 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
2432 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
2432 <b>
2432 Allow Student Submissions
2432 </b>
2432 The assignment is now opened to the students. If the teacher has set up example pieces of work, the
students are required to assess a specified number of these. (The number of assessments is given when
the assignment is created.) Once a student has made the required number of assessments they can then
submit their own work. In the case of an assignment with no examples, the students are free to submit
their own work without any delay.
2438 </p>
2440 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
2440 The advantage of leaving the assignment in the Submission phase is to allow a build up of submissions.
When they are subsequently allocated, in the next two phases, there is better distribution of work. If
the assignment is put straight into the "Allow Submissions and Assessments" phase from the
"Set Up" phase (which is allowed) students who submit early will tend to have early
submissions to assess and those students who submit late will tend to have late submissions to assess.
Adding a "delay" before peer assessment starts will alleviate that problem to a large
extent.
2447 </p>
2449 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
2449 When a student submits a piece of work the teacher can, if desired, assess that work. This assessment
can be incorporated into the student's final grade. These assessments can take place in the submission
and assessment phases of the assignment.
2452 </p>
2454 <li>
2454 <p>
2454 <b>
2454 Allow Student Submissions and Assessments
2454 </b>
2454 If the assignment includes peer assessment, students who have submitted work are now shown other
students' work to assess. Students who have not yet submitted work are allowed to submit their work
(but they are
2457 <b>
2457 not
2457 </b>
2457 shown other students' work to access). In this phase, submissions, re-submissions and assessments of
submissions and re-submissions are allowed to take place together.
2459 </p>
2461 <p>
2461 The teacher may want to split the submission of work and its peer assessment into two distinct
phases, waiting for all students to submit their work before going into the peer assessment phase.
In that case this phase is not used at all, the assignment goes from "Allow Submissions"
straight to "Allow Assessments". This allows the teacher to place a deadline on
submissions, the assignment is moved into the "Allow Assessments" phase at that deadline.
2467 </p>
2469 <p>
2469 If the teacher, on the other hand, does not want such as clear cut division in the assignment, then
the assignment uses this phase. When allowing submissions and assessments to occur together, the
teacher should consider setting the Over Allocation Level to ONE (or possibly TWO) to allow the
allocations to go smoothly (see the help page on that option for more details). Note that doing this
will result in
2474 <b>
2474 some
2474 </b>
2474 submissions being (peer) assessed more times and some less times than the majority of the
submissions.
2475 </p>
2477 <p>
2477 When a student has made an assessment their peer can see that assessment. The student who submitted
the work can comment on the assessment if that option was chosen for the assignment.
2479 </p>
2479 </li>
2481 <li>
2481 <p>
2481 <b>
2481 Allow Student Assessments
2481 </b>
2481 In this phase peer assessments continue but students are not allowed to make any submissions, that
includes re-submissions. Students who have not made a submission are told that submissions are no
longer allowed and they are
2484 <b>
2484 not
2484 </b>
2484 shown any (peer) submissions to assess.
2484 </p>
2484 </li>
2486 <li>
2486 <p>
2486 <b>
2486 Display of Final Grades
2486 </b>
2486 The final phase of the assignment is entered to allow the students to see their final grades in
detail. The individual assessments which contribute to the final grade of each submission can be
easily reviewed.
2489 </p>
2491 <p>
2491 The students (and the teacher) are shown an optional "League Table" of the student
submissions. These are listed in order of grade, the top submission is first.
2493 </p>
2493 </li>
2494 </ol>
2496 <p>
2496 At any phase of the assignment the teacher can open the "Administration" page. This shows the
current state of the assignment. It lists the Teacher's example submissions (if any), the students'
assessments (of the teacher's examples, their own work, and of other students' submissions), and the
submissions of the students. The teacher can use this page to assess and re-assess submissions, delete
submissions and assessments, and generally watch the progress of the assignment.
2503 </p>
2505 <div class="filename">
2505 ./help/workshop/submissionstart.html
2506 </div>
2507 <h1>
2507 Start of submissions
2507 </h1>
2509 <div class="filename">
2509 ./help/workshop/ungradedassessments.html
2510 </div>
2511 <h1>
2511 UnGraded Assessments
2511 </h1>
2513 <p>
2513 In general, the assessments made by students are given a (small) proportion of marks which count towards
their final grade. The grading of these assessments (and those made by the teacher) is done in the
background by the workshop module. Provided a submission is assessed three or more times, the module can
make a reasonable estimate of each assessment's "worth". (For submissions which have been
assessed only once or twice, these assessments are given the maximum "grading grade".) As this
grading process is done at regular intervals, the number of ungraded assessments will normally be zero.
(Note that in Workshops where assessments have to be agreed, assessments which have not been agreed are
also likely to be ungraded. So in this type of workshop the number of ungraded assessments is likely to
be non-zero but the number should decrease as assessments are agreed.)
2525 </p>
2527 <p>
2527 The function of this link is to force a re-calculation of the grading grades, the grades given to
assessments. The teacher may want to do this when either of these two options is changed:
2529 </p>
2530 <ol>
2531 <li>
2531 The option "Comparison of Assessments";
2531 </li>
2532 <li>
2532 The weighting given to the teacher's assessments.
2532 </li>
2533 </ol>
2534 <p>
2534 Clicking on this link will immediately bring the grading grades up-to-date, reflecting the current
values given to these parameters. Changes to other the settings of the workshop, such as the value for
the grading grade itself, do
2537 <b>
2537 not
2537 </b>
2537 require this re-calculation to be performed.
2537 </p>
2539 <div class="filename">
2539 ./help/workshop/comparisonofassessments.html
2540 </div>
2541 <h1>
2541 Comparison of Assessments
2541 </h1>
2543 <p>
2543 In a workshop it is common for the same piece of work to be assessed by the teacher and the students. If
examples are used then the teacher first assesses them before the students assess a selection of them.
The work from the students may well be assessed by the teacher, at least in part, and very possibly by a
number of students. A workshop allows the teacher to award a proportion of the grade to the student's
assessments, the remainder of the grade is allocated to the assessments of the work itself. (The
proportions of the grade given to these two areas is set towards the end of the workshop.) A
student's assessments are given a grade based on how well they match the corresponding assessments make
by the teacher. (In the absence of a teacher assessment then the average of the peer assessments is
used).
2554 </p>
2556 <p>
2556 The degree of agreement between the student's and teacher's assessment is based on the differences
between the scores in individual elements (actually the squared differences are used). The mean of these
differences must to converted into a meaningful grade. The "Comparison of Assessments" option
allows the teacher a degree of control on how these comparisons are converted into grades.
2561 </p>
2563 <p>
2563 To get some idea on what effect this option has, take the (fairly simple) case of an assessment which
has ten Yes/No questions. For example the assessment might use questions like "Is the chart correctly
formatted?", "Is the calculated profit $100.66?", etc. Assume there are ten such questions. When the
"Very Lax" setting is chosen, prefect agreement between the student's and teacher's assessment
gives a grade of 100%, if there is only one question which does not match the grade is 90%, two
disagreements give a grade of 80%, three disagreements 70%, etc.. That might seem very reasonable and
you might be thinking why is this option called a "Very Lax" comparison. Well, consider the
case of a student doing a completely random assessment where the answers of the ten questions are simply
guessed. On average this would result in five of the ten questions being matched. So the
"monkey's" assessment would get a grade of around 50%. The situation gets a little more
sensible with the "Lax" option, then the random assessment gets around 20%. When the
"Fair" option is chosen, random guessing will result in a zero grade most of the time. At this
level, a grade of 50% is given when the two assessments agree on eight questions of the ten. If three
questions are in disagreement then the grade given is 25%. When the option is set to "Strict"
having two questions out of sync gives a grade of 40%. Moving into the "Very Strict" territory
a disagreement in just two questions drops the grade to 35% and having a single question in disagreement
gives a grade of 65%.
2586 </p>
2588 <p>
2588 This example is sightly artificial as most assessments usually have elements which have a range of
values rather than just Yes or No. In those cases the comparison is likely to result in somewhat higher
grades then the values indicated above. The various levels (Very Lax, Lax, Fair...) are given so that
the teacher can fine tune the comparisons. If they feel that the grades being given for assessments are
too low then this option should be moved towards the "Lax" or even "Very Lax"
choices. And alternatively, if the grades for the student's assessments are, in general, felt to be too
high this option should be moved to either the "Strict" or "Very Strict" choices. It
is really a matter of trial and error with the best starting point being the "Fair" option.
2599 </p>
2601 <p>
2601 During the course of the workshop the teacher may feel that the grades given to the student assessments
are either too high or too low. These grades are shown on the exercise's Administration Page. In this
case, the teacher can change the setting of this option and re-calculate the student assessment grades
(the "Grading Grades"). The re-calculation is done by clicking the "Re-grade Student
Assessments" link found on the administration page of the workshop. This can be safely performed at
any time in the workshop.
2608 </p>
2610 <div class="filename">
2610 ./help/workshop/assignmenttype.html
2611 </div>
2612 <h1>
2612 Peer Graded Assignment Type
2612 </h1>
2614 <p>
2614 A peer graded assignment can have one of two types:
2614 </p>
2616 <ol>
2617 <li>
2617 Only feedback on the assessment elements and the general comment is entered. The grading of assessment
elements is not seen in the grading pages. Assignments themselves are not given an overall grade.
However, the grading performance of the students is measured and this, and only this measure
contributes towards the final grades given to the students.
2622 </li>
2624 <li>
2624 Here the teacher and peers are asked to provide both feedback and grades. The assignments are given an
overall quantitative grade as well as the qualitative data. The final grade for a student will be
calculated from the (weighted) contributions of the teacher's grade, the mean peers' grade and the
student's grading performance.
2628 </li>
2630 </ol>
2631 <div class="filename">
2631 ./help/workshop/gradinggrade.html
2632 </div>
2633 <h1>
2633 Grade of Student Assessments
2633 </h1>
2635 <p>
2635 This is the maximum grade given to the assessments make by students of their own and/or other work. That
is, the grade for their assessments. The actual grades for an assessment is calculated by the workshop
module by comparing that assessment with the "best" assessment of the same submission. The
"best" assessment is the one which is closest to the mean of all the assessments. (This is a
"weighted" mean if the teacher's assessment are given a weight greater than one.) Note that if
there is only one assessment of an submission, that single assessment is taken as the best. If there are
two assessments of an submission, both are considered "best". Only when there are three or
more assessments does the module start to make distinctions between the assessments.
2645 </p>
2647 <p>
2647 This grade is sometimes called the "grading grade" and is
2648 <i>
2648 <b>
2648 not
2648 </b>
2648 </i>
2648 the maximum grade given to the work, that grade is called "Grade for Submissions".
2649 </p>
2651 <p>
2651 A student's grade for the workshop is the sum of this grade and the grade for their submission(s). Thus
if the (maximum) grade for the Student assessments is set at 20 and the (maximum) grade for submission
is set to 80, then the (maximum) grade for the workshop is 100.
2654 </p>
2656 <p>
2656 This value can be changed at any time and the effect on the grades seen by the students (and the
teacher) is immediate.
2657 </p>
2659 <div class="filename">
2659 ./help/workshop/gradingassessments.html
2660 </div>
2661 <h1>
2661 Grading the Student Assessments
2661 </h1>
2663 <p>
2663 This screen is used to enter the teacher's grade for the assessment made by the student during the
submission and assessment phase of the assignment. A relatively simple grading is used, the score out of
20. The teacher can decide what is being graded and the relative scores from the instructions given to
the students before the assignment started. For example, at a higher level the students may be required
to give critical comments, at an intermediate level the students may be required to point out strengths
and weaknesses, and at a lower level the students may be simply pointing out errors and inaccuracies.
2670 </p>
2672 <p>
2672 If available the Teacher's own assessment is shown before that of the student so an easy comparison can
be made. The teacher's own comments can act as a kind of benchmark.
2674 </p>
2676 <p>
2676 The grade for the assessment is saved by clicking on the appropriate button at the foot of the page.
There is a chance to repeat the grading within the "editing" period. Once that time has
elapsed the teacher's comment is made available to the student. The "grading grade", however,
is not revealed to the student until the final grades are made available. (The reason for this is the
likely confusion between the grade for the piece of work and the grade for the ASSESSMENT of that work,
at an early stage of an assignment the distinction will not be clear to students.)
2684 </p>
2685 <div class="filename">
2685 ./help/workshop/regrading.html
2686 </div>
2687 <h1>
2687 Re-grading Student Assessments
2687 </h1>
2689 <p>
2689 This link re-calculates the "Grading grades" of all the student assessments which have a
corresponding teacher assessment. Normally it is
2691 <b>
2691 not
2691 </b>
2691 necessary to action this re-calculation. Student assessments are automatically graded after the teacher
has assessed the relevant piece of work from the student.
2693 </p>
2695 <p>
2695 If, however, the Grading grades are felt to be too high or too low the teacher may wish to change the
"Comparison of Assessments" option (by Updating the Exercise). The default value of this
option is "Fair". If the grading grades are too high then setting the option to either
"Strict" or "Very Strict" will reduce the grades. Or alternatively if the grades are
too low, setting the option to " Lax" or "Very Lax" will increase the grades.
2701 </p>
2703 <p>
2703 If a change to the Grading grades is required the steps are:
2703 </p>
2704 <ol>
2705 <li>
2705 Update the Workshop with the new value of the Comparison of Assessments option;
2706 </li>
2707 <li>
2707 Go to the Workshop's Administration page and click on the "Re-grade Student Assessments"
link.
2708 </li>
2709 </ol>
2710 <p>
2710 The new grades will be displayed. These process can be safely repeated.
2710 </p>
2712 <div class="filename">
2712 ./help/workshop/finalgrades.html
2713 </div>
2714 <h1>
2714 The Final Grades
2714 </h1>
2716 <p>
2716 The table on this screen lists the final grades and their breakdown as shown to the students. If there
are missing values in the table then it is possible to "go back" and add these. In fact, there
are two adjustments which can be made to the Final Grades.
2718 </p>
2720 <ol>
2721 <li>
2721 If a teacher's grade needs to be added then the piece of work can be graded by going to the
teacher's Management screen for assignment and clicking on the link "Student Submissions for
Assessment". Any outstanding submissions can be graded. Once this has been done then move the
assignment back to Phase 3 and re-calculate the Final grades. In a similar way any assessments which
have not been graded can be graded from the Management screen.
2727 </li>
2728 <li>
2728 If it is desired to use a different weighting scheme then the assignment should be moved back to Phase
3 and link "Calculate Final Grades" can be clicked and the new weights entered. After the
grades have been re-calculated the assignment should be moved to Phase 4 to make the new grades
available.
2731 </li>
2732 </ol>
2733 <div class="filename">
2733 ./help/workshop/password.html
2734 </div>
2735 <h1>
2735 Passwords
2735 </h1>
2737 <p>
2737 This field sets the "access" password for this exercise. The password can be up to 10
characters long. The password can be reset at any time during the workshop. Whether students are asked
for the password to enter the workshop is determined by the "Use Password" option.
2740 </p>
2741 <div class="filename">
2741 ./help/workshop/teacherweight.html
2742 </div>
2743 <h1>
2743 Weight of Teacher's Assessments
2743 </h1>
2745 <p>
2745 This option, usually set at 1, can be used to either "switch off" any assessments made by the
teacher, to give them an equal weight as the student assessments, or give them more weight than the
student assessments.
2747 </p>
2749 <p>
2749 The normal value for this option is 1. This gives the teacher's assessments the same weight as student
assessments.
2750 </p>
2752 <p>
2752 There may arise circumstances when it is felt that the students are consistently "over
grading" assessments, that is giving their peers too high a grade. The opposite may happen when the
peer grading is too low (but that is more unusual). The poor grading by the students can be compensated,
to a degree, by increasing the value of this option. Setting the value to 5, for example, means that if
there are 5 student assessments of each submission, say, then the teacher's assessment has the same
weight (in dropping suspect assessments and in determining the grade) as all 5 of the student
assessments. Further in the analysis of assessments, student assessments which do not agree with that of
the teacher are more likely to be dropped when this option is greater than one. The remaining
assessments are closer to the teacher's grade thus giving even more weight to the teacher's assessment.
2764 </p>
2766 <p>
2766 This option can be changed at any time during the assignment.
2766 </p>
2768 <div class="filename">
2768 ./help/workshop/resubmit.html
2769 </div>
2770 <h1>
2770 Resubmitting assignments
2770 </h1>
2772 <p>
2772 By default, students cannot resubmit assignments, they are allowed only one submission.
2772 </p>
2774 <p>
2774 If you turn this option on, then students will be allowed to submit more than one piece of work to this
assignment. This may be useful if the teacher wants to encourage students to do better work by an
iterative process.
2776 </p>
2778 <p>
2778 The assessment of submissions is allocated on the basis of the number of assessments a piece of work has
had. Thus new submissions from a student are likely to be candidates for peer assessment. However, if a
student resubmits a number of pieces of work in quick succession then they are all equally likely to be
assessed. The assignment does NOT give priority to the newest submission.
2782 </p>
2784 <p>
2784 The student's final grade is based on their overall "grading grade" and the submission with
the highest grade.
2785 </p>
2786 <div class="filename">
2786 ./help/workshop/mods.html
2787 </div>
2788 <p>
2788 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/workshop/icon.gif" />
2788
2788 <b>
2788 Workshop
2788 </b>
2788 </p>
2789 <div class="indent">
2790 A Workshop is a peer assessment activity with a huge array of options. It allows participants to assess
each other's projects, as well as exemplar projects, in a number of ways. It also coordinates the
collection and distribution of these assessments in a variety of ways. The Workshop module is
contributed by Ray Kingdon.
2795 </div>
2796 <div class="filename">
2796 ./help/workshop/nassessmentsofteachersexamples.html
2797 </div>
2798 <h1>
2798 Number of Assessments of Teacher's Examples
2798 </h1>
2800 <p>
2800 This number determines whether the students are asked to assess any example pieces of work before
submitting their own work. If it is non-zero then each student must assess that number of example pieces
of work. They cannot submit their own work until these assessments have been made.
2805 </p>
2806 <div class="filename">
2806 ./help/workshop/submissionend.html
2807 </div>
2808 <h1>
2808 End of submissions
2808 </h1>
2810 <div class="filename">
2810 ./help/coursefullname.html
2811 </div>
2812 <h1>
2812 Course Full name
2812 </h1>
2814 <p>
2814 The full name of the course is displayed at the top of the screen and in the course listings.
2814 </p>
2816 <div class="filename">
2816 ./help/coursereports.html
2817 </div>
2818 <h1>
2818 Activity Reports
2818 </h1>
2820 <p>
2820 Activity reports are available for each participant that show their activity in the current course. As
well as listings of their contributions, these reports include detailed access logs.
2823 </p>
2825 <p>
2825 Teachers always have access to these reports, using the button visible on each persons's profile page.
2826 </p>
2828 <p>
2828 Student access to their own reports is controlled by the teacher via a course setting. For some courses
these reports can be a useful tool for a student to reflect on their involvement and appearance within
the online environment, but for some courses this may not be necessary.
2833 </p>
2835 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
2835 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Another reason for turning it off is that the report can place a bit of load on the server while being
generated. For large or long classes it may be more efficient to keep it off.
2838 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
2839 <div class="filename">
2839 ./help/uploadusers.html
2840 </div>
2841 <h1>
2841 Upload users
2841 </h1>
2843 <p>
2843 Firstly, note that
2843 <strong>
2843 it is usually not necessary to import users in bulk
2843 </strong>
2844 - to keep your own maintenance work down you should first explore forms of authentication that do not
require manual maintenance, such as connecting to existing external databases or letting the users
create their own accounts. See the Authentication section in the admin menus.
2847 </p>
2848 <p>
2848 If you are sure you want to import multiple user accounts from a text file, then you need to format your
text file as follows:
2848 </p>
2850 <ul>
2851 <li>
2851 Each line of the file contains one record
2851 </li>
2852 <li>
2852 Each record is a series of data separated by commas
2852 </li>
2853 <li>
2853 The first record of the file is special, and contains a list of fieldnames. This defines the format of
the rest of the file.
2854 <blockquote>
2855 <p>
2855 <strong>
2855 Required fieldnames:
2855 </strong>
2855 these fields must be included in the first record, and defined for each user
2855 </p>
2856 <p>
2856 <code class="example1">
2856 username, password, firstname, lastname, email
2856 </code>
2856 </p>
2858 <p>
2858 <strong>
2858 Default fieldnames:
2858 </strong>
2858 these are optional - if they are not included then the values are taken from the primary admin
2858 </p>
2859 <p>
2859 <code class="example1">
2859 institution, department, city, country, lang, auth, timezone
2859 </code>
2859 </p>
2860 <p>
2860 <strong>
2860 Optional fieldnames:
2860 </strong>
2860 all of these are completely optional. The course names are the "shortnames" of the courses - if
present then the user will be enrolled as students in those courses. Group names must be
associated to the corresponding courses, i.e. group1 to course1, etc.
2864 </p>
2865 <p>
2865 <code class="example1">
2865 idnumber, icq, phone1, phone2, address, url, description, mailformat, maildisplay, htmleditor,
autosubscribe, course1, course2, course3, course4, course5, group1, group2, group3, group4,
group5, type1, type2, type3, type4, type5, role1, role2, role3, role4, role5, emailstop
2869 </code>
2869 </p>
2870 </blockquote>
2871 </li>
2872 <li>
2872 Commas within the data should be encoded as &#44 - the script will automatically decode these back
to commas.
2872 </li>
2873 <li>
2873 For Boolean fields, use 0 for false and 1 for true.
2873 </li>
2874 <li>
2874 Types are used to tell Moodle whether the user is a student or a teacher if a corresponding course
exists (e.g. type2 corresponds to course2). 1 = Student, 2 = Editing Teacher, and 3 = Non-editing
Teacher. If type is left blank, or if no course is specified, the user is default to student.
2879 </li>
2880 <li>
2880 For courses use the short name; for groups use group name; for roles use id.
2880 </li>
2881 <li>
2881 Note: If a user is already registered in the Moodle user database, this script will return the userid
number (database index) for that user, and will enrol the user as a student in any of the specified
courses WITHOUT updating the other specified data.
2883 </li>
2884 </ul>
2886 <p>
2886 Here is an example of a valid import file:
2886 </p>
2887 <p>
2887 <code>
2887 username, password, firstname, lastname, email, lang, idnumber, maildisplay, course1, group1, type1
2887 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<br>
2888 jonest, verysecret, Tom, Jones, jonest@someplace.edu, en, 3663737, 1, Intro101, Section 1, 1
2888 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<br>
2889 reznort, somesecret, Trent, Reznor, reznort@someplace.edu, en_us, 6736733, 0, Advanced202, Section 3,
3
2890 </code>
2890 </p>
2892 <h2>
2892 Updating existing accounts
2892 </h2>
2894 <p>
2894 By default Moodle assumes that you will be creating new user accounts, and skips records where the
username matches an existing account. However, if you set "Update existing accounts" to
2896 <b>
2896 Yes
2896 </b>
2896 , the existing user account will be updated.
2896 </p>
2898 <p>
2898 When updating existing accounts you can change usernames as well. Set "Allow renames" to
2898 <b>
2898 Yes
2898 </b>
2898 and include in your file a field called
2898 <code class="example1">
2898 oldusername
2898 </code>
2898 .
2898 </p>
2900 <p>
2900 <b>
2900 Warning:
2900 </b>
2900 any errors updating existing accounts can affect your users badly. Be careful when using the options to
update.
2900 </p>
2901 <div class="filename">
2901 ./help/courseidnumber.html
2902 </div>
2903 <h1>
2903 Course ID Number
2903 </h1>
2905 <p>
2905 The ID number of a course is only used when matching this course against external systems - it is never
displayed within Moodle. If you have an official code name for this course then use it here ...
otherwise you can leave it blank.
2908 </p>
2910 <div class="filename">
2910 ./help/sitefilesused.html
2911 </div>
2912 <h1>
2912 Site Files Used in This Course
2912 </h1>
2914 <p>
2915 This option allows you to choose whether to back up files used in a course from the site files area.
2916 </p>
2917 <p>
2918 Currently the only files that are detected as used in a course are:
2918 </p>
2919 <ul>
2920 <li>
2920 <strong>
2920 files linked to from questions in the question bank.
2920 </strong>
2920 All files in the site files area that are linked to in a question that is backed up are also backed up
if you select 'yes' for this option.
2920 </li>
2921 </ul>
2922 <div class="filename">
2922 ./help/profilevisible.html
2923 </div>
2924 <h1>
2924 Profile field visibility
2924 </h1>
2925 <p>
2925 Each custom field can be given one of three visibility settings: invisible, everyone and user. The
invisible setting would typically be set by an administrator who wants to hold private data on the
users. The 'user' setting would normally be selected for a field that holds sensitive information, while
the 'everyone' setting can be used for any type of information.
2925 </p>
2926 <div class="filename">
2926 ./help/qtype_randomsamatch/randomsamatch.html
2927 </div>
2928 <h1>
2928 Random Short-Answer Matching questions
2928 </h1>
2930 <p>
2930 After an optional introduction, the respondent is presented with several sub-questions and several
jumbled answers. There is one correct answer for each question.
2932 </p>
2934 <p>
2934 The respondent must select an answer to match each sub-question.
2934 </p>
2936 <p>
2936 Each sub-question is equally weighted to contribute towards the grade for the total question.
2937 </p>
2939 <p>
2939 The questions and answers are randomly drawn from the pool of "Short Answer" questions in the current
category. Each attempt on a quiz may therefore have different questions and answers. You must make sure
that the category contains enough unused short-answer questions, otherwise the student will be shown a
friendly error message. The more short-answer questions you provide the more likely it is that students
will see a new selection on each attempt.
2946 </p>
2947 <div class="filename">
2947 ./help/qtype_truefalse/truefalse.html
2948 </div>
2949 <h1>
2949 True/False questions
2949 </h1>
2952 <p>
2952 In response to a question (that may include a image) the respondent chooses from True or False.
2953 </p>
2955 <p>
2955 If feedback is enabled, then the appropriate feedback message is shown to the respondent after answering
the quiz. For example, if the correct answer is "False", but they answer "True" (getting it wrong) then
the "True" feedback is shown.
2959 </p>
2960 <div class="filename">
2960 ./help/courseformats.html
2961 </div>
2962 <h1>
2962 Moodle course formats
2962 </h1>
2964 <h2>
2964 LAMS course format
2964 </h2>
2965 <p class="indent">
2966 This format makes the Learning Activity Management System (LAMS) interface central to the course. LAMS
requires setting up by an administrator in order to use this format.
2966 </p>
2968 <h2>
2968 SCORM format
2968 </h2>
2969 <p class="indent">
2970 This format displays a SCORM package in the first section of the course home page. (The SCORM/AICC
module provides an alternative method of displaying a SCORM package in a course.)
2970 </p>
2972 <h2>
2972 Social format
2972 </h2>
2973 <p class="indent">
2974 This format is oriented around one main forum, the Social forum, which appears on the course home page.
It is useful for situations that are more freeform. They may not even be courses. For example, it could
be used as a departmental notice board.
2974 </p>
2976 <h2>
2976 Topics format
2976 </h2>
2977 <p class="indent">
2978 The course is organised into topic sections. Each topic section consists of activities.
2978 </p>
2980 <h2>
2980 Weekly format
2980 </h2>
2981 <p class="indent">
2982 The course is organised week by week, with a clear start date and a finish date. Each week consists of
activities.
2982 </p>
2984 <h2>
2984 Weekly format - CSS/No tables
2984 </h2>
2985 <p class="indent">
2986 The course is organised week by week without using tables for layout.
2986 </p>
2990 <div class="filename">
2990 ./help/expirythreshold.html
2991 </div>
2992 <h1>
2992 Enrolment expiry notification threshold
2992 </h1>
2994 <p>
2994 If an enrolment duration has been specified, then this setting detemines the number of days notice given
before students are unenrolled from the course.
2994 </p>
2994 <div class="filename">
2994 ./help/filters/date.html
2995 </div>
2996 <h1>
2996 Date filter
2996 </h1>
2997 <p>
2997 This filter allows you to filter information from before and/or after selected dates.
2997 </p>
2997 <div class="filename">
2997 ./help/filters/globalrole.html
2998 </div>
2999 <h1>
2999 Global role filter
2999 </h1>
3000 <p>
3000 This filter allows you to filter users based the global role they have assigned.
3000 </p>
3001 <div class="filename">
3001 ./help/filters/text.html
3002 </div>
3003 <h1>
3003 Text filter
3003 </h1>
3004 <p>
3004 This filter allows you to filter information based on a free form text. The filter has the following
options:
3005 </p>
3006 <ul>
3007 <li>
3007 contains - this option allows only information that contains the text entered (if no text is entered,
then the filter is disabled)
3007 </li>
3008 <li>
3008 doesn't contain - this option allows only information that does not contain the text entered (if no
text is entered, then the filter is disabled)
3008 </li>
3009 <li>
3009 is equal to - this option allows only information that is equal to the text entered (if no text is
entered, then the filter is disabled)
3009 </li>
3010 <li>
3010 starts with - this option allows only information that starts with the text entered (if no text is
entered, then the filter is disabled)
3010 </li>
3011 <li>
3011 ends with - this option allows only information that ends with the text entered (if no text is
entered, then the filter is disabled)
3011 </li>
3012 <li>
3012 is empty - this option allows only information that is equal to an empty string (the text entered is
ignored)
3012 </li>
3013 </ul>
3014 <div class="filename">
3014 ./help/filters/courserole.html
3015 </div>
3016 <h1>
3016 Course role filter
3016 </h1>
3017 <p>
3017 This filter allows you to filter users based the role they have assigned in the course specified by its
shortname from a specified course category (if the shortname textbox is empty, the category is "any
category" and the role is "any role" then the filter is not active).
3019 </p>
3020 <div class="filename">
3020 ./help/filters/select.html
3021 </div>
3022 <h1>
3022 Select filter
3022 </h1>
3023 <p>
3023 This filter allows you to filter information based on a drop down list. The filter has the following
options:
3024 </p>
3025 <ul>
3026 <li>
3026 is any value - this option disables the filter (i.e. all information is accepted by this filter)
3026 </li>
3027 <li>
3027 is equal to - this option allows only information that is equal to the value selected from the list
3027 </li>
3028 <li>
3028 is not equal to - this option allows only information that is different from the value selected from
the list
3028 </li>
3029 </ul>
3030 <div class="filename">
3030 ./help/filters/profilefield.html
3031 </div>
3032 <h1>
3032 Profile filter
3032 </h1>
3033 <p>
3033 This filter allows you to filter users based on values of profile fields. The filter can be applied on a
single profile field or an all profile fields. The filter has the following options:
3035 </p>
3036 <ul>
3037 <li>
3037 contains - this option allows only users for which the specified field contains the text entered (if
no text is entered, then the filter is disabled)
3037 </li>
3038 <li>
3038 doesn't contain - this option allows only users for which the specified field does not contain the
text entered (if no text is entered, then the filter is disabled)
3038 </li>
3039 <li>
3039 is equal to - this option allows only users for which the specified field is equal to the text entered
(if no text is entered, then the filter is disabled)
3039 </li>
3040 <li>
3040 starts with - this option allows only users for which the specified field starts with the text entered
(if no text is entered, then the filter is disabled)
3040 </li>
3041 <li>
3041 ends with - this option allows only users for which the specified field ends with the text entered (if
no text is entered, then the filter is disabled)
3041 </li>
3042 <li>
3042 is empty - this option allows only users for which the specified field is equal to an empty string,
but it is defined (the text entered is ignored)
3042 </li>
3043 <li>
3043 is not defined - this option allows only users for which the specified field is not defined (the text
entered is ignored)
3043 </li>
3044 <li>
3044 is defined - this option allows only users for which the specified field is defined (the text entered
is ignored)
3044 </li>
3045 </ul>
3046 <div class="filename">
3046 ./help/filters/simpleselect.html
3047 </div>
3048 <h1>
3048 Simple select filter
3048 </h1>
3049 <p>
3049 This filter allows you to filter information based on a drop down list. This filter does not have any
extra options.
3049 </p>
3050 <div class="filename">
3050 ./help/emoticons.html
3051 </div>
3052 <h1>
3052 Using Smilies (emoticons)
3052 </h1>
3059 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<table align="center" border="1">
3060 <tbody>
3060 <tr valign="top">
3061 <td>
3062 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="5">
3063 <tbody>
3063 <tr>
3064 <td>
3064 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':-)')">
3064 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/smiley.html" class="icon" alt="">
3064 </a>
3064 </td>
3065 <td>
3065 smile
3065 </td>
3066 <td>
3066 <code>
3066 :-)
3066 </code>
3066 </td>
3067 </tr>
3068 <tr>
3069 <td>
3069 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':-D')">
3069 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/biggrin.html" class="icon" alt="">
3069 </a>
3069 </td>
3070 <td>
3070 big grin
3070 </td>
3071 <td>
3071 <code>
3071 :-D
3071 </code>
3071 </td>
3072 </tr>
3073 <tr>
3074 <td>
3074 <a href="javascript:inserttext(';-)')">
3074 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/wink.html" class="icon" alt="">
3074 </a>
3074 </td>
3075 <td>
3075 wink
3075 </td>
3076 <td>
3076 <code>
3076 ;-)
3076 </code>
3076 </td>
3077 </tr>
3078 <tr>
3079 <td>
3079 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':-/')">
3079 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/mixed.html" class="icon" alt="">
3079 </a>
3079 </td>
3080 <td>
3080 mixed
3080 </td>
3081 <td>
3081 <code>
3081 :-/
3081 </code>
3081 </td>
3082 </tr>
3083 <tr>
3084 <td>
3084 <a href="javascript:inserttext('V-.')">
3084 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/thoughtful.html" class="icon" alt="">
3084 </a>
3084 </td>
3085 <td>
3085 thoughtful
3085 </td>
3086 <td>
3086 <code>
3086 V-.
3086 </code>
3086 </td>
3087 </tr>
3088 <tr>
3089 <td>
3089 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':-P')">
3089 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/tongueout.html" class="icon" alt="">
3089 </a>
3089 </td>
3090 <td>
3090 tongue out
3090 </td>
3091 <td>
3091 <code>
3091 :-P
3091 </code>
3091 </td>
3092 </tr>
3093 <tr>
3094 <td>
3094 <a href="javascript:inserttext('B-)')">
3094 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/cool.html" class="icon" alt="">
3094 </a>
3094 </td>
3095 <td>
3095 cool
3095 </td>
3096 <td>
3096 <code>
3096 B-)
3096 </code>
3096 </td>
3097 </tr>
3098 <tr>
3099 <td>
3099 <a href="javascript:inserttext('^-)')">
3099 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/approve.html" class="icon" alt="">
3099 </a>
3099 </td>
3100 <td>
3100 approve
3100 </td>
3101 <td>
3101 <code>
3101 ^-)
3101 </code>
3101 </td>
3102 </tr>
3103 <tr>
3104 <td>
3104 <a href="javascript:inserttext('8-)')">
3104 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/wideeyes.html" class="icon" alt="">
3104 </a>
3104 </td>
3105 <td>
3105 wide eyes
3105 </td>
3106 <td>
3106 <code>
3106 8-)
3106 </code>
3106 </td>
3107 </tr>
3108 <tr>
3109 <td>
3109 <a href="javascript:inserttext('8-o')">
3109 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/surprise.html" class="icon" alt="">
3109 </a>
3109 </td>
3110 <td>
3110 surprise
3110 </td>
3111 <td>
3111 <code>
3111 8-o
3111 </code>
3111 </td>
3112 </tr>
3113 </tbody>
3113 </table>
3114 </td>
3116 <td>
3117 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="5">
3118 <tbody>
3118 <tr>
3119 <td>
3119 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':-(')">
3119 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/sad.html" class="icon" alt="">
3119 </a>
3119 </td>
3120 <td>
3120 sad
3120 </td>
3121 <td>
3121 <code>
3121 :-(
3121 </code>
3121 </td>
3122 </tr>
3123 <tr>
3124 <td>
3124 <a href="javascript:inserttext('8-.')">
3124 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/shy.html" class="icon" alt="">
3124 </a>
3124 </td>
3125 <td>
3125 shy
3125 </td>
3126 <td>
3126 <code>
3126 8-.
3126 </code>
3126 </td>
3127 </tr>
3128 <tr>
3129 <td>
3129 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':-I')">
3129 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/blush.html" class="icon" alt="">
3129 </a>
3129 </td>
3130 <td>
3130 blush
3130 </td>
3131 <td>
3131 <code>
3131 :-I
3131 </code>
3131 </td>
3132 </tr>
3133 <tr>
3134 <td>
3134 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':-X')">
3134 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/kiss.html" class="icon" alt="">
3134 </a>
3134 </td>
3135 <td>
3135 kisses
3135 </td>
3136 <td>
3136 <code>
3136 :-X
3136 </code>
3136 </td>
3137 </tr>
3138 <tr>
3139 <td>
3139 <a href="javascript:inserttext(':o)')">
3139 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/clown.html" class="icon" alt="">
3139 </a>
3139 </td>
3140 <td>
3140 clown
3140 </td>
3141 <td>
3141 <code>
3141 :o)
3141 </code>
3141 </td>
3142 </tr>
3143 <tr>
3144 <td>
3144 <a href="javascript:inserttext('P-|')">
3144 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/blackeye.html" class="icon" alt="">
3144 </a>
3144 </td>
3145 <td>
3145 black eye
3145 </td>
3146 <td>
3146 <code>
3146 P-|
3146 </code>
3146 </td>
3147 </tr>
3148 <tr>
3149 <td>
3149 <a href="javascript:inserttext('8-[')">
3149 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/angry.html" class="icon" alt="">
3149 </a>
3149 </td>
3150 <td>
3150 angry
3150 </td>
3151 <td>
3151 <code>
3151 8-[
3151 </code>
3151 </td>
3152 </tr>
3153 <tr>
3154 <td>
3154 <a href="javascript:inserttext('xx-P')">
3154 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/dead.html" class="icon" alt="">
3154 </a>
3154 </td>
3155 <td>
3155 dead
3155 </td>
3156 <td>
3156 <code>
3156 xx-P
3156 </code>
3156 </td>
3157 </tr>
3158 <tr>
3159 <td>
3159 <a href="javascript:inserttext('|-.')">
3159 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/sleepy.html" class="icon" alt="">
3159 </a>
3159 </td>
3160 <td>
3160 sleepy
3160 </td>
3161 <td>
3161 <code>
3161 |-.
3161 </code>
3161 </td>
3162 </tr>
3163 <tr>
3164 <td>
3164 <a href="javascript:inserttext('}-]')">
3164 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<img src="emoticons_files/evil.html" class="icon" alt="">
3164 </a>
3164 </td>
3165 <td>
3165 evil
3165 </td>
3166 <td>
3166 <code>
3166 }-]
3166 </code>
3166 </td>
3167 </tr>
3168 </tbody>
3168 </table>
3169 </td>
3170 </tr>
3171 </tbody>
3171 </table>
3173 <p>
3173 When writing online, it can sometimes difficult to express emotion with plain text. These little icons
can help.
3174 </p>
3176 <p>
3176 To insert these icons in your text: just click the icon above, or type the associated text code directly
in your text.
3176 </p>
3178 <p>
3178 Note that the codes themselves are like little pictures - just turn your head to the left when looking
at them
3178 </p>
3180 <div class="filename">
3180 ./help/langedit.html
3181 </div>
3182 <h1>
3182 Language Editing
3182 </h1>
3184 <p>
3184 To edit languages on this page the files need to be writable by the web server process.
3185 </p>
3187 <p>
3187 Within some of the strings you will notice
3187 <b>
3187 $a
3187 </b>
3187 and
3187 <b>
3187 $a->something
3187 </b>
3187 .
3187 </p>
3189 <p>
3189 These represent variables that will be replaced by names or other words from within Moodle.
3190 </p>
3192 <p>
3192 When there is only one variable, the $a form is used. When there are two or more variables, then each
one has a name.
3193 </p>
3194 <div class="filename">
3194 ./help/courserecent.html
3195 </div>
3196 <h1>
3196 Recent Activity
3196 </h1>
3198 <p>
3198 Moodle can display "recent activity" on the course home page.
3198 </p>
3200 <p>
3200 This shows the everything that has happened in the course since the last time the viewer logged in to
the course, including new posts, new users etc.
3202 </p>
3204 <p>
3204 It is highly recommended you leave this feature enabled in your courses, as it helps give a sense of
activity in the course. Knowing what everyone else is doing also helps to promote a collaborative
atmosphere in the class.
3207 </p>
3209 <p>
3209 You might want to disable this feature for extremely large or heavily used courses, as it may slow down
the display of the course page.
3211 </p>
3212 <div class="filename">
3212 ./help/uploadusers2.html
3213 </div>
3214 <h1>
3214 Upload users
3214 </h1>
3216 <p>
3216 Firstly, note that
3216 <strong>
3216 it is usually not necessary to import users in bulk
3216 </strong>
3216 - to keep your own maintenance work down you should first explore forms of authentication that do not
require manual maintenance, such as connecting to existing external databases or letting the users
create their own accounts. See the Authentication section in the admin menus.
3218 </p>
3219 <p>
3219 If you are sure you want to import multiple user accounts from a text file, then you need to format your
text file as follows:
3219 </p>
3221 <ul>
3222 <li>
3222 Each line of the file contains one record
3222 </li>
3223 <li>
3223 Each record is a series of data separated by commas (or other delimiters)
3223 </li>
3224 <li>
3224 The first record of the file is special, and contains a list of field names. This defines the format
of the rest of the file.
3225 <blockquote>
3226 <p>
3226 <strong>
3226 Required field names:
3226 </strong>
3226 these fields must be included in the first record, and defined for each user
3226 </p>
3227 <p>
3227 <code>
3227 firstname, lastname
3227 </code>
3227 when inserting or
3227 <code>
3227 username
3227 </code>
3227 when updating
3227 </p>
3228 <p>
3228 <strong>
3228 Optional field names:
3228 </strong>
3228 all of these are completely optional. If a values is present for the field in the file, then that
value is used; else, the default value for that field is used.
3228 </p>
3229 <p>
3229 <code>
3229 institution, department, city, country, lang, auth, ajax, timezone, idnumber, icq, phone1,
phone2, address, url, description, mailformat, maildisplay, htmleditor, autosubscribe, emailstop
3229 </code>
3229 </p>
3230 <p>
3230 <strong>
3230 Custom profile field names:
3230 </strong>
3230 optional, xxxxx is the real custom user profile field name (i.e. the unique short name)
3230 </p>
3231 <p>
3231 <code>
3231 profile_field_xxxxx
3231 </code>
3231 </p>
3232 <p>
3232 <strong>
3232 Special field names:
3232 </strong>
3232 used for changing of usernames and deleting of users, see bellow
3232 </p>
3233 <p>
3233 <code>
3233 deleted, oldusername
3233 </code>
3233 </p>
3234 <p>
3234 <strong>
3234 Enrolment field names (optional):
3234 </strong>
3234 The course names are the "shortnames" of the courses - if present then the user will be
enrolled in those courses. "Type" means type of role to be used for associated course
enrolment. Value 1 is default course role, 2 is legacy Teacher role and 3 is legacy Non-editing
Teacher. You can use role field instead to specify roles directly - use either role short name or
id (numeric names of roles are not supported). Users may be also assigned to groups in course
(group1 in course1, group2 in course2, etc.). Groups are again identified by its names or ids
(numeric names of groups are not supported).
3239 </p>
3240 <p>
3240 <code>
3240 course1, type1, role1, group1, course2, type2, role2, group2, etc.
3240 </code>
3240 </p>
3241 </blockquote>
3242 </li>
3243 <li>
3243 Commas within the data should be encoded as &#44 - the script will automatically decode these back
to commas.
3243 </li>
3244 <li>
3244 For Boolean fields, use 0 for false and 1 for true.
3244 </li>
3245 </ul>
3246 <p>
3246 Here is an example of a valid import file:
3246 </p>
3247 <p>
3247 <code>
3247 username, password, firstname, lastname, email, lang, idnumber, maildisplay, course1, group1, type1
3247 <br />
3248 jonest, verysecret, Tom, Jones, jonest@someplace.edu, en, 3663737, 1, Intro101, Section 1, 1
3248 <br />
3249 reznort, somesecret, Trent, Reznor, reznort@someplace.edu, en_us, 6736733, 0, Advanced202, Section 3,
3
3250 </code>
3250 </p>
3252 <h2>
3252 Templates
3252 </h2>
3253 <p>
3253 The default values are processed as templates in which the following codes are allowed:
3253 </p>
3254 <ul>
3255 <li>
3255 <code>
3255 %l
3255 </code>
3255 - will be replaced by the lastname
3255 </li>
3256 <li>
3256 <code>
3256 %f
3256 </code>
3256 - will be replaced by the firstname
3256 </li>
3257 <li>
3257 <code>
3257 %u
3257 </code>
3257 - will be replaced by the username
3257 </li>
3258 <li>
3258 <code>
3258 %%
3258 </code>
3258 - will be replaced by the %
3258 </li>
3259 </ul>
3260 <p>
3260 Between the percent sign (%) and any code letter (l, f or u) the following modifiers are allowed:
3260 </p>
3261 <ul>
3262 <li>
3262 (-) minus sign - the information specified by the code letter will be converted to lowercase
3262 </li>
3263 <li>
3263 (+) plus sign - the information specified by the code letter will be converted to UPPERCASE
3263 </li>
3264 <li>
3264 (~) tilde sign - the information specified by the code letter will be converted to Title Case
3264 </li>
3265 <li>
3265 a decimal number - the information specified by the code letter will be truncated to that many
characters
3265 </li>
3266 </ul>
3268 <p>
3268 For example, if the firstname is John and the lastname is Doe, the following values will be obtained
with the specified templates:
3268 </p>
3269 <ul>
3270 <li>
3270 %l%f = DoeJohn
3270 </li>
3271 <li>
3271 %l%1f = DoeJ
3271 </li>
3272 <li>
3272 %-l%+f = doeJOHN
3272 </li>
3273 <li>
3273 %-f_%-l = john_doe
3273 </li>
3274 <li>
3274 http://www.example.com/~%u/ = http://www.example.com/~jdoe/ (if the username is jdoe or %-1f%-l)
3274 </li>
3275 </ul>
3276 <p>
3276 Template processing is done only on default values, and not on the values retrieved from the CSV file.
3276 </p>
3277 <p>
3277 In order to create correct Moodle usernames, the username is always converted to lowercase. Moreover, if
the "Allow extended characters in usernames" option in the Site policies page is off,
characters different to letters, digits, dash (-) and dot (.) are removed. For example if the firstname
is John Jr. and the lastname is Doe, the username %-f_%-l will produce john jr._doe when Allow extended
characters in usernames is on, and johnjr.doe when off.
3278 </p>
3279 <p>
3279 When the "New username duplicate handling" setting is set to Append counter, an auto-increment
counter will be append to duplicate usernames produced by the template. For example, if the CSV file
contains the users named John Doe, Jane Doe and Jenny Doe without explicit usernames, the default
username is %-1f%-l and New username duplicate handling is set to Append counter, then the usernames
produced will be jdoe, jdoe2 and jdoe3.
3281 </p>
3283 <h2>
3283 Updating existing accounts
3283 </h2>
3285 <p>
3285 By default Moodle assumes that you will be creating new user accounts, and skips records where the
username matches an existing account. However, if you allow updating, the existing user account will be
updated.
3285 </p>
3287 <p>
3287 When updating existing accounts you can change usernames as well. Set "Allow renames" to
3287 <b>
3287 Yes
3287 </b>
3287 and include in your file a field called
3287 <code>
3287 oldusername
3287 </code>
3287 .
3287 </p>
3289 <p>
3289 <b>
3289 Warning:
3289 </b>
3289 any errors updating existing accounts can affect your users badly. Be careful when using the options to
update.
3289 </p>
3291 <h2>
3291 Deleting accounts
3291 </h2>
3292 <p>
3292 If the
3292 <code>
3292 deleted
3292 </code>
3292 field is present, users with value 1 for it will be deleted. In this case, all the fields may be
omitted, except for
3292 <code>
3292 username
3292 </code>
3292 .
3292 </p>
3293 <p>
3293 Deleting and uploading accounts could be done with a single CSV file. For example, the following file
will add the user Tom Jones and delete the user reznort:
3293 </p>
3294 <p>
3294 <code>
3294 username, firstname, lastname, deleted
3294 <br />
3295 jonest, Tom, Jones, 0
3295 <br />
3296 reznort, , , 1
3297 </code>
3297 </p>
3298 <div class="filename">
3298 ./help/filters.html
3299 </div>
3300 <h1>
3300 Filters Administration
3300 </h1>
3302 <p>
3302 The Filters administration page allows you to specify which filters are applied to displayed text and in
what order. It also provides access to the settings page provided by some filters. Filters are applied
to most user-text in moodle just before it is displayed. They permit 'last minute' modification of the
text.
3306 </p>
3308 <p>
3308 Filters are a 'pluggable' resource. More may be available from the
3309 <a href="http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?id=6009">
3309 Modules and plugins database
3309 </a>
3309 .
3309 </p>
3311 <p>
3311 Select the filters you wish to use by 'unhiding' them, with the eye icon. If you have more that one
unhidden you can change the order in which they are applied with the up and down arrows.
3313 </p>
3315 <h2>
3315 TeX notation
3315 </h2>
3317 <div class="indent">
3318 <p>
3318 TeX notation is primarily used to generate inline mathematical formulae within Moodle resources. For
example $$ sqrt(a+b) $$ (the $$ is the 'tag' for the start and end of this format).
3320 </p>
3321 <p>
3321 Moodle uses external binaries to render the images which may need setting up for your system. The
filter will first check for a LaTeX renderer (Ghostscript is also required for this method) and
failing that will use the simpler
3323 <i>
3323 mimetex
3323 </i>
3324 binary included in the Moodle distribution. LaTex permits the whole range of syntax, whereas mimetex
only supports a mathematical subset.
3325 </p>
3326 <p>
3326 Ghostscript is available for Windows and there is a LaTeX implementation called MikTeX available also.
3327 </p>
3328 <p>
3328 The settings page allows the LaTeX and Ghostscript binary paths to be configured, along with the LaTeX
preamble.
3329 </p>
3330 <h3>
3330 More info
3330 </h3>
3331 <p>
3331 <a href="http://www.miktex.org/">
3331 MiKTeX
3331 </a>
3331 <br />
3332 <a href="http://www.forkosh.com/mimetex.html">
3332 MimeTeX
3332 </a>
3332 <br />
3333 <a href="http://www.latex-project.org/">
3333 LaTeX
3333 </a>
3333 <br />
3334 <a href="http://www.ghostscript.com/">
3334 ghostscript
3334 </a>
3334 </p>
3335 </div>
3337 <h2>
3337 Word Censorship
3337 </h2>
3339 <div class="indent">
3340 <p>
3340 Word Censorship scans text for 'bad words' from a list and obscures them with a black box. You need to
enter a list of bad words in the word censorship settings.
3340 </p>
3341 </div>
3343 <h2>
3343 Resource Names Auto-Linking
3343 </h2>
3345 <div class="indent">
3346 <p>
3346 Resource Name Auto-linking scans text for resource titles that exist in the same course. Where found
they will be highlighted and a link created. Note that to use this effectively you should use
descriptive titles. For example a title of 'Introduction' is poor because
3349 <b>
3349 any
3349 </b>
3349 use of the word 'Introduction' in the text will be linked regardless of what it refers to.
3350 </p>
3351 </div>
3353 <h2>
3353 Activity Names Auto-Linking
3353 </h2>
3355 <div class="indent">
3356 <p>
3356 Activity Name Auto-linking scans text for activity titles that exist in the same course. Where found
they will be highlighted and a link created. Note that to use this effectively you should use
descriptive titles. For example a title of 'Quiz' is poor because
3359 <b>
3359 any
3359 </b>
3359 use of the word 'Quiz' in the text will be linked regardless of what it refers to.
3360 </p>
3361 </div>
3363 <h2>
3363 Glossary Auto-Linking
3363 </h2>
3365 <div class="indent">
3366 <p>
3366 This filter scans the text for keywords used in any glossary in the course. Note, however, that each
glossary entry must have linking enabled. Where found they will be highlighted and a link created.
3369 </p>
3370 </div>
3372 <h2>
3372 Email Protection
3372 </h2>
3374 <div class="indent">
3375 <p>
3375 The Email Protection filter scans the text for any email addresses. Where found they are
'obfusticated' to help prevent automatic email collection systems from harvesting emails. This can
reduce the risk of spam if parts of your Moodle site are open.
3378 </p>
3379 </div>
3381 <h2>
3381 Tidy
3381 </h2>
3383 <div class="indent">
3384 <p>
3384 Tidy scans text for HTML constructs. Where found it applies rules that attempt to make the HTML valid.
Note that the tidy functionality must be built in to your PHP installation for this to work.
3386 </p>
3387 </div>
3389 <h2>
3389 Multi-Language Content
3389 </h2>
3391 <div class="indent">
3392 <p>
3392 This filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. The resource language will then
change when the user changes their selected Moodle language. To use this feature first create your
contents in multiple languages (in the same resource). Then enclose each language block in the
following tags:
3395 </p>
3396 <pre>
3396 <span lang="XX" class="multilang">your_content_here</span>
3396 </pre>
3397 <p>
3397 You can still use the old (deprecated) span tags instead, for example:
3397 </p>
3398 <pre>
3398 <lang lang="XX" >your_content_here</lang>
3398 </pre>
3399 </div>
3400 <div class="filename">
3400 ./help/condition/conditiondates.html
3401 </div>
3402 <h1>
3402 Available dates
3402 </h1>
3404 <p>
3405 Using the 'Only available from' and 'Only available until end' dates, you can make an activity appear or
disappear. The activity is only shown to students from the 'available from' date, and it disappears
after the 'available until end' date. Students cannot access it outside those times, even if they guess
the URL.
3409 </p>
3411 <p>
3412 By default both dates are disabled, meaning that the activity is available at any time (as long as the
student can access the course).
3414 </p>
3416 <ul>
3417 <li>
3417 If you choose to show information about an activity that is unavailable, then before the 'available
from' date, students will see the activity greyed-out, with informational text about the date that it
appears.
3419 </li>
3420 <li>
3420 The activity completely vanishes at midnight on the 'available to end' date, even if you've chosen to
show information.
3421 </li>
3422 <li>
3422 Setting 'Visible' to 'Hide' overrides these settings. If you set 'Visible' to 'Hide', the activity is
never available regardless of date.
3423 </li>
3424 </ul>
3425 <div class="filename">
3425 ./help/condition/gradecondition.html
3426 </div>
3427 <h1>
3427 Grade condition
3427 </h1>
3429 <p>
3430 You can specify a condition on any grade in the course: the full course grade, the grade for any
activity, or a custom grade that you create manually.
3432 </p>
3434 <p>
3435 You can enter either a minimum value (≥), a maximum value (<), both, or neither. The activity will
only appear if the student has a value for the specified grade, and if it falls within any specified
number range.
3438 </p>
3440 <p>
3441 You can add more than one grade condition. All conditions must be met in order for the activity to
appear.
3443 </p>
3445 <ul>
3446 <li>
3446 The range numbers can be fractional (with up to five decimal places) if necessary.
3447 </li>
3448 <li>
3448 Be careful with the maximum value; if the maximum is 7, a student who scores exactly 7 will not see
the activity. You could set it to 7.01 if you really wanted to include 7.
3450 </li>
3451 <li>
3451 If creating several different activities that appear according to grade ranges, use the same number
for the maximum of one activity, and the minimum of the next. For example, you might create one
activity with a maximum of 7 and another with a minimum of 7. The first would appear to everyone
scoring between 0 and 6.99999, and the second would appear to everyone scoring 7.00000 to 10. This
guarantees that everyone with a grade will see one or other.
3456 </li>
3457 </ul>
3458 <div class="filename">
3458 ./help/condition/completioncondition.html
3459 </div>
3460 <h1>
3460 Activity completion condition
3460 </h1>
3462 <p>
3463 You can set a condition based on whether the user has completed another activity.
3465 </p>
3467 <p>
3468 This feature uses the completion options that have been configured for the other activity. You can
choose whether the activity must be complete, incomplete, complete and passed, or complete and failed.
The final two options only work if you use grade-based completion and set a pass mark on the grade item.
(Please look at the documentation for activity completion if this is unclear.)
3474 </p>
3476 <p>
3477 You can add more than one completion condition. All conditions must be met in order for the activity to
appear.
3479 </p>
3480 <div class="filename">
3480 ./help/condition/showavailability.html
3481 </div>
3482 <h1>
3482 Unavailable activity display
3482 </h1>
3484 <p>
3485 When an activity is unavailable due to the restrictions in this box, there are two possibilities:
3487 </p>
3489 <ol>
3490 <li>
3490 The activity displays to users, but as greyed-out text instead of a link. Informational text below the
activity indicates when, or under what conditions, it will become available.
3492 </li>
3493 <li>
3493 The activity does not display to users at all.
3493 </li>
3494 </ol>
3496 <p>
3497 In both cases, once the activity becomes available, it displays as normal.
3498 </p>
3500 <ul>
3501 <li>
3501 Users with the 'view hidden activities' capability can still see unavailable activities, regardless of
this setting. The informational text always appears to them.
3503 </li>
3504 <li>
3504 This option does not affect the standard 'visibility' option (also controlled by the eye icon). You
can still use this icon to quickly and completely hide any activity from students, for example if you
find a problem with the activity.
3507 </li>
3508 </ul>
3509 <div class="filename">
3509 ./help/text.html
3510 </div>
3511 <h1>
3511 Help on writing text
3511 </h1>
3513 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Writing text in Moodle works pretty much the way you would expect, but you also have the ability to include
"smilies", "URL addresses" and some HTML tags in your text.
3515 <h2>
3515 Smilies (emoticons)
3515 </h2>
3516 <div class="indent">
3517 <p>
3517 To embed these small icons in your text, just type the associated code. These codes themselves are
like little pictures if you turn your head to the left when looking at them.
3517 </p>
3519 <table border="1">
3520 <tr valign="top">
3521 <td>
3522 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<table border="0" align="center" cellpadding="10">
3523 <tr>
3524 <td>
3524 <img alt="" src="pix/s/smiley.gif" class="icon" />
3524 </td>
3525 <td>
3525 smile
3525 </td>
3526 <td>
3526 <code>
3526 :-)
3526 </code>
3526 </td>
3527 </tr>
3528 <tr>
3529 <td>
3529 <img alt="" src="pix/s/biggrin.gif" class="icon" />
3529 </td>
3530 <td>
3530 big grin
3530 </td>
3531 <td>
3531 <code>
3531 :-D
3531 </code>
3531 </td>
3532 </tr>
3533 <tr>
3534 <td>
3534 <img alt="" src="pix/s/wink.gif" class="icon" />
3534 </td>
3535 <td>
3535 wink
3535 </td>
3536 <td>
3536 <code>
3536 ;-)
3536 </code>
3536 </td>
3537 </tr>
3538 <tr>
3539 <td>
3539 <img alt="" src="pix/s/mixed.gif" class="icon" />
3539 </td>
3540 <td>
3540 mixed
3540 </td>
3541 <td>
3541 <code>
3541 :-/
3541 </code>
3541 </td>
3542 </tr>
3543 <tr>
3544 <td>
3544 <img alt="" src="pix/s/thoughtful.gif" class="icon" />
3544 </td>
3545 <td>
3545 thoughtful
3545 </td>
3546 <td>
3546 <code>
3546 V-.
3546 </code>
3546 </td>
3547 </tr>
3548 <tr>
3549 <td>
3549 <img alt="" src="pix/s/tongueout.gif" class="icon" />
3549 </td>
3550 <td>
3550 tongue out
3550 </td>
3551 <td>
3551 <code>
3551 :-P
3551 </code>
3551 </td>
3552 </tr>
3553 <tr>
3554 <td>
3554 <img alt="" src="pix/s/cool.gif" class="icon" />
3554 </td>
3555 <td>
3555 cool
3555 </td>
3556 <td>
3556 <code>
3556 B-)
3556 </code>
3556 </td>
3557 </tr>
3558 <tr>
3559 <td>
3559 <img alt="" src="pix/s/approve.gif" class="icon" />
3559 </td>
3560 <td>
3560 approve
3560 </td>
3561 <td>
3561 <code>
3561 ^-)
3561 </code>
3561 </td>
3562 </tr>
3563 <tr>
3564 <td>
3564 <img alt="" src="pix/s/wideeyes.gif" class="icon" />
3564 </td>
3565 <td>
3565 wide eyes
3565 </td>
3566 <td>
3566 <code>
3566 8-)
3566 </code>
3566 </td>
3567 </tr>
3568 <tr>
3569 <td>
3569 <img alt="" src="pix/s/surprise.gif" class="icon" />
3569 </td>
3570 <td>
3570 surprise
3570 </td>
3571 <td>
3571 <code>
3571 8-o
3571 </code>
3571 </td>
3572 </tr>
3573 </table>
3574 </td>
3576 <td>
3577 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<table border="0" align="center" cellpadding="10">
3578 <tr>
3579 <td>
3579 <img alt="" src="pix/s/sad.gif" class="icon" />
3579 </td>
3580 <td>
3580 sad
3580 </td>
3581 <td>
3581 <code>
3581 :-(
3581 </code>
3581 </td>
3582 </tr>
3583 <tr>
3584 <td>
3584 <img alt="" src="pix/s/shy.gif" class="icon" />
3584 </td>
3585 <td>
3585 shy
3585 </td>
3586 <td>
3586 <code>
3586 8-.
3586 </code>
3586 </td>
3587 </tr>
3588 <tr>
3589 <td>
3589 <img alt="" src="pix/s/blush.gif" class="icon" />
3589 </td>
3590 <td>
3590 blush
3590 </td>
3591 <td>
3591 <code>
3591 :-I
3591 </code>
3591 </td>
3592 </tr>
3593 <tr>
3594 <td>
3594 <img alt="" src="pix/s/kiss.gif" class="icon" />
3594 </td>
3595 <td>
3595 kisses
3595 </td>
3596 <td>
3596 <code>
3596 :-X
3596 </code>
3596 </td>
3597 </tr>
3598 <tr>
3599 <td>
3599 <img alt="" src="pix/s/clown.gif" class="icon" />
3599 </td>
3600 <td>
3600 clown
3600 </td>
3601 <td>
3601 <code>
3601 :o)
3601 </code>
3601 </td>
3602 </tr>
3603 <tr>
3604 <td>
3604 <img alt="" src="pix/s/blackeye.gif" class="icon" />
3604 </td>
3605 <td>
3605 black eye
3605 </td>
3606 <td>
3606 <code>
3606 P-|
3606 </code>
3606 </td>
3607 </tr>
3608 <tr>
3609 <td>
3609 <img alt="" src="pix/s/angry.gif" class="icon" />
3609 </td>
3610 <td>
3610 angry
3610 </td>
3611 <td>
3611 <code>
3611 8-[
3611 </code>
3611 </td>
3612 </tr>
3613 <tr>
3614 <td>
3614 <img alt="" src="pix/s/dead.gif" class="icon" />
3614 </td>
3615 <td>
3615 dead
3615 </td>
3616 <td>
3616 <code>
3616 xx-P
3616 </code>
3616 </td>
3617 </tr>
3618 <tr>
3619 <td>
3619 <img alt="" src="pix/s/sleepy.gif" class="icon" />
3619 </td>
3620 <td>
3620 sleepy
3620 </td>
3621 <td>
3621 <code>
3621 |-.
3621 </code>
3621 </td>
3622 </tr>
3623 <tr>
3624 <td>
3624 <img alt="" src="pix/s/evil.gif" class="icon" />
3624 </td>
3625 <td>
3625 evil
3625 </td>
3626 <td>
3626 <code>
3626 }-]
3626 </code>
3626 </td>
3627 </tr>
3628 </table>
3629 </td>
3630 </tr>
3631 </table>
3633 </div>
3635 <h2>
3635 URLs
3635 </h2>
3636 <div class="indent">
3637 <p>
3637 Any "word" starting with
3637 <b>
3637 www.
3637 </b>
3637 or
3637 <b>
3637 http://
3637 </b>
3637 will automatically be turned into a clickable link.
3637 </p>
3638 <p>
3638 For example:
3638 <a href="http://www.yahoo.com">
3638 www.yahoo.com
3638 </a>
3638 or
3638 <a href="http://curtin.edu">
3638 http://curtin.edu
3638 </a>
3638 </p>
3639 </div>
3641 <h2>
3641 HTML tags
3641 </h2>
3642 <div class="indent">
3643 <p>
3643 You can use a limited subset of HTML tags to add emphasis to your texts.
3643 </p>
3644 <table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="5">
3645 <tr>
3645 <th scope="col">
3645 HTML tags
3645 </th>
3645 <th scope="col">
3645 Produces
3645 </th>
3645 </tr>
3646 <tr>
3646 <td>
3646 <b> bold </b>
3646 </td>
3646 <td>
3646 <b>
3646 bold text
3646 </b>
3646 </td>
3646 </tr>
3647 <tr>
3647 <td>
3647 <i> italic </i>
3647 </td>
3647 <td>
3647 <i>
3647 italic text
3647 </i>
3647 </td>
3647 </tr>
3648 <tr>
3648 <td>
3648 <u> underline </u>
3648 </td>
3648 <td>
3648 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
3648 underlined text
3648 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
3648 </td>
3648 </tr>
3649 <tr>
3649 <td>
3649 <font color="green"> example </font>
3649 </td>
3649 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<td>
3649 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="green">
3649 example
3649 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
3649 </tr>
3650 <tr>
3650 <td valign="top">
3650 <ul> <li>one</li> <li>two</li> </ul>
3650 </td>
3650 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<td valign="top">
3650 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <td> <th>
<ul>
3650 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
3650 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
one
3650 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
3650 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
two
3650 </ul>
3650 </tr>
3651 <tr>
3651 <td>
3651 <hr />
3651 </td>
3651 <td>
3651 <hr />
3651 </td>
3651 </tr>
3652 </table>
3653 </div>
3656 <div class="filename">
3656 ./help/extendenrol.html
3657 </div>
3658 <h1>
3658 Extend enrolment
3658 </h1>
3659 <p>
3659 This page allows you to extend or restrict the enrolment period for selected course participants. The
new enrolment period is calculated based on a starting reference date and the extended period selected.
3659 </p>
3660 <p>
3660 Possible starting reference dates are:
3660 </p>
3662 <ul>
3663 <li>
3663 Course start date
3663 </li>
3664 <li>
3664 Enrolment Started - the enrolment start date of the participant (this option is available only for
users with known enrolment start date)
3664 </li>
3665 <li>
3665 Enrolment Ends - the enrolment end date of the participant (this option is available only for users
with a limited enrolment period)
3665 </li>
3666 <li>
3666 Today (this option in available only if the course start date has passed)
3666 </li>
3667 <li>
3667 Course enrolment start date - the enrolment start date from the course settings page (this option is
available only for courses with an enrolment start date set)
3667 </li>
3668 <li>
3668 Course enrolment end date - the enrolment end date from the course settings page (this option is
available only for courses with an enrolment end date set)
3668 </li>
3669 </ul>
3671 <p>
3671 If the extended period is set to 'No change' or 'Unlimited', then the starting reference date is
ignored.
3671 </p>
3671 <div class="filename">
3671 ./help/langpackages.html
3672 </div>
3673 <h1>
3673 Language packages
3673 </h1>
3675 <dl>
3676 <dt>
3676 Master English pack
3676 </dt>
3678 <dd>
3678 is primary source of all built-in texts in Moodle. It is distributed as a part of Moodle and plugins.
It consists of PHP string files and HTML help files in the folder "en_utf8". All add-on
plugins (modules, blocks, etc.) have to contain their own master English files. Master English pack
can't be edited via lang.php.
3682 </dd>
3684 <dt>
3684 Master language pack
3684 </dt>
3686 <dd>
3686 is official translation of Master English pack. Usually, it is maintained by a voluntary member of the
community. Master language packs for Moodle core can be updated automatically from admin menu under
"Languages" (you will find a utility that allows you to select, download and install these language
packs directly from within Moodle). They can also be downloaded manually from
3691 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://download.moodle.org/lang16/" target="_blank">
3691 http://download.moodle.org
3691 </a>
3691 .
3692 </dd>
3694 <dt>
3694 Local modifications
3694 </dt>
3696 <dd>
3696 of master language pack are stored in separate directory on your server. Therefore, you can update
master language pack without overwriting your on-site customization.
3698 </dd>
3700 </dl>
3701 <div class="filename">
3701 ./help/expirynotifystudents.html
3702 </div>
3703 <h1>
3703 Notify students
3703 </h1>
3705 <p>
3705 If an enrolment duration has been specified, then this setting determines whether students receive email
notification when they are about to be unenrolled from the course.
3705 </p>
3705 <div class="filename">
3705 ./help/question/categoryparent.html
3706 </div>
3707 <h2>
3707 Parent
3707 </h2>
3709 <p>
3709 The category in which this one will be placed. 'Top' means that this category is not contained in any
other category.
3710 </p>
3712 <p>
3712 Normally you will see several category 'contexts' which you will see in bold type, notice that each
context contains it's own category hierarchy. See below for more info on contexts. If you do not see
several contexts then it may be because you do not have permission to access other contexts.
3714 </p>
3716 <p>
3716 If there is only one category in a context, you will not be able to move the category as there must be
at least one category in each context.
3717 </p>
3719 <p>
3719 See also :
3719 </p>
3720 <ul>
3721 <li>
3721 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=categories.html">
3721 Question categories
3721 </a>
3721 </li>
3722 <li>
3722 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=categorycontexts.html">
3722 Category contexts
3722 </a>
3722 </li>
3723 <li>
3723 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=permissions.html">
3723 Question permissions
3723 </a>
3723 </li>
3724 </ul>
3724 <div class="filename">
3724 ./help/question/categories.html
3725 </div>
3726 <h1>
3726 Question categories
3726 </h1>
3728 <p>
3728 Rather than keeping all your questions in one big list, you can create categories to keep them in.
3729 </p>
3731 <p>
3731 Categories can be created or deleted at will. But:
3731 </p>
3732 <ul>
3732 <li>
3732 There must be at least one category in each context. So you cannot delete the last category in a
context.
3733 </li>
3734 <li>
3734 When you try to delete a category containing questions, then you will be asked to specify another
category to move them to.
3736 </li>
3736 </ul>
3738 <p>
3738 You can arrange your categories in a hierarchy so that they are easier to manage. Editing categories is
done under the 'Categories' tab in the question bank.
3740 </p>
3742 <ul>
3743 <li>
3743 On the main page under the 'Categories' tab in the question bank :
3744 <ul>
3745 <li>
3745 the up and down arrow keys change the order in which categories which are peers of each other are
listed.
3746 </li>
3747 <li>
3747 Under the 'Categories' tab in the question bank, you can also move a category to a new context
with the up / down arrows.
3748 </li>
3749 <li>
3749 The left and right arrows are used to change the parent category of a category.
3749 </li>
3750 </ul>
3750 </li>
3751 <li>
3751 A possibly quicker way to move categories is to click on the edit icon in the 'Categories' tab in the
question bank and then use the category select box to select a new parent category.
3753 </li>
3754 </ul>
3757 <p>
3757 See also :
3757 </p>
3758 <ul>
3759 <li>
3759 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=categorycontexts.html">
3759 Category contexts
3759 </a>
3759 </li>
3760 <li>
3760 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=permissions.html">
3760 Question permissions
3760 </a>
3760 </li>
3761 <li>
3761 <a href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/Question_categories">
3761 Question categories help on Moodle Docs
3761 </a>
3761 </li>
3762 </ul>
3762 <div class="filename">
3762 ./help/question/types.html
3763 </div>
3764 <h1>
3764 Creating a new question
3764 </h1>
3766 <p>
3766 You can create questions of various different types:
3766 </p>
3768 <div class="filename">
3768 ./help/question/permissions.html
3769 </div>
3770 <h2>
3770 Question permissions
3770 </h2>
3772 <p>
3772 By default a course teacher does not have permission to do anything with questions shared in areas
outside the course in which they are assigned a teacher role. So if you are a teacher and your site
admin has not assigned you permission to share or use questions shared in levels above the course level
you will not see questions categories above the course level.
3776 </p>
3778 <p>
3778 See also :
3778 </p>
3779 <ul>
3780 <li>
3780 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=categories.html">
3780 Question categories
3780 </a>
3780 </li>
3781 <li>
3781 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=categorycontexts.html">
3781 Category contexts
3781 </a>
3781 </li>
3782 </ul>
3782 <div class="filename">
3782 ./help/question/categorycontexts.html
3783 </div>
3784 <h2>
3784 Question Category Contexts
3784 </h2>
3785 <p>
3785 Question categories are separated into different contexts from Moodle 1.9. Each different context has a
separate question category hierarchy. Question category contexts are :
3787 </p>
3788 <ul>
3789 <li>
3789 Activity context : questions only available to one activity module.
3789 </li>
3790 <li>
3790 Course context : questions available to all activity modules in a course and within the course from
the 'Questions' link in the course administration block.
3791 </li>
3792 <li>
3792 Course category contexts : questions available to all activity modules and courses in the course
category (remember one course category can contain other course categories, you can share your
questions in any or all of the parent course categories).
3793 </li>
3794 <li>
3794 Core System context : questions available in all courses and activities on your site.
3794 </li>
3795 </ul>
3796 <p>
3796 You will not be able to see / use the contexts from categories above course level unless your site admin
has given you permission to do so.
3796 </p>
3797 <p>
3797 See also :
3797 </p>
3798 <ul>
3799 <li>
3799 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=categories.html">
3799 Question categories
3799 </a>
3799 </li>
3800 <li>
3800 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=permissions.html">
3800 Question permissions
3800 </a>
3800 </li>
3801 <li>
3801 <a href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/Question_contexts">
3801 Question contexts documentation on Moodle Docs
3801 </a>
3801 </li>
3802 </ul>
3802 <div class="filename">
3802 ./help/webservice/requiredcapability.html
3803 </div>
3804 <h1>
3804 Required capability
3804 </h1>
3806 <p>
3806 The required capability is an option for administrator willing to add an optional checking to a service.
Any users accessing the service will need to have the selected capability.
3807 </p>
3809 <div class="filename">
3809 ./help/chat/chatting.html
3810 </div>
3811 <h1>
3811 Using Chat
3811 </h1>
3813 <p>
3813 The chat module contains some features to make chatting a little nicer.
3813 </p>
3815 <dl>
3816 <dt>
3816 <b>
3816 Smilies
3816 </b>
3816 </dt>
3817 <dd>
3817 Any smiley faces (emoticons) that you can type elsewhere in Moodle can also be typed in here and they
will be displayed correctly. For example, :-) =
3818 <img alt="smiley" src="pix/s/smiley.gif" />
3818 </dd>
3820 <dt>
3820 <b>
3820 Links
3820 </b>
3820 </dt>
3821 <dd>
3821 Internet addresses will be turned into links automatically.
3821 </dd>
3823 <dt>
3823 <b>
3823 Emoting
3823 </b>
3823 </dt>
3824 <dd>
3824 You can start a line with "/me" or ":" to emote. For example, if your name is Kim and you type
":laughs!" or "/me laughs!" then everyone will see "Kim laughs!"
3825 </dd>
3827 <dt>
3827 <b>
3827 Beeps
3827 </b>
3827 </dt>
3828 <dd>
3828 You can send a sound to other people by hitting the "beep" link next to their name. A useful shortcut
to beep all the people in the chat at once is to type "beep all".
3829 </dd>
3831 <dt>
3831 <b>
3831 HTML
3831 </b>
3831 </dt>
3832 <dd>
3832 If you know some HTML code, you can use it in your text to do things like insert images, play sounds
or create different coloured and sized text.
3833 </dd>
3835 </dl>
3837 <div class="filename">
3837 ./help/chat/index.html
3838 </div>
3839 <h2>
3839 Chat module
3839 </h2>
3840 <ul>
3841 <li>
3841 <a href="help.php?module=chat&file=chatting.html">
3841 Using Chat
3841 </a>
3841 </li>
3842 </ul>
3843 <div class="filename">
3843 ./help/chat/mods.html
3844 </div>
3845 <p>
3845 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/chat/icon.gif" />
3845
3845 <b>
3845 Chats
3845 </b>
3845 </p>
3846 <div class="indent">
3847 The Chat module allows participants to have a real-time synchronous discussion via the web. This is a
useful way to get a different understanding of each other and the topic being discussed - the mode of
using a chat room is quite different from the asynchronous forums. The Chat module contains a number of
features for managing and reviewing chat discussions.
3853 </div>
3854 <div class="filename">
3854 ./help/completion/completionlocked.html
3855 </div>
3856 <h1>
3856 Locked completion options
3856 </h1>
3858 <p>
3859 If at least one person has completed an activity, completion options are 'locked'. This is because
changing these options may result in unexpected behaviour.
3862 </p>
3864 <h2>
3864 Potential confusion
3864 </h2>
3866 <p>
3867 If somebody has ticked an activity as manually completed, and you then set it to automatic completion,
the activity will become unticked - very confusing for the student who had already ticked it!
3870 </p>
3872 <p>
3873 It is best not to unlock options unless you are sure it won't cause problems - for example, if you know
that students don't have access to the course yet, so it will only be staff who have marked the activity
completed when testing.
3876 </p>
3878 <h2>
3878 What happens when you unlock
3878 </h2>
3880 <p>
3881 Once you unlock options and then click 'Save changes', all completion information for the activity will
be deleted and, if possible, regenerated according to the new settings.
3884 </p>
3886 <ul>
3887 <li>
3887 If the new completion option is manual, everyone will be set to 'not completed' regardless of any
previous setting.
3888 </li>
3889 <li>
3889 If it is automatic then, depending on the options chosen, the system may or may not be able to
construct a correct current value for everyone.
3890 <ul>
3891 <li>
3891 The 'viewed' requirement will not work - even if a student has viewed the activity before, it will
not be marked completed until they view it again.
3892 </li>
3893 <li>
3893 Most other options will be recalculated successfully.
3893 </li>
3894 </ul>
3894 </li>
3895 </ul>
3897 <p>
3898 If you change completion options while a student is logged in, they may not see the changes for some
minutes.
3900 </p>
3902 <div class="filename">
3902 ./help/completion/completion.html
3903 </div>
3904 <h1>
3904 Completion tracking
3904 </h1>
3906 <p>
3907 If this option is turned on, the system will track whether students have completed the activity.
Activity completion is shown to students beside each activity, and can also be viewed (for all their
students) by teachers.
3910 </p>
3912 <p>
3913 There are three values for this option:
3914 </p>
3916 <ul>
3917 <li>
3917 Off. Completion information is not tracked for this activity.
3917 </li>
3918 <li>
3918 Manual. Students can tick a box beside the activity to indicate that they have completed it.
3919 </li>
3920 <li>
3920 Automatic. Based on conditions set on this screen (immediately below the dropdown), the activity will
automatically be marked completed.
3921 </li>
3922 </ul>
3924 <p>
3925 Some types of activity do not support automatic conditions, so you can only choose Off or Manual.
3927 </p>
3930 <div class="filename">
3930 ./help/completion/completionicons.html
3931 </div>
3932 <h1>
3932 Progress tick box
3932 </h1>
3934 <p>
3935 Tick boxes are displayed alongside some activities. These are a way for you to track your progress
through a course.
3937 </p>
3939 <p>
3940 When you see a box with a dotted tick mark, you can click it to tick the box. (You can click it again to
remove the tick if you change your mind.)
3942 </p>
3944 <p>
3945 These icons are for you to keep track of your own progress, and are entirely optional. If you like, tick
the box when you think you've finished something.
3947 </p>
3949 <p>
3950 Some courses may include blank tick boxes - empty spaces which do not have a dotted tick mark. You
can't tick these boxes yourself, but they will be ticked automatically according to conditions that were
set up when creating the course website. For example, a resource might automatically be ticked after you
have downloaded the file. (You sometimes need to reload the course page to see this type of change.)
3956 </p>
3958 <p>
3959 Some staff, such as your teacher, may have access to see which boxes you've ticked. However the
information is not used in assessment and does not count toward your course mark. You don't need to tick
boxes if you don't want to.
3963 </p>
3966 <div class="filename">
3966 ./help/completion/completionexpected.html
3967 </div>
3968 <h1>
3968 Expect completed on
3968 </h1>
3970 <p>
3971 This optional field lets you associate a date with the activity. Dates do not affect the behaviour of
the system (for example, you can still complete an activity after the date passes) and are not shown to
students. They are displayed only when viewing the progress report.
3975 </p>
3977 <p>
3978 Teachers can use the dates on the progress report to help determine whether or not certain students
might be falling behind. They could then decide to contact students and offer assistance.
3981 </p>
3983 <p>
3984 There is no need to complete this field unless you want a date to show in the progress report.
3986 </p>
3986 <div class="filename">
3986 ./help/completion/completionview.html
3987 </div>
3988 <h1>
3988 Require view
3988 </h1>
3990 <p>
3991 When this option is turned on, students have to view the activity in order to complete it.
3993 </p>
3995 <ul>
3996 <li>
3996 In most cases, clicking the link is enough to 'view' the activity.
3996 </li>
3997 <li>
3997 You should usually not turn on the 'view' condition if you have other requirements - this makes extra
work for the server and it's unlikely that a student could meet any other conditions without viewing
the activity.
3999 </li>
4000 </ul>
4002 <div class="filename">
4002 ./help/completion/completionusegrade.html
4003 </div>
4004 <h1>
4004 Require grade
4004 </h1>
4006 <p>
4007 When this option is turned on, students have to get a grade on the activity in order to complete it. For
example, a quiz would be marked completed as soon as the user submits it.
4010 </p>
4012 <p>
4013 It does not matter how well the student did. Getting any grade will mark the activity completed.
4015 </p>
4017 <h2>
4017 Distinguishing between pass and fail
4017 </h2>
4019 <p>
4020 It is possible to distinguish between 'pass' and 'fail' grades so that the activity becomes 'completed,
passed' or 'completed, not passed' instead of just 'completed'. These results show a different icon and
alternative text.
4023 </p>
4025 <p>
4026 To set this up, you need to specify the pass value for this activity's individual grade:
4028 </p>
4030 <ol>
4031 <li>
4031 Go to the course gradebook by clicking the 'Grades' link on the course administration block.
4032 </li>
4033 <li>
4033 From the 'Choose an action' dropdown, pick 'Categories and items'.
4033 </li>
4034 <li>
4034 Click the Edit icon next to the grade item for this activity.
4034 </li>
4035 <li>
4035 Turn on 'Show Advanced'.
4035 </li>
4036 <li>
4036 Type a grade value (e.g. 5.0) in the 'Grade to pass' box.
4036 </li>
4037 </ol>
4039 <p>
4040 Once you have done this, anybody submitting the quiz will receive either the pass or fail completion
icon. If the quiz can be taken multiple times, the completion icon will automatically update whenever
the grade does.
4043 </p>
4045 <p>
4046 There is one limitation: this only works if grades are immediately visible to students. The grade must
be neither permanently hidden, nor hidden until a certain date. If a grade is hidden then only the
standard 'completed' state will be displayed - even once the hidden date has passed.
4050 </p>
4050 <div class="filename">
4050 ./help/enrolperiod.html
4051 </div>
4052 <h1>
4052 Enrolment period
4052 </h1>
4054 <p>
4054 This setting specifies the number of days a student can be enrolled in this course (starting from the
moment they enroll).
4055 </p>
4057 <p>
4057 If this is set, then students are automatically unenrolled after the specified time has elapsed. This is
most useful for rolling courses without a specific start or end time.
4059 </p>
4061 <p>
4061 If you don't set this then the student will remain in this course until they are manually unenrolled or
the clean-up function to remove defunct students takes effect.
4063 </p>
4065 <p>
4065 If you have selected to manage this course as a meta course, your enrolment period will not be used.
4066 </p>
4066 <div class="filename">
4066 ./help/markdown.html
4067 </div>
4068 <h2>
4068 Enhancing Text With Markdown
4068 </h2>
4070 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<div id="Main">
4072 <div class="article">
4073 <p>
4073 Markdown expands upon the simple text entry format available in Moodle by allowing you to easily add
emphasis (bold, italics), structure (bullet points and headings) and links (to images or other web
resources). You can use Markdown in many places in Moodle, simply select it from the
4073 <strong>
4073 formatting
4073 </strong>
4073 drop down list which is found below the text entry area wherever you have the choice.
4073 </p>
4075 <ul>
4076 <li>
4076 <a href="#concepts">
4076 Basic Concepts
4076 </a>
4076 </li>
4077 <li>
4077 <a href="#emphasis">
4077 Emphasising Text
4077 </a>
4077 </li>
4078 <li>
4078 <a href="#headings">
4078 Headings
4078 </a>
4078 </li>
4079 <li>
4079 <a href="#lists">
4079 Lists
4079 </a>
4079 </li>
4080 <li>
4080 <a href="#quotes">
4080 Quoted Paragraphs
4080 </a>
4080 </li>
4081 <li>
4081 <a href="#links">
4081 Web Links
4081 </a>
4081 </li>
4082 <li>
4082 <a href="#images">
4082 Images
4082 </a>
4082 </li>
4083 <li>
4083 <a href="#advanced">
4083 Advanced Topics
4083 </a>
4083 </li>
4084 </ul>
4086 <h2>
4086 <a id="concepts">
4086 Basic Concepts
4086 </a>
4086 </h2>
4088 <p>
4088 To enter text simply type into the text entry area or text box, pressing the return key twice at the
end of a paragraph to leave a blank line between the end of one paragraph and the start of the next.
4088 </p>
4090 <h2>
4090 <a id="emphasis">
4090 Emphasising Text
4090 </a>
4090 </h2>
4092 <p>
4092 You can add three levels of emphasis with Markdown,
4092 <em>
4092 italic
4092 </em>
4092 text,
4092 <strong>
4092 bold
4092 </strong>
4092 text, or
4092 <strong>
4092 <em>
4092 bold and italic
4092 </em>
4092 </strong>
4092 text. This is achieved by surrounding the text you wish to emphasise with asterisks e.g.
4092 </p>
4094 <p>
4094 <strong>
4094 <code>
4094 *italic*
4094 </code>
4094 </strong>
4094 ->
4094 <em>
4094 italic
4094 </em>
4094 <br />
4095 <strong>
4095 <code>
4095 **bold**
4095 </code>
4095 </strong>
4095 ->
4095 <strong>
4095 bold
4095 </strong>
4095 <br />
4096 <strong>
4096 <code>
4096 ***bold italic***
4096 </code>
4096 </strong>
4096 ->
4096 <strong>
4096 <em>
4096 bold italic
4096 </em>
4096 </strong>
4096 </p>
4098 <p>
4098 Emphasis can be added to single words, a sequence of words, or even parts of words:
4098 </p>
4100 <p>
4100 <strong>
4100 <code>
4100 a *single* word
4100 </code>
4100 </strong>
4100 -> a
4100 <em>
4100 single
4100 </em>
4100 word
4100 <br />
4101 <strong>
4101 <code>
4101 ***a sequence of words***
4101 </code>
4101 </strong>
4101 ->
4101 <strong>
4101 <em>
4101 a sequence of words
4101 </em>
4101 </strong>
4101 <br />
4102 <strong>
4102 <code>
4102 in**distinguish**able
4102 </code>
4102 </strong>
4102 -> in
4102 <strong>
4102 distinguish
4102 </strong>
4102 able
4102 </p>
4104 <p>
4104 Underscores (_) can be used interchangeably with asterisks for this purpose.
4104 </p>
4106 <h2>
4106 <a id="headings">
4106 Headings
4106 </a>
4106 </h2>
4108 <p>
4108 Markdown allows you to subdivide your text with headings; six different levels are available though
it is unusual for a normal text to use more than three. For example, there are three levels of
heading used in the text you are currently reading.
4108 </p>
4110 <p>
4110 You can create a heading by starting a line with one or more hash characters (#). One hash is the
largest and most important heading, and six hashes gives you the least important or smallest
heading.
4110 </p>
4112 <p>
4112 <strong>
4112 <code>
4112 # section heading
4112 </code>
4112 </strong>
4112 <br />
4113 <strong>
4113 <code>
4113 ## sub-section heading
4113 </code>
4113 </strong>
4113 <br />
4114 <strong>
4114 <code>
4114 ### sub-sub-section heading
4114 </code>
4114 </strong>
4114 <br />
4115 etc.
4115 </p>
4117 <p>
4117 The first two levels of headings are most common and can be created in alternative ways that make
them stand out more in the text version (though the output is identical to the previous method).
This alternative uses a line of equal signs (=) or hyphens (-) under the title as follows:
4117 </p>
4119 <p>
4119 <strong>
4119 <code>
4119 section heading
4119 </code>
4119 </strong>
4119 <br />
4120 <strong>
4120 <code>
4120 ===============
4120 </code>
4120 </strong>
4120 </p>
4122 <p>
4122 <strong>
4122 <code>
4122 subsection heading
4122 </code>
4122 </strong>
4122 <br />
4123 <strong>
4123 <code>
4123 ------------------
4123 </code>
4123 </strong>
4123 </p>
4125 <h2>
4125 <a id="lists">
4125 Lists
4125 </a>
4125 </h2>
4127 <h3>
4127 bullet point lists
4127 </h3>
4129 <p>
4129 Bullet point lists can be created by starting each line with an asterisk followed by a space before
the content of the bullet point. Note that the space is important and should not be forgotten.
4129 </p>
4131 <p>
4131 <strong>
4131 <code>
4131 * first point
4131 </code>
4131 </strong>
4131 <br />
4132 <strong>
4132 <code>
4132 * second point
4132 </code>
4132 </strong>
4132 <br />
4133 <strong>
4133 <code>
4133 * third point
4133 </code>
4133 </strong>
4133 </p>
4135 <p>
4135 becomes
4135 </p>
4137 <ul>
4138 <li>
4138 first point
4138 </li>
4139 <li>
4139 second point
4139 </li>
4140 <li>
4140 third point
4140 </li>
4141 </ul>
4143 <h3>
4143 Numbered Lists
4143 </h3>
4145 <p>
4145 Similarly, numbered lists can be created by starting each line with a number followed by a space and
then the relevant text.
4145 </p>
4147 <p>
4147 <strong>
4147 <code>
4147 1. first point
4147 </code>
4147 </strong>
4147 <br />
4148 <strong>
4148 <code>
4148 2. second point
4148 </code>
4148 </strong>
4148 <br />
4149 <strong>
4149 <code>
4149 3. third point
4149 </code>
4149 </strong>
4149 </p>
4151 <p>
4151 becomes
4151 </p>
4153 <ol>
4154 <li>
4154 first point
4154 </li>
4155 <li>
4155 second point
4155 </li>
4156 <li>
4156 third point
4156 </li>
4157 </ol>
4159 <h3>
4159 Indented Lists
4159 </h3>
4161 <p>
4161 You can nest or indent bullet and numbered lists, even mixing bullet point and numbered lists in one
structure:
4161 </p>
4163 <pre>
4164 * top level bullet one * sub-bullet * sub-bullet 2 * top level bullet two 1. numbered point one 1.
nested numbered point 2. numbered point two
4171 </pre>
4173 <p>
4173 becomes
4173 </p>
4175 <ul>
4176 <li>
4176 top level bullet one
4177 <ul>
4178 <li>
4178 sub-bullet
4178 </li>
4179 <li>
4179 sub-bullet 2
4179 </li>
4180 </ul>
4180 </li>
4181 <li>
4181 top level bullet two
4182 <ol>
4183 <li>
4183 numbered point one
4184 <ol>
4185 <li>
4185 nested numbered point
4185 </li>
4186 </ol>
4186 </li>
4187 <li>
4187 numbered point two
4187 </li>
4188 </ol>
4188 </li>
4189 </ul>
4191 <h2>
4191 <a id="quotes">
4191 quoted paragraphs
4191 </a>
4191 </h2>
4193 <p>
4193 You can indicate a quoted section of text by beginning each line with an angle bracket (>). This
character was chosen as many email programs use it to indicate quoted sections. The output will
generally indent the quoted section in from both margins.
4193 </p>
4195 <p>
4195 <strong>
4195 <code>
4195 > This is a quoted paragraph
4195 </code>
4195 <br />
4196 <code>
4196 > spread over two lines
4196 </code>
4196 </strong>
4196 </p>
4198 <p>
4198 becomes
4198 </p>
4200 <blockquote>
4201 <p>
4201 This is a quoted paragraph spread over two lines
4202 </p>
4203 </blockquote>
4205 <p>
4205 You can save some typing by only using a a single angle bracket at the beginning of the first line
of the paragraph
4205 </p>
4207 <p>
4207 <strong>
4207 <code>
4207 > this is all one single quoted
4207 </code>
4207 <br />
4208 <code>
4208 paragraph even though it is spread
4208 </code>
4208 <br />
4209 <code>
4209 over several lines.
4209 </code>
4209 </strong>
4209 </p>
4211 <p>
4211 becomes
4211 </p>
4213 <blockquote>
4214 <p>
4214 this is all one single quoted paragraph even though it is spread over several lines.
4216 </p>
4217 </blockquote>
4219 <h2>
4219 <a id="links">
4219 Web Links
4219 </a>
4219 </h2>
4221 <p>
4221 There are two ways to create links to web resources: the first is to include the link inline,
placing the text you wish readers to click on in square brackets, and the URL of the page they will
be taken to immediately afterwards in parentheses with no space or gap between the two sets of
brackets; you can also add an optional title for the link in quotes after the URL.
4221 </p>
4223 <p>
4223 <strong>
4223 <code>
4223 An [example link](http://example.com/ "Optional Title") in a sentence.
4223 </code>
4223 </strong>
4223 </p>
4225 <p>
4225 becomes
4225 </p>
4227 <p>
4227 An
4227 <a href="http://example.com/" title="Optional Title">
4227 example link
4227 </a>
4227 in a sentence.
4227 </p>
4229 <p>
4229 The title, if supplied, is displayed in a 'tooltip' which appears when the user hovers their mouse
over the link text. Try it on the link that appears above.
4229 </p>
4231 <p>
4231 For longer links you can avoid disrupting the flow of text by using a footnote style, attaching a
short identifying name to the link in a second set of square brackets (either using a short
explanatory word, phrase or simply a number).
4231 </p>
4233 <p>
4233 <strong>
4233 <code>
4233 An [example link][ex] in a sentence.
4233 </code>
4233 </strong>
4233 </p>
4235 <p>
4235 Then, anywhere else in the document, but preferably either directly after the paragraph with the
link, or collected with other link URLs at the bottom of the document, you can define the URL
associated with the id:
4235 </p>
4237 <p>
4237 <strong>
4237 <code>
4237 [ex]: http://example.com/ "Optional Title"
4237 </code>
4237 </strong>
4237 </p>
4239 <p>
4239 The output of this second example would be indistinguishable from the first. It is simply a matter
of keeping the working document neatly organised to aid further editing (particularly if you are
working with others).
4239 </p>
4241 <p>
4241 A final shortcut, if you wish your linked text to be the same as the URL, is to place the URL within
angled brackets like so:
4241 </p>
4243 <p>
4243 <strong>
4243 <code>
4243 <http://moodle.org/>
4243 </code>
4243 </strong>
4243 </p>
4245 <p>
4245 which becomes
4245 </p>
4247 <p>
4247 <a href="http://moodle.org">
4247 http://moodle.org
4247 </a>
4247 </p>
4249 <h2>
4249 <a id="images">
4249 Images
4249 </a>
4249 </h2>
4251 <p>
4251 Images are included in a very similar manner to web links, but are preceded by an exclamation mark.
The 'alt text' (
4251 <em>
4251 alt
4251 </em>
4251 meaning
4251 <em>
4251 alternative
4251 </em>
4251 ) is provided to users that cannot see the image for various reasons, thus the text should make
sense without any visual cues. Doing this will also provide a reminder or hint to those editing the
text in Markdown as to the purpose of the image.
4251 </p>
4253 <p>
4253 The 'title' is displayed in a small pop up when the user hovers over the image and so can provide
additional information.
4253 </p>
4255 <p>
4255 <strong>
4255 <code>
4255 
4255 </code>
4255 </strong>
4255 </p>
4257 <p>
4257 And, like web links, you can organise your document by keeping all the URLs together with
'footnote' style references. Just give the image a short, unique name:
4257 </p>
4259 <p>
4259 <strong>
4259 <code>
4259 ![alt text][photo]
4259 </code>
4259 </strong>
4259 </p>
4261 <p>
4261 and anywhere else in your document, associate that name with an image file:
4261 </p>
4263 <p>
4263 <strong>
4263 <code>
4263 [photo]: /url/to/img.jpg "Optional Title"
4263 </code>
4263 </strong>
4263 </p>
4265 <p>
4265 Here is an example followed by its output:
4265 </p>
4267 <p>
4267 <strong>
4267 <code>
4267 
4267 </code>
4267 </strong>
4267 </p>
4269 <p>
4269 <img src="http://www.google.com/images/logo.gif" alt="Google logo" title="The Google logo" />
4269 </p>
4271 <p>
4271 The 'alt text', which is also important for accessibility reasons, will often be used by browsers
when links to images are broken or temporarily unavailable:
4271 </p>
4273 <p>
4273 <strong>
4273 <code>
4273 
4273 </code>
4273 </strong>
4273 </p>
4275 <p>
4275 becomes (exact output dependant upon your browser)
4275 </p>
4277 <p>
4277 <img src="http://example.com/intentionally.broken.link" alt="alt text for broken image" title="This
image will never display" />
4277 </p>
4279 <h2>
4279 <a id="advanced">
4279 Advanced Topics
4279 </a>
4279 </h2>
4281 <p>
4281 This short introduction covers the features of Markdown that are used in the vast majority of cases.
It is possible to achieve far more complex results, particularly if you already know how to write
HTML, but these are covered in a separate document on the Advanced Use of Markdown
4281 </p>
4282 <p class="moreinfo">
4282 <a href="help.php?file=advanced_markdown.html">
4282 More info about advanced use of Markdown
4282 </a>
4282 </p>
4283 </div>
4284 </div>
4285 <div class="filename">
4285 ./help/localfiltersettings.html
4286 </div>
4287 <h1>
4287 Filter settings
4287 </h1>
4289 <p>
4289 This page lets you turn filters on or off in a particular part of the site. This page only gives you
access to those filters that the Administrator has enabled.
4291 </p>
4293 <p>
4293 Some filters may also let you set local settings, in which case there will be a 'Settings' link next to
their name.
4294 </p>
4294 <div class="filename">
4294 ./help/groupmode.html
4295 </div>
4296 <h1>
4296 Group Mode
4296 </h1>
4298 <p>
4298 The group mode can be one of three levels:
4298 </p>
4299 <ul>
4300 <li>
4300 No groups - there are no sub groups, everyone is part of one big community
4300 </li>
4301 <li>
4301 Separate groups - each group can only see their own group, others are invisible
4301 </li>
4302 <li>
4302 Visible groups - each group works in their own group, but can also see other groups
4302 </li>
4303 </ul>
4305 <p>
4305 The group mode can be defined at two levels:
4305 </p>
4307 <dl>
4308 <dt>
4308 <b>
4308 1. Course level
4308 </b>
4308 </dt>
4309 <dd>
4309 <p>
4309 The group mode defined at the course level is the default mode for all activities defined within
that course
4310 </p>
4310 </dd>
4311 <dt>
4311 <b>
4311 2. Activity level
4311 </b>
4311 </dt>
4312 <dd>
4312 <p>
4312 Each activity that supports groups can also define its own grouping mode. If the course is set to
"
4313 <a href="help.php?module=moodle&file=groupmodeforce.html">
4313 force group mode
4313 </a>
4313 " then the setting for each activity is ignored.
4314 </p>
4314 </dd>
4315 </dl>
4316 <div class="filename">
4316 ./help/surveys.html
4317 </div>
4318 <h1>
4318 Available surveys
4318 </h1>
4320 <p>
4320 Currently, Moodle only offers specific types of surveys (future versions will enable you to create your
own).
4321 </p>
4323 <p>
4323 The available surveys have been chosen as being particularly useful for evaluating online learning
environments that use a constructivist pedagogy. They are useful to identify certain trends that may be
happening among your participants. (To see a paper where these are used in a detailed analysis, see:
4329 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a target="paper" href="http://dougiamas.com/writing/herdsa2002">
4329 http://dougiamas.com/writing/herdsa2002
4329 </a>
4329 )
4329 </p>
4331 <hr />
4332 <h2>
4332 COLLES - Constructivist On-Line Learning Environment Survey
4332 </h2>
4333 <div class="indent">
4334 <p>
4334 The COLLES comprises an economical 24 statements grouped into six scales, each of which helps us
address a key question about the quality of the on-line learning environment:
4336 </p>
4338 <table border="0" cellspacing="10" cellpadding="10">
4339 <tr>
4340 <td valign="top">
4340 Relevance
4340 </td>
4341 <td>
4341 How relevant is on-line learning to students' professional practices?
4342 </td>
4343 </tr>
4344 <tr>
4345 <td valign="top">
4345 Reflection
4345 </td>
4347 <td>
4347 Does on-line learning stimulate students' critical reflective thinking?
4348 </td>
4349 </tr>
4350 <tr>
4351 <td valign="top">
4351 Interactivity
4351 </td>
4352 <td>
4352 To what extent do students engage on-line in rich educative dialogue?
4353 </td>
4354 </tr>
4355 <tr>
4356 <td valign="top">
4356 Tutor Support
4356 </td>
4358 <td>
4358 How well do tutors enable students to participate in on-line learning?
4359 </td>
4360 </tr>
4361 <tr>
4362 <td valign="top">
4362 Peer Support
4362 </td>
4363 <td>
4363 Is sensitive and encouraging support provided on-line by fellow students?
4364 </td>
4365 </tr>
4366 <tr>
4367 <td valign="top">
4367 Interpretation
4367 </td>
4369 <td>
4369 Do students and tutors make good sense of each other's on-line communications?
4369 </td>
4370 </tr>
4371 </table>
4373 <p>
4373 Underpinning the dynamic view of learning is a new theory of knowing: social constructivism, which
portrays the learner as an active conceptualiser within a socially interactive learning environment.
Social constructivism is an epistemology, or way of knowing, in which learners collaborate
reflectively to co-construct new understandings, especially in the context of mutual inquiry grounded
in their personal experience.
4378 </p>
4380 <p>
4380 Central to this collaboration is the development of students' communicative competence, that is, the
ability to engage in open and critical discourse with both the teacher and peers. This discourse is
characterised by an empathic orientation to constructing reciprocal understanding, and a critical
attitude towards examining underlying assumptions.
4384 </p>
4386 <p>
4386 The COLLES has been designed to enable you to monitor the extent to which you are able to exploit the
interactive capacity of the World Wide Web for engaging students in dynamic learning practices.
4388 </p>
4390 <p>
4391 (This information has been adapted from the COLLES page. You can find out more about COLLES and the
authors of it at:
4393 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a target="paper" href="http://surveylearning.moodle.com/colles/">
4393 http://surveylearning.moodle.com/colles/
4393 </a>
4393 )
4393 </p>
4394 </div>
4397 <hr />
4398 <h2>
4398 ATTLS - Attitudes to Thinking and Learning Survey
4398 </h2>
4399 <div class="indent">
4401 <p>
4401 The theory of 'ways of knowing', originally from the field of gender research (Belenky et al., 1986)
provides us with a survey tool to examine the quality of discourse within a collaborative environment.
4401 </p>
4403 <p>
4403 The Attitudes Towards Thinking and Learning Survey (ATTLS) is an instrument developed by Galotti et
al. (1999) to measure the extent to which a person is a 'connected knower' (CK) or a 'separate
knower' (SK).
4403 </p>
4405 <p>
4405 People with higher CK scores tend to find learning more enjoyable, and are often more cooperative,
congenial and more willing to build on the ideas of others, while those with higher SK scores tend to
take a more critical and argumentative stance to learning.
4405 </p>
4407 <p>
4407 Studies have shown that these two learning styles are independent of each other (Galotti et al., 1999;
Galotti et al., 2001). Additionally, they are only a reflection of learning attitudes, not learning
capacities or intellectual power.
4407 </p>
4409 <p>
4409 <i>
4409 Belenky, M. F., Clinchy, B. M., Goldberger, N. R., & Tarule, J. M. (1986). Women's Ways of
Knowing: The Development of Self, Voice, and Mind. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
4409 </i>
4409 </p>
4411 <p>
4411 <i>
4411 Galotti, K. M., Clinchy, B. M., Ainsworth, K., Lavin, B., & Mansfield, A. F. (1999). A New Way
of Assessing Ways of Knowing: The Attitudes Towards Thinking and Learning Survey (ATTLS). Sex Roles,
40(9/10), 745-766.
4411 </i>
4411 </p>
4413 <p>
4413 <i>
4413 Galotti, K. M., Reimer, R. L., & Drebus, D. W. (2001). Ways of knowing as learning styles:
Learning MAGIC with a partner. Sex Roles, 44(7/8), 419-436.
4413 </i>
4413 </p>
4416 </div>
4417 <div class="filename">
4417 ./help/accessibility.html
4418 </div>
4427 <h1>
4427 Accessibility
4427 </h1>
4429 <h2>
4429 Accessibility Statement
4429 </h2>
4431 <p>
4431 This site has been tested in a range of browsers and with screen reader software.
4431 </p>
4433 <p>
4433 Moodle uses semantic markup to assist screen reader users among others — site, page and block
headings use <h1>, <h2>, navigation blocks are lists <ul> and so on.
4435 </p>
4437 <p>
4437 Moodle complies with the World Wide Web Consortium's [
4437 <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG10/" title="Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 1.0">
4437 Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 1.0
4438 </a>
4438 ] level 1, most of level 2 [
4439 <a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/WCAG1AA-Conformance" title="About Double-A WCAG conformance">
4439 about Double-A conformance
4439 </a>
4439 ] and some level 3. Through these guidelines we aim to comply with local laws regarding access to those
with disabilities. We are currently working to improve the accessibility and usability of Moodle. At
present there are still some tables used for layout, but in general presentation (using style sheets) is
separated from content.
4443 </p>
4445 <p>
4445 We welcome feedback, particularly reports of any inaccessible content. Please [
4446 <a href="./message/discussion.php?id=2">
4446 message the administrator
4446 </a>
4446 ].
4447 </p>
4450 <h2>
4450 Access keys
4450 </h2>
4452 <p>
4452 At present we don't specify access keys, but we intend implementing them for a future release of Moodle.
4452 </p>
4455 <h2>
4455 Links
4455 </h2>
4457 <p>
4457 There is a link before each side block, which allows screen reader users to skip the block. Note, the
link is hidden from graphical browsers.
4458 </p>
4460 <p>
4460 Many links have title attributes that describe the link in greater detail, unless the text of the link
already fully describes the target (such as the headline of an article). If a link has an access key
this will be announced in the link title.
4463 </p>
4465 <p>
4465 Whenever possible, links are written to make sense out of context. There are no javascript:
pseudo-links.
4466 </p>
4469 <h2>
4469 Images
4469 </h2>
4471 <p>
4471 All images use the alt attribute to provide alternate text where appropriate; images that are purely
decorative contain a null alt attribute. Images, such as maps, that present complex information have a
longdesc attribute linking them to a text description of the image content.
4475 </p>
4478 <h2>
4478 Standards compliance
4478 </h2>
4480 <p>
4480 This site is built using valid
4481 <acronym title="Extensible Hyper-Text Markup Language">
4481 XHTML
4481 </acronym>
4481 for markup and uses CSS for presentation.
4482 </p>
4484 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<p style="text-align:center">
4485 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?verbose=1&ss=1&uri=<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot; ?>"
title="Use the W3C validator">
4485 Validate HTML
4485 </a>
4485 |
4486 <a href="http://www.contentquality.com/mynewtester/cynthia.exe?rptmode=-1&url1=<?php echo
$CFG->wwwroot; ?>" title="Test with Cynthia">
4486 Section 508 Check
4486 </a>
4486 |
4487 <a href="http://www.contentquality.com/mynewtester/cynthia.exe?rptmode=0&warnp2n3e=1&url1=<?php
echo $CFG->wwwroot; ?>" title="Test with Cynthia">
4487 WCAG 1 (2,3) Check
4487 </a>
4488 </p>
4489 <div class="filename">
4489 ./help/notes/status.html
4490 </div>
4491 <h1>
4491 Status
4491 </h1>
4493 <p>
4493 There are 3 possible settings here
4493 </p>
4494 <ul>
4495 <li>
4495 <strong>
4495 Personal
4495 </strong>
4495 - The note will be visible only to you
4495 </li>
4496 <li>
4496 <strong>
4496 Course
4496 </strong>
4496 - The note will be visible to teachers in this course
4496 </li>
4497 <li>
4497 <strong>
4497 Site
4497 </strong>
4497 - The note will be visible to teachers in all courses
4497 </li>
4498 </ul>
4498 <div class="filename">
4498 ./help/langswitchstorage.html
4499 </div>
4500 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
4500 <strong>
4500 Saving edited language files
4500 </strong>
4500 </p>
4501 <p>
4501 Edited files may either be saved in the parent language folder or, preferably, in the local language
folder, parentlanguage_local.
4501 </p>
4502 <p>
4502 The local language folder will be created automatically if it doesn't yet exist.
4502 </p>
4502 <div class="filename">
4502 ./help/writing.html
4503 </div>
4504 <h1>
4504 Writing
4504 </h1>
4508 <p>
4508 When writing text for others to read, try and write directly to your audience.
4508 </p>
4512 <p>
4512 Explain your ideas as clearly and simply as you can to help avoid misunderstandings. One thing you can
do is to avoid long words when a short one will do.
4514 </p>
4518 <p>
4518 In the forums it will really help to keep your whole posts short and on-topic. Instead of one long
rambling post that makes many different points, it may be better to write several shorter ones (they may
even belong in separate forums).
4522 </p>
4526 <p>
4526 Re-edit your text as much as necessary until you get it right. Even in forum posts you have
4528 <?php echo ($CFG->
4528 E002 There is either a < missing or you may have used > instead of > in the content:
maxeditingtime/60) ?>
4528 minutes after you've posted it to go back and improve it if necessary.
4530 </p>
4534 <p>
4534 When replying to others, try and think of interesting questions you can ask them. This will help both
you and the other person think (and learn!) about the subject you are discussing.
4538 </p>
4544 <p class="moreinfo">
4544 <a href="help.php?file=questions.html">
4544 More info about asking questions
4544 </a>
4544 </p>
4546 <p class="moreinfo">
4546 <a href="help.php?file=reading.html">
4546 More info about reading
4546 </a>
4546 </p>
4548 <div class="filename">
4548 ./help/portfolio/boxnet_apikey.html
4549 </div>
4550 <h2>
4550 Box.net API Key
4550 </h2>
4551 <p>
4551 Visit
4551 <a href="http://enabled.box.net">
4551 enabled.box.net
4551 </a>
4551 and register a developer account. You can then navigate to My projects, and create a new one.
4552 </p>
4554 <p>
4554 For all the settings, Moodle doesn't care what you put in except for the callback url, which should be:
4555 <br />
4556 <b>
4556 $CFG->wwwroot/portfolio/add.php?postcontrol=1&type=boxnet.
4556 </b>
4556 </p>
4558 <p>
4558 Box.net will append the relevant authentication tokens to the url (detecting it already contains ? and
everything already)
4559 </p>
4561 <div class="filename">
4561 ./help/grouprestore.html
4562 </div>
4563 <h1>
4563 Restoring Groups
4563 </h1>
4565 <p>
4565 This setting enables you to choose whether you want to restore groups and/or groupings (if enabled).
4565 </p>
4566 <p>
4566 Whichever option is selected, the group mode for the course, and for activities within the course is
maintained.
4566 </p>
4566 <div class="filename">
4566 ./help/search.html
4567 </div>
4568 <h1>
4568 How to Search
4568 </h1>
4570 <p>
4570 Full-text searching supports a number of options, listed below. You can combine these to specify your
search more precisely.
4571 </p>
4573 <table>
4575 <tr>
4576 <td valign="top">
4576 <strong>
4576 search for these words
4576 </strong>
4576 </td>
4577 <td>
4577 For basic searching of one or more words anywhere in the texts, just type them separated by spaces.
All words longer than two characters are used.
4577 </td>
4578 </tr>
4580 <tr>
4581 <td valign="top">
4581 <strong>
4581 +search +for these words
4581 </strong>
4581 </td>
4582 <td>
4582 The previous example would also match "information" because it contains "for". To force exact
matching of a word, use the plus sign.
4582 </td>
4583 </tr>
4585 <tr>
4586 <td valign="top">
4586 <strong>
4586 +search -engine
4586 </strong>
4586 </td>
4587 <td>
4587 Use the minus sign if there are particular exact words you don't want included in the search.
4587 </td>
4588 </tr>
4590 <tr>
4591 <td valign="top">
4591 <strong>
4591 "search engine"
4591 </strong>
4591 </td>
4592 <td>
4592 To search for a particular phrase, use double quotes around it.
4592 </td>
4593 </tr>
4595 <tr>
4596 <td valign="top">
4596 <strong>
4596 user:Kim
4596 </strong>
4596 </td>
4597 <td>
4597 To search for texts by a particular user, prefix a word from their name with "user:".
4597 </td>
4598 </tr>
4600 <tr>
4601 <td valign="top">
4601 <strong>
4601 userid:6
4601 </strong>
4601 </td>
4602 <td>
4602 If you know the user id of a particular user, you can search for them like this.
4602 </td>
4603 </tr>
4605 <tr>
4606 <td valign="top">
4606 <strong>
4606 subject:assessment
4606 </strong>
4606 </td>
4607 <td>
4607 To search for a word within the subject or title of a text only, prefix the word with "subject:".
4607 </td>
4608 </tr>
4610 </table>
4612 <p>
4612 For advanced searching, press the search button without typing anything in the words field - you will
see a complete form that makes it easier to do advanced searches.
4613 </p>
4615 <div class="filename">
4615 ./help/resource/forcedownload.html
4616 </div>
4617 <h1>
4617 Force download
4617 </h1>
4619 <p>
4619 This setting ensures that the resource is not embedded in a browser window, but downloaded like any
non-embeddable file. This is useful when one wants to avoid the pitfalls of cross-browser
incompatibility and wrong multimedia plugin versions. It is the most accessible solution for file
resources.
4623 </p>
4624 <div class="filename">
4624 ./help/resource/deploy.html
4625 </div>
4626 <h1>
4626 Deploy All
4626 </h1>
4628 <div class="indent">
4630 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
4630 Packages need to be deployed before being viewed. An administrator may deploy all packages in the
repository simultaneously.
4630 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
4632 </div>
4633 <div class="filename">
4633 ./help/resource/summary.html
4634 </div>
4635 <h1>
4635 Reading Summary
4635 </h1>
4637 <p>
4637 The summary is a very short description of the resource. You can think of it as metadata.
4638 </p>
4640 <p>
4640 For some resource display options, the summary is printed alongside the resource itself, otherwise it
appears on the resource index page making it easier for students searching for particular resources.
4642 </p>
4644 <p>
4644 Do not be tempted to write too much here, or to include the resource itself!
4645 </p>
4646 <div class="filename">
4646 ./help/resource/types.html
4647 </div>
4648 <h1>
4648 Resource types
4648 </h1>
4650 <p>
4650 Moodle supports a range of different resource types that allow you to insert almost any kind of web
content into your courses.
4651 </p>
4653 <div class="filename">
4653 ./help/resource/index.html
4654 </div>
4655 <h2>
4655 Resource module
4655 </h2>
4656 <ul>
4657 <li>
4657 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=summary.html">
4657 Reading Summary
4657 </a>
4657 </li>
4658 <li>
4658 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=types.html">
4658 Resource Types
4658 </a>
4659 <ul>
4660 <li>
4660 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=type/text.html">
4660 Text page
4660 </a>
4660 </li>
4661 <li>
4661 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=type/html.html">
4661 HTML page
4661 </a>
4661 </li>
4662 <li>
4662 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=type/file.html">
4662 Files and web pages
4662 </a>
4662 </li>
4663 <li>
4663 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=type/directory.html">
4663 Directory
4663 </a>
4663 </li>
4664 <li>
4664 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=type/label.html">
4664 Label
4664 </a>
4664 </li>
4665 <li>
4665 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=type/ims.html">
4665 IMS Content
4665 </a>
4665 </li>
4666 </ul>
4666 </li>
4667 <li>
4667 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=imsparameters.html">
4667 IMS Content Package Parameters
4667 </a>
4667 </li>
4668 <li>
4668 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=parameters.html">
4668 Parameters
4668 </a>
4668 </li>
4669 <li>
4669 <a href="help.php?module=resource&file=window.html">
4669 Window settings
4669 </a>
4669 </li>
4670 </ul>
4671 <div class="filename">
4671 ./help/resource/frameifpossible.html
4672 </div>
4673 <h1>
4673 Keep page navigation visible on the same page
4673 </h1>
4674 <p>
4674 This option will allow the file to be displayed in a frame or to be embedded within a navigable page, so
that the Moodle navigation remains on the top of the page.
4674 </p>
4675 <p>
4675 Note that this option is normally not necessary for media types such as movies, audio files and flash
files, as without this option turned on they will be embedded within a navigable page.
4675 </p>
4676 <p>
4676 The use of frames can break accessibility, so this option will be completely ignored if the user has
chosen the "Screenreader" option in their profile.
4676 </p>
4677 <p>
4677 For standards compliance reasons, keeping page navigation visible without a frame is preferable to with
a frame. However, certain Moodle themes are not compatible with the "Yes, without frame" option.
4677 </p>
4677 <div class="filename">
4677 ./help/resource/type/html.html
4678 </div>
4679 <h1>
4679 HTML page
4679 </h1>
4681 <div class="indent">
4682 <p>
4682 This sort of resource makes it easy to develop a complete single web page within Moodle, especially
when you are using Moodle's WYSIWYG HTML editor.
4683 </p>
4685 <p>
4685 The page is stored in the database, not as a file, and you have a lot of freedom to do almost anything
you like using HTML, including Javascript.
4686 </p>
4687 </div>
4688 <div class="filename">
4688 ./help/resource/type/ims.html
4689 </div>
4690 <h1>
4690 IMS Content Packages
4690 </h1>
4692 <div class="indent">
4693 <p>
4693 IMS content packages can be created and edited using a variety of content-authoring software. Content
is usually displayed over several pages, with navigation between the pages. The content-authoring
software produces a zip file, which can then be uploaded to your course in Moodle.
4693 </p>
4694 <p>
4694 The zip file is unzipped automatically in Moodle, and the content of the package displayed.
4694 </p>
4695 <p>
4695 There are various options for displaying content in a popup window, with a navigation menu or buttons
etc.
4695 </p>
4696 </div>
4696 <div class="filename">
4696 ./help/resource/type/directory.html
4697 </div>
4698 <h1>
4698 Directory
4698 </h1>
4700 <div class="indent">
4701 <p>
4701 The directory resource can display a whole directory (and its subdirectories) from your course files
area. Students can then browse and view all those files.
4702 </p>
4703 </div>
4705 <div class="filename">
4705 ./help/resource/type/text.html
4706 </div>
4707 <h1>
4707 Text page
4707 </h1>
4709 <div class="indent">
4710 <p>
4710 This type of resource is a simple page written using plain text.
4710 </p>
4712 <p>
4712 A number of formatting types are available to help turn your plain text into nice-looking web pages.
4713 </p>
4715 <p class="moreinfo">
4715 <a href="help.php?module=moodle&file=textformat.html">
4715 More about these text formats.
4715 </a>
4715 </p>
4717 </div>
4718 <div class="filename">
4718 ./help/resource/type/file.html
4719 </div>
4720 <h1>
4720 Files and web pages
4720 </h1>
4722 <div class="indent">
4723 <p>
4723 This resource type allows you to link to any web page or other file on the public web. It also allows
you to link to any web page or other file that you have uploaded into your course files area from your
own desktop computer.
4726 </p>
4728 <p>
4728 Normal web pages are simply displayed as they are, while multimedia files are dealt with more
intelligently and may be embedded within a web page. For example, MP3 files will be displayed using a
built-in streaming player, as will movie files, flash animations and so on.
4731 </p>
4733 <p>
4733 There are many options for displaying your content in popup windows, framed windows and so on.
4734 </p>
4736 <p>
4736 In particular, if your resource is a web application or other type of content able to accept
parameters, you can choose to send information to your resource such as the user's name, their email,
the course they are currently in, and so on.
4739 </p>
4740 </div>
4741 <div class="filename">
4741 ./help/resource/type/label.html
4742 </div>
4743 <h1>
4743 Labels
4743 </h1>
4745 <div class="indent">
4746 <p>
4746 Labels are a little different from other resources because they are text and images that are actually
embedded directly among the other activity links in the course page.
4748 </p>
4749 </div>
4751 <div class="filename">
4751 ./help/resource/window.html
4752 </div>
4753 <h1>
4753 Window settings
4753 </h1>
4755 <p>
4755 These settings can be hidden/shown by clicking the button labeled Hide settings or Show settings.
4755 </p>
4757 <p>
4757 Usually, resources are displayed in a normal framed window with the Moodle navigation controls in the
top frame. If you choose, you can remove this frame and have the resource fill the window like a normal
web page.
4759 </p>
4761 <p>
4761 However, if you wish to have your resource appear in a new popup window follow these steps:
4761 </p>
4763 <ol>
4764 <li>
4764 In the
4764 <b>
4764 Window:
4764 </b>
4764 section, select 'New Window'.
4764 </li>
4765 <li>
4765 Deselect the options that you do not wish to use.
4765 <br />
4767 <blockquote>
4768 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
4768 Allow the window to be resized?
4768 </b>
4769 <p>
4770 Keeping this item selected will allow users to change the size of the window that you have
defined, and should almost always be left selected. However, sometimes the resource is a fixed
size and it may make sense to lock the window size.
4772 </p>
4774 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
4774 Allow the window to be scrolled?
4774 </b>
4775 <p>
4776 This item will allow users to scroll through the window to see all your resource. If this item is
unchecked, users will only see what fits in the defined window size and will not be allowed to
scroll the window to see the rest of the resource.
4778 </p>
4780 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
4780 Show the directory links?
4780 </b>
4781 <p>
4781 This will allow users to see the their directory links in this window. This varies per browser: it
might be known as the Links Bar (in IE), the Favourites Bar or the Bookmarks bar (in
Mozilla/Firefox).
4782 </p>
4784 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
4784 Show the location bar?
4784 </b>
4785 <p>
4785 Do you want your users to see the URL (Web address) of the resource? If so, leave this option
checked. Otherwise, the resource location will be hidden.
4785 </p>
4787 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
4787 Show the menu bar?
4787 </b>
4788 <p>
4788 To let your users have access to the menu bar in this window, leave this item checked. Generally
this is useful but for some graphical presentations it looks better without a menu bar.
4789 </p>
4791 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
4791 Show the toolbar?
4791 </b>
4792 <p>
4792 Showing the toolbar will make it easier for your users to navigate as it provides Back/Forward,
Home, and Refresh buttons.
4792 </p>
4794 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
4794 Show the status bar?
4794 </b>
4795 <p>
4795 Showing the Status bar allows people to monitor browser information like how much of a resource
has been loaded, or security information.
4795 </p>
4797 </blockquote>
4797 </li>
4799 <li>
4799 Determine the size window you wish to open.
4799 <br />
4801 <div class="indent">
4802 <p>
4802 Many people still use an average screen resolution of 800x600. In most cases it's best if you
initially size your window a little smaller than that, like 600 high and 480 wide.
4803 </p>
4805 <p>
4805 If you leave these fields blank then the new popup window will be exactly the same size as the
window they clicked on to get the popup.
4806 </p>
4808 </div>
4809 </li>
4810 </ol>
4811 <div class="filename">
4811 ./help/resource/imsparameters.html
4812 </div>
4813 <h1>
4813 IMS Content Package Parameters
4813 </h1>
4815 <ul>
4817 <li>
4817 Navigation side menu - A list of links on the left of the content
4817 </li>
4818 <li>
4818 Table of contents (TOC) - A list of links on the initial page, plus a TOC button (if Navigation
buttons are displayed)
4818 </li>
4819 <li>
4819 Navigation buttons - Previous and Next buttons, plus optional TOC and Up buttons
4819 </li>
4820 <li>
4820 Skip sub-menu pages - Omit sub-menu navigation
4820 </li>
4821 <li>
4821 Up button - A button for returning to the section navigation
4821 </li>
4823 </ul>
4824 <div class="filename">
4824 ./help/resource/parameters.html
4825 </div>
4826 <h1>
4826 Resource Parameters
4826 </h1>
4828 <p>
4828 The parameter settings are completely optional, and are only useful when you need to pass some Moodle
information to the resource file or web site.
4830 </p>
4832 <p>
4832 If you define any parameters they will be passed to the resource as part of the URL (using the GET
method).
4833 </p>
4835 <p>
4835 The left column allows you to choose information to send, and the right column allows you to give it a
name.
4836 </p>
4838 <p>
4838 Note that the user information will be from the user who is looking at this resource, and the course
information is from the course that this resource is part of.
4840 </p>
4843 <div class="filename">
4843 ./help/resource/mods.html
4844 </div>
4845 <p>
4845 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/resource/icon.gif" />
4845
4845 <b>
4845 Resources
4845 </b>
4845 </p>
4846 <div class="indent">
4847 Resources are content: information the teacher wants to bring into the course. These can be prepared
files uploaded to the course server; pages edited directly in Moodle; or external web pages made to
appear part of this course.
4851 </div>
4853 <div class="filename">
4853 ./help/courseshortname.html
4854 </div>
4855 <h1>
4855 Course short name
4855 </h1>
4857 <p>
4857 Many institutions have a shorthand way of referring to a course, such as BP102 or COMMS. Even you
don't already have such a name for your course, make one up here. It will be used in several places
where the long name isn't appropriate (such us in the subject line of email).
4860 </p>
4862 <div class="filename">
4862 ./help/enrolmentkey.html
4863 </div>
4864 <h1>
4864 Course Enrolment Key
4864 </h1>
4866 <p>
4866 A course enrolment key is what keeps unwanted people out of your course.
4867 </p>
4869 <p>
4869 If you leave this blank, then anyone who has created a Moodle username on this site will be able to
enrol in your course simply by going in to it.
4871 </p>
4873 <p>
4873 If you put something here, then students who are trying to get in for the FIRST TIME ONLY will be asked
to supply this word or phrase.
4875 </p>
4877 <p>
4877 The idea is that you will supply the key to authorised people using another means like private email,
snail mail, on the phone or even verbally in a face to face class.
4879 </p>
4881 <p>
4881 If this password "gets out" and you have unwanted people enrolling, you can unenrol them (see their user
profile page) and change this key. Any legitimate students who have already enrolled will not be
affected, but the unwanted people won't be able to get back in.
4885 </p>
4887 <div class="filename">
4887 ./help/rss_client/feedautodiscovery.html
4888 </div>
4889 <h1>
4889 Feed Auto-discovery
4889 </h1>
4891 <p>
4892 With this option enabled Moodle will try to automatically discover a feed on a web page if is not given
a direct link to a feed.
4894 </p>
4895 <p>
4895 For example, when entering the Moodle Docs URL:
4895 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<pre>
4895 http://docs.moodle.org
4895 </pre>
4896 Moodle would automatically discover the recent changes feed to subscribe to:
4897 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<pre>
4897 http://docs.moodle.org/en/index.php?title=Special:RecentChanges&feed=rss
4897 </pre>
4898 </p>
4899 <div class="filename">
4899 ./help/textformat.html
4900 </div>
4901 <h1>
4901 Formatting text
4901 </h1>
4903 <p>
4903 When writing text in Moodle there are several formats you can choose to produce your text, depending on
your expertise and the type of browser you are using.
4905 </p>
4907 <p>
4907 <b>
4907 Usually you can just leave this setting to the default value and things should work as you expect
4908 </b>
4908 .
4908 </p>
4911 <h2>
4911 1. Moodle auto-format
4911 </h2>
4913 <div class="indent">
4914 <p>
4914 This format is best for when you are using normal web forms for entry (instead of the Richtext HTML
editor). Just type text normally, as if you were sending an email.
4916 </p>
4918 <p>
4918 When you save your text, Moodle will do a number of things to automatically format your text for you.
4919 </p>
4920 <p>
4920 For example, URLs such as
4920 </p>
4921 <a href="http://yahoo.com/">
4921 http://yahoo.com
4921 </a>
4921 or even
4922 <a href="http://www.yahoo.com/">
4922 www.yahoo.com
4922 </a>
4922 will be turned into links.
4923 <p>
4923 Your line breaks will be retained, and blank lines will start new paragraphs.
4923 </p>
4924 <p>
4924 Smiley characters such as :-) will automatically become their graphical equivalents.
4924 </p>
4925 <p>
4925 You can even embed HTML code if you want to and it will be retained.
4925 </p>
4926 <p class="moreinfo">
4926 <a href="help.php?file=text2.html">
4926 More info about Moodle auto-formatting
4926 </a>
4926 </p>
4927 </div>
4930 <h2>
4930 2. HTML format
4930 </h2>
4932 <div class="indent">
4933 <p>
4933 This format assumes the text is pure HTML. If you are using the HTML editor to edit text then this is
the default format - all the commands in the toolbar are producing HTML for you.
4935 </p>
4937 <p>
4937 Even if you are not using the Richtext HTML editor, you can use HTML code in your text and it should
come out exactly as you intended.
4938 </p>
4940 <p>
4940 Unlike the Moodle auto-format, no automatic formatting is performed.
4940 </p>
4941 <p class="moreinfo">
4941 <a href="help.php?file=html.html">
4941 More info about HTML in Moodle
4941 </a>
4941 </p>
4942 <p class="moreinfo">
4942 <a href="help.php?file=richtext2.html">
4942 More info about the Richtext HTML editor
4942 </a>
4942 </p>
4943 </div>
4946 <h2>
4946 3. Plain text format
4946 </h2>
4948 <div class="indent">
4949 <p>
4949 This format is useful when you need to include lots of code or HTML that you want to be displayed
exactly as you wrote it.
4950 </p>
4952 <p>
4952 It still translates spaces and new lines, but otherwise your text isn't touched.
4953 </p>
4954 </div>
4957 <h2>
4957 4. Markdown text format
4957 </h2>
4959 <div class="indent">
4960 <p>
4960 Markdown format tries to make it easy as possible to type well-formatted XHTML pages using nothing but
text written more or less like you would write an email.
4962 </p>
4964 <p>
4964 It's very good for writing clean text pages with some headings and some lists but without many links
or images.
4965 </p>
4967 <p class="moreinfo">
4967 <a href="help.php?file=markdown.html">
4967 More info about the Markdown format
4967 </a>
4967 </p>
4968 </div>
4969 <div class="filename">
4969 ./help/bulkusers/lists.html
4970 </div>
4971 <h2>
4971 User lists
4971 </h2>
4973 <p>
4973 The
4973 <strong>
4973 Available
4973 </strong>
4973 list contains the users who passed the active filters. For example, if the Active filters sections
contains only one filter for users which country is Romania, then the Available list contains only users
which have set Romania as their country in the profile page.
4973 </p>
4975 <p>
4975 The
4975 <strong>
4975 Selected
4975 </strong>
4975 list contains the users who have been added to this list by you, using the buttons from the
4975 <em>
4975 Selected user list...
4975 </em>
4975 section. When the
4975 <em>
4975 Go
4975 </em>
4975 button from the
4975 <em>
4975 With selected users...
4975 </em>
4975 is pressed, the operation selected in this section will be performed on the users from this list.
4975 </p>
4977 <div class="filename">
4977 ./help/bulkusers/selectedlist.html
4978 </div>
4979 <h2>
4979 Selected user list...
4979 </h2>
4981 <ul>
4982 <li>
4982 Add to selection - adds selected users from the Available list to the Selected list. Multiple users
can be selected by holding down the Apple or Ctrl key whilst clicking on the users' names.
4983 </li>
4984 <li>
4984 Add all - adds all users from the Available list to the Selected list.
4984 </li>
4985 <li>
4985 Remove from selection - removes selected users from the Selected list.
4985 </li>
4986 <li>
4986 Remove all - removes all users from the Selected list.
4986 </li>
4987 </ul>
4988 <div class="filename">
4988 ./help/qtype_multichoice/multichoice.html
4989 </div>
4990 <h1>
4990 Multiple Choice questions
4990 </h1>
4992 <p>
4992 In response to a question (that may include a image) the respondent chooses from multiple answers. There
are two types of multiple choice questions - single answer and multiple answer.
4994 </p>
4996 <p>
4996 Single-answer questions allow one and only one answer to be chosen. Generally all the grades for such a
question should be positive.
4997 </p>
4999 <p>
4999 Multiple-answer questions allow one or more answers to be chosen - each answer may carry a positive or
negative grade, so that choosing ALL the options will not necessarily result in good grade. If the total
grade is negative then the total grade for this question will be zero. Note that in a multiple-answer
question, the grades must add up to 100%.
4999 </p>
5001 <p>
5001 Finally, each answer (right or wrong) should include feedback - this feedback will be shown to the
respondent next to each of their answers (if the quiz itself is configured to show feedback).
5004 </p>
5005 <div class="filename">
5005 ./help/qtype_multichoice/multichoiceshuffle.html
5006 </div>
5007 <h1>
5007 Shuffle answers
5007 </h1>
5009 <p>
5009 If you set this option to "Yes", then the order of the answers is randomly shuffled each time
a student starts an attempt at a quiz containing this question - provided that "Shuffle within
questions" in the Quiz settings is set to "Yes".
5012 </p>
5014 <p>
5014 The intention is simply to make it a little harder for students to copy from each other.
5015 </p>
5015 <div class="filename">
5015 ./help/forcepasswordchange.html
5016 </div>
5017 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Prompt user to change it on their next login.
5017 <div class="filename">
5017 ./help/requiredelement.html
5018 </div>
5019 <h1>
5019 Required Element
5019 </h1>
5021 <p>
5021 You need to enter something valid in all fields marked as a required field.
5021 </p>
5022 <div class="filename">
5022 ./help/install.html
5023 </div>
5024 <h1>
5024 Installing Moodle
5024 </h1>
5025 <h2>
5025 Don't panic!
5025 <img src="http://moodle.org/pix/s/smiley.gif" alt="" />
5025 </h2>
5026 <div class="indent">
5027 <p>
5027 This guide explains how to install Moodle for the first time. For some of these steps it goes into a
lot of detail to try and cover the majority of possible web server setups, so this document may look
long and complicated. Don't panic, once you know how to do it you can install Moodle in minutes!
5028 </p>
5029 <p>
5029 If you have problems please read this document carefully – most common issues are answered in
here. If you still have trouble, you can seek help from
5031 <a href="http://moodle.org/help">
5031 Moodle Help
5031 </a>
5031 </p>
5032 <p>
5032 Another option is to contact a
5032 <a href="http://moodle.com/hosting/">
5032 web hosting company
5032 </a>
5033 who can completely maintain Moodle for you, so that you can ignore all this and get straight into
educating!
5034 </p>
5036 <p>
5036 Sections in this document:
5036 </p>
5037 <ol>
5038 <li>
5038 <a href="#requirements">
5038 Requirements
5038 </a>
5038 </li>
5039 <li>
5039 <a href="#downloading">
5039 Download and copy files into place
5039 </a>
5039 </li>
5040 <li>
5040 <a href="#site">
5040 Site structure
5040 </a>
5040 </li>
5041 <li>
5041 <a href="#installer">
5041 Run the installer script to create config.php
5041 </a>
5041 <ul>
5042 <li>
5042 <a href="#webserver">
5042 Check web server settings
5042 </a>
5042 </li>
5043 <li>
5043 <a href="#database">
5043 Creating a database
5043 </a>
5043 </li>
5044 <li>
5044 <a href="#data">
5044 Creating a data directory
5044 </a>
5044 </li>
5045 </ul>
5046 </li>
5047 <li>
5047 <a href="#admin">
5047 Go to the admin page to continue configuration
5047 </a>
5047 </li>
5048 <li>
5048 <a href="#cron">
5048 Set up cron
5048 </a>
5048 </li>
5049 <li>
5049 <a href="#course">
5049 Create a new course
5049 </a>
5049 </li>
5050 </ol>
5051 <p>
5051
5051 </p>
5052 </div>
5054 <h3 class="sectionheading" id="requirements">
5054 1. Requirements
5054 </h3>
5055 <div class="indent">
5056 <p>
5056 Moodle is primarily developed in Linux using Apache, MySQL and PHP (also sometimes known as the LAMP
platform), but is also regularly tested with PostgreSQL and on Windows XP, Mac OS X and Netware 6
operating systems
5058 </p>
5059 <p>
5059 The requirements for Moodle are as follows:
5059 </p>
5060 <ol>
5061 <li>
5061 Web server software. Most people use
5061 <a href="http://www.apache.org/">
5061 Apache
5061 </a>
5061 , but Moodle should work fine under any web server that supports PHP, such as IIS on Windows
platforms.
5063 </li>
5064 <li>
5064 <a href="http://www.php.net/">
5064 PHP
5064 </a>
5064 scripting language (version 4.1.0 or later). PHP 5 is supported as of Moodle 1.4.
5065 </li>
5066 <li>
5066 a working database server:
5066 <a href="http://www.mysql.com/">
5066 MySQL
5066 </a>
5066 or
5067 <a href="http://www.postgresql.org/">
5067 PostgreSQL
5067 </a>
5067 are completely supported and recommended for use with Moodle.
5068 </li>
5069 </ol>
5070 <p>
5070 Most web hosts support all of this by default. If you are signed up with one of the few webhosts that
does not support these features ask them why, and consider taking your business elsewhere.
5072 </p>
5073 <p>
5073 If you want to run Moodle on your own computer and all this looks a bit daunting, then please take a
look at
5074 <a href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/Administrator_documentation">
5074 the administrator documentation
5074 </a>
5074 .
5074 </p>
5075 <p>
5075
5075 </p>
5076 </div>
5078 <h3 class="sectionheading" id="downloading">
5078 2. Download and copy files into place
5078 </h3>
5079 <div class="indent">
5080 <p>
5080 There are two ways to get Moodle, as a compressed package and via CVS. These are explained in detail
on the download page:
5081 <a href="http://moodle.org/download/">
5081 http://moodle.org/download/
5081 </a>
5081 </p>
5082 <p>
5082 After downloading and unpacking the archive, or checking out the files via CVS, you will be left with
a directory called "moodle", containing a number of files and folders.
5084 </p>
5085 <p>
5085 You can either place the whole folder in your web server documents directory, in which case the site
will be located at
5086 <b>
5086 http://yourwebserver.com/moodle
5086 </b>
5086 , or you can copy all the contents straight into the main web server documents directory, in which
case the site will be simply
5088 <b>
5088 http://yourwebserver.com
5088 </b>
5088 .
5088 </p>
5089 <p>
5089 If you are downloading Moodle to your local computer and then uploading it to your web site, it is
usually better to upload the whole archive as one file, and then do the unpacking on the server. Even
web hosting interfaces like Cpanel allow you to uncompress archives in the "File Manager".
5089 </p>
5090 </div>
5091 <p>
5091
5091 </p>
5093 <h3 class="sectionheading" id="site">
5093 3. Site structure
5093 </h3>
5094 <div class="indent">
5095 <p>
5095 You can safely skip this section, but here is a quick summary of the contents of the Moodle folder, to
help get you oriented:
5096 </p>
5097 <div class="indent">
5098 <table class="indent">
5098 <tr>
5099 <td valign="top">
5099 config.php
5099 </td>
5100 <td valign="top">
5100 -
5100 </td>
5101 <td valign="top">
5102 contains basic settings. This file does not come with Moodle - you will create it.
5102 </td>
5103 </tr>
5104 <tr>
5105 <td valign="top">
5105 install.php
5105 </td>
5106 <td valign="top">
5106 -
5106 </td>
5107 <td valign="top">
5107 the script you will run to create config.php
5107 </td>
5108 </tr>
5109 <tr>
5109 <td valign="top">
5109 version.php
5109 </td>
5110 <td valign="top">
5110 -
5110 </td>
5111 <td valign="top">
5112 defines the current version of Moodle code
5113 </td>
5113 </tr>
5114 <tr>
5114 <td valign="top">
5114 index.php
5114 </td>
5115 <td valign="top">
5115 -
5115 </td>
5116 <td valign="top">
5117 the front page of the site
5118 </td>
5118 </tr>
5118 </table>
5119 <ul>
5120 <li>
5120 admin/ - code to administrate the whole server
5120 </li>
5121 <li>
5121 auth/ - plugin modules to authenticate users
5121 </li>
5122 <li>
5122 blocks/ - plugin modules for the little side blocks on many pages
5122 </li>
5123 <li>
5123 calendar/ - all the code for managing and displaying calendars
5123 </li>
5124 <li>
5124 course/ - code to display and manage courses
5124 </li>
5125 <li>
5125 doc/ - help documentation for Moodle (eg this page)
5125 </li>
5126 <li>
5126 files/ - code to display and manage uploaded files
5126 </li>
5127 <li>
5127 lang/ - texts in different languages, one directory per language
5127 </li>
5128 <li>
5128 lib/ - libraries of core Moodle code
5128 </li>
5129 <li>
5129 login/ - code to handle login and account creation
5129 </li>
5130 <li>
5130 mod/ - all the main Moodle course modules are in here
5130 </li>
5131 <li>
5131 pix/ - generic site graphics
5131 </li>
5132 <li>
5132 theme/ - theme packs/skins to change the look of the site.
5132 </li>
5133 <li>
5133 user/ - code to display and manage users
5133 </li>
5134 </ul>
5135 <p>
5135
5135 </p>
5136 </div>
5137 </div>
5139 <h3 class="sectionheading" id="installer">
5139 4. Run the Installer script to create config.php
5139 </h3>
5140 <div class="indent">
5141 <p>
5141 To run the installer script (install.php), just try to access your Moodle main URL using a web
browser, or access
5141 <strong>
5141 http://yourserver/install.php
5141 </strong>
5141 directly.
5141 </p>
5142 <p>
5142 (The Installer will try to set a session cookie. If you get a popup warning in your browser make sure
you accept that cookie!)
5142 </p>
5143 <p>
5143 Moodle will detect that configuration is necessary and will lead you through some screens to help you
create a new configuration file called
5143 <strong>
5143 config.php.
5143 </strong>
5143 At the end of the process Moodle will try and write the file into the right location, otherwise you
can press a button to download it from the installer and then upload config.php into the main Moodle
directory on the server.
5143 </p>
5144 <p>
5144 Along the way the installer will test your server environment and give you suggestions about how to
fix any problems. For most common issues these suggestions should be sufficient, but if you get stuck,
look below for more information about some of common things that might be holding you up.
5144 <br />
5145 </p>
5148 <h4 class="sectionheading" id="webserver">
5148 4.1 General web server settings
5148 </h4>
5149 <div class="indent">
5150 <p>
5150 Firstly, make sure that your web server is set up to use index.php as a default page (perhaps in
addition to index.html, default.htm and so on).
5151 </p>
5152 <p>
5152 In Apache, this is done using a DirectoryIndex parameter in your httpd.conf file. Mine usually looks
like this:
5153 </p>
5155 <pre>
5155 <strong>
5155 DirectoryIndex
5155 </strong>
5155 index.php index.html index.htm
5155 </pre>
5157 <p>
5157 Just make sure index.php is in the list (and preferably towards the start of the list, for
efficiency).
5158 </p>
5159 <p>
5159 Secondly,
5159 <b>
5159 if you are using Apache 2
5159 </b>
5159 , then you should turn on the
5159 <i>
5159 AcceptPathInfo
5159 </i>
5160 variable, which allows scripts to be passed arguments like http://server/file.php/arg1/arg2. This is
essential to allow relative links between your resources, and also provides a performance boost for
people using your Moodle web site. You can turn this on by adding these lines to your httpd.conf
file.
5163 </p>
5165 <pre>
5165 <strong>
5165 AcceptPathInfo
5165 </strong>
5165 on
5165 </pre>
5167 <p>
5167 Thirdly, Moodle requires a number of PHP settings to be active for it to work.
5168 <b>
5168 On most servers these will already be the default settings.
5168 </b>
5169 However, some PHP servers (and some of the more recent PHP versions) may have things set
differently. These are defined in PHP's configuration file (usually called php.ini):
5171 </p>
5173 <pre>
5173 magic_quotes_gpc = 1 (preferred but not necessary) magic_quotes_runtime = 0 (necessary) file_uploads
= 1 session.auto_start = 0 session.bug_compat_warn = 0
5177 </pre>
5179 <p>
5179 If you don't have access to httpd.conf or php.ini on your server, or you have Moodle on a server
with other applications that require different settings, then don't worry, you can often still
OVERRIDE the default settings.
5182 </p>
5183 <p>
5183 To do this, you need to create a file called
5183 <b>
5183 .htaccess
5183 </b>
5183 in Moodle's main directory that contains lines like the following. This only works on Apache servers
and only when Overrides have been allowed in the main configuration.
5185 </p>
5187 <pre>
5188 DirectoryIndex index.php index.html index.htm <IfDefine APACHE2>
5191 <b>
5191 AcceptPathInfo
5191 </b>
5191 on </IfDefine> php_flag magic_quotes_gpc 1 php_flag magic_quotes_runtime 0 php_flag
file_uploads 1 php_flag session.auto_start 0 php_flag session.bug_compat_warn 0
5199 </pre>
5201 <p>
5201 You can also do things like define the maximum size for uploaded files:
5203 </p>
5205 <pre>
5206 LimitRequestBody 0 php_value upload_max_filesize 2M php_value post_max_size 2M
5208 </pre>
5210 <p>
5210 The easiest thing to do is just copy the sample file from
5210 <strong>
5210 lib/htaccess
5210 </strong>
5210 and edit it to suit your needs. It contains further instructions. For example, in a Unix shell:
5212 </p>
5214 <pre>
5214 cp lib/htaccess .htaccess
5214 </pre>
5216 </div>
5217 <p>
5217
5217 </p>
5219 <h4 class="sectionheading" id="database">
5219 4.2 Creating a database
5219 </h4>
5221 <div class="indent">
5222 <p>
5222 You need to create an empty database (eg "
5222 <em>
5222 moodle
5222 </em>
5222 ") in your database system along with a special user (eg "moodleuser") that has access to that
database (and that database only). You could use the "root" user if you wanted to for a test server,
but this is not recommended for a production system: if hackers manage to discover the password then
your whole database system would be at risk, rather than just one database.
5227 </p>
5228 <p>
5228 If you are using a webhost, they will probably have a control panel web interface for you to create
your database.
5228 </p>
5229 <p>
5229 The
5229 <strong>
5229 Cpanel
5229 </strong>
5229 system is one of the most popular of these. To create a database in Cpanel,
5229 </p>
5230 <ol>
5231 <li>
5231 Click on the "
5231 <strong>
5231 MySQL Databases
5231 </strong>
5231 " icon.
5231 </li>
5232 <li>
5232 Type "moodle" in the database field and click "
5232 <strong>
5232 Add Database
5232 </strong>
5232 ".
5232 </li>
5233 <li>
5233 Type a username and password (not one you use elsewhere) in the respective fields and click "
5233 <strong>
5233 Add User
5233 </strong>
5233 ".
5233 </li>
5234 <li>
5234 Now use the "
5234 <strong>
5234 Add User to Database
5234 </strong>
5234 " button to give this new user account "
5234 <strong>
5234 ALL
5234 </strong>
5234 " rights to the new database.
5234 </li>
5235 <li>
5235 Note that the username and database names may be prefixed by your Cpanel account name. When
entering this information into the Moodle installer - use the full names.
5235 </li>
5236 </ol>
5237 <p>
5237 If you have access to Unix command lines then you can do the same sort of thing by typing commands.
5237 </p>
5238 <p>
5238 Here are some example Unix command lines for MySQL:
5238 </p>
5239 <pre>
5240 # mysql -u root -p > CREATE DATABASE moodle; > GRANT
SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,DROP,INDEX,ALTER ON moodle.* TO moodleuser@localhost IDENTIFIED
BY 'yourpassword'; > quit # mysqladmin -p reload
5245 </pre>
5247 <p>
5247 And some example command lines for PostgreSQL:
5247 </p>
5248 <pre>
5249 # su - postgres > psql -c "create user moodleuser createdb;" template1 > psql -c "create
database moodle;" -U moodleuser template1 > psql -c "alter user moodleuser nocreatedb;" template1
5252 </pre>
5253 </div>
5254 <p>
5254
5254 </p>
5256 <h4 class="sectionheading" id="data">
5256 4.3 Creating a data directory
5256 </h4>
5258 <div class="indent">
5259 <p>
5259 Moodle will also need some space on your server's hard disk to store uploaded files, such as course
documents and user pictures.
5259 </p>
5260 <p>
5260 The Moodle installer tries hard to create this directory for you but if it fails then you will have
to create a directory for this purpose manually.
5260 </p>
5261 <p>
5261 For security, it's best that this directory is NOT accessible directly via the web. The easiest way
to do this is to simply locate it OUTSIDE the web directory, but if you must have it in the web
directory then protect it by creating a file in the data directory called .htaccess, containing this
line:
5261 </p>
5263 <pre>
5263 deny from all
5263 <br />
5263 AllowOverride None
5263 </pre>
5265 <p>
5265 To make sure that Moodle can save uploaded files in this directory, check that the web server
software (eg Apache) has permission to read, write and execute in this directory.
5265 </p>
5266 <p>
5266 On Unix machines, this means setting the owner of the directory to be something like
"nobody" or "apache", and then giving that user read, write and execute
permissions.
5266 </p>
5267 <p>
5267 On Cpanel systems you can use the "File Manager" to find the folder, click on it, then
choose "Change Permissions". On many shared hosting servers, you will probably need to
restrict all file access to your "group" (to prevent other webhost customers from looking at or
changing your files), but provide full read/write access to everyone else (which will allow the web
server to access your files).
5267 </p>
5268 <p>
5268 Speak to your server administrator if you are having trouble setting this up securely. In particular
some sites that use a PHP feature known as "Safe Mode" may
5268 <em>
5268 require
5268 </em>
5268 the administrator to create this directory properly for you.
5268 </p>
5269 </div>
5271 </div>
5274 <h3 class="sectionheading" id="admin">
5274 5. Go to the admin page to continue configuration
5274 </h3>
5275 <div class="indent">
5276 <p>
5276 Once the basic
5276 <strong>
5276 config.php
5276 </strong>
5276 has been correctly created in the previous step, trying to access the front page of your site will
take you the "admin" page for the rest of the configuration.
5276 </p>
5277 <p>
5277 The first time you access this admin page, you will be presented with a GPL "shrinkwrap"
agreement with which you
5278 <strong>
5278 must
5278 </strong>
5278 agree before you can continue with the setup.
5279 </p>
5280 <p>
5280 Now Moodle will start setting up your database and creating tables to store data. Firstly, the main
database tables are created. You should see a number of SQL statements followed by status messages (in
green or red) that look like this:
5283 </p>
5284 <div class="indent">
5285 <p>
5285 CREATE TABLE course ( id int(10) unsigned NOT NULL auto_increment, category int(10) unsigned NOT
NULL default '0', password varchar(50) NOT NULL default '', fullname varchar(254) NOT NULL default
'', shortname varchar(15) NOT NULL default '', summary text NOT NULL, format tinyint(4) NOT NULL
default '1', teacher varchar(100) NOT NULL default 'Teacher', startdate int(10) unsigned NOT NULL
default '0', enddate int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0', timemodified int(10) unsigned NOT NULL
default '0', PRIMARY KEY (id)) TYPE=MyISAM
5292 </p>
5293 <p class="success">
5293 SUCCESS
5293 </p>
5294 </div>
5295 <p>
5295 ...and so on, followed by:
5295 <span class="success">
5295 Main databases set up successfully.
5296 </span>
5296 </p>
5298 <p class="style3 indent">
5298 If you don't see these, then there must have been some problem with the database or the configuration
settings you defined in config.php. Check that PHP isn't in a restricted "Safe Mode" (commercial web
hosts sometimes have safe mode turned on). You can check PHP variables by creating a little file
containing
5301 <strong>
5301 <?php phpinfo() ?>
5301 </strong>
5301 and looking at it through a browser. Check all these and try this page again.
5302 </p>
5304 <p>
5304 Scroll down the very bottom of the page and press the "Continue" link.
5305 </p>
5306 <p>
5306 You should now see a form where you can define more configuration variables for your installation,
such as the default language, SMTP hosts and so on. Don't worry too much about getting everything
right just now - you can always come back and edit these later on using the admin interface. The
defaults are designed to be useful and secure for most sites. Scroll down to the bottom and click
"Save changes".
5310 </p>
5312 <p class="style3 indent">
5312 If (and only if) you find yourself getting stuck on this page, unable to continue, then your server
probably has what I call the "buggy referrer" problem. This is easy to fix: just turn off the
"secureforms" setting, then try to continue again.
5315 </p>
5317 <p>
5317 Next you will see more pages that print lots of status messages as they set up all the tables required
by the various Moodle module. As before, they should all be
5317 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<span style="color:#006600">
5317 green
5317 </span>
5317 .
5317 </p>
5318 <p>
5318 Scroll down the very bottom of the page and press the "Continue" link.
5318 </p>
5319 <p>
5319 The next page is a form where you can define parameters for your Moodle site and the front page, such
as the name, format, description and so on. Fill this out (you can always come back and change these
later) and then press "Save changes".
5322 </p>
5323 <p>
5323 Finally, you will then be asked to create a top-level administration user for future access to the
admin pages. Fill out the details with your own name, email etc and then click "Save
changes". Not all the fields are required, but if you miss any important fields you'll be
re-prompted for them.
5327 </p>
5328 <div class="indent">
5330 <p class="indent-big">
5330 <strong>
5330 Make sure you remember the username and password you chose for the administration user account, as
they will be necessary to access the administration page in future.
5332 </strong>
5332 </p>
5334 <p class="style3">
5334 (If for any reason your install is interrupted, or there is a system error of some kind that
prevents you from logging in using the admin account, you can usually log in using the default
username of "
5336 <strong>
5336 admin
5336 </strong>
5336 ", with password "
5337 <strong>
5337 admin
5337 </strong>
5337 ".)
5337 </p>
5338 </div>
5339 <p>
5339 Once successful, you will be returned to the home page of your new site! Note the administration links
that appear down the left hand side of the page (these items also appear on a separate Admin page) -
these items are only visible to you because you are logged in as the admin user. All your further
administration of Moodle can now be done using this menu, such as:
5343 </p>
5344 <ul>
5345 <li>
5345 creating and deleting courses
5345 </li>
5346 <li>
5346 creating and editing user accounts
5346 </li>
5347 <li>
5347 administering teacher accounts
5347 </li>
5348 <li>
5348 changing site-wide settings like themes etc
5348 </li>
5349 </ul>
5350 <p>
5350 But you are not done installing yet! There is one very important thing still to do (see the next
section on cron).
5350 </p>
5351 </div>
5352 <p>
5352
5352 </p>
5354 <h3 class="sectionheading" id="cron">
5354 6. Set up cron – IMPORTANT!
5354 </h3>
5355 <div class="indent">
5356 <p>
5356 Some of Moodle's modules require continual checks to perform tasks. For example, Moodle needs to check
the discussion forums so it can mail out copies of posts to people who have subscribed.
5358 </p>
5359 <p>
5359 The script that does all this is located in the admin directory, and is called cron.php. However, it
can not run itself, so you need to set up a mechanism where this script is run regularly (eg every
five or ten minutes). This provides a "heartbeat" so that the script can perform functions
at periods defined by each module. This kind of regular mechanism is known as a
5363 <strong>
5363 cron service
5363 </strong>
5363 .
5363 </p>
5364 <p>
5364 Note that the machine performing the cron
5364 <b>
5364 does not need to be the same machine that is running Moodle
5365 </b>
5365 . For example, if you have a limited web hosting service that does not have a cron service, then you
can might choose to run cron on another server or on your home computer. All that matters is that the
cron.php file is called regularly.
5368 </p>
5369 <p>
5369 The load of this script is not very high, so 5 minutes is usually reasonable, but if you're worried
about it you can reduce the time period to something like 15 minutes or even 30 minutes. It's best not
to make the time period too long, as delaying mail-outs can slow down activity within the course.
5372 </p>
5373 <p>
5373 First, test that the script works by running it directly from your browser:
5373 </p>
5375 <pre>
5375 http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php
5375 </pre>
5377 <p>
5377 Now, you need to set up some of way of running the script automatically and regularly.
5378 </p>
5380 <h4>
5380 On Windows systems
5380 </h4>
5382 <p class="indent">
5382 The simplest way is to use this little package
5382 <a href="http://moodle.org/download/modules/moodle-cron-for-windows.zip" title="Click to download this
package (150k)">
5382 <strong>
5382 moodle-cron-for-windows.zip
5382 </strong>
5382 </a>
5382 which makes this whole thing very easy by installing a small Windows service. Run it and forget about
it!
5382 </p>
5384 <h4>
5384 On web hosting services
5384 </h4>
5386 <p class="indent">
5386 Your web-based control panel may have a web page that allows you to set up this cron process. For
example, on Cpanel system, look for a button called "Cron jobs". In there you can put the
same sort of Unix commands as listed below.
5386 </p>
5389 <h4>
5389 Using the command line on Unix
5389 </h4>
5390 <div class="indent">
5391 <p>
5391 There are different command line programs you can use to call the page from the command line. Not
all of them may be available on a given server.
5391 </p>
5392 <p>
5392 For example, you can use a Unix utility like 'wget':
5392 </p>
5394 <pre>
5394 wget -q -O /dev/null http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php
5394 </pre>
5396 <p>
5396 Note in this example that the output is thrown away (to /dev/null).
5396 </p>
5397 <p>
5397 The same thing using lynx:
5397 </p>
5399 <pre>
5399 lynx -dump http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php > /dev/null
5399 </pre>
5401 <p>
5401 Alternatively you could use a standalone version of PHP, compiled to be run on the command line. The
advantage with doing this is that your web server logs aren't filled with constant requests to
cron.php. The disadvantage is that you need to have access to a command-line version of php.
5404 </p>
5406 <pre>
5406 /opt/bin/php /web/moodle/admin/cron.php
5406 </pre>
5408 </div>
5410 <h4>
5410 Using the crontab program on Unix
5410 </h4>
5411 <div class="indent">
5412 <p>
5412 All that Cpanel does is provide a web interface to a Unix utility known as crontab. If you have a
command line, you can set up crontab yourself using the command:
5412 </p>
5414 <pre>
5414 crontab -e
5414 </pre>
5416 <p>
5416 and then adding one of the above commands like:
5416 </p>
5418 <pre>
5418 */5 * * * * wget -q -O /dev/null http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php
5418 </pre>
5420 <p>
5420 Usually, the "crontab" command will put you into the 'vi' editor. You enter "insert mode" by
pressing "i", then type in the line as above, then exit insert mode by pressing ESC. You save and
exit by typing ":wq", or quit without saving using ":q!" (without the quotes).
5422 </p>
5423 </div>
5424 <p>
5424
5424 </p>
5425 </div>
5427 <h3 class="sectionheading" id="course">
5427 7. Create a new course
5427 </h3>
5428 <div class="indent">
5429 <p>
5429 Now that Moodle is running properly, you can try creating a new course to play with.
5429 </p>
5430 <p>
5430 Select "Create a new course" from the Admin page (or the admin links on the home page).
5431 </p>
5432 <p>
5432 Fill out the form, paying special attention to the course format. You don't have to worry about the
details too much at this stage, as everything can be changed later by the teacher. Note that the
yellow help icons are everywhere to provide contextual help on any aspect.
5434 </p>
5435 <p>
5435 Press "Save changes", and you will be taken to a new form where you can assign teachers to
the course. You can only add existing user accounts from this form - if you want to create a new
teacher account then either ask the teacher to create one for themselves (see the login page), or
create one for them using the "Add a new user" on the Admin page.
5439 </p>
5440 <p>
5440 Once done, the course is ready to customise, and is accessible via the "Courses" link on the
home page.
5441 </p>
5442 <p>
5442 See the "
5442 <a href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/Teacher_documentation">
5442 Teacher Documentation
5442 </a>
5442 " for more details on course-building.
5443 </p>
5444 <p>
5444
5444 </p>
5445 <p class="center">
5445 <strong>
5445 Happy exploring and happy Moodling!
5445 </strong>
5445 </p>
5446 <p class="center">
5446 <strong>
5446 If you like Moodle, please consider
5446 <a href="http://moodle.org/donations/">
5446 donating
5446 </a>
5446 to help us cover our costs!
5446 </strong>
5446 </p>
5447 </div>
5448 <div class="filename">
5448 ./help/authchange.html
5449 </div>
5450 <h1>
5450 Changing authentication method
5450 </h1>
5452 <p>
5452 This menu allows you to change the authentication method for this particular user.
5453 </p>
5455 <p>
5455 Please be aware that this depends very heavily on which authentication methods you have set up for the
site, and what settings they are using.
5457 </p>
5459 <p>
5459 A wrong change here could prevent this person from logging in or even delete their account completely,
so please only use it if you know what you are doing.
5461 </p>
5463 <div class="filename">
5463 ./help/data/tags.html
5464 </div>
5465 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5465 <strong>
5465 Available Tags
5465 </strong>
5465 </p>
5466 <p>
5466 Tags are place holders in the template, which will be replaced by fields or other items, such as an edit
icon, when entries are edited or viewed.
5466 </p>
5467 <p>
5467 Fields have the format [[fieldname]]. All other tags have the format ##sometag##.
5467 </p>
5468 <p>
5468 Only the tags that are in the "Available tags" list may be used for the current template.
5468 </p>
5469 <div class="filename">
5469 ./help/data/importcsv.html
5470 </div>
5471 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5471 <strong>
5471 Import from a CSV file
5471 </strong>
5471 </p>
5473 <p>
5473 CSV means Comma-Separated-Values and is a common format for text interchange.
5473 </p>
5475 <p>
5475 The expected file format is a plain text file with a list of field names as the first record. The data
then follows, one record per line.
5476 </p>
5478 <p>
5478 The field delimiter defaults to a comma character and the field enclosure is not set by default (field
enclosures are characters that surround each field in each record).
5480 </p>
5482 <p>
5482 Records should be delimited by new lines (usually generated by pressing RETURN or ENTER in your text
editor). Tabs can be specified using \t and newlines by \n.
5483 </p>
5485 <p>
5485 Sample file:
5485 </p>
5487 <pre>
5488 name,height,weight Kai,180cm,80kg Kim,170cm,60kg Koo,190cm,20kg
5492 </pre>
5495 <p>
5495 Warning: all field types may not be supported.
5495 </p>
5496 <div class="filename">
5496 ./help/data/requiredentries.html
5497 </div>
5498 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5498 <strong>
5498 Required Entries
5498 </strong>
5498 </p>
5500 <p>
5500 The number of entries a participant is required to submit. Users will see a reminder message displayed
while viewing if they have not submitted the required number of entries.
5501 </p>
5503 <p>
5503 The activity will not be considered complete until the user has submitted the required number of
entries.
5503 </p>
5505 <div class="filename">
5505 ./help/data/comments.html
5506 </div>
5507 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5507 <strong>
5507 Allow Comments
5507 </strong>
5507 </p>
5509 <p>
5509 You can allow users to make comments on each entry.
5509 </p>
5511 <div class="filename">
5511 ./help/data/importfromfile.html
5512 </div>
5513 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align='center'>
5513 <strong>
5513 Importing Presets from Zip
5513 </strong>
5513 </p>
5514 <p>
5514 Use this to upload presets that have been saved to your computer with the export feature.
5515 </p>
5516 <div class="filename">
5516 ./help/data/usepreset.html
5517 </div>
5518 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5518 <strong>
5518 Use Preset
5518 </strong>
5518 </p>
5519 <p>
5519 Uses a template available to the whole site.
5519 </p>
5520 <p>
5520 Also, if you've added the preset to the library using the 'Save as Preset' feature then you can delete
it.
5521 </p>
5522 <div class="filename">
5522 ./help/data/requireapproval.html
5523 </div>
5524 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5524 <strong>
5524 Require Approval
5524 </strong>
5524 </p>
5526 <p>
5526 Should entries be approved by a teacher before they are viewable to students? This is useful for
moderating content that may be potentially offensive or inappropriate.
5527 </p>
5529 <div class="filename">
5529 ./help/data/exportzip.html
5530 </div>
5531 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5531 <strong>
5531 Exporting as Zip
5531 </strong>
5531 </p>
5532 <p>
5532 This allows you to download the templates to your own computer, which can be uploaded later into a
different database with the Import from Zip feature.
5534 </p>
5535 <div class="filename">
5535 ./help/data/savepreset.html
5536 </div>
5537 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5537 <strong>
5537 Save as Preset
5537 </strong>
5537 </p>
5538 <p>
5538 This publishes the current templates as a preset which anyone on the site can view and use. It will
appear in the preset list. You will be able to remove it at any time.
5540 </p>
5541 <div class="filename">
5541 ./help/data/fieldmappings.html
5542 </div>
5543 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5543 <strong>
5543 Field Mappings
5543 </strong>
5543 </p>
5544 <p>
5544 This menu allows you to keep the data from the existing database. To preserve the data in a field, you
must map it to a new field, where the data will appear. Any field can also be left blank, with no
infomation copied into it. Any old field not mapped to a new one will be lost and all it's data removed.
5548 </p>
5549 <p>
5550 You can only map fields of the same type, so each dropdown will have different fields in it. Also, you
must be careful not to try and map one old field to more than one new field.
5553 </p>
5554 <div class="filename">
5554 ./help/data/requiredentriestoview.html
5555 </div>
5556 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5556 <strong>
5556 Required Entries Before Viewing
5556 </strong>
5556 </p>
5558 <p>
5558 The number of entries a participant is required to submit before they are allowed to view any entries in
this database activity.
5559 </p>
5560 <p>
5560 Note: This feature cannot be used together with the database auto-linking filter, since it's not
possible for the database auto-linking filter to determine whether a user has submitted the required
number of entries.
5560 </p>
5562 <div class="filename">
5562 ./help/data/index.html
5563 </div>
5564 <h2>
5564 Data
5564 </h2>
5566 <ul>
5568 <li>
5568 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=comments.html">
5568 Allow Comments
5568 </a>
5568 </li>
5569 <li>
5569 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=tags.html">
5569 Available Tags
5569 </a>
5569 </li>
5570 <li>
5570 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=exportzip.html">
5570 Exporting as Zip
5570 </a>
5570 </li>
5571 <li>
5571 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=fieldmappings.html">
5571 Field Mappings
5571 </a>
5571 </li>
5572 <li>
5572 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=fields.html">
5572 Fields
5572 </a>
5572 </li>
5573 <li>
5573 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=importcsv.html">
5573 Import from a CSV file
5573 </a>
5573 </li>
5574 <li>
5574 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=importfromfile.html">
5574 Importing Presets from Zip
5574 </a>
5574 </li>
5575 <li>
5575 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=maxentries.html">
5575 Maximum Entries
5575 </a>
5575 </li>
5576 <li>
5576 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=participants.html">
5576 Participants
5576 </a>
5576 </li>
5577 <li>
5577 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=requireapproval.html">
5577 Require Approval
5577 </a>
5577 </li>
5578 <li>
5578 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=requiredentries.html">
5578 Required Entries
5578 </a>
5578 </li>
5579 <li>
5579 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=requiredentriestoview.html">
5579 Required Entries Before Viewing
5579 </a>
5579 </li>
5580 <li>
5580 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=savepreset.html">
5580 Save as Preset
5580 </a>
5580 </li>
5581 <li>
5581 <a href="help.php?module=data&file=usepreset.html">
5581 Use Preset
5581 </a>
5581 </li>
5582 </ul>
5582 <div class="filename">
5582 ./help/data/participants.html
5583 </div>
5584 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5584 <strong>
5584 Participants
5584 </strong>
5584 </p>
5586 <p>
5586 This setting allows you to restrict who can add entries to this database. It does not affect who can
read the entries.
5586 </p>
5588 <div class="filename">
5588 ./help/data/fields.html
5589 </div>
5590 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5590 <strong>
5590 Fields
5590 </strong>
5590 </p>
5592 <p>
5592 On this screen you can create the fields that will be a part of your database.
5592 </p>
5594 <p>
5594 Each field allows different types of data, with different interfaces.
5594 </p>
5596 <div class="filename">
5596 ./help/data/maxentries.html
5597 </div>
5598 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
5598 <strong>
5598 Maximum Entries
5598 </strong>
5598 </p>
5600 <p>
5600 The maximum number of entries a participant can submit for this activity.
5600 </p>
5602 <div class="filename">
5602 ./help/data/mods.html
5603 </div>
5604 <p>
5604 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/data/icon.gif" />
5604
5604 <b>
5604 Database Activity
5604 </b>
5604 </p>
5605 <div class="indent">
5606 The Database module allows the teacher and/or students to build, display and search a bank of record
entries about any conceivable topic. The format and structure of these entries can be almost unlimited,
including images, files, URLs, numbers and text amongst other things. You may be familiar with similar
technology from building Microsoft Access or Filemaker databases.
5607 </div>
5608 <div class="filename">
5608 ./help/expirynotify.html
5609 </div>
5610 <h1>
5610 Enrolment expiry notification
5610 </h1>
5612 <p>
5612 If an enrolment duration has been specified, then this setting determines whether teachers receive email
notification when a student is about to be unenrolled from the course.
5612 </p>
5612 <div class="filename">
5612 ./help/scales.html
5613 </div>
5614 <h1>
5614 Scales
5614 </h1>
5616 <p>
5616 Teachers can create new custom scales to be used in a course for any grading activities.
5616 </p>
5618 <p>
5618 The name of the scale should be a phrase that identifies it clearly: this will appear in scale-selection
lists, as well as on context-sensitive help buttons.
5619 </p>
5621 <p>
5621 The scale itself is defined by an ordered list of values, ranging from negative to positive, separated
by commas. For example:
5621 </p>
5623 <p class="indent">
5623 <i>
5624 Disappointing, Not good enough, Average, Good, Very good, Excellent!
5625 </i>
5625 </p>
5627 <p>
5627 Scales should also include a good description of what it means and how it is expected to be used. This
description will appear in help pages for teachers and students.
5628 </p>
5630 <p>
5630 Finally, there may be one or more "Standard" scales defined on your site by the system administrator.
These will be available in all courses.
5631 </p>
5632 <div class="filename">
5632 ./help/coursedefaultrole.html
5633 </div>
5634 <h1>
5634 Default Role
5634 </h1>
5636 <p>
5636 This role is what people get when no role is explicitly assigned, such as when people are self-enrolling
in your course using a password.
5637 </p>
5639 <p>
5639 It's also used as a default by enrolment plugins that may be enrolling participants in this course based
on data from other systems.
5640 </p>
5642 <p>
5642 Most of the time this would be left to the Site Default setting so that the Site Administrator can
decide the default role for all courses.
5643 </p>
5644 <div class="filename">
5644 ./help/qformat_blackboard_six/blackboard_six.html
5645 </div>
5646 <h1>
5646 Blackboard V6+ files
5646 </h1>
5648 <p>
5648 This module can import questions saved in Blackboard's export format. It provides limited support for
Blackboard Version 6 and 7. It relies on XML functions being compiled into your PHP. You must upload the
zip file exported from Blackboard.
5651 </p>
5653 <p>
5653 Note that this format only imports the main data file from the zip. Any other data (e.g. images) is
ignored.
5654 </p>
5654 <div class="filename">
5654 ./help/summaries.html
5655 </div>
5656 <h1>
5656 Topic/Week summaries
5656 </h1>
5660 <p>
5660 The idea of a topic summary is a very short text to prepare students for the activities within this
topic (or week).
5662 </p>
5666 <p>
5666 Each summary should be very short so that the course page doesn't become too long.
5666 </p>
5670 <p>
5670 If you find yourself wanting to say more than a sentence or two then consider adding a resource to this
topic instead (for example, the first activity might be a page called
5674 <b>
5674 About This Topic
5674 </b>
5674 ).
5674 </p>
5676 <div class="filename">
5676 ./help/qtype_shortanswer/shortanswer.html
5677 </div>
5678 <h1>
5678 Short Answer questions
5678 </h1>
5680 <p>
5680 In response to a question (that may include a image) the respondent types a word or short phrase.
5681 </p>
5683 <p>
5683 There may be several possible correct answers, each with a different grade. If the "Case sensitive"
option is selected, then you can have different scores for "Word" or "word".
5685 </p>
5687 <p>
5687 You can use the asterisk character (*) as a
5687 <b>
5687 wildcard
5687 </b>
5687 to match any series of characters. For example, use ran*ing to match any word or phrase starting with
"ran" and ending with "ing". If you really do want to match an asterisk then use a backslash like this:
\*
5690 </p>
5692 <p>
5692 Without wildcards the answers are compared exactly, so be careful with your spelling!
5692 </p>
5693 <div class="filename">
5693 ./help/uploadgroups.html
5694 </div>
5695 <h1>
5695 Upload groups
5695 </h1>
5697 <p>
5697 This facility allows the batch upload of groups into Moodle.
5697 </p>
5700 <ul>
5701 <li>
5701 Each line of the file contains one record
5701 </li>
5702 <li>
5702 Each record is a series of data separated by commas
5702 </li>
5703 <li>
5703 The first record of the file is special, and contains a list of fieldnames. This defines the format of
the rest of the file.
5704 <blockquote>
5705 <p>
5705 <strong>
5705 Required fieldnames:
5705 </strong>
5705 these fields must be included in the first record, and defined for each user
5705 </p>
5706 <p>
5706 </p>
5707 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<code class="example1">
5707 groupname
5707 </code>
5708 <p>
5708 <strong>
5708 Default fieldnames:
5708 </strong>
5708 these are optional - if they are not included then the values are taken from the current language
and current course
5708 </p>
5709 <p>
5709 <code class="example1">
5709 idnumber, coursename, lang
5709 </code>
5709 </p>
5710 <p>
5710 <strong>
5710 Optional fieldnames:
5710 </strong>
5710 all of these are completely optional.
5710 </p>
5711 <p>
5711 <code class="example1">
5711 description, enrolmentkey, picture, hidepicture
5711 </code>
5711 </p>
5712 </blockquote>
5713 </li>
5714 <li>
5714 Commas within the data should be encoded as &#44 - the script will automatically decode these back
to commas.
5714 </li>
5715 <li>
5715 For Boolean fields, use 0 for false and 1 for true.
5715 </li>
5716 <li>
5716 Either idnumber or coursename can be used to identify the course. Idnumber overrides coursename. If
neither is specified, the groups will be added to the current course.
5716 </li>
5717 <li>
5717 Coursename is the course shortname.
5717 </li>
5718 <li>
5718 Note: If a group is already registered in the Moodle database for a particular course, this script
will return the group name for that group. Teachers are only allowed to upload groups in courses they
are authorized to edit.
5719 </li>
5720 </ul>
5722 <p>
5722 Here is an example of a valid import file:
5722 </p>
5723 <p>
5723 <code>
5723 groupname,idnumber,lang,description,picture
5723 <br />
5724 group1, Phil101, en, this group requires extra attention!, 0
5724 <br />
5725 group2, Math243, , ,
5726 </code>
5726 </p>
5728 <div class="filename">
5728 ./help/blockip.html
5729 </div>
5730 <h1>
5730 Block IP Address
5730 </h1>
5731 <p>
5731 Every entry should be on one line.
5731 </p>
5733 <p>
5733 For example:
5733 <b>
5733 192.168. , 231.54.211.0/20, 231.3.56.211, 231.3.56.10-20
5733 </b>
5733 </p>
5735 <p>
5735 There are four types of numbers you can use (you can not use text based domain names like example.com):
5736 </p>
5738 <ol>
5739 <li>
5739 Full IP addresses, such as
5739 <b>
5739 192.168.10.1
5739 </b>
5739 which will match a single computer (or proxy).
5740 </li>
5741 <li>
5741 Partial addresses, such as
5741 <b>
5741 192.168
5741 </b>
5741 which will match anything starting with those numbers.
5742 </li>
5743 <li>
5743 CIDR notation, such as
5743 <b>
5743 231.54.211.0/20
5743 </b>
5743 which allows you to specify more detailed subnets.
5744 </li>
5745 <li>
5745 A range of IP addresses
5745 <b>
5745 231.3.56.10-20
5745 </b>
5745 The range applies to the last part of the address, so this means all the IP addresses from 231.3.56.10
to 231.3.56.20.
5747 </li>
5748 </ol>
5750 <p>
5750 Spaces are ignored.
5750 </p>
5751 <div class="filename">
5751 ./help/qformat_qti_two/qti_two.html
5752 </div>
5753 <h1>
5753 IMS QTI 2.0
5753 </h1>
5755 <p>
5755 Exports in the standard IMS QTI (version 2.0) format. Note that this generates a group of files within a
single 'zip' file.
5756 </p>
5757 <p class="moreinfo">
5757 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://www.imsglobal.org/question/" target="_qti">
5757 More information on the IMS QTI site
5757 </a>
5758 (external site in new window)
5758 </p>
5759 <div class="filename">
5759 ./help/qformat_xhtml/xhtml.html
5760 </div>
5761 <h1>
5761 XHTML
5761 </h1>
5763 <p>
5763 Exports the category as a single page of 'strict' XHTML. Each question is clearly placed in its own
<div> tag. If you want to use this page as-is, you will need to at least edit the <form> tag
at the start of the <body> section to provide a suitable action (eg, a 'mailto').
5765 </p>
5767 <div class="filename">
5767 ./help/text2.html
5768 </div>
5769 <h1>
5769 Help on writing text
5769 </h1>
5771 <p>
5771 Writing text in Moodle works pretty much the way you would expect, but you also have the ability to
include "smilies", "URL addresses" and some HTML tags in your text.
5772 </p>
5775 <h2>
5775 Smilies (emoticons)
5775 </h2>
5777 <div class="indent">
5778 <p>
5778 To embed these small icons in your text, just type the associated code. These codes themselves are
like little pictures if you turn your head to the left when looking at them.
5780 </p>
5782 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<div id="emoticons">
5782 ##emoticons_html##
5782 </div>
5783 </div>
5784 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<div style="clear:both">
5784
5784 </div>
5787 <h2>
5787 URLs
5787 </h2>
5789 <div class="indent">
5790 <p>
5790 Any "word" starting with
5790 <b>
5790 www.
5790 </b>
5790 or
5790 <b>
5790 http://
5790 </b>
5790 will automatically be turned into a clickable link.
5791 </p>
5792 <p>
5792 For example:
5792 <a href="http://www.yahoo.com">
5792 www.yahoo.com
5792 </a>
5792 or
5793 <a href="http://curtin.edu">
5793 http://curtin.edu
5793 </a>
5793 .
5793 </p>
5794 </div>
5797 <h2>
5797 HTML tags
5797 </h2>
5799 <div class="indent">
5800 <p>
5800 You can use a limited subset of HTML tags to add emphasis to your texts.
5800 </p>
5802 <table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="5">
5803 <tr>
5803 <th scope="col">
5803 HTML tags
5803 </th>
5803 <th scope="col">
5803 Produces
5803 </th>
5803 </tr>
5804 <tr>
5804 <td>
5804 <b> bold </b>
5804 </td>
5804 <td>
5804 <b>
5804 bold text
5804 </b>
5804 </td>
5804 </tr>
5805 <tr>
5805 <td>
5805 <i> italic </i>
5805 </td>
5805 <td>
5805 <i>
5805 italic text
5805 </i>
5805 </td>
5805 </tr>
5806 <tr>
5806 <td>
5806 <u> underline </u>
5806 </td>
5806 <td>
5806 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
5806 underlined text
5806 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
5806 </td>
5806 </tr>
5807 <tr>
5807 <td>
5807 <font color="green"> example </font>
5807 </td>
5807 <td>
5807 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="green">
5807 example
5807 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
5807 </td>
5807 </tr>
5808 <tr>
5808 <td valign="top">
5808 <ul> <li>one</li> <li>two</li> </ul>
5808 </td>
5809 <td valign="top">
5809 <ul>
5809 <li>
5809 one
5809 </li>
5809 <li>
5809 two
5809 </li>
5809 </ul>
5809 </td>
5809 </tr>
5810 <tr>
5810 <td>
5810 <hr />
5810 </td>
5810 <td>
5810 <hr />
5810 </td>
5810 </tr>
5811 </table>
5812 </div>
5815 <div class="filename">
5815 ./help/contexts.html
5816 </div>
5817 <h1>
5817 Contexts
5817 </h1>
5819 <p>
5819 Contexts are the "areas" in Moodle where roles can be assigned to people
5820 </p>
5822 <p>
5822 They are arranged in a hierarchical fashion, with permissions inherited from "higher" to "lower"
contexts.
5823 </p>
5825 <ol>
5826 <li>
5826 System (the entire installation)
5826 </li>
5827 <li>
5827 Front page (the "site course")
5827 </li>
5828 <li>
5828 Course Categories
5828 </li>
5829 <li>
5829 Course Sub-categories
5829 </li>
5830 <li>
5830 Courses
5830 </li>
5831 <li>
5831 Blocks and Activities
5831 </li>
5832 </ol>
5834 <p>
5835 See also
5836 <a href="help.php?file=roles.html">
5836 Roles
5836 </a>
5836 ,
5837 <a href="help.php?file=permissions.html">
5837 Permissions
5837 </a>
5837 ,
5838 <a href="help.php?file=assignroles.html">
5838 Assign Roles
5838 </a>
5838 and
5839 <a href="help.php?file=overrides.html">
5839 Overrides
5839 </a>
5839 .
5840 </p>
5841 <div class="filename">
5841 ./help/exercise/leaguetable.html
5842 </div>
5843 <h1>
5843 League Table
5843 </h1>
5845 <p>
5845 This option controls the display of a League Table at the end of the exercise. If displayed, the league
table displays a list of the best pieces of work submitted in the exercise. If the number of entries is
set to zero then a League Table is not displayed in the last phase of the exercise.
5848 </p>
5850 <div class="filename">
5850 ./help/exercise/usepassword.html
5851 </div>
5852 <h1>
5852 Use Password
5852 </h1>
5854 <p>
5854 Normal an exercise is open, that is if an Exercise is visible, students can see the contains of the
exercise. The availability of an exercise within the course is normally best controlled through the
Visible/Hide activity feature.
5857 </p>
5859 <p>
5859 The Use Password option is used to associate a "access" password with the exercise. There may
be occasions when it is necessary to password protect an exercise. For example, an exercise may be used
with several groups of students in a course and each group is set the exercise at different times. The
access password is used to prevent the "second" group of students, say, from doing the
exercise once the exercise has been opened up for the "first" group.
5866 </p>
5867 <div class="filename">
5867 ./help/exercise/takeownership.html
5868 </div>
5869 <h1>
5869 Take Ownership of the Exercises
5869 </h1>
5871 <p>
5871 This link allows the teacher to take ownership of the current set of exercise submissions. You will need
to do this if you have imported an exercise from a backup of another course. This link allows you to
"claim" all the exercise submissions. In the current course these imported submissions could
belong to anyone, even a student. This procedure avoids any problems that this may cause and makes you
their owner.
5876 </p>
5878 <p>
5878 Apart from ownership, the submissions themselves are unchanged by this procedure.
5879 </p>
5879 <div class="filename">
5879 ./help/exercise/grading.html
5880 </div>
5881 <h1>
5881 Grading of Assignments
5881 </h1>
5883 <p>
5883 In this Exercise the same Assessment Form is used by Students and Teachers to assess the work produced.
The form is used at different stages of the exercise by the two groups, thus the explanation given here
is divided into two parts.
5886 </p>
5888 <h2>
5888 For Students
5888 </h2>
5890 <p>
5890 The assessment form is used mainly to show you how your work will be assessed by the teacher. You are
required to complete this form
5891 <b>
5891 before
5891 </b>
5892 you can submit your work. You can use it as a checklist. The form is
5892 <b>
5892 not
5892 </b>
5893 sent to the teacher when you save it. You can return to this form and amend it (and your piece of work)
as many times as you like provided you have
5895 <b>
5895 not
5895 </b>
5895 submitted the work. Note that although you are allowed to, there is no need to submit your work
immediately after you have completely this form. However, the contents of your assessment are frozen and
made available to the teacher when you submit your work.
5898 </p>
5900 <p>
5900 If the teacher requests that you make changes to your work and to re-submit it, you will
5901 <b>
5901 not
5901 </b>
5901 be asked to re-assess your "new" piece of work. You only make this assessment "first time
round".
5902 </p>
5904 <p>
5904 This (initial) assessment of your work is compared to the teacher's assessment of your work. The closer
the two assessments match the higher will be your "grading grade". This grade is usually a
smaller grade than the grade you are given for your work. The final grade for the exercise is these two
grades added together.
5908 </p>
5910 <p>
5910 Once you have submitted your own work the teacher will grade it using the same assessment form. You will
be able to see their scores for your work and their comments. Their grade will normally form the main
part of the final grade you receive from this Exercise.
5913 </p>
5915 <h2>
5915 For the Teacher
5915 </h2>
5917 <p>
5917 The assessment form is used to grade the submissions of the students. These grades normally form the
major component of the students' final grade for the exercise. The assessment, it's grade and any
comments you make can be viewed by the student who submitted the work. Once you have made the assessment
you should decide whether to allow the student to change and re-submit their work, hopefully with
improvements, or not.
5922 </p>
5924 <p>
5924 When you save an assessment you given a short period of time in which to make any amendments before the
assessment to "released" to the student.
5926 </p>
5927 <div class="filename">
5927 ./help/exercise/elements.html
5928 </div>
5929 <h1>
5929 Assessment Elements
5929 </h1>
5931 <p>
5931 For ease of grading, a Exercise Assessment should have a reasonable number of "Assessment
Elements". Each element should cover a particular aspect of the assessment. Typically an assessment
will have something between 5 to 15 elements for comments and grading, the actual number depending on
the size and complexity of the assignment. A peer assignment with only one element is allowed and has a
similar assessment strategy to the standard Moodle Assignment.
5937 </p>
5939 <p>
5939 The type of elements dependent on the assignment's grading strategy.
5939 </p>
5941 <p>
5941 <b>
5941 Not Graded.
5941 </b>
5941 The elements are descriptions of aspects of the assignment. The assessor is asked to comment on each of
these aspects. As with all the grading strategies, there is also an area for general comments.
5943 </p>
5946 <p>
5946 <b>
5946 Accumulative Grading.
5946 </b>
5946 The elements have the following three features:
5946 </p>
5947 <ol>
5948 <li>
5948 The DESCRIPTION of the assessment element. This should clearly state what aspect of the assignment is
being assessed. If the assessment is qualitative it is helpful to give details of what is considered
excellent, average and poor.
5951 </li>
5953 <li>
5953 <p>
5953 The SCALE of the assessment element. There are a number of predefined scales. These range from
simple Yes/No scales, through multipoint scales to a full percentage scale. Each element has its own
scale which should be chosen to fit the number of possible variations for that element. Note that
the scale does NOT determine the element's importance when calculating the overall grade, a two
point scale has the same "influence" as a 100 point scale if the respective elements have
the same weight...
5959 </p>
5961 <p>
5961 If custom scales are set up in the course, these can be used. Note, however, that this type of scale
is used as a multi-point scale and that only the first and last items of the scale are shown. For
example, if the custom scale "Very Wet, Wet, Damp, Dry" is created in the course, this can
be used and it will be shown as a four point scale labeled "Very Wet" at one end of the
scale and "Dry" at the other.
5967 </p>
5967 </li>
5969 <li>
5969 The WEIGHT of the assessment element. By default the elements are given the same importance when
calculating the overall grade of the assignment. Weights can be assigned negative values, this is an
experimental feature.
5971 </li>
5972 </ol>
5973 <p>
5973 <b>
5973 Error Banded Grading.
5973 </b>
5973 The elements will normally describe certain items or aspects which must be present in the assignment.
The assessment is made on the present or absence of these items or aspects. The teacher must all set of
grade table which give the suggested grades when all the items are present, when one is absent, when two
are absent, etc. If certain items are more important than others then those items can be given a
weighting greater than one. Minor items can be given a weighting less than one. The overall "error
count" is a weighted sum of the missing items. The assessor can always make a minor adjustment to
these suggested grades.
5981 </p>
5983 <p>
5983 <b>
5983 Criterion Grading.
5983 </b>
5983 The elements will give a set of "level" statements which can be used to rank the assignment.
The statements may be cumulative or they may each be self contained. The assessor must decide which
statement best fits each piece of work. The teacher must also relate each criterion statement with a
suggested grade. These should normally be in order. The assessor can make a minor adjustment to these
suggested grades.
5988 </p>
5990 <p>
5990 <b>
5990 Rubric Grading.
5990 </b>
5990 This is similar to Criterion Grading but there is more than one criteria. The number of criteria is
given in the assignment parameters. Within each criterion there can be up to five "level"
statements. In a given assignment the number of levels can vary from criterion to criterion. When
setting up a criterion a blank level statement signals the end of the level statements. Thus some
criteria may have two levels, others have three, up to five levels. The criteria can be weighted. The
levels are scored 0, 1, 2, up to 4. The grade for the assessment is a weighted sum of these scores.
5999 </p>
6000 <div class="filename">
6000 ./help/exercise/leaguetablenames.html
6001 </div>
6002 <h1>
6002 League Table Names
6002 </h1>
6004 <p>
6004 This option controls whether the student's names are displayed in the League Table shown at the end of
the exercise. By default names are not shown, that is, the table is anonymous.
6006 </p>
6008 <div class="filename">
6008 ./help/exercise/moreinfo.html
6009 </div>
6010 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/exercise/icon.gif" />
6010 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
6010 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
6010 Exercise
6010 </b>
6012 <p>
6012 An Exercise is a simple but powerful assignment. In an exercise the teacher asks the students to do a
piece of practical work. It could be writing an essay or a report, preparing a presentation, or setting
out a spreadsheet, etc. When the student has done the task they must first self-assess their work before
submitting it to the teacher. Once submitted the teacher assesses the student's piece of work using the
same assessment form. The teacher can give feedback to the student and ask the student to improve the
work and re-submit it or not as the case may be. The final grade is based on how well the student
assessed their own work and the work itself.
6020 </p>
6022 <p>
6022 Before the start of the exercise the teacher sets up the exercise by
6022 </p>
6023 <ol>
6023 <li>
6023 Creating a Word document or HTML file which introduces the exercise and tells the students what they
have to produce. This file is uploaded into the exercise by the teacher.
6025 </li>
6027 <li>
6027 Adding the textual elements and choosing the options in the Assessment Form. This form is used by both
the students and the teacher to assess the work produced in the exercise. There are various types of
assessment which can be used (see the help on "Grading Strategy")
6030 </li>
6031 </ol>
6032 <p>
6032 In large classes, the teacher may find to helpful to create more than one version of the exercise. These
variants add a degree of variety to the exercise and ensure that students are doing different tasks in
the exercise. They are allocated to the students in a random but balanced way. Each student receives
only one exercise but the number of times each variant is allocated in a class is approximately the
same. Note the variants should not be too different as the same assessment form is used for all of the
variants.
6039 </p>
6041 <p>
6041 With the description(s) of the exercise and the assessment form in place, the assignment is opened to
the students. They are shown a description of the exercise or task. When they have done the exercise
they must assess their own work (using the pre-prepared assessment form) before they can submit their
work to the teacher. The assessment form can be used as a "checklist" by the students. They
can, if they wish, revise both their work and the assessment before they actually submit their work, and
probably they should be encouraged to do so!
6048 </p>
6050 <p>
6050 Once a student has submitted their work both their assessment and the piece of work itself becomes
available to the teacher. The teacher accesses the pieces of work (using the student's assessment as a
starting point) and make a decision whether to ask the student to re-submit an improved version of the
work or not.
6054 </p>
6056 <p>
6056 If the teacher feels that the student's piece of work could be improved, the student can be given the
opportunity to re-submit. If this is taken up the teacher re-assesses the work using an assessment form
which contains the grades and comments they gave to the student's previous submission. Thus, the
re-assessment is then a matter of updating the form in the light of the student revised work rather than
undertaking an assessment from scratch.
6062 </p>
6064 <p>
6064 When the deadline for the exercise is reached students can continue to submit. However, such work is
flagged as "late". The teacher can, if desired, grade the work and give feedback to the
student. The grades of late work are held back and are
6067 <b>
6067 not
6067 </b>
6067 used in the calculation of final grades. If, for whatever reason, the teacher wishes to accept a piece
of late work as a normal piece of work the late flag can be cleared by going into the Administration
page, finding the submission and clicking on the appropriate link. The grade for that work will then be
used in the calculation of a final grades.
6072 </p>
6074 <p>
6074 When all the submissions have been graded, the exercise is moved to the final phase. Further student
submissions are now not allowed. The students can now see their final grades together with the grades
given to their submission(s). A student's grade for the exercise is the sum of the student's
"grading grade", a measure of the agreement between the student's assessment and the
teacher's assessment of the student's (first) submission, and the teacher's grade(s) for the
student's submission(s). (The grade given by the student in their assessment is
6082 <b>
6082 not
6082 </b>
6082 used.)
6082 </p>
6084 <p>
6084 When the teacher allows students to resubmit work, the teacher should consider how to set the option
which controls how the student's final grade is calculated from multiple submissions. This option allows
the teacher to choose between using the mean grade of the student's submissions or their best
submission. This option can changed at any time and it has an immediate effect in the grades screen.
6089 </p>
6091 <p>
6091 In the final phase of the exercise the students can also see a "League Table" of submissions.
This an ordered list of the submissions, the submission which received the highest grade is at the top.
When there are multiple submissions only the student's best submission is show in this list.
6094 </p>
6096 <div class="filename">
6096 ./help/exercise/managing.html
6097 </div>
6098 <h1>
6098 Managing an Exercise Assignment
6098 </h1>
6100 <p>
6100 An Exercise Assignment is slightly more complex than an ordinary assignment. It involves three steps or
phases. These are
6101 </p>
6102 <ol>
6103 <li>
6103 <p>
6103 <b>
6103 Set up Exercise
6103 </b>
6103 The assessment of the work produced in the exercise is made easier if it is broken into a number of
assessment ELEMENTS. This makes the grading of an assignment less arbitrary and gives the students a
framework on which to make assessments. The teacher has the role of setting up the assessment
elements thus making a grading sheet. (See that page for more details.)
6108 </p>
6110 <p>
6110 With the assessment elements set up the teacher must submit a Word Document or HTML file which
describes the exercise or task to be done by the students. This file is shown to the students in the
second phase of the exercise.
6113 </p>
6115 <p>
6115 Teachers can, if they wish, prepare a set of similar exercise, again as Word Documents or HTML
files, and upload those into the Exercise. Note that these exercises must be quite similar as the
same Assessment Form is used for all of these variants. The submission of a multiple set of
exercises by the teacher is optional and for certain assignments may not be appropriate.
6119 </p>
6119 </li>
6121 <li>
6121 <p>
6121 <b>
6121 Allow Students Assessments and Submissions
6121 </b>
6121 The assignment is now opened to the students. If the teacher has set up multiple exercises then the
students see different exercises, otherwise all the students see the same exercise.
6124 </p>
6126 <p>
6126 Before the students can submit their work they must complete the assessment form. Once they have
completed the assessment they are shown the upload form. The students can revise their work in the
light of their self assessment.
6128 </p>
6130 <p>
6130 Once student work has been submitted the teacher can begin assessing it. The link "Student
Submissions for Assessment" displays a page showing those pieces of work which have not been
assessed. The oldest submission is at the top of the page. The assessment form for each of these
submissions is initially based on the student's own assessment of their work. The teacher can change
those assessments and add any comments. At the end of the two buttons let the teacher decide whether
the student can re-submit the work or not.
6130 </p>
6132 <p>
6132 If the teacher has decided to allow the student to re-submit and they have done so, the teacher is
how the new piece of work. In this case the assessment form will contain the teacher's old
assessment. The same option, re-submit or not, allows the teacher to control this cycle of
re-submission and assessment. If students are allowed to put in multiple pieces of work into the
Exercise, the teacher should decide whether the final grades are based on the student's maximum
grade or their average grade over the set of submissions. This option can be changed at any time
during the Exercise by updating the Exercise, it's effect is seen immediately in the Grade page.
6139 </p>
6141 <p>
6141 When the assignment's deadline is reached a student can submit or re-submit work. The work is
flagged as "late". The work appears in the list of work to be assessed and the teacher
can, if desired, assess the work in the normal way. In the various lists of pieces of work the
submission date is shown as red (and in the list of work to be marked the period since submission is
also shown in red). If graded, the grade of late work is shown in red and in brackets. Such grades
are
6147 <b>
6147 not
6147 </b>
6147 used in the calculation of final grades and are not counted in the Grades pages. The teacher can
clear the late flag by going into in the Administration page and clicking on the appropriate link.
The work will then be used in the calculation of the final grade.
6150 </p>
6150 </li>
6152 <li>
6152 <p>
6152 <b>
6152 Show Overall Grades and League Table
6152 </b>
6152 In this final phase of the Exercise the students can see their "final" grades. In all
phases of the Exercise (except the first phase), grades are available to the students, they are,
however, only "partial" grades as they are calculated on the fly from the assessments
available at the time.
6156 </p>
6158 <p>
6158 In this final phase, students
6158 <b>
6158 cannot
6158 </b>
6158 make any further submissions. In effect the assignment is closed and the teacher has the option of
showing the students examples of the best pieces of work submitted...
6160 </p>
6162 <p>
6162 The students (and the teacher) can also be shown a "League Table" of the student
submissions. These are listed in order of grade, the top submission is first. Here the grade given
to the submission is teacher's grade. If a student submitted more than one piece of work only their
best piece of work is shown in this table. If the number of entries in the table is set to zero then
this table is not displayed.
6167 </p>
6167 </li>
6168 </ol>
6170 <p>
6170 The student's grade for the Exercise is the sum of their grading grade of their (initial) assessment and
the grade for their submission(s). The maximum values for these grades are given when the Exercise are
set up. However, these maximum values can be changed (by updating the Exercise) at any time during the
exercise and the grades shown both the students and the teacher always reflect the current maximum
values.
6175 </p>
6177 <p>
6177 At any phase of the assignment the teacher can open the "Administration" page. It lists the
students' assessments (of their own work) and the submissions of the students. The teacher can use this
page to assess and re-assess submissions, re-grade assessments, delete submissions and assessments, and
generally watch the progress of the assignment.
6181 </p>
6183 <div class="filename">
6183 ./help/exercise/nelements.html
6184 </div>
6185 <h1>
6185 Number of Comments, Elements, Bands, Criteria or Rubrics
6185 </h1>
6187 <p>
6187 The number entered here determines how many items will be used in the assessments. Depending on the type
of grading strategy, this number gives the number of comments, assessments elements, bands, criteria or
categories (sets) of criteria in a rubric. Typically an assignment will have something between 5 to 15
assessment items, the actual number depending on the size and complexity of the assignment.
6192 </p>
6194 <p>
6194 During the set up phase of the exercise this number can safely be adjusted. Increasing this number will
cause extra blank elements to be displayed in the assessment form. Reducing this number will remove
elements from the end of the assessment form.
6197 </p>
6199 <p>
6199 All assessments have a General Comments field. For a "No Grading" assignment the value given
here determines the number of additional comment areas. It can be specified as zero and results in the
assessment having only a single General Comments area.
6202 </p>
6204 <div class="filename">
6204 ./help/exercise/gradingstrategy.html
6205 </div>
6206 <h1>
6206 Grading Strategy
6206 </h1>
6208 <p>
6208 An Exercise assignment is quite flexible in the type of grading scheme used. This can be:
6208 </p>
6210 <ol>
6211 <li>
6211 <b>
6211 No grading:
6211 </b>
6211 In this type of assignment the teacher is not interested in quantitative assessment from the students
at all. The students make comments of the pieces of works but do not grade them. The teacher, however,
can, if desired, grade the student comments. These "grading grades" form the basis of the
students' final grades. If the teacher does not grade the student assessments then the assignment does
not have any final grades.
6217 </li>
6219 <li>
6219 <b>
6219 Accumulative grading:
6219 </b>
6219 This is the default type of grading. In this type of assignment the grade of each assessment is made
up of a number of "assessment elements". Each element should cover a particular aspect of
the assignment. Typically an assignment will have something between 5 to 15 elements for comments and
grading, the actual number depending on the size and complexity of the assignment. An exercise
assignment with only one element is allowed and has a similar assessment strategy to the standard
Moodle Assignment.
6227 </li>
6228 </ol>
6229 <p>
6229 Elements have the following three features:
6229 </p>
6230 <ol>
6231 <li>
6231 The DESCRIPTION of the assessment element. This should clearly state what aspect of the assignment is
being assessed. If the assessment is qualitative it is helpful to give details of what is considered
excellent, average and poor.
6234 </li>
6236 <li>
6236 <p>
6236 The SCALE of the assessment element. There are a number of predefined scales. These range from
simple Yes/No scales, through multipoint scales to a full percentage scale. Each element has its own
scale which should be chosen to fit the number of possible variations for that element. Note that
the scale does NOT determine the element's importance when calculating the overall grade, a two
point scale has the same "influence" as a 100 point scale if the respective elements have
the same weight...
6242 </p>
6244 <p>
6244 If custom scales are set up in the course, these can be used. Note, however, that this type of scale
is used as a multi-point scale and that only the first and last items of the scale are shown. For
example, if the custom scale "Very Wet, Wet, Damp, Dry" is created in the course, this can
be used and it will be shown as a four point scale labeled "Very Wet" at one end of the
scale and "Dry" at the other.
6250 </p>
6250 </li>
6252 <li>
6252 The WEIGHT of the assessment element. By default the elements are given the same importance when
calculating the overall grade of the assignment. This can be changed by giving the more importance
elements a weight greater than one, and the less important elements a weight below one. Changing the
weights does NOT effect the maximum grade, that value is fixed by the Maximum Grade parameter of the
peer assignment. Weights can be assigned negative values, this is an experimental feature.
6258 </li>
6259 </ol>
6260 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<br />
6261 <ol>
6262 <li>
6262 <b>
6262 Error Banded Grading:
6262 </b>
6262 In this type of assignment the submissions are graded on a set of Yes/No scales. The grade is
determined by the "Grade Table " which gives the relationship between the number of
"errors" and the suggested grade. For example an assignment may have six significant items
which should be present, the Grade Table will give suggested grades if all are present, one is absent,
if two are absent, etc. The individual items can, if desired, be given weighting factors if some items
are more important than others. The number of "errors" is a weighted sum of the items not
present. By default each item is given a weight of one. The grading table is likely to be non-linear,
for example the suggested grades may be 90%, 70%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 0%, 0%, 0% for an
assignment with 10 items.The assessor can adjust the suggested grade by up to 20% either way to give
the submission's final grade.
6274 </li>
6276 <li>
6276 <b>
6276 Criterion Grading:
6276 </b>
6276 This is the simplest type of assessment to grade (although not necessarily the most straightforward to
set up). The submissions are graded against a set of criteria statements. The assessor chooses which
statement best fits the piece of work. The grade is determined by a "Criteria Table" which
gives the suggested grade for each criterion. For example an assignment may be set up with, say, five
criteria statements and the assessors must then choose one of the five statements for each of their
assessments. As with the Banded assignment the assessor can adjust the suggested grade by up to 20% to
give the final grade.
6284 </li>
6286 <li>
6286 <b>
6286 Rubric
6286 </b>
6286 This is a similar to Criterion Grading except there are multiple sets of criteria. Each set covering a
particular "Category", can have up to five statements. The sets are given individual weights
and the grade is a weighted combination of the scores from each set. There is
6290 <b>
6290 no
6290 </b>
6290 adjustment option in this assessment type.
6290 </li>
6291 </ol>
6292 <div class="filename">
6292 ./help/exercise/specimen.html
6293 </div>
6294 <h1>
6294 Specimen Assessment Form
6294 </h1>
6296 <p>
6296 This page shows the details of the actual form used to grade your assignment. It will be used by
yourself and the teacher to grade your work.
6298 </p>
6300 <p>
6300 Please note that although you can change the grades on this form these changes are NOT saved. This is
simply a specimen form, but a very similar form will be used by yourself and the teacher during this
assignment.
6303 </p>
6304 <div class="filename">
6304 ./help/exercise/grade.html
6305 </div>
6306 <h1>
6306 The Grade of the Submissions
6306 </h1>
6308 <p>
6308 This value determines the maximum grade which can be awarded to a submission.
6308 </p>
6310 <p>
6310 The overall grade for the exercise is the sum of the grade of the student's assessment and the grade
from their submissions. Thus if the (maximum) grade for the student's assessment is set to 30 and the
(maximum) grade for submissions is 70 the (maximum) grade for the exercise is 100.
6313 </p>
6315 <p>
6315 This value can be changed at any time and the effect on the grades seen by the students (and the
teacher) is immediate.
6316 </p>
6318 <div class="filename">
6318 ./help/exercise/index.html
6319 </div>
6320 <h2>
6320 Exercises
6320 </h2>
6321 <ul>
6322 <li>
6322 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=administration.html">
6322 Administration Page
6322 </a>
6322 </li>
6323 <li>
6323 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=elements.html">
6323 Assessment Elements
6323 </a>
6323 </li>
6324 <li>
6324 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=comparisonofassessments.html">
6324 Comparison of Assessments
6324 </a>
6324 </li>
6325 <li>
6325 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=finalgrades.html">
6325 Final Grades
6325 </a>
6325 </li>
6326 <li>
6326 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=grade.html">
6326 Grade for a Submission
6326 </a>
6326 </li>
6327 <li>
6327 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=gradinggrade.html">
6327 Grade for an Assessment
6327 </a>
6327 </li>
6328 <li>
6328 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=grading.html">
6328 Grading
6328 </a>
6328 </li>
6329 <li>
6329 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=gradingstrategy.html">
6329 Grading Strategy
6329 </a>
6329 </li>
6330 <li>
6330 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=leaguetable.html">
6330 League Table of Submissions
6330 </a>
6330 </li>
6331 <li>
6331 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=leaguetablenames.html">
6331 League Table Names
6331 </a>
6331 </li>
6332 <li>
6332 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=managing.html">
6332 Managing an Exercise
6332 </a>
6332 </li>
6333 <li>
6333 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=moreinfo.html">
6333 More Information
6333 </a>
6333 </li>
6334 <li>
6334 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=nelements.html">
6334 Number of Elements in the Assessment
6334 </a>
6334 </li>
6335 <li>
6335 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=password.html">
6335 Passwords
6335 </a>
6335 </li>
6336 <li>
6336 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=regrading.html">
6336 Re-grading Student Assessments
6336 </a>
6336 </li>
6337 <li>
6337 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=specimen.html">
6337 Specimen Assessment Form
6337 </a>
6337 </li>
6338 <li>
6338 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=submissionofdescriptions.html">
6338 Submission of Exercise Descriptions
6338 </a>
6338 </li>
6339 <li>
6339 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=takeownership.html">
6339 Take Ownership of an Exercise
6339 </a>
6339 </li>
6340 <li>
6340 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=usemax.html">
6340 Use Maximum Grades
6340 </a>
6340 </li>
6341 <li>
6341 <a href="help.php?module=exercise&file=usepassword.html">
6341 Use Password
6341 </a>
6341 </li>
6342 </ul>
6342 <div class="filename">
6342 ./help/exercise/administration.html
6343 </div>
6344 <h1>
6344 Administration Page
6344 </h1>
6346 <p>
6346 This page allows the teacher to see the one or more descriptions for the Exercise, the student
assessments and the student submissions. These items can be retitled, viewed or deleted by using the
various links on the page. The page also shows which piece of works have been submitted after the
deadline, that is those submitted late.
6350 </p>
6352 <p>
6352 The first table on this screen shows the teacher's submission(s). Normally there is only one. This is
the description of the exercise, it will normally contain instructions on what work should be done. If
the teacher has submitted more then one description they are listed here. Note that once the Exercise is
underway these submissions should
6356 <b>
6356 NOT
6356 </b>
6356 be deleted. It is, however, safe to delete the teacher submissions while the Exercise is still in the
Set Up phase.
6358 </p>
6360 <p>
6360 The second table shows the student's (initial) assessment of their own work. It shows the grade the
student has given their work. If the teacher has assessed the work, this table will also contain the
"grading grade" awarded to his assessment. This grade reflects how well the student's
assessment agrees with the teacher's assessment. The student's assessment can be viewed. There is link
on that page to change the grading grade should the teacher wish to do so.
6366 </p>
6368 <p>
6368 The third table lists the submissions and their grades if the teacher has assessed them. Submissions can
be regraded or safely deleted. An asterisk (*) against a submission means that the student is allow to
submit another piece of work. For a particular student, this option can be easily changed by simply
re-assessing their submission and clicking on the appropriate button at the foot of the assessment page,
the assessment itself need not be changed. Late work is shown with the date submitted in red. The late
flag can be cleared by clicking on the link.
6375 </p>
6377 <div class="filename">
6377 ./help/exercise/comparisonofassessments.html
6378 </div>
6379 <h1>
6379 Comparison of Assessments
6379 </h1>
6381 <p>
6381 In an exercise it is usual for a piece of work to be assessed twice. A student assesses their work
before submitting it and the teacher then (re)assesses the work. The teacher's assessment uses the
student's assessment as the starting point. An exercise allows the teacher to award a proportion of the
grade to the student's assessment, the remainder of the grade is allocated to the teacher's assessment
of the work. (The maximum grades for these are called "Grade for Student Assessments" and
"Grade for Submissions" respectively.) Note that the grade from the student's assessment is
not used. The student's assessment is given a grade based on how well it matches the teacher's
assessment.
6391 </p>
6393 <p>
6393 The degree of agreement between the student's and teacher's assessment is based on the differences
between the scores in individual elements (actually the squared differences are used). The mean of these
differences must be converted into a meaningful grade. The "Comparison of Assessments" option
allows the teacher a degree of control on how these comparisons are converted into grades.
6398 </p>
6400 <p>
6400 To get some idea on what effect this option has, take the (fairly simple) case of an assessment which
has ten Yes/No questions. For example the assessment might use questions like "Is the chart correctly
formatted?", "Is the calculated profit $100.66?", etc. Assume there are ten such questions. When the
"Very Lax" setting is chosen, perfect agreement between the student's and teacher's assessment
gives a grade of 100%, if there is only one question which does not match the grade is 90%, two
disagreements give a grade of 80%, three disagreements 70%, etc.. That might seem very reasonable and
you might be thinking why is this option called a "Very Lax" comparison. Well, consider the
case of a student doing a completely random assessment where the answers of the ten questions are simply
guessed. On average this would result in five of the ten questions being matched. So the
"monkey's" assessment would get a grade of around 50%. The situation gets a little more
sensible with the "Lax" option, then the random assessment gets around 20%. When the
"Fair" option is chosen, random guessing will result in a zero grade most of the time. At this
level, a grade of 50% is given when the two assessments agree on eight questions of the ten. If three
questions are in disagreement then the grade given is 25%. When the option is set to "Strict"
having two questions out of sync gives a grade of 40%. Moving into the "Very Strict" territory
a disagreement in just two questions drops the grade to 35% and having a single question in disagreement
gives a grade of 65%.
6423 </p>
6425 <p>
6425 This example is slightly artificial as most assessments usually have elements which have a range of
values rather than just Yes or No. In those cases the comparison is likely to result in somewhat higher
grades than the values indicated above. The various levels (Very Lax, Lax, Fair...) are given so that
the teacher can fine tune the comparisons. If they feel that the grades being given for assessments are
too low then this option should be moved towards the "Lax" or even "Very Lax"
choices. And alternatively, if the grades for the student's assessments are, in general, felt to be too
high this option should be moved to either the "Strict" or "Very Strict" choices. It
is really a matter of trial and error with the best starting point being the "Fair" option.
6436 </p>
6438 <p>
6438 During the course of the exercise the teacher may feel that the grades given to the student assessments
are either too high or too low. These grades are shown on the exercise's Administration Page. In this
case, the teacher can change the setting of this option and re-calculate the student assessment grades
(the "Grading Grades"). The re-calculation is done by clicking the "Re-grade Student
Assessments" link found on the administration page of the exercise. This can be safely performed at
any time in the exercise.
6445 </p>
6447 <div class="filename">
6447 ./help/exercise/gradinggrade.html
6448 </div>
6449 <h1>
6449 Grade of Student Assessments
6449 </h1>
6451 <p>
6451 This is the maximum grade given to the assessments make by students of their own work. That is, the
grade for their self assessments. The actual grades for the assessments are calculated by the exercise
module by comparing the student's assessment with the teacher's assessment. This grade is a
"grading grade" and is
6455 <i>
6455 <b>
6455 not
6455 </b>
6455 </i>
6455 the maximum grade given to the work, that grade is called "Grade for Submission".
6456 </p>
6458 <p>
6458 A student's grade for the exercise is the sum of this grade and the grade for their submission(s). Thus
if the (maximum) grade for the Student assessments is set at 20 and the (maximum) grade for submission
is set to 80, then the (maximum) grade for the exercise is 100.
6461 </p>
6463 <p>
6463 This value can be changed at any time and the effect on the grades seen by the students (and the
teacher) is immediate.
6464 </p>
6466 <div class="filename">
6466 ./help/exercise/regrading.html
6467 </div>
6468 <h1>
6468 Re-grading Student Assessments
6468 </h1>
6470 <p>
6470 This link re-calculates the "Grading grades" of all the student assessments. Normally it is
6471 <b>
6471 not
6471 </b>
6471 necessary to action this re-calculation. New student assessments are automatically graded after the
teacher has assessed the relevant piece of work from the student.
6473 </p>
6475 <p>
6475 If, however, the Grading grades are felt to be too high or too low the teacher may wish to change the
"Comparison of Assessments" option (by Updating the Exercise). The default value of this
option is "Fair". If the grading grades are too high then setting the option to either
"Strict" or "Very Strict" will reduce the grades. Or alternatively if the grades are
too low, setting the option to " Lax" or "Very Lax" will increase the grades.
6481 </p>
6483 <p>
6483 If a change to the Grading grades is required the steps are:
6483 </p>
6484 <ol>
6485 <li>
6485 Update the Exercise with the new value of the Comparison of Assessments option;
6486 </li>
6487 <li>
6487 Go to the Exercise's Administration page and click on the "Re-grade Student Assessments"
link.
6488 </li>
6489 </ol>
6490 <p>
6490 The new grades will be displayed. These process can be safely repeated.
6490 </p>
6492 <div class="filename">
6492 ./help/exercise/finalgrades.html
6493 </div>
6494 <h1>
6494 The Final Grades
6494 </h1>
6496 <p>
6496 The table on this screen lists the overall grades and their breakdown. The first grade is the grade for
the (initial) assessment. This is added to the grades given to each submission. The final grade given
for this assignment will either be the average of these overall grades or the overall grade of the best
submission.
6499 </p>
6501 <p>
6501 The League table optionally lists the best submissions. The number of entries in the table is set as one
of the Exercise parameters. If that number is set to zero then the League Table is not displayed. The
table is in grade order with the best submission first. Only a student's best submission is shown in the
table.
6504 </p>
6505 <div class="filename">
6505 ./help/exercise/password.html
6506 </div>
6507 <h1>
6507 Passwords
6507 </h1>
6509 <p>
6509 This field sets the "access" password for this exercise. The password can be up to 10
characters long. The password can be reset at any time during the exercise. Whether students are asked
for the password to enter the exercise is determined by the "Use Password" option.
6512 </p>
6513 <div class="filename">
6513 ./help/exercise/submissionofdescriptions.html
6514 </div>
6515 <h1>
6515 Submission of Exercise Descriptions
6515 </h1>
6517 <p>
6517 The teacher must submit at least one description of the exercise or task. The description can be held in
a Word document or HTML file (or any other file type that will display satisfactorily in a browser).
This file will be displayed to the students and should contain instructions for them to successfully
complete the exercise.
6521 </p>
6523 <p>
6523 It is permissible for the teacher to submit more than one description of the exercise. These will be
used at random and different students will see different versions of the exercise. These variants should
be similar as the same Assessment Form is used to assess the work from these instructions.
6526 </p>
6527 <div class="filename">
6527 ./help/exercise/mods.html
6528 </div>
6529 <p>
6529 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/exercise/icon.gif" />
6529
6529 <b>
6529 Exercise
6529 </b>
6529 </p>
6530 <div class="indent">
6531 An Exercise is a simple but powerful assignment. In an exercise the teacher asks the students to do a
piece of practical work. It could be writing an essay or a report, preparing a presentation, etc. When
the student has done the task they must first self-assess their work before submitting it to the
teacher. Once submitted the teacher assesses the piece of work itself. The teacher can give feedback to
the student and ask the student to improve the work and re-submit it or not. The final grade is based on
how well the student assessed their own work and the work itself.
6532 </div>
6533 <div class="filename">
6533 ./help/exercise/usemax.html
6534 </div>
6535 <h1>
6535 Handling of Multiple Submissions
6535 </h1>
6537 <p>
6537 This option determines how the exercise should calculate the final grades of the students. When there
are multiple submissions the teacher can chose between either using the best grade or the mean grade
from each students' set of submissions. This option can be changed at any time during the exercise. Any
change has an immediate effect in the Grades page (provided, of course, multiple submissions are
present).
6543 </p>
6544 <div class="filename">
6544 ./help/permissions.html
6545 </div>
6546 <h1>
6546 Permissions
6546 </h1>
6548 <p>
6549 Permissions are the settings that you grant for specific capabilities.
6550 </p>
6552 <p>
6553 For example, one capability is "Start new discussions" (in forums).
6554 </p>
6556 <p>
6557 In each role, you can choose to set the permission for such a capability to one of four values:
6558 </p>
6559 <dl>
6560 <dt>
6560 NOT SET
6560 </dt>
6561 <dd>
6561 This is the default setting, generally. It's a neutral setting that means "use whatever setting the
user already had". If a role gets assigned to someone (eg in a course) that has this permission for a
capability, then the actual permission they'll have will just be the same as they already had at
higher-level contexts (eg categories or system level). Ultimately, if permission is never allowed at
any level, then the user will have no permission for that capability.
6568 </dd>
6570 <dt>
6570 ALLOW
6570 </dt>
6571 <dd>
6571 By choosing this you are granting permission for this capability to people who are assigned this role.
This permission applies for the context that this role gets assigned plus all "lower" contexts. For
example, if this role is a student role assigned to a course, then students will be able to "start new
discussions" in all forums in that course, UNLESS some forum contains an override or a new assignment
with a Prevent or Prohibit value for this capability.
6578 </dd>
6580 <dt>
6580 PREVENT
6580 </dt>
6581 <dd>
6581 By choosing this you are removing permission for this capability, even if the users with this role
were allowed that permission in a higher context.
6583 </dd>
6585 <dt>
6585 PROHIBIT
6585 </dt>
6586 <dd>
6586 This is rarely needed, but occasionally you might want to completely deny permissions to a role in a
way that can NOT be overridden at any lower context. A good example of when you might need this is
when an admin wants to prohibit one person from starting new discussions in any forum on the whole
system. In this case they can create a role with that capability set to "Prohibit" and then assign it
to that user in the system context.
6593 </dd>
6595 </dl>
6597 <h1>
6597 Conflict resolution of permissions
6597 </h1>
6599 <p>
6599 Permissions at a "lower" context will generally override anything at a "higher" context (this applies to
overrides and assigned roles). The exception is PROHIBIT which can not be overridden at lower levels.
6603 </p>
6605 <p>
6605 If two roles are assigned to a person in the same context, one with ALLOW and one with PREVENT, which
one wins? In this case, Moodle will look up the context tree for a "decider".
6607 </p>
6609 <p>
6609 For example, a student has two roles in a course, one that allows them to start new discussions, one
that prevents them. In this case, we check the categories and the system contexts, looking for another
defined permission to help us decide. If we don't find one, then permission is PREVENT by default
(because the two settings cancelled each other out, and thus you have no permission).
6615 </p>
6617 <h1>
6617 Special exceptions
6617 </h1>
6619 <p>
6619 Note that the guest user account will generally be prevented from posting content (eg forums, calendar
entries, blogs) even if it is given the capability to do so.
6622 </p>
6625 <p>
6626 See also
6627 <a href="help.php?file=roles.html">
6627 Roles
6627 </a>
6627 ,
6628 <a href="help.php?file=contexts.html">
6628 Contexts
6628 </a>
6628 ,
6629 <a href="help.php?file=assignroles.html">
6629 Assign Roles
6629 </a>
6629 and
6630 <a href="help.php?file=overrides.html">
6630 Overrides
6630 </a>
6630 .
6631 </p>
6632 <div class="filename">
6632 ./help/coursestartdate.html
6633 </div>
6634 <h1>
6634 Course Start Date
6634 </h1>
6636 <p>
6636 This is where you specify the starting time of the course (in your own timezone).
6637 </p>
6639 <p>
6639 If you are using a 'weekly' course format, this will affect the display of the weeks. The first week
will start on the date you set here.
6641 </p>
6643 <p>
6643 This setting will not affect courses using the 'social' or 'topics' formats.
6644 </p>
6646 <p>
6646 However, one place this setting will affect is the display of logs, which use this date as the earliest
possible date you can display.
6648 </p>
6650 <p>
6650 In general, if your course does have a real starting date then it makes sense to set this date to that,
no matter what course formats you are using.
6652 </p>
6653 <div class="filename">
6653 ./help/blog/tags.html
6654 </div>
6655 <h1>
6655 Tags
6655 </h1>
6657 <p>
6657 A comma-separated list of Tags that can will be automatically attached to every blog entry copied from
your external blog into this site. These tags can be used to filter blog entries and find the ones that
are associated with this external blog.
6659 </p>
6660 <div class="filename">
6660 ./help/blog/filtertags.html
6661 </div>
6662 <h1>
6662 External tags
6662 </h1>
6664 <p>
6664 A comma-separated list of Tags defined in the external blog, and used by the synchronisation process to
filter which entries are copied into the Moodle blog.
6664 </p>
6665 <div class="filename">
6665 ./help/blog/description.html
6666 </div>
6667 <h1>
6667 Description
6667 </h1>
6669 <p>
6669 A description of the overall contents of your external blog. If left empty, this will default to the
description recorded in your external blog (if any).
6670 </p>
6671 <div class="filename">
6671 ./help/blog/publish_state.html
6672 </div>
6673 <h1>
6673 Publish to
6673 </h1>
6675 <p>
6675 There are 3 possible settings here
6675 </p>
6677 <p>
6677 <b>
6677 Yourself (Draft)
6677 </b>
6677 - Only you and the administrators can see this entry.
6677 </p>
6679 <p>
6679 <b>
6679 Anyone on this site
6679 </b>
6679 - Anyone who is registered on this site can read this entry.
6679 </p>
6681 <p>
6681 <b>
6681 Anyone in the world
6681 </b>
6681 - Anyone, including guests could read this entry.
6681 </p>
6682 <div class="filename">
6682 ./help/blog/name.html
6683 </div>
6684 <h1>
6684 Name
6684 </h1>
6686 <p>
6686 A descriptive name for your external blog. If empty, will default to the title of your external blog.
6686 </p>
6687 <div class="filename">
6687 ./help/blog/index.html
6688 </div>
6689 <h2>
6689 Blog
6689 </h2>
6691 <ul>
6692 <li>
6692 <a href="help.php?module=blog&file=publish_state.html">
6692 Publish to
6692 </a>
6692 </li>
6693 </ul>
6693 <div class="filename">
6693 ./help/blog/url.html
6694 </div>
6695 <h1>
6695 URL
6695 </h1>
6697 <p>
6697 Almost every blog has the ability to publish its contents to the world in the form of an RSS URL.
Consult your external blog's configuration and documentation if you are unsure of what this URL should
look like. When you have it, enter it in this field. Once you submit the form, your link will be checked
to see if it is a valid URL.
6699 </p>
6700 <div class="filename">
6700 ./help/blog/deleteblogassociations.html
6701 </div>
6702 <h1>
6702 Delete blog associations
6702 </h1>
6703 <p>
6703 The blog entries will not be deleted, but they will no longer be associated with this course or its
activities and resources.
6703 </p>
6704 <div class="filename">
6704 ./help/qtype_calculatedsimple/calculatedsimple.html
6705 </div>
6706 <h1>
6706 Simple Calculated questions
6706 </h1>
6708 <p>
6708 Simple Calculated questions which are a simplified version of calculated questions, offers a way to
create individual numerical question by the use of wildcards that are substituted with individual values
when the quiz is taken.
6709 <br />
6709 Below is a shrunken view of the main editing page with some example inputs:
6710 </p>
6712 <table>
6712 <tbody>
6713 <tr valign="top">
6714 <th scope="col" align="right">
6714 Question:
6714 </th>
6715 <td>
6716 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<textarea id="questiontext" name="questiontext" rows="5" cols="40">
6716 How much is {a} + {b} ?
6716 </textarea>
6717 </td>
6718 </tr>
6719 <tr valign="top">
6720 <th scope="col" align="right">
6720 Image to display:
6720 </th>
6721 <td>
6722 <select name="image">
6722 <option value="" selected="selected">
6722 None
6722 </option>
6722 <option value="grevture.gif">
6722 grevture.gif
6722 </option>
6722 </select>
6723 </td>
6724 </tr>
6726 <tr valign="top">
6727 <th scope="col" align="right">
6727 Correct Answer Formula:
6727 </th>
6728 <td>
6729 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<input align="left" type="text" id="formula0" name="answer[]" size="20" value="{a} + {b}" />
6729
6730 <input type="hidden" name="fraction[]" value="1.0" />
6731 </td>
6732 </tr>
6733 <tr valign="top">
6734 <th scope="col" align="right">
6734 Tolerance:
6734 </th>
6735 <td>
6736 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
E622 The 'id' attribute does not have a valid value: It does not contain a valid ID. It must begin with a
letter, underscore or colon and may be followed by any number of letters, digits [0-9], hyphens,
underscores, colons, and periods:
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<input align="left" type="text" id="tolerance0"" name="tolerance[]" size="15" value="0.01"
/>
6736 ±
6737 </td>
6738 </tr>
6739 <tr valign="top">
6740 <th scope="col" align="right">
6740 Tolerance Type:
6740 </th>
6741 <td>
6742 <select name="tolerancetype[]">
6742 <option value="1" selected="selected">
6742 Relative
6742 </option>
6742 <option value="2">
6742 Nominal
6742 </option>
6742 </select>
6743 </td>
6744 </tr>
6745 <tr valign="top">
6746 <th scope="col" align="right">
6746 Significant Figures:
6746 </th>
6747 <td>
6748 <select name="correctanswerlength[]">
6748 <option value="1">
6748 1
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="2" selected="selected">
6748 2
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="3">
6748 3
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="4">
6748 4
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="5">
6748 5
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="6">
6748 6
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="7">
6748 7
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="8">
6748 8
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="9">
6748 9
6748 </option>
6748 <option value="10">
6748 10
6748 </option>
6748 </select>
6749 </td>
6750 </tr>
6751 </tbody>
6751 </table>
6753 <p>
6754 In the question text input and "Correct Answer Formula" {a} and {b} can be seen. Only those in "Correct
Answer Formula" can be used as a wildcard that is substituted by some value when the quiz is taken.
Also, the correct answer is calculated when the quiz is submitted using the expression in "Correct
Answer Formula", which is calculated as a numerical expression after the substitution of the wildcards.
The example formula uses the operator +. Other accepted operators are -*/ and % where % is the modulo
operator. It is also possible to use some PHP-style mathematical function. Among these there are 24
single-argument function:
6755 <br />
6755 <b>
6756 abs, acos, acosh, asin, asinh, atan, atanh, ceil, cos, cosh, deg2rad, exp, expm1, floor, log, log10,
log1p, rad2deg, round, sin, sinh, sqrt, tan, tanh
6757 </b>
6757 <br />
6757 and two two-argument functions
6757 <br />
6757 <b>
6758 atan2, pow
6759 </b>
6759 <br />
6759 and the functions
6759 <b>
6759 min
6759 </b>
6759 and
6759 <b>
6759 max
6759 </b>
6759 that can take two or more arguments. It is also possible to use the function
6759 <b>
6759 pi
6759 </b>
6759 that takes no arguments but do not forget the use the parentheses - the correct usage is
6759 <b>
6759 pi()
6759 </b>
6759 . Similarly the other function must have their argument(s) within parentheses. Possible usage is for
example
6759 <b>
6759 sin({a}) + cos({b}) * 2
6759 </b>
6759 . It should not be any problem to wrap functions within each other like
6759 <b>
6759 cos(deg2rad({a} + 90))
6759 </b>
6759 etc.
6760 <br />
6760 More details on how to use these PHP-style functions can be found in the
6760 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a target="phpmathdoc" href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.math.php">
6760 documentation at the PHP web site
6760 </a>
6761 </p>
6761 <p>
6762 As for numerical questions it is possible to allow a margin within which all responses are accepted as
correct. The "Tolerance" field is used for this. However, there are three different types of tolerances.
These are
6762 <b>
6762 Relative, Nominal and Geometric
6762 </b>
6762 . If we say that the correct answer at quiz time is calculated to 200 and the tolerance is set to 0.5
then the different tolerance types work like this:
6763 </p>
6763 <p>
6763 <b>
6763 Relative:
6763 </b>
6763 A tolerance interval is calculated by multiplying the correct answer with 0.5, ie in this case we get
100 so for this tolerance the correct response must be between 100 and 300. (200 ± 100)
6763 <br />
6764 This is useful if the magnitude of the correct answer can differ greatly between different wildcard
values.
6765 </p>
6765 <p>
6765 <b>
6765 Nominal:
6765 </b>
6765 This is the simplest tolerance type but not very powerful. The correct response must be between 199.5
and 200.5 (200 ± 0.5)
6765 <br />
6766 This tolerance type can be useful if the differences between different correct answers are small.
6767 </p>
6767 <p>
6768 The field
6768 <b>
6768 Significant Figures
6768 </b>
6768 does only relate to how the correct answer should be presented in the review or the reports. Examples:
If it is set to 3 then the correct answer 13.333 would be presented as 13.3; 1236 would be presented as
1240; 23 would be presented as 23.0 etc.
6769 </p>
6769 <p>
6770 The feedback field and the optional unit fields work just like they do for numerical questions.
6771 </p>
6771 <div class="filename">
6771 ./help/cost.html
6772 </div>
6773 <h1>
6773 Course Cost
6773 </h1>
6775 <p>
6775 If the site has been configured to use an enrolment method that requires payment (such as the PayPal
module), then you can enter a course cost here with no symbol (the currency is set by the enrolment
plugin). For example, 19.95.
6778 </p>
6780 <p>
6780 If the cost field is empty then the payment option is not presented and the interface will fall back to
other methods of enrolment (such as keys, or manual enrolments).
6782 </p>
6784 <p>
6784 If the cost field is NOT empty, then students trying to enrol will be presented with the option of
making a payment to enter.
6785 </p>
6787 <p>
6787 If you ALSO enter an enrolment key in the course settings, then students will also have the option to
enrol using a key. This is useful if you have a mixture of paying and non-paying students.
6789 </p>
6790 <div class="filename">
6790 ./help/qformat_multianswer/multianswer.html
6791 </div>
6792 <h1>
6792 Embedded answers (Cloze)
6792 </h1>
6794 <p>
6794 This special purpose format imports just one type of question, the Embedded Answers (also known as
Cloze) format.
6796 </p>
6798 <p class="moreinfo">
6798 <a href="help.php?file=multianswer.html&module=quiz">
6798 More info about the "Cloze" format
6798 </a>
6798 </p>
6798 <div class="filename">
6798 ./help/directorypaths.html
6799 </div>
6800 <h1>
6800 Directory paths
6800 </h1>
6802 <p>
6802 The full syntax of a directory path depends on your operating system:
6802 </p>
6804 <div class="indent">
6806 <p>
6806 In
6806 <b>
6806 Windows Systems
6806 </b>
6806 use something like:
6806 </p>
6807 <ul>
6808 <li>
6808 c:\program files\data\moodle
6808 </li>
6809 <li>
6809 c:\documents and settings\moodle\temp\saved
6809 </li>
6810 </ul>
6813 <p>
6813 In
6813 <b>
6813 Unix Systems
6813 </b>
6813 use something like:
6813 </p>
6814 <ul>
6815 <li>
6815 /usr/data/moodle
6815 </li>
6816 <li>
6816 /home/moodle/tmp/saved
6816 </li>
6817 </ul>
6819 </div>
6821 <p>
6821 Note that it's usually a good idea to make sure the directory already exists. Sometimes Moodle can
create the directory when required but this is not always possible.
6822 </p>
6824 <p>
6824 Finally, make sure the case is correct (upper vs lower) and never include a trailing slash.
6824 </p>
6825 <div class="filename">
6825 ./help/feedback/mapcourse.html
6826 </div>
6827 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW
6829 <p>
6829 By default Feedback forms created on your Moodle main page are available site wide and will appear in
all courses using the Feedback block. You can also force the Feedback to appear by making it a Sticky
Block.
6831 </p>
6832 <p>
6832 You can however limit the courses in which a Feedback form will appear by Mapping it to specific
courses.
6833 </p>
6834 <div class="filename">
6834 ./help/feedback/show_anon_entries.html
6835 </div>
6836 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW Where a Feedback allows Anonymous responses, you may
view these results by the Date they were received.
6840 <div class="filename">
6840 ./help/feedback/editelements.html
6841 </div>
6842 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW You can Add, Edit or Remove Questions and Labels to a
Feedback form at any stage. You may also change the order in which Questions appear within your Feedback form
and which Questions are mandatory.
6847 <div class="filename">
6847 ./help/feedback/searchcourses.html
6848 </div>
6849 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW Search for the Code or Name of the Course(s) that you
wish to associate with this Feedback.
6852 <div class="filename">
6852 ./help/feedback/url_for_continue.html
6853 </div>
6854 <p>
6854 By default after a feedback is submitted the target of the continue button is the course page.
6855 <br />
6856 You can define here another target url for this continue-button.
6856 </p>
6857 <div class="filename">
6857 ./help/feedback/viewcompleted.html
6858 </div>
6859 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW You may view completed Feedback forms, searchable by
Course and/or by Question. Feedback responses may be exported to Excel.
6863 <div class="filename">
6863 ./help/feedback/preview.html
6864 </div>
6865 <h2>
6865 Preview
6865 </h2>
6867 <p>
6868 In the preview you can change the position order of questions.
6869 </p>
6871 <div class="filename">
6871 ./help/feedback/index.html
6872 </div>
6873 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW
6875 <h2>
6875 Choices
6875 </h2>
6877 <ul>
6878 <li>
6878 <a href="help.php?module=choice&file=limit.html">
6878 Choice Limit
6878 </a>
6878 </li>
6879 <li>
6879 <a href="help.php?module=choice&file=options.html">
6879 Options
6879 </a>
6879 </li>
6880 <li>
6880 <a href="help.php?module=choice&file=timerestrict.html">
6880 Restrict times
6880 </a>
6880 </li>
6882 </ul>
6884 <div class="filename">
6884 ./help/feedback/multiplesubmit.html
6885 </div>
6886 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW For Anonymous polls Multiple Submit will allow unlimited
answers for every user. Where a User's name is collected, Multiple Submit will allow them allow to resubmit
their Feedback answers.
6891 <div class="filename">
6891 ./help/feedback/timeopen.html
6892 </div>
6893 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW
6895 <p>
6895 You can specify times when the feedback is accessible for people to answer the questions.
6895 </p>
6896 <p>
6896 At a time before this time here defined, the feedback will be unavailable.
6896 <br />
6897 If the checkbox is not selected so there is no limit defined.
6897 </p>
6898 <div class="filename">
6898 ./help/feedback/emailnotification.html
6899 </div>
6900 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW On the submission of a Feedback response, Administrators
will receive email notification
6903 <div class="filename">
6903 ./help/feedback/mapcourses.html
6904 </div>
6905 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW
6907 <p>
6907 Once you have selected the relevant Course(s) and/or Programme(s) from your Search, you can associate
them with this Feedback using Map Course(s). You can Ctrl select multiple Courses or Shift select a
series of Courses.
6909 </p>
6910 <p>
6910 You can disassociated a Course or Programme from a Feedback at any time.
6910 </p>
6911 <div class="filename">
6911 ./help/feedback/timeclose.html
6912 </div>
6913 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE YET, THESE NEED REVIEW
6915 <p>
6915 You can specify times when the feedback is accessible for people to answer the questions.
6915 </p>
6916 <p>
6916 At a time after this time here defined, the feedback will be unavailable.
6916 <br />
6917 If the checkbox is not selected so there is no limit defined.
6917 </p>
6918 <div class="filename">
6918 ./help/feedback/mods.html
6919 </div>
6920 <p>
6920 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/feedback/icon.gif" />
6920
6920 <b>
6920 Feedbacks
6920 </b>
6920 </p>
6922 <div class="indent">
6923 This module allows you to create custom surveys with your own questions.
6924 </div>
6925 <div class="filename">
6925 ./help/uploadusers3.html
6926 </div>
6927 <h1>
6927 Upload users
6927 </h1>
6929 <p>
6929 Firstly, note that
6929 <strong>
6929 it is usually not necessary to import users in bulk
6929 </strong>
6929 - to keep your own maintenance work down you should first explore forms of authentication that do not
require manual maintenance, such as connecting to existing external databases or letting the users
create their own accounts. See the Authentication section in the admin menus.
6931 </p>
6932 <p>
6932 If you are sure you want to import multiple user accounts from a text file, then you need to format your
text file as follows:
6932 </p>
6934 <ul>
6935 <li>
6935 Each line of the file contains one record
6935 </li>
6936 <li>
6936 Each record is a series of data separated by commas (or other delimiters)
6936 </li>
6937 <li>
6937 The first record of the file is special, and contains a list of field names. This defines the format
of the rest of the file.
6938 <blockquote>
6939 <p>
6939 <strong>
6939 Required field names:
6939 </strong>
6939 these fields must be included in the first record, and defined for each user
6939 </p>
6940 <p>
6940 <code>
6940 firstname, lastname
6940 </code>
6940 when inserting or
6940 <code>
6940 username
6940 </code>
6940 when updating
6940 </p>
6941 <p>
6941 <strong>
6941 Optional field names:
6941 </strong>
6941 all of these are completely optional. If a values is present for the field in the file, then that
value is used; else, the default value for that field is used.
6941 </p>
6942 <p>
6942 <code>
6942 institution, department, city, country, lang, auth, ajax, timezone, idnumber, icq, phone1,
phone2, address, url, description, mailformat, maildisplay, htmleditor, autosubscribe, emailstop
6942 </code>
6942 </p>
6943 <p>
6943 <strong>
6943 Custom profile field names:
6943 </strong>
6943 optional, xxxxx is the real custom user profile field name (i.e. the unique short name)
6943 </p>
6944 <p>
6944 <code>
6944 profile_field_xxxxx
6944 </code>
6944 </p>
6945 <p>
6945 <strong>
6945 Special field names:
6945 </strong>
6945 used for changing of usernames and deleting of users, see bellow
6945 </p>
6946 <p>
6946 <code>
6946 deleted, oldusername
6946 </code>
6946 </p>
6947 <p>
6947 <strong>
6947 Enrolment field names (optional):
6947 </strong>
6947 The course names are the "shortnames" of the courses - if present then the user will be
enrolled in those courses. "Type" means type of role to be used for associated course
enrolment. Value 1 is default course role, 2 is legacy Teacher role and 3 is legacy Non-editing
Teacher. You can use role field instead to specify roles directly - use either role short name or
id (numeric names of roles are not supported). Users may be also assigned to groups in course
(group1 in course1, group2 in course2, etc.). Groups are again identified by its names or ids
(numeric names of groups are not supported). You can also set the enrolment duration in days for
each course (enrolperiod1 for course1, enrolperiod2 for course 2, etc.).
6952 </p>
6953 <p>
6953 <code>
6953 course1, type1, role1, group1, enrolperiod1, course2, type2, role2, group2, enrolperiod2, etc.
6953 </code>
6953 </p>
6954 </blockquote>
6955 </li>
6956 <li>
6956 Commas within the data should be encoded as &#44 - the script will automatically decode these back
to commas.
6956 </li>
6957 <li>
6957 For Boolean fields, use 0 for false and 1 for true.
6957 </li>
6958 </ul>
6959 <p>
6959 Here is an example of a valid import file:
6959 </p>
6960 <p>
6960 <code>
6960 username, password, firstname, lastname, email, lang, idnumber, maildisplay, course1, group1, type1,
enrolperiod1
6960 <br />
6961 jonest, verysecret, Tom, Jones, jonest@someplace.edu, en, 3663737, 1, Intro101, Section 1, 1, 30
6961 <br />
6962 reznort, somesecret, Trent, Reznor, reznort@someplace.edu, en_us, 6736733, 0, Advanced202, Section 3,
3, 90
6963 </code>
6963 </p>
6965 <h2>
6965 Templates
6965 </h2>
6966 <p>
6966 The default values are processed as templates in which the following codes are allowed:
6966 </p>
6967 <ul>
6968 <li>
6968 <code>
6968 %l
6968 </code>
6968 - will be replaced by the lastname
6968 </li>
6969 <li>
6969 <code>
6969 %f
6969 </code>
6969 - will be replaced by the firstname
6969 </li>
6970 <li>
6970 <code>
6970 %u
6970 </code>
6970 - will be replaced by the username
6970 </li>
6971 <li>
6971 <code>
6971 %%
6971 </code>
6971 - will be replaced by the %
6971 </li>
6972 </ul>
6973 <p>
6973 Between the percent sign (%) and any code letter (l, f or u) the following modifiers are allowed:
6973 </p>
6974 <ul>
6975 <li>
6975 (-) minus sign - the information specified by the code letter will be converted to lowercase
6975 </li>
6976 <li>
6976 (+) plus sign - the information specified by the code letter will be converted to UPPERCASE
6976 </li>
6977 <li>
6977 (~) tilde sign - the information specified by the code letter will be converted to Title Case
6977 </li>
6978 <li>
6978 a decimal number - the information specified by the code letter will be truncated to that many
characters
6978 </li>
6979 </ul>
6981 <p>
6981 For example, if the firstname is John and the lastname is Doe, the following values will be obtained
with the specified templates:
6981 </p>
6982 <ul>
6983 <li>
6983 %l%f = DoeJohn
6983 </li>
6984 <li>
6984 %l%1f = DoeJ
6984 </li>
6985 <li>
6985 %-l%+f = doeJOHN
6985 </li>
6986 <li>
6986 %-f_%-l = john_doe
6986 </li>
6987 <li>
6987 http://www.example.com/~%u/ = http://www.example.com/~jdoe/ (if the username is jdoe or %-1f%-l)
6987 </li>
6988 </ul>
6989 <p>
6989 Template processing is done only on default values, and not on the values retrieved from the CSV file.
6989 </p>
6990 <p>
6990 In order to create correct Moodle usernames, the username is always converted to lowercase. Moreover, if
the "Allow extended characters in usernames" option in the Site policies page is off,
characters different to letters, digits, dash (-) and dot (.) are removed. For example if the firstname
is John Jr. and the lastname is Doe, the username %-f_%-l will produce john jr._doe when Allow extended
characters in usernames is on, and johnjr.doe when off.
6991 </p>
6992 <p>
6992 When the "New username duplicate handling" setting is set to Append counter, an auto-increment
counter will be append to duplicate usernames produced by the template. For example, if the CSV file
contains the users named John Doe, Jane Doe and Jenny Doe without explicit usernames, the default
username is %-1f%-l and New username duplicate handling is set to Append counter, then the usernames
produced will be jdoe, jdoe2 and jdoe3.
6994 </p>
6996 <h2>
6996 Updating existing accounts
6996 </h2>
6998 <p>
6998 By default Moodle assumes that you will be creating new user accounts, and skips records where the
username matches an existing account. However, if you allow updating, the existing user account will be
updated.
6998 </p>
7000 <p>
7000 When updating existing accounts you can change usernames as well. Set "Allow renames" to
7000 <b>
7000 Yes
7000 </b>
7000 and include in your file a field called
7000 <code>
7000 oldusername
7000 </code>
7000 .
7000 </p>
7002 <p>
7002 <b>
7002 Warning:
7002 </b>
7002 any errors updating existing accounts can affect your users badly. Be careful when using the options to
update.
7002 </p>
7004 <h2>
7004 Deleting accounts
7004 </h2>
7005 <p>
7005 If the
7005 <code>
7005 deleted
7005 </code>
7005 field is present, users with value 1 for it will be deleted. In this case, all the fields may be
omitted, except for
7005 <code>
7005 username
7005 </code>
7005 .
7005 </p>
7006 <p>
7006 Deleting and uploading accounts could be done with a single CSV file. For example, the following file
will add the user Tom Jones and delete the user reznort:
7006 </p>
7007 <p>
7007 <code>
7007 username, firstname, lastname, deleted
7007 <br />
7008 jonest, Tom, Jones, 0
7008 <br />
7009 reznort, , , 1
7010 </code>
7010 </p>
7011 <div class="filename">
7011 ./help/qformat_examview/examview.html
7012 </div>
7013 <h1>
7013 Examview format
7013 </h1>
7015 <p>
7015 This format can import from Examview 4 XML files. Note that the older versions of Examview are not
supported. Examview no longer supports this export format. You are advised the use BlackBoard format
instead.
7017 </p>
7018 <div class="filename">
7018 ./help/quiz_statistics/negcovar.html
7019 </div>
7020 <h1>
7020 Negative covariance of grade for this question with total quiz attempt grade
7020 </h1>
7021 <p>
7021 This question's grade for this set of attempts on the quiz varies in an opposite way to the overall
attempt grade. This means overall attempt grade tends to be below average when the grade for this
question is above average and vice-versa.
7021 </p>
7022 <p>
7022 Our equation for effective question weight cannot be calculated in this case. The calculations for
effective question weight for other questions in this quiz are the effective question weight for these
questions if the highlighted questions with a negative covariance are given a maximum grade of zero.
7022 </p>
7023 <p>
7023 If you edit a quiz and give these question(s) with negative covariance a max grade of zero then the
effective question weight of these questions will be zero and the real effective question weight of
other questions will be as calculated now.
7023 </p>
7023 <div class="filename">
7023 ./help/index.html
7024 </div>
7026 <h1>
7026 Index of Help files
7026 </h1>
7028 <h2>
7028 General
7028 </h2>
7029 <ul>
7030 <li>
7030 <a href="help.php?file=accessibility.html">
7030 Accessibility
7030 </a>
7030 </li>
7031 <li>
7031 <a href="help.php?file=cookies.html">
7031 Cookies
7031 </a>
7031 </li>
7032 <li>
7032 <a href="help.php?file=directorypaths.html">
7032 Directory paths
7032 </a>
7032 </li>
7033 <li>
7033 <a href="help.php?file=search.html">
7033 How to search
7033 </a>
7033 </li>
7034 </ul>
7036 <h2>
7036 Roles
7036 </h2>
7037 <ul>
7038 <li>
7038 <a href="help.php?file=roles.html">
7038 Roles
7038 </a>
7038 </li>
7039 <li>
7039 <a href="help.php?file=contexts.html">
7039 Contexts
7039 </a>
7039 </li>
7040 <li>
7040 <a href="help.php?file=permissions.html">
7040 Permissions
7040 </a>
7040 </li>
7041 <li>
7041 <a href="help.php?file=assignroles.html">
7041 Assign Roles
7041 </a>
7041 </li>
7042 <li>
7042 <a href="help.php?file=overrides.html">
7042 Overrides
7042 </a>
7042 </li>
7043 </ul>
7045 <h2>
7045 Administration
7045 </h2>
7046 <ul>
7047 <li>
7047 <a href="help.php?file=advancedsettings.html">
7047 Advanced settings
7047 </a>
7047 </li>
7048 <li>
7048 <a href="help.php?file=authchange.html">
7048 Changing authentication method
7048 </a>
7048 </li>
7049 <li>
7049 <a href="help.php?file=cost.html">
7049 Course Cost
7049 </a>
7049 </li>
7050 <li>
7050 <a href="help.php?file=directorypaths.html">
7050 Directory paths
7050 </a>
7050 </li>
7051 <li>
7051 <a href="help.php?file=filters.html">
7051 Filters Administration
7051 </a>
7051 </li>
7052 <li>
7052 <a href="help.php?file=langedit.html">
7052 Language editing
7052 </a>
7052 </li>
7053 <li>
7053 <a href="help.php?file=uploadgroups.html">
7053 Upload groups
7053 </a>
7053 </li>
7054 <li>
7054 <a href="help.php?file=uploadusers.html">
7054 Upload users
7054 </a>
7054 </li>
7056 <li>
7056 <a href="help.php?file=install.html">
7056 Installation
7056 </a>
7056 </li>
7057 </ul>
7059 <h2>
7059 Setting up courses
7059 </h2>
7060 <ul>
7062 <li>
7062 <a href="help.php?file=mods.html">
7062 Activity Modules
7062 </a>
7062 </li>
7063 <li>
7063 <a href="help.php?file=coursereports.html">
7063 Activity Reports
7063 </a>
7063 </li>
7064 <li>
7064 <a href="help.php?file=courseavailability.html">
7064 Course availability
7064 </a>
7064 </li>
7065 <li>
7065 <a href="help.php?file=coursecategory.html">
7065 Course categories
7065 </a>
7065 </li>
7066 <li>
7066 <a href="help.php?file=courseenrollable2.html">
7066 Course enrollable
7066 </a>
7066 </li>
7067 <li>
7067 <a href="help.php?file=courseenrolmentplugins.html">
7067 Course enrolment plugins
7067 </a>
7067 </li>
7068 <li>
7068 <a href="help.php?file=courseformats.html">
7068 Course formats
7068 </a>
7068 </li>
7069 <li>
7069 <a href="help.php?file=coursefullname.html">
7069 Course fullname
7069 </a>
7069 </li>
7070 <li>
7070 <a href="help.php?file=courseidnumber.html">
7070 Course ID number
7070 </a>
7070 </li>
7071 <li>
7071 <a href="help.php?file=coursenewsitems.html">
7071 Course news items
7071 </a>
7071 </li>
7072 <li>
7072 <a href="help.php?file=coursenumsections.html">
7072 Course number of weeks/topics
7072 </a>
7072 </li>
7073 <li>
7073 <a href="help.php?file=courseshortname.html">
7073 Course short name
7073 </a>
7073 </li>
7074 <li>
7074 <a href="help.php?file=coursestartdate.html">
7074 Course start date
7074 </a>
7074 </li>
7075 <li>
7075 <a href="help.php?file=courseuploadsize.html">
7075 Course upload size
7075 </a>
7075 </li>
7076 <li>
7076 <a href="help.php?file=expirynotify.html">
7076 Enrolment expiry notification
7076 </a>
7076 </li>
7077 <li>
7077 <a href="help.php?file=expirynotifystudents.html">
7077 Enrolment expiry notification students
7077 </a>
7077 </li>
7078 <li>
7078 <a href="help.php?file=expirythreshold.html">
7078 Enrolment expiry notification threshold
7078 </a>
7078 </li>
7079 <li>
7079 <a href="help.php?file=enrolmentkey.html">
7079 Enrolment keys
7079 </a>
7079 </li>
7080 <li>
7080 <a href="help.php?file=enrolperiod.html">
7080 Enrolment period
7080 </a>
7080 </li>
7081 <li>
7081 <a href="help.php?file=groupmode.html">
7081 Group mode
7081 </a>
7081 </li>
7082 <li>
7082 <a href="help.php?file=groupmodeforce.html">
7082 Group mode (forcing)
7082 </a>
7082 </li>
7083 <li>
7083 <a href="help.php?file=guestaccess.html">
7083 Guest access
7083 </a>
7083 </li>
7084 <li>
7084 <a href="help.php?file=coursehiddensections.html">
7084 Hidden sections
7084 </a>
7084 </li>
7085 <li>
7085 <a href="help.php?file=metacourse.html">
7085 Meta Course
7085 </a>
7085 </li>
7086 <li>
7086 <a href="help.php?file=courserecent.html">
7086 Recent Activity
7086 </a>
7086 </li>
7087 <li>
7087 <a href="help.php?file=scales.html">
7087 Scales
7087 </a>
7087 </li>
7088 <li>
7088 <a href="help.php?file=coursegrades.html">
7088 Show grades
7088 </a>
7088 </li>
7089 <li>
7089 <a href="help.php?file=summaries.html">
7089 Section summaries
7089 </a>
7089 </li>
7090 <li>
7090 <a href="help.php?file=teachers.html">
7090 Teachers
7090 </a>
7090 </li>
7091 <li>
7091 <a href="help.php?file=picture.html">
7091 Uploading a picture
7091 </a>
7091 </li>
7092 <li>
7092 <a href="help.php?file=participantswithselectedusers.html">
7092 Participants list actions
7092 </a>
7092 </li>
7093 <li>
7093 <a href="help.php?file=participationreport.html">
7093 Participation report
7093 </a>
7093 </li>
7094 </ul>
7096 <h2>
7096 Reading and Writing
7096 </h2>
7097 <ul>
7098 <li>
7098 <a href="help.php?file=advanced_markdown.html">
7098 Advanced Use of Markdown
7098 </a>
7098 </li>
7099 <li>
7099 <a href="help.php?file=questions.html">
7099 Asking Questions
7099 </a>
7099 </li>
7100 <li>
7100 <a href="help.php?file=reading.html">
7100 Reading
7100 </a>
7100 </li>
7101 <li>
7101 <a href="help.php?file=writing.html">
7101 Writing
7101 </a>
7101 </li>
7102 <li>
7102 <a href="help.php?file=textformat.html">
7102 Formatting Text
7102 </a>
7102 </li>
7103 <li>
7103 <a href="help.php?file=html.html">
7103 Editing HTML format
7103 </a>
7103 </li>
7104 <li>
7104 <a href="help.php?file=text2.html">
7104 Editing Text format
7104 </a>
7104 </li>
7105 <li>
7105 <a href="help.php?file=markdown.html">
7105 Editing Markdown format
7105 </a>
7105 </li>
7106 <li>
7106 <a href="help.php?file=richtext2.html">
7106 Using the Richtext HTML editor
7106 </a>
7106 </li>
7107 <li>
7107 <a href="help.php?file=emoticons2.html">
7107 Using Smilies (emoticons)
7107 </a>
7107 </li>
7108 </ul>
7109 <div class="filename">
7109 ./help/recaptcha.html
7110 </div>
7111 <h1>
7111 reCAPTCHA
7111 </h1>
7112 <h2>
7112 Description
7112 </h2>
7113 <p>
7113 A CAPTCHA is a program that can tell whether its user is a human or a computer. CAPTCHAs are used by
many websites to prevent abuse from "bots," or automated programs usually written to generate spam. No
computer program can read distorted text as well as humans can, so bots cannot navigate sites protected
by CAPTCHAs.
7113 </p>
7115 <h2>
7115 Instructions
7115 </h2>
7116 <p>
7116 Please enter the words you see in the box, in order and separated by a space. Doing so helps prevent
automated programs from abusing this service.
7116 </p>
7118 <p>
7118 If you are not sure what the words are, either enter your best guess or follow the "Get another
CAPTCHA" link.
7118 </p>
7120 <p>
7120 Visually impaired users can follow the "Get an audio CAPTCHA" link to hear a set of digits that can be
entered instead of the visual challenge.
7120 </p>
7121 <div class="filename">
7121 ./help/qformat_xml/xml.html
7122 </div>
7123 <h1>
7123 "Moodle XML" format
7123 </h1>
7125 <p>
7125 This Moodle specific format imports quiz questions that have previously been exported in the same
format. The format is straightforward and is best demonstrated by exporting a category in the Moodle XML
format. The XML format is capabable of importing image files.
7129 </p>
7131 <p>
7131 Optional questiontype plugins can extend this format.
7131 </p>
7133 <h3>
7133 Category Switching
7133 </h3>
7135 <p>
7135 You can insert a special dummy question into the XML file to specify the category path into which the
following questions will be inserted. If the category or categories do not exist they will be created.
Note that the
7138 <b>
7138 from file:
7138 </b>
7138 option must be ticked on the option page or this code will be ignored completely. You can switch
categories in the xml file as often as you wish.
7140 </p>
7142 <p>
7142 An example of the format is as follows:
7142 </p>
7144 <pre>
7145 <question type="category"> <category> tom/dick/harry </category> </question>
7150 </pre>
7151 <div class="filename">
7151 ./help/assignment/commentinline.html
7152 </div>
7153 <h1>
7153 Comment inline
7153 </h1>
7155 <p>
7155 If this option is selected, then the original submission will be copied into the feedback comment field
during grading, making it easier to comment inline (using a different color, perhaps) or to edit the
original text.
7158 </p>
7159 <div class="filename">
7159 ./help/assignment/allowdeleting.html
7160 </div>
7161 <h1>
7161 Allow deleting
7161 </h1>
7163 <p>
7163 If enabled, participants may delete uploaded files at any time before submitting for grading.
7163 </p>
7164 <div class="filename">
7164 ./help/assignment/trackdrafts.html
7165 </div>
7166 <h1>
7166 Send for marking
7166 </h1>
7168 <p>
7168 The "Send for marking" button allows users to indicate to graders that they have finished working on an
assignment. Graders may choose to revert the assignment to draft status (if it requires further work,
for example).
7168 </p>
7169 <div class="filename">
7169 ./help/assignment/allowmaxfiles.html
7170 </div>
7171 <h1>
7171 Maximum number of uploaded files
7171 </h1>
7173 <p>
7173 Maximum number of files each participant may upload, this number is not shown to students, please write
the actual number of requested files in assignment description.
7175 </p>
7176 <div class="filename">
7176 ./help/assignment/pagesize.html
7177 </div>
7178 <h1>
7178 Page size
7178 </h1>
7180 <p>
7180 Enter a number to specify how many submissions you want to see on one page.
7180 </p>
7182 <p>
7182 Your preference is saved and will apply to all assignments in all courses.
7182 </p>
7184 <div class="filename">
7184 ./help/assignment/emailteachers.html
7185 </div>
7186 <h1>
7186 Email alerts to teachers
7186 </h1>
7188 <p>
7188 If enabled, then teachers are alerted with a short email whenever students add or update an assignment
submission.
7189 </p>
7191 <p>
7191 Only teachers who are able to grade the particular submission are notified. So, for example, if the
course uses separate groups, then teachers restricted to particular groups won't receive any notices
about students in other groups.
7193 </p>
7195 <p>
7195 For offline activities, of course, mail is never sent since students never submit anything.
7196 </p>
7198 <div class="filename">
7198 ./help/assignment/types.html
7199 </div>
7200 <h1>
7200 Assignment Types
7200 </h1>
7202 <p>
7202 There are a growing number of assignment types available:
7202 </p>
7204 <h2>
7204 Offline activity
7204 </h2>
7205 <p>
7205 This is useful when the assignment is performed outside of Moodle. It could be something elsewhere on
the web or face-to-face.
7207 </p>
7207 <p>
7207 Students can see a description of the assignment, but can't upload files or anything. Grading works
normally, and students will get notifications of their grades.
7209 </p>
7210 <hr />
7212 <h2>
7212 Online text
7212 </h2>
7213 <p>
7213 This assignment type asks users to edit a text, using the normal editing tools. Teachers can grade them
online, and even add inline comments or changes.
7215 </p>
7216 <p>
7216 (If you are familiar with older versions of Moodle, this Assignment type does the same thing as the old
Journal module used to do.)
7217 </p>
7218 <hr />
7220 <h2>
7220 Upload a single file
7220 </h2>
7221 <p>
7221 This type of assignment allows each participant to upload a single file, of any type.
7222 </p>
7222 <p>
7222 This might be a Word processor document, or an image, a zipped web site, or anything you ask them to
submit.
7224 </p>
7225 <hr />
7227 <h2>
7227 Advanced uploading of files
7227 </h2>
7228 <p>
7228 This type of assignment allows each participant to upload one or more files in any format. These might
be a Word processor documents, images, a zipped web site, or anything you ask them to submit.
7231 </p>
7232 <p>
7232 This type also allows you to upload multiple response files. Response files can be also uploaded before
submission which can be used to give each participant different file to work with.
7234 </p>
7235 <p>
7235 Participants may also enter notes describing the submitted files, progress status or any other text
information.
7236 </p>
7237 <p>
7237 Submission of this type of assignment must be manually finalized by the participant. You can review the
current status at any time, unfinished assignments are marked as Draft. You can revert any ungraded
assignment back to draft status.
7240 </p>
7241 <hr />
7242 <div class="filename">
7242 ./help/assignment/hideintro.html
7243 </div>
7244 <h1>
7244 Hide description before available date
7244 </h1>
7246 <p>
7246 If enabled, assignment description is hidden before the opening date.
7246 </p>
7247 <div class="filename">
7247 ./help/assignment/allownotes.html
7248 </div>
7249 <h1>
7249 Allow notes
7249 </h1>
7251 <p>
7251 If enabled, participants may enter notes into text area. It is similar to Online text assignment.
7252 </p>
7254 <p>
7254 This text box can be used for communication with the grading person, assignment progress description or
any other written activity.
7255 </p>
7255 <div class="filename">
7255 ./help/assignment/index.html
7256 </div>
7257 <h2>
7257 Assignments
7257 </h2>
7259 <ul>
7262 <li>
7262 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=types.html">
7262 Assignment types
7262 </a>
7262 </li>
7263 <li>
7263 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=commentinline.html">
7263 Comment inline
7263 </a>
7263 </li>
7264 <li>
7264 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=emailteachers.html">
7264 Email teachers
7264 </a>
7264 </li>
7265 <li>
7265 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=pagesize.html">
7265 Page size
7265 </a>
7265 </li>
7266 <li>
7266 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=quickgrade.html">
7266 Quick Grade
7266 </a>
7266 </li>
7267 <li>
7267 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=resubmit.html">
7267 Re-submit
7267 </a>
7267 </li>
7268 <li>
7268 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=allowdeleting.html">
7268 Allow deleting
7268 </a>
7268 </li>
7269 <li>
7269 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=allowmaxfiles.html">
7269 Maximum number of uploaded files
7269 </a>
7269 </li>
7270 <li>
7270 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=allownotes.html">
7270 Allow notes
7270 </a>
7270 </li>
7271 <li>
7271 <a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=hideintro.html">
7271 Hide description before available date
7271 </a>
7271 </li>
7273 </ul>
7276 <div class="filename">
7276 ./help/assignment/assignmenttype.html
7277 </div>
7278 <h1>
7278 Assignment Type
7278 </h1>
7280 <p>
7280 There are different types of assignments
7280 </p>
7282 <p>
7282 <b>
7282 Offline activity
7282 </b>
7282 - this is useful when the assignment is performed outside of Moodle. Students can see a description of
the assignment, but can't upload files or anything. Teachers can grade all students though, and students
will see notifications of their grades.
7284 </p>
7286 <p>
7286 <b>
7286 Upload a single file
7286 </b>
7286 - this type of assignment allows all students to upload a single file, of any type. This might be a Word
processor document, or an image, a zipped web site, or anything you ask them to submit. Teachers can
grade submitted assignments online.
7289 </p>
7291 <div class="filename">
7291 ./help/assignment/emailnotification.html
7292 </div>
7293 <h1>
7293 Send notification email
7293 </h1>
7295 <p>
7295 If you turn this on then students will be notified via email about their grades and feedback.
7295 </p>
7297 <p>
7297 Your personal preference is saved and will apply to all assignment submissions you grade.
7297 </p>
7299 <div class="filename">
7299 ./help/assignment/quickgrade.html
7300 </div>
7301 <h1>
7301 Quick Grade
7301 </h1>
7303 <p>
7303 With quickgrading enabled you can quickly grade multiple assignments on one page.
7303 </p>
7305 <p>
7305 Just change the grades and comments and use the Save button at the bottom to save all your changes for
that page at once.
7306 </p>
7308 <p>
7308 The normal grading buttons on the right still work too in case you need more space. Your quickgrading
preference is saved and will apply to all assignments in all courses.
7309 </p>
7311 <div class="filename">
7311 ./help/assignment/resubmit.html
7312 </div>
7313 <h1>
7313 Resubmitting assignments
7313 </h1>
7315 <p>
7315 By default, students cannot resubmit assignments once the teacher has graded them
7315 </p>
7317 <p>
7317 If you turn this option on, then students will be allowed to resubmit assignments after they have been
graded (for you to re-grade). This may be useful if the teacher wants to encourage students to do better
work in an iterative process.
7319 </p>
7321 <p>
7321 Obviously, this option is not relevant for offline assignments.
7321 </p>
7322 <div class="filename">
7322 ./help/assignment/mods.html
7323 </div>
7324 <p>
7324 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/assignment/icon.gif" />
7324
7324 <b>
7324 Assignments
7324 </b>
7324 </p>
7325 <div class="indent">
7326 Assignments allow the teacher to specify a task that requires students to prepare digital content (any
format) and submit it by uploading it to the server. Typical assignments include essays, projects,
reports and so on. This module includes grading facilities.
7330 </div>
7331 <div class="filename">
7331 ./help/metacourse.html
7332 </div>
7333 <h1>
7333 Meta course
7333 </h1>
7335 <p>
7335 A meta course takes enrolments (and other role assignments) from a "child" course or courses. In other
words, for every child course added to the meta course, all students (and users in other roles) are also
enrolled in the meta course.
7335 </p>
7337 <p>
7337 Individual students cannot be added to a meta course, only child courses via the "Child courses" link in
the course administration block.
7337 </p>
7337 <div class="filename">
7337 ./help/richtext.html
7338 </div>
7339 <h1>
7339 About the Richtext HTML editor
7339 </h1>
7341 <p>
7341 Availability:
7341 <b>
7342 <?php if (!$CFG->
7342 E005 Extra quote character found or quote character missing:
E002 There is either a < missing or you may have used > instead of > in the content:
htmleditor) { print_string("htmleditordisabledadmin"); } else if (!$USER->
7344 E005 Extra quote character found or quote character missing:
E016 The '{' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The '}' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The 'else' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The '{' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The '}' attribute is duplicated:
E002 There is either a < missing or you may have used > instead of > in the content:
htmleditor) { print_string("htmleditordisabled"); } else if (!can_use_html_editor()) {
print_string("htmleditordisabledbrowser"); } else { print_string("htmleditoravailable"); } ?>
7352 </b>
7352 </p>
7354 <p>
7354 The Richtext HTML editor provides a word-processor interface embedded in your web page to allow you to
edit text in an intuitive way, and produces normal HTML code.
7354 </p>
7356 <p>
7356 In addition to formatting text, this editor provides a number of extra features you may find useful.
7358 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
7358 Paste text in from other Applications
7358 </h2>
7359 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
7360 <p>
7360 You can cut and paste rich text from other Windows applications such as Microsoft Word straight into
this editor, and your formatting will be preserved. Just use the normal cut and paste menus in your
web browser (or Control-C and Control-V).
7362 </p>
7363 </div>
7365 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
7365 Inserting images
7365 <img alt="" src="lib/editor/htmlarea/images/ed_image.gif" />
7365 </h2>
7366 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
7367 <p>
7367 If you have images that are already published on a web site and accessible via a URL, you can
include these images in your texts using the "Insert Image" button.
7367 </p>
7368 </div>
7370 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
7370 Inserting Tables
7370 <img alt="" src="lib/editor/htmlarea/images/insert_table.gif" />
7370 </h2>
7371 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
7372 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
7372 To add layout to your texts, you can use the "Insert Tables" button in the toolbar.
7373 </div>
7375 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
7375 Inserting Links
7375 <img alt="" src="lib/editor/htmlarea/images/ed_link.gif" />
7375 /
7375 </h2>
7376 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
7377 <p>
7377 To make a new link, first type the text that you want to be a link. Then select it and click the
link button in the toolbar. Type the URL you want to link to and it's done!
7377 </p>
7378 </div>
7381 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
7381 Inserting smilies (emoticons)
7381 <img alt="" src="pix/s/smiley.gif" class="icon" />
7381 </h2>
7382 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
7383 <p>
7383 To embed these small icons in your text, click on the smiley icon in the toolbar. A dialog will pop
up that allows you to select from the following smiley icons. (Alternatively, you can just type the
corresponding code straight into your text and it will be converted later when your text is
displayed).
7383 </p>
7385 <table border="1">
7386 <tr valign="top">
7387 <td>
7388 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<table border="0" align="center" cellpadding="10">
7389 <tr>
7390 <td>
7390 <img alt="" src="pix/s/smiley.gif" class="icon" />
7390 </td>
7391 <td>
7391 smile
7391 </td>
7392 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7392 <code>
7392 :-)
7392 </code>
7392 </td>
7393 </tr>
7394 <tr>
7395 <td>
7395 <img alt="" src="pix/s/biggrin.gif" class="icon" />
7395 </td>
7396 <td>
7396 big grin
7396 </td>
7397 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7397 <code>
7397 :-D
7397 </code>
7397 </td>
7398 </tr>
7399 <tr>
7400 <td>
7400 <img alt="" src="pix/s/wink.gif" class="icon" />
7400 </td>
7401 <td>
7401 wink
7401 </td>
7402 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7402 <code>
7402 ;-)
7402 </code>
7402 </td>
7403 </tr>
7404 <tr>
7405 <td>
7405 <img alt="" src="pix/s/mixed.gif" class="icon" />
7405 </td>
7406 <td>
7406 mixed
7406 </td>
7407 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7407 <code>
7407 :-/
7407 </code>
7407 </td>
7408 </tr>
7409 <tr>
7410 <td>
7410 <img alt="" src="pix/s/thoughtful.gif" class="icon" />
7410 </td>
7411 <td>
7411 thoughtful
7411 </td>
7412 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7412 <code>
7412 V-.
7412 </code>
7412 </td>
7413 </tr>
7414 <tr>
7415 <td>
7415 <img alt="" src="pix/s/tongueout.gif" class="icon" />
7415 </td>
7416 <td>
7416 tongue out
7416 </td>
7417 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7417 <code>
7417 :-P
7417 </code>
7417 </td>
7418 </tr>
7419 <tr>
7420 <td>
7420 <img alt="" src="pix/s/cool.gif" class="icon" />
7420 </td>
7421 <td>
7421 cool
7421 </td>
7422 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7422 <code>
7422 B-)
7422 </code>
7422 </td>
7423 </tr>
7424 <tr>
7425 <td>
7425 <img alt="" src="pix/s/approve.gif" class="icon" />
7425 </td>
7426 <td>
7426 approve
7426 </td>
7427 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7427 <code>
7427 ^-)
7427 </code>
7427 </td>
7428 </tr>
7429 <tr>
7430 <td>
7430 <img alt="" src="pix/s/wideeyes.gif" class="icon" />
7430 </td>
7431 <td>
7431 wide eyes
7431 </td>
7432 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7432 <code>
7432 8-)
7432 </code>
7432 </td>
7433 </tr>
7434 <tr>
7435 <td>
7435 <img alt="" src="pix/s/surprise.gif" class="icon" />
7435 </td>
7436 <td>
7436 surprise
7436 </td>
7437 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7437 <code>
7437 8-o
7437 </code>
7437 </td>
7438 </tr>
7439 </table>
7440 </td>
7441 <td>
7442 E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<table border="0" align="center" cellpadding="10">
7443 <tr>
7444 <td>
7444 <img alt="" src="pix/s/sad.gif" class="icon" />
7444 </td>
7445 <td>
7445 sad
7445 </td>
7446 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7446 <code>
7446 :-(
7446 </code>
7446 </td>
7447 </tr>
7448 <tr>
7449 <td>
7449 <img alt="" src="pix/s/shy.gif" class="icon" />
7449 </td>
7450 <td>
7450 shy
7450 </td>
7451 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7451 <code>
7451 8-.
7451 </code>
7451 </td>
7452 </tr>
7453 <tr>
7454 <td>
7454 <img alt="" src="pix/s/blush.gif" class="icon" />
7454 </td>
7455 <td>
7455 blush
7455 </td>
7456 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7456 <code>
7456 :-I
7456 </code>
7456 </td>
7457 </tr>
7458 <tr>
7459 <td>
7459 <img alt="" src="pix/s/kiss.gif" class="icon" />
7459 </td>
7460 <td>
7460 kisses
7460 </td>
7461 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7461 <code>
7461 :-X
7461 </code>
7461 </td>
7462 </tr>
7463 <tr>
7464 <td>
7464 <img alt="" src="pix/s/clown.gif" class="icon" />
7464 </td>
7465 <td>
7465 clown
7465 </td>
7466 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7466 <code>
7466 :o)
7466 </code>
7466 </td>
7467 </tr>
7468 <tr>
7469 <td>
7469 <img alt="" src="pix/s/blackeye.gif" class="icon" />
7469 </td>
7470 <td>
7470 black eye
7470 </td>
7471 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7471 <code>
7471 P-|
7471 </code>
7471 </td>
7472 </tr>
7473 <tr>
7474 <td>
7474 <img alt="" src="pix/s/angry.gif" class="icon" />
7474 </td>
7475 <td>
7475 angry
7475 </td>
7476 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7476 <code>
7476 8-[
7476 </code>
7476 </td>
7477 </tr>
7478 <tr>
7479 <td>
7479 <img alt="" src="pix/s/dead.gif" class="icon" />
7479 </td>
7480 <td>
7480 dead
7480 </td>
7481 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7481 <code>
7481 xx-P
7481 </code>
7481 </td>
7482 </tr>
7483 <tr>
7484 <td>
7484 <img alt="" src="pix/s/sleepy.gif" class="icon" />
7484 </td>
7485 <td>
7485 sleepy
7485 </td>
7486 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7486 <code>
7486 |-.
7486 </code>
7486 </td>
7487 </tr>
7488 <tr>
7489 <td>
7489 <img alt="" src="pix/s/evil.gif" class="icon" />
7489 </td>
7490 <td>
7490 evil
7490 </td>
7491 E620 The 'nowrap' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td nowrap="nowrap">
7491 <code>
7491 }-]
7491 </code>
7491 </td>
7492 </tr>
7493 </table>
7494 </td>
7495 </tr>
7496 </table>
7498 </div>
7501 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7501 ./help/glossary/aliases2.html
7502 </div>
7503 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7503 Keywords
7503 </h1>
7505 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7505 Each entry in the glossary can have an associated list of keywords (or aliases).
7505 </p>
7507 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7507 <b>
7507 Enter each alias on a new line
7507 </b>
7507 (not separated by commas).
7507 </p>
7509 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7509 The aliased words and phrases can be used as alternative ways to refer to the entry. For example, if
you are using the glossary auto-linking filter then the aliases will be used (as well as the main name
of the entry) when deciding what words to link to this entry.
7511 </p>
7512 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7512 ./help/glossary/aliases.html
7513 </div>
7514 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7514 Keywords
7514 </h1>
7516 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7516 Each entry in the glossary can have an associated list of keywords (or aliases).
7516 </p>
7518 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7518 These words can be used as alternative ways to refer to the entry. For example, they will be used when
creating automatic links.
7519 </p>
7520 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7520 ./help/glossary/usedynalinkentry.html
7521 </div>
7522 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7522 Enabling automatic linking in a entry
7522 </h1>
7524 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7524 Turning this feature on will allow the entry to be automatically linked, whenever the concept words
and phrases appear throughout the rest of the same course. This includes forum postings, internal
resources, week summaries and so on.
7526 </p>
7528 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7528 If you do not want particular text to be linked (in a forum posting, say) then you should add
<nolink> and </nolink> tags around the text.
7528 </p>
7530 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7530 To be able to turn on this feature, auto linking must be enabled at glossary level.
7530 </p>
7531 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7531 ./help/glossary/editalways.html
7532 </div>
7533 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7533 Edit always
7533 </h1>
7535 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7535 This option allows you to decide if students can edit their entries at any time.
7536 </p>
7538 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7538 You can select:
7538 </p>
7540 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
7541 <li>
7541 <b>
7541 Yes:
7541 </b>
7541 Entries are always editable.
7541 </li>
7543 <li>
7543 <b>
7543 No:
7543 </b>
7543 Entries are editable for configured editing time.
7543 </li>
7544 </ul>
7546 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7546 ./help/glossary/defaultapproval.html
7547 </div>
7548 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7548 Approved by default
7548 </h1>
7550 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7550 This setting allows the teacher to define what happens to new entries added by students. They can be
automatically made available to everyone, otherwise the teacher will have to approve each one.
7551 </p>
7552 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7552 ./help/glossary/description.html
7553 </div>
7554 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7554 Description
7554 </h1>
7556 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7556 This field allows you to describe the purpose of the glossary, and to possibly provide instructions or
background information, links etc.
7557 </p>
7558 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7558 ./help/glossary/casesensitive.html
7559 </div>
7560 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7560 Case sensitive matching
7560 </h1>
7562 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7562 This setting specifies whether matching exact upper and lower case is necessary when performing
automatic linking to these entries.
7563 </p>
7565 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7565 For example, if this is turned on, then a word like "html" in a forum posting will NOT be linked to a
glossary entry called "HTML".
7566 </p>
7568 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7568 ./help/glossary/allowprintview.html
7569 </div>
7570 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7570 Allow print view
7570 </h1>
7572 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7572 Students can be allowed to use the print view of the glossary.
7572 </p>
7574 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7574 You can choose whether this feature is enabled or disabled.
7574 </p>
7576 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7576 Teachers always can use the print view.
7576 </p>
7577 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7577 ./help/glossary/rssarticles.html
7578 </div>
7579 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7579 Number of RSS recent articles
7579 </h1>
7581 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7581 This option allows you to select the number of articles to include in the RSS Feed.
7582 </p>
7584 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7584 A number between 5 and 20 would be normal for most glossaries. Increase the number if the glossary is
updated frequently.
7585 </p>
7587 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7587 ./help/glossary/destination.html
7588 </div>
7589 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7589 Defining the destination of imported entries
7589 </h1>
7591 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7591 You can specify where you want to import entries to:
7591 </p>
7592 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
7593 <li>
7593 <strong>
7593 Current Glossary:
7593 </strong>
7593 Will append the imported entries to the currently open glossary.
7593 </li>
7594 <li>
7594 <strong>
7594 New Glossary:
7594 </strong>
7594 Will create a new glossary based on the information found in the selected import file and will
insert the new entries into it.
7594 </li>
7595 </ul>
7596 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7596 ./help/glossary/globalglossary.html
7597 </div>
7598 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7598 Defining a global glossary
7598 </h1>
7600 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7600 Only administrators, and other users with the capability site:doanything allowed, can define a
glossary to be global.
7600 </p>
7602 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7602 Any course may contain a global glossary (but particularly the front page).
7602 </p>
7604 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7604 The difference to a normal local glossary is that the entries are used to create automatic links
throughout the whole site (and not just in the same course the glossary belongs to).
7604 </p>
7605 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7605 ./help/glossary/attachment.html
7606 </div>
7607 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7607 Attachments for entries
7607 </h1>
7609 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7609 You can optionally attach ONE file from your own computer to any glossary entry. This file is uploaded
to the server and stored with your entry.
7611 </p>
7613 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7613 This is useful when you want to share a picture, for example, or a Word document.
7614 </p>
7616 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7616 This file can be of any type, however it is highly recommended that the file is named using standard
3-letter internet suffixes such as .doc for a Word document, .jpg or .png for an image, and so on.
This will make it easier for others to download and view your attachment in their browsers.
7620 </p>
7622 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7622 If you re-edit an entry and attach a new file, then any previous attached files for that entry will be
replaced.
7623 </p>
7625 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7625 If you re-edit an entry with an attachment and leave this space blank, then the original attachment
will be retained.
7627 </p>
7628 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7628 ./help/glossary/allowduplicatedentries.html
7629 </div>
7630 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7630 Allow duplicated entries
7630 </h1>
7632 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7632 If you turn this option on, then multiple entries are allowed to use the same concept name.
7633 </p>
7635 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7635 ./help/glossary/studentcanpost.html
7636 </div>
7637 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7637 Students can post entries
7637 </h1>
7639 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7639 You can specify whether a student can or cannot add, edit or delete his/her own entries. Entries
exported to a main glossary can be updated or deleted by teachers only, so this setting only applies
to secondary glossaries.
7641 </p>
7643 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7643 <b>
7643 Note:
7643 </b>
7643 A teacher can edit or delete any entry at any time.
7643 </p>
7644 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7644 ./help/glossary/entbypage.html
7645 </div>
7646 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7646 Defining the number of entries shown per page
7646 </h1>
7648 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7648 The glossary can be configured to restrict the number of entries shown per page.
7648 </p>
7650 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7650 If you have a large number of automatically-linked entries you should set this number lower to prevent
long loading times.
7650 </p>
7651 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7651 ./help/glossary/index.html
7652 </div>
7653 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
7653 Glossary
7653 </h2>
7655 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul class="un__list">
7656 <li>
7656 <h3>
7656 Glossary level help files
7656 </h3>
7658 <ul>
7659 <li>
7659 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=allowprintview.html">
7659 Allow Print View
7659 </a>
7659 </li>
7660 <li>
7660 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=defaultapproval.html">
7660 Approval of entries
7660 </a>
7660 </li>
7661 <li>
7661 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=attachment.html">
7661 Attachments for entries
7661 </a>
7661 </li>
7662 <li>
7662 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=linkcategory.html">
7662 Automatically linking categories
7662 </a>
7662 </li>
7663 <li>
7663 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=description.html">
7663 Describing a glossary
7663 </a>
7663 </li>
7664 <li>
7664 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=globalglossary.html">
7664 Defining a global glossary
7664 </a>
7664 </li>
7665 <li>
7665 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=mainglossary.html">
7665 Defining the main glossary of the course
7665 </a>
7665 </li>
7666 <li>
7666 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=allowduplicatedentries.html">
7666 Duplicated entries in glossaries
7666 </a>
7666 </li>
7667 <li>
7667 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=editalways.html">
7667 Edit Always
7667 </a>
7667 </li>
7668 <li>
7668 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=studentcanpost.html">
7668 Students can post entries
7668 </a>
7668 </li>
7669 <li>
7669 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=allowcomments.html">
7669 Comments on entries
7669 </a>
7669 </li>
7670 <li>
7670 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=displayformat.html">
7670 Display formats for entries
7670 </a>
7670 </li>
7671 <li>
7671 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=entbypage.html">
7671 Number of entries shown by page
7671 </a>
7671 </li>
7672 <li>
7672 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=shows.html">
7672 Browsing options in Alphabet View frame
7672 </a>
7672 </li>
7673 <li>
7673 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=usedynalink.html">
7673 Enabling automatic linking in a glossary
7673 </a>
7673 </li>
7674 <li>
7674 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=filetoimport.html">
7674 Importing entries
7674 </a>
7674 </li>
7675 <li>
7675 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=importcategories.html">
7675 Importing categories
7675 </a>
7675 </li>
7676 <li>
7676 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=destination.html">
7676 Destination of the entries to import
7676 </a>
7676 </li>
7677 <li>
7677 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=rsstype.html">
7677 RSS feed for this glossary
7677 </a>
7677 </li>
7678 <li>
7678 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=rssarticles.html">
7678 Number of RSS recent articles
7678 </a>
7678 </li>
7679 </ul>
7681 </li>
7682 <li>
7682 <h3>
7682 Entry level help files
7682 </h3>
7684 <ul>
7685 <li>
7685 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=usedynalinkentry.html">
7685 Enabling automatic linking in a entry
7685 </a>
7685 </li>
7686 <li>
7686 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=aliases2.html">
7686 Keywords / Aliases
7686 </a>
7686 </li>
7687 <li>
7687 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=casesensitive.html">
7687 Case sensitive auto-linking
7687 </a>
7687 </li>
7688 <li>
7688 <a href="help.php?module=glossary&file=fullmatch.html">
7688 Whole words auto-linking
7688 </a>
7688 </li>
7689 </ul>
7691 </li>
7692 </ul>
7693 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7693 ./help/glossary/displayformat.html
7694 </div>
7695 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7695 Display format
7695 </h1>
7697 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7697 This setting specifies the way that each entry will be shown within the glossary. The default formats
are:
7697 </p>
7699 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<dl class="indent">
7700 <dt>
7700 <b>
7700 Simple, dictionary style
7700 </b>
7700 :
7700 </dt>
7701 <dd>
7701 Looks like a conventional dictionary with separate entries. No authors are displayed and attachments
are shown as links.
7701 </dd>
7702 <dt>
7702 <b>
7702 Continuous without author
7702 </b>
7702 :
7702 </dt>
7703 <dd>
7703 Shows the entries one after other without any kind of separation but the editing icons.
7703 </dd>
7704 <dt>
7704 <b>
7704 Full with author
7704 </b>
7704 :
7704 </dt>
7705 <dd>
7705 A forum-like display format showing author's data. Attachments are shown as links.
7705 </dd>
7706 <dt>
7706 <b>
7706 Full without author
7706 </b>
7706 :
7706 </dt>
7707 <dd>
7707 A forum-like display format that does not show author's data. Attachments are shown as links.
7707 </dd>
7708 <dt>
7708 <b>
7708 Encyclopedia
7708 </b>
7708 :
7708 </dt>
7709 <dd>
7709 Like 'Full with author' but attached images are shown inline.
7709 </dd>
7710 <dt>
7710 <b>
7710 Entry list
7710 </b>
7710 :
7710 </dt>
7711 <dd>
7711 This lists the concepts as links.
7711 </dd>
7712 <dt>
7712 <b>
7712 FAQ
7712 </b>
7712 :
7712 </dt>
7713 <dd>
7713 Useful for displaying lists of Frequently Asked Questions. It automatically appends the words
QUESTION and ANSWER in the concept and definition respectively.
7713 </dd>
7714 </dl>
7717 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<hr />
7718 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7718 Moodle administrators can create new formats following the instructions in
7719 <b>
7719 mod/glossary/formats/README.txt
7719 </b>
7719 .
7719 </p>
7720 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7720 ./help/glossary/shows.html
7721 </div>
7722 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7722 Browsing options in Alphabet Display
7722 </h1>
7724 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7724 You can customize the way a user can browse a glossary. Browsing and searching are always available,
but you can define three more options:
7724 </p>
7726 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7726 <b>
7726 SHOW SPECIAL
7726 </b>
7726 Enable or disable browsing by special characters like @, #, etc.
7726 </p>
7728 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7728 <b>
7728 SHOW ALPHABET
7728 </b>
7728 Enable or disable browsing by alphabetic letters.
7728 </p>
7730 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7730 <b>
7730 SHOW ALL
7730 </b>
7730 Enable or disable browsing of all entries at once.
7730 </p>
7731 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7731 ./help/glossary/newentry.html
7732 </div>
7733 <b>
7733 Last modified entry
7733 </b>
7733 will always display the entry that was last modified, and
7734 <b>
7734 Random entry
7734 </b>
7734 will choose a new one at random every time. The option
7735 <b>
7735 Next entry
7735 </b>
7735 will cycle through the entries in order. This last option is especially useful when a number of days is
also chosen, allowing you to make a
7737 <i>
7737 Quote of the week
7737 </i>
7737 or a
7737 <i>
7737 Tip of the day
7737 </i>
7737 that everyone sees.
7738 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7738 ./help/glossary/usedynalink.html
7739 </div>
7740 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7740 Enabling automatic linking in a glossary
7740 </h1>
7742 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7742 Turning this feature on will allow individual entries in this glossary to be automatically linked
whenever the concept words and phrases appear throughout the rest of the same course. This includes
forum postings, internal resources, week summaries and so on.
7744 </p>
7746 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7746 Note that enabling linking for the glossary does not automatically turn on linking for each entry -
linking needs to be set for each entry individually.
7747 </p>
7749 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7749 If you do not want particular text to be linked (in a forum posting, say) then you should add
<nolink> and </nolink> tags around the text.
7749 </p>
7751 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7751 Note that category names are also linked.
7751 </p>
7752 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7752 ./help/glossary/filetoimport.html
7753 </div>
7754 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7754 File to import
7754 </h1>
7756 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7756 Select the XML file on your own computer which contains the entries to import.
7756 </p>
7757 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7757 ./help/glossary/fullmatch.html
7758 </div>
7759 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7759 Whole words matching
7759 </h1>
7761 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7761 If automatic linking is enabled, then turning this setting on will force only whole words to be
linked.
7762 </p>
7764 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7764 For example, a glossary entry named "construct" will not create a link inside the word
"constructivism".
7764 </p>
7765 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7765 ./help/glossary/allowcomments.html
7766 </div>
7767 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7767 Allow comments on entries
7767 </h1>
7769 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7769 Students can be allowed to add comments to glossary entries.
7769 </p>
7771 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7771 You can choose whether this feature is enabled or disabled.
7771 </p>
7773 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7773 Teachers always can add comments to glossary entries.
7773 </p>
7774 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7774 ./help/glossary/importcategories.html
7775 </div>
7776 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7776 Importing categories
7776 </h1>
7778 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7778 By default, all the entries will be imported. You can specify if you want the categories to be
imported as well (and the new entries will be assigned to these).
7778 </p>
7779 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7779 ./help/glossary/rsstype.html
7780 </div>
7781 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7781 RSS feed for this glossary
7781 </h1>
7783 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7783 This option allows you to enable RSS feeds from this glossary.
7783 </p>
7785 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7785 You can select between two types of feeds:
7785 </p>
7787 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
7788 <li>
7788 <b>
7788 With author:
7788 </b>
7788 Generated feeds will include the name of the author in every article.
7789 </li>
7791 <li>
7791 <b>
7791 Without author:
7791 </b>
7791 Generated feeds won't include the name of the author in every article.
7792 </li>
7793 </ul>
7795 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7795 ./help/glossary/linkcategory.html
7796 </div>
7797 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7797 Automatically linking categories
7797 </h1>
7799 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7799 You can specify if you want the categories to be automatically linked or not.
7799 </p>
7801 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7801 Note: Categories are linked based on a case sensitive, whole match.
7801 </p>
7802 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7802 ./help/glossary/mainglossary.html
7803 </div>
7804 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7804 Defining the main glossary of the course
7804 </h1>
7806 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7806 The glossary system allows you to export entries from any secondary glossary to the main one of the
course. In order to do this, you need to identify one glossary as the main one.
7808 </p>
7810 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7810 Note: You can only have one main glossary per course.
7810 </p>
7812 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7812 Before Moodle 1.7, only Teachers could edit the main glossary. In Moodle 1.7 and later, if you wish to
control who can edit any glossary (including the main one) you need to use the Override roles
interface.
7814 </p>
7815 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7815 ./help/glossary/mods.html
7816 </div>
7817 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7817 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/glossary/icon.gif" />
7817
7817 <b>
7817 Glossary
7817 </b>
7817 </p>
7818 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
7819 <p>
7819 This activity allows participants to create and maintain a list of definitions, like a dictionary.
7819 </p>
7820 <p>
7820 The entries can be searched or browsed in many different formats.
7820 </p>
7821 <p>
7821 The glossary also allows teachers to export entries from one glossary to another (the main one)
within the same course.
7821 </p>
7822 <p>
7822 Finally, it is possible to automatically create links to these entries from throughout the course.
7822 </p>
7823 </div>
7824 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7824 ./help/coursecategory.html
7825 </div>
7826 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7826 Course Categories
7826 </h1>
7828 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7828 Your Moodle administrator may have set up several course categories.
7829 </p>
7831 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7831 For example, "Science", "Humanities", "Public Health" etc
7831 </p>
7833 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7833 Choose the one most applicable for your course. This choice will affect where your course is displayed
on the course listing and may make it easier for students to find your course.
7836 </p>
7837 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7837 ./help/message/moodle_notices.html
7838 </div>
7839 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7839 Moodle notices
7839 </h1>
7841 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7841 These are notices that an administrator might be interested in seeing.
7841 </p>
7842 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7842 ./help/message/moodle_errors.html
7843 </div>
7844 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7844 Moodle errors
7844 </h1>
7846 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7846 These are important errors that an administrator should know about.
7846 </p>
7847 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7847 ./help/message/message_instantmessage.html
7848 </div>
7849 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7849 Messages from other users
7849 </h1>
7851 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7851 This section configures what happens to messages that are sent to you directly from other users on
this site.
7851 </p>
7853 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7853 You can have configure things to happen differently when you are online or offline.
7853 </p>
7854 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7854 ./help/picture.html
7855 </div>
7856 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7856 Uploading a picture
7856 </h1>
7858 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7858 You can upload a picture from your computer to this server, and this picture will be used in various
places to represent you.
7858 </p>
7859 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7859 For this reason, the best images to use are a close-up of your face, but you can use any image you
like.
7859 </p>
7860 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7860 The picture must be in JPG or PNG format (ie the names will usually end in .jpg or .png).
7860 </p>
7861 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7861 You can get a picture file using a number of methods e.g.
7861 </p>
7862 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ol>
7863 <li>
7863 Using a digital camera, your photos will most likely already be on your computer in the right
format.
7863 </li>
7864 <li>
7864 You can use a scanner to scan a printed photograph to an image file.
7864 </li>
7865 <li>
7865 If you're artistic, you might draw a picture using a paint program.
7865 </li>
7866 </ol>
7867 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7867 Whichever method you choose make sure the image file you want to use is in JPG or PNG format.
7867 </p>
7868 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7868 To upload the image, click the "Browse" button on this editing page, and select the image from your
hard disk.
7868 </p>
7869 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7869 NOTE: Make sure that the file is not larger than the maximum size listed, or it will not be uploaded.
7869 </p>
7870 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7870 Then click "Update my Profile" at the bottom - the image file will be cropped to a square and resized
down to 100x100 pixels.
7870 </p>
7871 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7871 When you are taken back to your profile page, the image might not appear to have changed. If this is
so, just use the "Reload" button in your browser.
7871 </p>
7872 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7872 ./help/qtype_calculated/calculated.html
7873 </div>
7874 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7874 Calculated questions
7874 </h1>
7876 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7876 Calculated questions offers a way to create individual numerical question by the use of wildcards that
are substituted with individual values when the quiz is taken.
7877 <br />
7877 Below is a shrunken view of the main editing page with some example inputs:
7878 </p>
7880 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<table>
7880 <tbody>
7881 <tr valign="top">
7882 <th scope="col" align="right">
7882 Question:
7882 </th>
7883 <td>
7884 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<textarea id="questiontext" name="questiontext" rows="5" cols="40">
7884 How much is {a} + {b} ?
7884 </textarea>
7885 </td>
7886 </tr>
7887 <tr valign="top">
7888 <th scope="col" align="right">
7888 Image to display:
7888 </th>
7889 <td>
7890 <select name="image">
7890 <option value="" selected="selected">
7890 None
7890 </option>
7890 <option value="grevture.gif">
7890 grevture.gif
7890 </option>
7890 </select>
7891 </td>
7892 </tr>
7894 <tr valign="top">
7895 <th scope="col" align="right">
7895 Correct Answer Formula:
7895 </th>
7896 <td>
7897 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<input align="left" type="text" id="formula0" name="answer[]" size="20" value="{a} + {b}" />
7897
7898 <input type="hidden" name="fraction[]" value="1.0" />
7899 </td>
7900 </tr>
7901 <tr valign="top">
7902 <th scope="col" align="right">
7902 Tolerance:
7902 </th>
7903 <td>
7904 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
E622 The 'id' attribute does not have a valid value: It does not contain a valid ID. It must begin with a
letter, underscore or colon and may be followed by any number of letters, digits [0-9], hyphens,
underscores, colons, and periods:
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<input align="left" type="text" id="tolerance0"" name="tolerance[]" size="15" value="0.01"
/>
7904 ±
7905 </td>
7906 </tr>
7907 <tr valign="top">
7908 <th scope="col" align="right">
7908 Tolerance Type:
7908 </th>
7909 <td>
7910 <select name="tolerancetype[]">
7910 <option value="1" selected="selected">
7910 Relative
7910 </option>
7910 <option value="2">
7910 Nominal
7910 </option>
7910 <option value="3">
7910 Geometric
7910 </option>
7910 </select>
7911 </td>
7912 </tr>
7913 <tr valign="top">
7914 <th scope="col" align="right">
7914 Significant Figures:
7914 </th>
7915 <td>
7916 <select name="correctanswerlength[]">
7916 <option value="1">
7916 1
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="2" selected="selected">
7916 2
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="3">
7916 3
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="4">
7916 4
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="5">
7916 5
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="6">
7916 6
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="7">
7916 7
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="8">
7916 8
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="9">
7916 9
7916 </option>
7916 <option value="10">
7916 10
7916 </option>
7916 </select>
7917 </td>
7918 </tr>
7919 </tbody>
7919 </table>
7921 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7922 In the question text input and "Correct Answer Formula" {a} and {b} can be seen. These and any other
{name} can be used as a wildcard that is substituted by some value when the quiz is taken. Also, the
correct answer is calculated when the quiz is submitted using the expression in "Correct Answer
Formula", which is calculated as a numerical expression after the substitution of the wildcards. The
possible wildcard values are set or generated on a later page in "editing wizard" for calculated
questions...
7923 </p>
7923 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7924 The example formula uses the operator +. Other accepted operators are -*/ and % where % is the modulo
operator. It is also possible to use some PHP-style mathematical function. Among these there are 24
single-argument function:
7924 <br />
7924 <b>
7925 abs, acos, acosh, asin, asinh, atan, atanh, ceil, cos, cosh, deg2rad, exp, expm1, floor, log, log10,
log1p, rad2deg, round, sin, sinh, sqrt, tan, tanh
7926 </b>
7926 <br />
7926 and two two-argument functions
7926 <br />
7926 <b>
7927 atan2, pow
7928 </b>
7928 <br />
7928 and the functions
7928 <b>
7928 min
7928 </b>
7928 and
7928 <b>
7928 max
7928 </b>
7928 that can take two or more arguments. It is also possible to use the function
7928 <b>
7928 pi
7928 </b>
7928 that takes no arguments but do not forget the use the parentheses - the correct usage is
7928 <b>
7928 pi()
7928 </b>
7928 . Similarly the other function must have their argument(s) within parentheses. Possible usage is for
example
7928 <b>
7928 sin({a}) + cos({b}) * 2
7928 </b>
7928 . It should not be any problem to wrap functions within each other like
7928 <b>
7928 cos(deg2rad({a} + 90))
7928 </b>
7928 etc.
7929 <br />
7929 More details on how to use these PHP-style functions can be found in the
7929 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a target="phpmathdoc" href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.math.php">
7929 documentation at the PHP web site
7929 </a>
7930 </p>
7930 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7931 As for numerical questions it is possible to allow a margin within which all responses are accepted as
correct. The "Tolerance" field is used for this. However, there are three different types of
tolerances. These are
7931 <b>
7931 Relative, Nominal and Geometric
7931 </b>
7931 . If we say that the correct answer at quiz time is calculated to 200 and the tolerance is set to 0.5
then the different tolerance types work like this:
7932 </p>
7932 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7932 <b>
7932 Relative:
7932 </b>
7932 A tolerance interval is calculated by multiplying the correct answer with 0.5, ie in this case we get
100 so for this tolerance the correct response must be between 100 and 300. (200 ± 100)
7932 <br />
7933 This is useful if the magnitude of the correct answer can differ greatly between different wildcard
values.
7934 </p>
7934 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7934 <b>
7934 Nominal:
7934 </b>
7934 This is the simplest tolerance type but not very powerful. The correct response must be between 199.5
and 200.5 (200 ± 0.5)
7934 <br />
7935 This tolerance type can be useful if the differences between different correct answers are small.
7936 </p>
7936 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7936 <b>
7936 Geometric:
7936 </b>
7936 The upper limit of the tolerance interval is calculated as 200 + 0.5*200 and is the same as for the
relative case. The lower limit is calculated as 200/(1 + 0.5). The correct response must then be
between 133.33 and 300.
7936 <br />
7937 This is useful for complex calculation that must have great tolerances where relative tolerances of 1
or more would be used for the upper limit but clearly not acceptable for the lower limit as it would
make zero a correct answer for all cases.
7938 </p>
7938 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7939 The field
7939 <b>
7939 Significant Figures
7939 </b>
7939 does only relate to how the correct answer should be presented in the review or the reports. Examples:
If it is set to 3 then the correct answer 13.333 would be presented as 13.3; 1236 would be presented
as 1240; 23 would be presented as 23.0 etc.
7940 </p>
7940 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7941 The feedback field and the optional unit fields work just like they do for numerical questions.
7942 </p>
7942 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7942 ./help/coursenewsitems.html
7943 </div>
7944 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7944 Course News Items
7944 </h1>
7946 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7946 A special forum called "News" appears in the "weekly" and "topics" course formats. It's a good place
to post notices for all students to see. (By default, all students are subscribed to this forum, and
will receive your notices by email.)
7951 </p>
7953 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7953 This setting determines how many recent items appear on your course home page, in a news box down the
right-hand side.
7955 </p>
7957 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7957 If you set it to "0 news items" then the news box won't even appear.
7958 </p>
7959 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7959 ./help/coursehiddensections.html
7960 </div>
7961 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7961 Course hidden sections
7961 </h1>
7963 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7963 This option allows you to decide how the hidden sections in your course are displayed to students.
7964 </p>
7966 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7966 By default, a small area is shown (in collapsed form, usually gray) to indicate where the hidden
section is, though they still can not actually see the hidden activities and texts. This is
particularly useful in the Weekly format, so that non-class weeks are clear.
7969 </p>
7971 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7971 If you choose, these can be completely hidden, so that students don't even know sections of the course
are hidden
7972 </p>
7974 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
7974 ./help/roles.html
7975 </div>
7976 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
7976 Roles
7976 </h1>
7978 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7978 A role is a collection of permissions defined for the whole system that you can assign to specific
users in specific contexts.
7981 </p>
7983 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7984 For example, you may have a Role called "Teacher" that is set up to allow teachers to do certain
things (and not others). Once this role exists, you can assign it to someone in a course to make them
a "Teacher" for that course. You could also assign the role to a user in the course category to make
them a "Teacher" for all the courses under that category, or assign the role to a user just in a
single forum, giving that user those capabilities just in that forum.
7991 </p>
7993 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7994 A role must have a
7994 <strong>
7994 name
7994 </strong>
7994 . If you need to name the role for multiple languages you can use multilang syntax if you wish, such
as
7995 </p>
7995 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<pre>
7996 <span lang="en">Teacher</span> <span lang="es_es">Profesor</span>
7998 </pre>
7999 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
7999 If you do this make sure the setting to "filter strings" is on for your installation.
7999 </p>
8001 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8002 The
8002 <strong>
8002 shortname
8002 </strong>
8002 is necessary for other plugins in Moodle that may need to refer to your Roles (eg when uploading users
from a file or setting enrolments via an enrolment plugin).
8005 </p>
8007 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8008 The
8008 <strong>
8008 description
8008 </strong>
8008 is simply to describe the role in your own words, so that everyone has a common understanding about
the role.
8010 </p>
8012 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8013 See also
8014 <a href="help.php?file=contexts.html">
8014 Contexts
8014 </a>
8014 ,
8015 <a href="help.php?file=permissions.html">
8015 Permissions
8015 </a>
8015 ,
8016 <a href="help.php?file=assignroles.html">
8016 Assign Roles
8016 </a>
8016 and
8017 <a href="help.php?file=overrides.html">
8017 Overrides
8017 </a>
8017 .
8018 </p>
8019 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8019 ./help/coursegrades.html
8020 </div>
8021 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8021 Grades
8021 </h1>
8023 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8023 Many of the activities allow grades to be set.
8023 </p>
8025 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8025 By default, the results of all grades within the course can be seen in the Grades page, available from
the main course page.
8027 </p>
8029 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8029 If a teacher is not interested in using grades in a course, or just wants to hide the gradebook from
students, then they can disable the display of the gradebook in the Course Settings. This does not
prevent individual activities from using or setting grades,
8034 <strong>
8034 nor
8034 </strong>
8034 does it prevent the grade from being displayed to students within the individual activities.
8035 </p>
8037 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8037 ./help/qtype_match/match.html
8038 </div>
8039 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8039 Matching questions
8039 </h1>
8041 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8041 After an optional introduction, the respondent is presented with several sub-questions and several
jumbled answers. There is one correct answer for each question.
8043 </p>
8045 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8045 The respondent must select an answer to match each sub-question.
8045 </p>
8047 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8047 Each sub-question is equally weighted to contribute towards the grade for the total question.
8048 </p>
8050 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8050 ./help/qtype_multianswer/multianswer.html
8051 </div>
8052 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8052 Embedded answers (Cloze)
8052 </h1>
8054 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8054 This very flexible question type is similar to a popular format known as the Cloze format.
8055 </p>
8057 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8057 Questions consist of a passage of text (in Moodle format) that has various sub-questions embedded
within it, including
8058 </p>
8059 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8060 <li>
8060 short answers (SHORTANSWER or SA or MW), case is unimportant,
8060 </li>
8061 <li>
8061 short answers (SHORTANSWER_C or SAC or MWC), case must match,
8061 </li>
8062 <li>
8062 numerical answers (NUMERICAL or NM),
8062 </li>
8063 <li>
8063 multiple choice (MULTICHOICE or MC), represented as a dropdown menu in-line in the text
8063 </li>
8064 <li>
8064 multiple choice (MULTICHOICE_V or MCV), represented a vertical column of radio buttons, or
8064 </li>
8065 <li>
8065 multiple choice (MULTICHOICE_H or MCH), represented as a horizontal row of radio-buttons.
8065 </li>
8066 </ul>
8067 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8067 There is currently no graphical interface to create these questions - you need to specify the question
format using the text box or by importing them from external files.
8069 </p>
8071 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8071 Here is an example of the input text used to specify such a question:
8071 </p>
8073 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8073 Note that for multiple choice vertical or horizontal rendering there is no automatic numbering. It can
added at each answer as shown here.
8073 </p>
8075 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8075 <textarea rows="25" cols="60">
8075 This question consists of some text with an answer embedded right here {1:MULTICHOICE:Wrong
answer#Feedback for this wrong answer~Another wrong answer#Feedback for the other wrong
answer~=Correct answer#Feedback for correct answer~%50%Answer that gives half the credit#Feedback
for half credit answer} and right after that you will have to deal with this short answer
{1:SHORTANSWER:Wrong answer#Feedback for this wrong answer~=Correct answer#Feedback for correct
answer~%50%Answer that gives half the credit#Feedback for half credit answer} and finally we have a
floating point number {2:NUMERICAL:=23.8:0.1#Feedback for correct answer 23.8~%50%23.8:2#Feedback
for half credit answer in the nearby region of the correct answer}. The multichoice question can
also be shown in the vertical display of the standard moodle multiple choice. {2:MCV:1. Wrong
answer#Feedback for this wrong answer~2. Another wrong answer#Feedback for the other wrong
answer~=3. Correct answer#Feedback for correct answer~%50%4. Answer that gives half the
credit#Feedback for half credit answer} Or in an horizontal display that is included here in a table
{2:MCH:a. Wrong answer#Feedback for this wrong answer~b. Another wrong answer#Feedback for the other
wrong answer~=c. Correct answer#Feedback for correct answer~%50%d. Answer that gives half the
credit#Feedback for half credit answer} A shortanswer question where case must match. Write moodle
in upper case letters {1:SHORTANSWER_C:moodle#Feedback for moodle in lower case ~=MOODLE#Feedback
for MOODLE in upper case ~%50%Moodle#Feedback for only first letter in upper case} Note that
addresses like www.moodle.org and smileys :-) all work as normal: a) How good is this?
{:MULTICHOICE:=Yes#Correct~No#We have a different opinion} b) What grade would you give it?
{3:NUMERICAL:=3:2} Good luck!
8089 </textarea>
8089 </p>
8091 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8091 This example will appear to students as follows:
8091 </p>
8093 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div id="middle-column">
8093 <div>
8093 <span id="maincontent">
8093 </span>
8093 <div id="q6" class="que multianswer clearfix">
8094 <div class="info">
8095 <span class="accesshide">
8095 Question
8095 </span>
8095 1
8096 <div class="grade">
8097 Marks: --/13.00
8097 </div>
8098 </div>
8099 <div class="content">
8100 <div class="ablock clearfix">
8100 <label>
8100 This question consists of some text with an answer embedded right here
8100 <span>
8100 <select name="resp3796_1">
8100 <option selected="selected">
8101 </option>
8101 <option value="8919">
8101 Wrong answer
8101 </option>
8101 <option value="8920">
8101 Another wrong answer
8101 </option>
8101 <option value="8921">
8101 Correct answer
8101 </option>
8101 <option value="8922">
8101 Answer that gives half the credit
8101 </option>
8101 </select>
8101 </span>
8101 </label>
8101 <label>
8101 and right after that you will have to deal with this short answer
8101 <input name="resp3796_2" size="33" />
8101 </label>
8101 <label>
8101 and finally we have a floating point number
8101 <input name="resp3796_3" size="4" />
8101 </label>
8101 .
8101 <br />
8102 <br />
8103 The multichoice question can also be shown in the vertical display of the standard moodle
multiple choice
8103 <br />
8104 <br />
8105 <table width="50%">
8105 <tbody>
8105 <tr>
8105 <td>
8106 <table class="answer">
8107 <tr class="r0">
8108 <td class="c0 control">
8109 <input id="resp3796_8960" name="resp3796_4" type="radio" value="8960" />
8110 </td>
8111 <td class="c1 text ">
8112 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8960">
8113 1. Wrong answer
8114 </label>
8115 </td>
8116 <td class="c0 feedback">
8117 </td>
8118 </tr>
8119 <tr class="r1">
8120 <td class="c0 control">
8121 <input id="resp3796_8961" name="resp3796_4" type="radio" value="8961" />
8122 </td>
8123 <td class="c1 text ">
8124 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8961">
8125 2. Another wrong answer
8126 </label>
8127 </td>
8128 <td class="c0 feedback">
8129 </td>
8130 </tr>
8131 <tr class="r0">
8132 <td class="c0 control">
8133 <input id="resp3796_8962" name="resp3796_4" type="radio" value="8962" />
8134 </td>
8135 <td class="c1 text ">
8136 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8962">
8137 3. Correct answer
8138 </label>
8139 </td>
8140 <td class="c0 feedback">
8141 </td>
8142 </tr>
8143 <tr class="r1">
8144 <td class="c0 control">
8145 <input id="resp3796_8963" name="resp3796_4" type="radio" value="8963" />
8146 </td>
8147 <td class="c1 text ">
8148 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8963">
8149 4. Answer that gives half the credit
8150 </label>
8151 </td>
8152 <td class="c0 feedback">
8153 </td>
8154 </tr>
8155 </table>
8156 </td>
8156 </tr>
8156 </tbody>
8156 </table>
8157 <br />
8157 Or in an horizontal display that is included here in a table
8157 <br />
8157 <br />
8158 <table class="answer">
8159 <tr class="r0">
8160 <td class="c0 control">
8161 <input id="resp3796_8964" name="resp3796_5" type="radio" value="8964" />
8162 </td>
8163 <td class="c1 text ">
8164 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8964">
8165 a. Wrong answer
8166 </label>
8167 </td>
8168 <td class="c0 feedback">
8169 </td>
8170 <td class="c0 control">
8171 <input id="resp3796_8965" name="resp3796_5" type="radio" value="8965" />
8172 </td>
8173 <td class="c1 text ">
8174 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8965">
8175 b. Another wrong answer
8176 </label>
8177 </td>
8178 <td class="c0 feedback">
8179 </td>
8180 <td class="c0 control">
8181 <input id="resp3796_8966" name="resp3796_5" type="radio" value="8966" />
8182 </td>
8183 <td class="c1 text ">
8184 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8966">
8185 c. Correct answer
8186 </label>
8187 </td>
8188 <td class="c0 feedback">
8189 </td>
8190 <td class="c0 control">
8191 <input id="resp3796_8967" name="resp3796_5" type="radio" value="8967" />
8192 </td>
8193 <td class="c1 text ">
8194 E651 The value of the 'for' attribute must match the 'id' of a control element in the same form:
<label for="resp3796_8967">
8195 d. Answer that gives half the credit
8196 </label>
8197 </td>
8198 <td class="c0 feedback">
8199 </td>
8200 </tr>
8201 </table>
8202 <br />
8203 A shortanswer question where case must match. Write moodle in upper case letters
8203 <input name="resp3435_6" type="text" value="" size="6" />
8203 <br />
8204 <br />
8204 Note that addresses like
8204 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://www.moodle.org" target="_blank">
8204 www.moodle.org
8204 </a>
8204 and smileys
8204 <img alt="smile" width="15" height="15"
src="http://132.208.141.198/moodle_head/pix/s/smiley.gif" />
8204 all work as normal:
8204 <br />
8205 a) How good is this?
8205 <span>
8205 <select name="resp3796_6">
8205 <option selected="selected">
8205 </option>
8205 <option value="8968">
8205 Yes
8205 </option>
8205 <option value="8969">
8205 No
8205 </option>
8205 </select>
8205 </span>
8205 <label>
8205 <br />
8206 b) What grade would you give it?
8206 <input name="resp3796_7" size="1" />
8206 </label>
8206 <br />
8206 <br />
8206 Good luck!
8207 </div>
8208 <div class="grading">
8209 </div>
8210 </div>
8211 </div>
8211 </div>
8211 </div>
8212 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8212 ./help/overrides.html
8213 </div>
8214 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8214 Overrides
8214 </h1>
8216 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8217 Overrides are specific permissions designed to override a role in a specific context, allowing you to
"tweak" your permissions as required.
8220 </p>
8222 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8223 For example, if users with the role Student in your course can usually start new discussions in
forums, but there is one particular forum for which you want to restrict that capability, then you can
set an override that PREVENTS the capability for Students to "Start new discussions".
8228 </p>
8230 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8231 Overrides can also be used to "open up" areas of your site and courses to give users extra permissions
where it makes sense. For example, you may want to experiment giving Students the ability to grade
some assignments.
8235 </p>
8237 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8238 The interface is similar to the one for defining roles, except sometimes only relevant capabilities
are shown, and you will also see some capabilities highlighted to show you what the permission for
that role would be WITHOUT any override active (ie when your override is set to INHERIT).
8244 </p>
8247 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8248 See also
8249 <a href="help.php?file=roles.html">
8249 Roles
8249 </a>
8249 ,
8250 <a href="help.php?file=contexts.html">
8250 Contexts
8250 </a>
8250 ,
8251 <a href="help.php?file=assignroles.html">
8251 Assign Roles
8251 </a>
8251 and
8252 <a href="help.php?file=permissions.html">
8252 Permissions
8252 </a>
8252 .
8253 </p>
8254 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8254 ./help/qformat_aiken/aiken.html
8255 </div>
8256 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8256 "Aiken" format files
8256 </h1>
8258 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8258 The Aiken format is a very simple way of creating multiple choice questions using a clear
human-readable format. Here is an example of the format:
8259 </p>
8260 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<pre>
8261 What is the correct answer to this question? A. Is it this one? B. Maybe this answer? C. Possibly this
one? D. Must be this one! ANSWER: D Which LMS has the most quiz import formats? A) Moodle B) ATutor C)
Claroline D) Blackboard E) WebCT F) Ilias ANSWER: A
8276 </pre>
8278 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8278 The question must be all on one line.
8278 </p>
8279 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8279 Each answer must start with a single-letter character, followed by a period '.' or a bracket ')', then
a space.
8279 </p>
8280 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8280 The answer line must immediately follow, starting with "ANSWER:" and then giving the appropriate
letter.
8280 </p>
8281 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8281 ./help/groupextendenrol.html
8282 </div>
8283 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8283 Extend enrolment for all
8283 </h1>
8284 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8284 This page allows you to extend or restrict the enrolment period by the same amount for all selected
course participants. The new enrolment period is calculated based on a starting reference date and the
extended period selected.
8284 </p>
8285 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8285 Possible starting reference dates are:
8285 </p>
8287 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8288 <li>
8288 Course start date
8288 </li>
8289 <li>
8289 Enrolment Started
8289 </li>
8290 <li>
8290 Enrolment Ends
8290 </li>
8291 <li>
8291 Today (this option in available only if the course start date has passed)
8291 </li>
8292 <li>
8292 Course enrolment start date - the enrolment start date from the course settings page (this option is
available only for courses with an enrolment start date set)
8292 </li>
8293 <li>
8293 Course enrolment end date - the enrolment end date from the course settings page (this option is
available only for courses with an enrolment end date set)
8293 </li>
8294 </ul>
8296 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8296 If the extended period is set to 'Unlimited', then the starting reference date is ignored.
8296 </p>
8296 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8296 ./help/journal/index.html
8297 </div>
8299 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8299 ./help/journal/mods.html
8300 </div>
8301 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8301 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/journal/icon.gif" />
8301
8301 <b>
8301 Journals
8301 </b>
8301 </p>
8302 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8303 This module is a very important reflective activity. The teacher asks the student to reflect on a
particular topic, and the student can edit and refine their answer over time. This answer is private
and can only be seen by the teacher, who can offer feedback and a grade on each journal entry. It's
usually a good idea to have about one Journal activity per week.
8309 </div>
8311 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8311 ./help/courseenrollable2.html
8312 </div>
8313 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8313 This setting determines whether students are able to enrol themselves using the default interactive
enrolment plugin (e.g. Internal enrolment) for the course, or whether they obtain the message "This
course is not enrollable at the moment."
8313 </p>
8314 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8314 This setting has no effect on non-interactive enrolment plugins (e.g. External database enrolment).
Also, users can always be assigned the role of student via the Assign roles link in the course
administration block.
8314 </p>
8314 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8314 ./help/participationreport.html
8315 </div>
8316 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8316 Participation Report
8316 </h1>
8318 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8318 <strong>
8318 Activity Module
8318 </strong>
8318 - Select the Activity type on which you wish to report (eg Chat, Forum, Quiz etc). Note that only the
Modules used in the course will be listed in this dropdown menu.
8322 </p>
8324 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8324 <strong>
8324 Look Back
8324 </strong>
8324 - Select the period on which you wish to report.
8324 </p>
8326 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8326 <strong>
8326 Show Only
8326 </strong>
8326 - Choose whether to run the report on Student or Teacher activity.
8328 </p>
8330 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8330 <strong>
8330 Show Actions
8330 </strong>
8330 - Choose whether to report on Activity Views, Posts or Both (All Actions).
8332 </p>
8334 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8334 Once you have entered values for the above parameters, choose
8334 <strong>
8334 Go
8334 </strong>
8334 .
8334 </p>
8336 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8336 A list of all of the occurrences of the selected Activity Module in this course will be generated.
Choose the item on which you want to report and choose
8338 <strong>
8338 Go
8338 </strong>
8338 .
8338 </p>
8340 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8340 The definition of View and Post for the selected Activity type will be given on screen.
8342 <br />
8344 For example:
8344 <br />
8346 <strong>
8346 <em>
8346 Forum View:
8346 </em>
8346 </strong>
8346 View Discussion, Search, Forum, Forums, Subscribers
8348 <br />
8350 <em>
8350 <strong>
8350 Forum Post
8350 </strong>
8350 </em>
8350 : Add Discussion, Add Post, Delete Discussion, Delete Post, Move Discussion, Prune Post, Update Post
8352 </p>
8354 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8354 Users matching the
8354 <strong>
8354 Show
8354 </strong>
8354 (Student or Teacher) criteria will be listed in tabular format by Name/ID Number and whether (and how
many times) they have completed the Action searched upon. e.g. (Yes (n) or No) . You may also use the
Participation report to send a bulk e-mail by selecting the relevant users and choosing
8362 <strong>
8362 Add selected users to recipient list or compose e-mail
8362 </strong>
8362 .
8362 </p>
8362 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8362 ./help/editorshortcuts.html
8363 </div>
8364 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<div style="text-align:center;">
8366 <p>
8366 <strong>
8366 HTML Editor Shortcut Keys
8366 </strong>
8366 </p>
8367 <p>
8367 The following features are accessible through shortcut keys:
8367 </p>
8369 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" style="text-align:left; margin:auto;">
8370 <tr>
8371 <td>
8371 Ctrl-O
8371 </td>
8372 <td>
8372 Change the font
8372 </td>
8373 </tr>
8374 <tr>
8375 <td>
8375 Ctrl-P
8375 </td>
8376 <td>
8376 Change the font size
8376 </td>
8377 </tr>
8378 <tr>
8379 <td>
8379 Ctrl-H
8379 </td>
8380 <td>
8380 Change text format (headings etc.)
8380 </td>
8381 </tr>
8382 <tr>
8383 <td>
8383 Ctrl-1 to Ctrl-6
8383 </td>
8384 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<td style="vertical-align:top;">
8384 Change heading level
8384 </td>
8385 </tr>
8386 <tr>
8387 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<td style="vertical-align:top;">
8387 Ctrl-=
8387 </td>
8388 <td>
8388 Change text language for screen readers, or specify language for the Multilang filter (these
appear after the 'Multi' option in the dropdown).
8388 </td>
8389 </tr>
8390 <tr>
8391 <td>
8391 Ctrl-B
8391 </td>
8392 <td>
8392 Make text bold
8392 </td>
8393 </tr>
8394 <tr>
8395 <td>
8395 Ctrl-I
8395 </td>
8396 <td>
8396 Make text italic
8396 </td>
8397 </tr>
8398 <tr>
8399 <td>
8399 Ctrl-U
8399 </td>
8400 <td>
8400 Underline text
8400 </td>
8401 </tr>
8402 <tr>
8403 <td>
8403 Ctrl-S
8403 </td>
8404 <td>
8404 Strikethrough text
8404 </td>
8405 </tr>
8406 <tr>
8407 <td>
8407 Ctrl-,
8407 </td>
8408 <td>
8408 Subscript
8408 </td>
8409 </tr>
8410 <tr>
8411 <td>
8411 Ctrl-.
8411 </td>
8412 <td>
8412 Superscript
8412 </td>
8413 </tr>
8414 <tr>
8415 <td>
8415 Ctrl-0
8415 </td>
8416 <td>
8416 Clean Word HTML
8416 </td>
8417 </tr>
8418 <tr>
8419 <td>
8419 Ctrl-Z
8419 </td>
8420 <td>
8420 Undo
8420 </td>
8421 </tr>
8422 <tr>
8423 <td>
8423 Ctrl-Y
8423 </td>
8424 <td>
8424 Redo
8424 </td>
8425 </tr>
8426 <tr>
8427 <td>
8427 Ctrl-L
8427 </td>
8428 <td>
8428 Justify left
8428 </td>
8429 </tr>
8430 <tr>
8431 <td>
8431 Ctrl-E
8431 </td>
8432 <td>
8432 Center
8432 </td>
8433 </tr>
8434 <tr>
8435 <td>
8435 Ctrl-J
8435 </td>
8436 <td>
8436 Justify full
8436 </td>
8437 </tr>
8438 <tr>
8439 <td>
8439 Ctrl-/
8439 </td>
8440 <td>
8440 Text runs left to right
8440 </td>
8441 </tr>
8442 <tr>
8443 <td>
8443 Ctrl-|
8443 </td>
8444 <td>
8444 Text runs right to left
8444 </td>
8445 </tr>
8446 <tr>
8447 <td>
8447 Ctrl-;
8447 </td>
8448 <td>
8448 Decrease indent
8448 </td>
8449 </tr>
8450 <tr>
8451 <td>
8451 Ctrl-'
8451 </td>
8452 <td>
8452 Increase indent
8452 </td>
8453 </tr>
8454 <tr>
8455 <td>
8455 Ctrl-G
8455 </td>
8456 <td>
8456 Change text colour
8456 </td>
8457 </tr>
8458 <tr>
8459 <td>
8459 Ctrl-K
8459 </td>
8460 <td>
8460 Change background colour
8460 </td>
8461 </tr>
8462 <tr>
8463 <td>
8463 Ctrl-F
8463 </td>
8464 <td>
8464 Search and replace
8464 </td>
8465 </tr>
8466 <tr>
8467 <td>
8467 Ctrl-`
8467 </td>
8468 <td>
8468 Switch to HTML source code view
8468 </td>
8469 </tr>
8470 <tr>
8471 <td>
8471 Ctrl-M
8471 </td>
8472 <td>
8472 Toggle fullscreen editor mode
8472 </td>
8473 </tr>
8474 <tr>
8475 <td>
8475 Ctrl-Alt-O
8475 </td>
8476 <td>
8476 Insert ordered list
8476 </td>
8477 </tr>
8478 <tr>
8479 <td>
8479 Ctrl-Alt-U
8479 </td>
8480 <td>
8480 Insert unordered list
8480 </td>
8481 </tr>
8482 <tr>
8483 <td>
8483 Ctrl-Alt-R
8483 </td>
8484 <td>
8484 Insert horizontal rule
8484 </td>
8485 </tr>
8486 <tr>
8487 <td>
8487 Ctrl-Alt-A
8487 </td>
8488 <td>
8488 Create anchor
8488 </td>
8489 </tr>
8490 <tr>
8491 <td>
8491 Ctrl-Alt-L
8491 </td>
8492 <td>
8492 Create link
8492 </td>
8493 </tr>
8494 <tr>
8495 <td>
8495 Ctrl-Alt-D
8495 </td>
8496 <td>
8496 Unlink
8496 </td>
8497 </tr>
8498 <tr>
8499 <td>
8499 Ctrl-Alt-N
8499 </td>
8500 <td>
8500 Turn off autolinking
8500 </td>
8501 </tr>
8502 <tr>
8503 <td>
8503 Ctrl-Alt-I
8503 </td>
8504 <td>
8504 Insert image
8504 </td>
8505 </tr>
8506 <tr>
8507 <td>
8507 Ctrl-Alt-T
8507 </td>
8508 <td>
8508 Insert table
8508 </td>
8509 </tr>
8510 <tr>
8511 <td>
8511 Ctrl-Alt-S
8511 </td>
8512 <td>
8512 Insert emoticon
8512 </td>
8513 </tr>
8514 <tr>
8515 <td>
8515 Ctrl-Alt-C
8515 </td>
8516 <td>
8516 Insert special character
8516 </td>
8517 </tr>
8518 </table>
8520 </div>
8522 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8522 Current limitations:
8522 </p>
8523 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8524 <li>
8524 We cannot currently use the Ctrl-` shortcut to toggle back from HTML source code view to WYSIWYG
view.
8524 </li>
8525 <li>
8525 There are no shortcuts for table operations (only available in fullscreen editor mode). These are
not keyboard-friendly anyway as they depend on mouse usage for the selection of table cells to
operate on.
8525 </li>
8526 </ul>
8529 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8529 ./help/richtext2.html
8530 </div>
8531 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8531 About the Richtext HTML editor
8531 </h1>
8533 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8533 Availability:
8533 <b>
8534 <?php if (!$CFG->
8534 E005 Extra quote character found or quote character missing:
E002 There is either a < missing or you may have used > instead of > in the content:
htmleditor) { print_string("htmleditordisabledadmin"); } else if (!$USER->
8536 E005 Extra quote character found or quote character missing:
E016 The '{' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The '}' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The 'else' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The '{' attribute is duplicated:
E016 The '}' attribute is duplicated:
E002 There is either a < missing or you may have used > instead of > in the content:
htmleditor) { print_string("htmleditordisabled"); } else if (!can_use_html_editor()) {
print_string("htmleditordisabledbrowser"); } else { print_string("htmleditoravailable"); } ?>
8544 </b>
8544 </p>
8546 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8546 The Richtext HTML editor provides a word-processor interface embedded in your web page to allow you to
edit text in an intuitive way, and produces normal HTML code.
8547 </p>
8549 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8549 In addition to formatting text, this editor provides a number of extra features you may find useful.
8550 </p>
8553 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
8553 Paste text in from other Applications
8553 </h2>
8555 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8556 <p>
8556 You can cut and paste rich text from other Windows applications such as Microsoft Word straight into
this editor, and your formatting will be preserved. Just use the normal cut and paste menus in your
web browser (or Control-C and Control-V).
8558 </p>
8559 </div>
8562 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
8562 Inserting images
8562 <img alt="" src="lib/editor/htmlarea/images/ed_image.gif" />
8562 </h2>
8564 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8565 <p>
8565 If you have images that are already published on a web site and accessible via a URL, you can
include these images in your texts using the "Insert Image" button.
8566 </p>
8567 </div>
8570 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
8570 Inserting Tables
8570 <img alt="" src="lib/editor/htmlarea/images/insert_table.gif" />
8570 </h2>
8572 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8573 <p>
8573 To add layout to your texts, you can use the "Insert Tables" button in the toolbar.
8573 </p>
8574 </div>
8577 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
8577 Inserting Links
8577 <img alt="" src="lib/editor/htmlarea/images/ed_link.gif" />
8577 /
8577 </h2>
8579 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8580 <p>
8580 To make a new link, first type the text that you want to be a link. Then select it and click the
link button in the toolbar. Type the URL you want to link to and it's done!
8582 </p>
8583 </div>
8586 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
8586 Inserting smilies (emoticons)
8586 <img alt="" src="pix/s/smiley.gif" class="icon" />
8586 </h2>
8588 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8589 <p>
8589 To embed these small icons in your text, click on the smiley icon in the toolbar. A dialog will pop
up that allows you to select from the following smiley icons. (Alternatively, you can just type the
corresponding code straight into your text and it will be converted later when your text is
displayed).
8592 </p>
8593 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<div id="emoticons">
8593 ##emoticons_html##
8593 </div>
8594 </div>
8595 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<div style="clear:both">
8595
8595 </div>
8596 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8596 ./help/assignroles.html
8597 </div>
8598 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8598 Assigning Roles
8598 </h1>
8600 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8601 By assigning a role to a user in a context, you are granting them the permissions contained in that
role, for the current context and all "lower" contexts.
8605 </p>
8607 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8608 Contexts:
8609 </p>
8610 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ol>
8611 <li>
8611 System (the entire installation)
8611 </li>
8612 <li>
8612 Front page (the "site course")
8612 </li>
8613 <li>
8613 Course Categories
8613 </li>
8614 <li>
8614 Course Sub-categories
8614 </li>
8615 <li>
8615 Courses
8615 </li>
8616 <li>
8616 Blocks and Activities
8616 </li>
8617 </ol>
8619 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8620 So for example, if you grant a Student role to a user in a Course, they will have that role for the
course, but also all Blocks and Activities inside that course. Their actual permissions may depend on
other roles and overrides that have been defined.
8625 </p>
8627 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8628 See also
8629 <a href="help.php?file=roles.html">
8629 Roles
8629 </a>
8629 ,
8630 <a href="help.php?file=contexts.html">
8630 Contexts
8630 </a>
8630 ,
8631 <a href="help.php?file=permissions.html">
8631 Permissions
8631 </a>
8631 and
8632 <a href="help.php?file=overrides.html">
8632 Overrides
8632 </a>
8632 .
8633 </p>
8634 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8634 ./help/courseavailability.html
8635 </div>
8636 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8636 Course availability
8636 </h1>
8638 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8638 This option allows you to "hide" your course completely.
8639 </p>
8641 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8641 It will not appear on any course listings, except to teachers of the course and administrators.
8642 </p>
8644 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8644 Even if students try to access the course URL directly, they will not be allowed to enter.
8645 </p>
8647 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8647 ./help/qformat_webct/webct.html
8648 </div>
8649 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8649 Importing "WebCT Quiz Format" files
8649 </h1>
8651 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8651 The WebCT import filter is in development and does not support all of the WebCT question types.
8652 </p>
8654 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8654 At the time of writing this, only Multiple Choice and Short answer questions are supported.
8655 </p>
8657 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8657 Here are some examples of these questions in a text file:
8657 </p>
8659 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<pre>
8660 # Start of question: Short Answer Question :TYPE:S: :TITLE:Short Answer Question :QUESTION:H What is
the name of the WebCT Learning Hub? <br /> :IMAGE:dotcomLogoc.gif :ANSWERS:1 :CASE:0
:ANSWER1:WebCT.com:100:0:20:0 :FEEDBACK1:H Be sure to visit the Learning Hub\: www.WebCT.com
:CAT:Default # End of question: Short Answer Question # Start of question: Multiple Choice Question
:TYPE:MC:1:0:C :TITLE:Multiple Choice Question :FEEDBACK Darwin invented the theory of evolution and
created Darwinism. :QUESTION:H Where is the Darwin Research Center? :IMAGE: :LAYOUT:vertical
:ANSWER1:0:H Menlo Park, California :REASON1:H Sorry! :ANSWER2:0:H Vancouver, Canada :REASON2:H Sorry!
:ANSWER3:100:H Galapagos Islands, Ecuador :REASON3:H Correct Answer! :ANSWER4:0:H London, England
:REASON4:H Sorry! :ANSWER5:0:H Sidney, Australia :REASON5:H Sorry! :CAT:Default # End of question:
Multiple Choice Question
8709 </pre>
8711 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8711 ./help/hotpot/responsestable.html
8712 </div>
8713 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8713 Individual Responses
8713 </h1>
8714 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8715 This table shows how each user responded to each question in each of their attempts at the quiz.
8717 </p>
8718 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8719 The responses are color-coded as follows:
8720 </p>
8721 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8722 <li>
8722 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="red">
8722 <b>
8722 Correct answers
8722 </b>
8722 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
8722 </li>
8723 <li>
8723 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="brown">
8723 <b>
8723 Ignored answers
8723 </b>
8723 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
8723 (if any)
8723 </li>
8724 <li>
8724 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="blue">
8724 <b>
8724 Wrong answers
8724 </b>
8724 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
8724 (if any)
8724 </li>
8725 <li>
8725 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="green">
8725 <b>
8725 score% (hints,clues,checks)
8725 </b>
8725 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
8726 <ul>
8727 <li>
8727 <b>
8727 score
8727 </b>
8727 is the percentage score for this question
8727 </li>
8728 <li>
8728 <b>
8728 hints
8728 </b>
8728 is the number hints requested
8728 </li>
8729 <li>
8729 <b>
8729 clues
8729 </b>
8729 indicates whether the clue was shown (=1) or not (=0)
8729 </li>
8730 <li>
8730 <b>
8730 checks
8730 </b>
8730 is the number checks performed on this question. A value of "-1" means that the student clicked
the "Show answer" button
8731 </li>
8732 </ul>
8733 </li>
8734 </ul>
8735 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8735 ./help/hotpot/clickreporttable.html
8736 </div>
8737 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8737 Click Trail
8737 </h1>
8738 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8739 This table shows details of every click by every student during completed attempts at a particular Hot
Potatoes quiz.
8741 </p>
8742 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8743 Please note that this report is very wide and can be very long, so it is intended to be downloaded and
viewed using a spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel.
8746 </p>
8747 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8748 Each row in the table contains the following information:
8749 </p>
8751 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8752 <b>
8752 Which click?
8752 </b>
8752 <br />
8753 The following details identify to which click in which attempt by which student at which quiz in which
section of which course this row refers:
8756 </p>
8757 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8758 <li>
8758 Course name, Section number, Exercise number, Exercise name, Exercise type, Number of questions
8758 </li>
8759 <li>
8759 Student's full name, Login date, Login time, Logoff time
8759 </li>
8760 <li>
8760 Attempt number, Attempt start time, Attempt finish time
8760 </li>
8761 <li>
8761 Click number, Click time, Click type
8761 </li>
8762 </ul>
8764 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8765 <b>
8765 Which questions were affected?
8765 </b>
8765 <br />
8766 The following details are shown of which questions, if any, were affected by the current click:
8768 </p>
8769 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8770 <li>
8770 questions which were checked, or given a hint or clue on the current click
8770 </li>
8771 <li>
8771 the status of each question after the current click
8772 <ul>
8773 <li>
8773 <b>
8773 0
8773 </b>
8773 means "correct"
8773 </li>
8774 <li>
8774 <b>
8774 X
8774 </b>
8774 means "wrong"
8774 </li>
8775 <li>
8775 <b>
8775 -
8775 </b>
8775 means "not attempted"
8775 </li>
8776 </ul>
8777 </li>
8778 <li>
8778 new answers which were received on the current click (answers that did not change are not shown)
8778 </li>
8779 <li>
8779 questions for which new answers were received on the current click
8779 </li>
8780 <li>
8780 questions for which new answers were received, or for which a hint or clue was given, on the current
click
8780 </li>
8781 </ul>
8783 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8784 <b>
8784 How many questions were affected?
8784 </b>
8784 <br />
8785 The following details are shown of the total number of questions, if any, affected by the current
click and the total number of questions affected so far in the quiz:
8789 </p>
8790 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8791 <li>
8791 the number of questions attempted
8791 </li>
8792 <li>
8792 the number of questions not attempted
8792 </li>
8793 <li>
8793 the number of questions whose status is "right"
8793 </li>
8794 <li>
8794 the number of questions whose status is "wrong"
8794 </li>
8795 <li>
8795 the number of questions for which hints have been given
8795 </li>
8796 <li>
8796 the number of questions for which clues have been given
8796 </li>
8797 <li>
8797 the number of questions for which new answers have been received
8797 </li>
8798 <li>
8798 the number of questions for which new answers have been received, or for which a hint or clue has
been given
8798 </li>
8799 </ul>
8801 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8802 <b>
8802 Scores
8802 </b>
8802 <br />
8803 The following details are shown about scores for this click and for the quiz so far:
8805 </p>
8806 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
8807 <li>
8807 the raw score
8807 </li>
8808 <li>
8808 the maximum score
8808 </li>
8809 <li>
8809 the score as a percentage
8809 </li>
8810 </ul>
8811 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8811 ./help/hotpot/addquizchain.html
8812 </div>
8813 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8813 Add quiz chain
8813 </h1>
8815 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8816 <p>
8817 <b>
8817 No
8817 </b>
8817 <br />
8818 Only one quiz will be added to the course
8819 </p>
8820 <p>
8821 <b>
8821 Yes
8821 </b>
8821 <br />
8822 If the "File name" is a file, it is treated as the start of a chain of Hot Potatoes
quizzes and all quizzes in the chain will be added to the course with identical settings.
8824 <br />
8825 <br />
8826 If the "File name" is a folder, all Hot Potatoes quizzes in the folder will be added to
the course as a chain of quizzes with identical settings.
8828 </p>
8829 </div>
8830 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8830 ./help/hotpot/studentfeedback.html
8831 </div>
8832 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8832 Student feedback
8832 </h1>
8833 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8834 If this option is enabled, a link to a popup feedback window will be displayed whenever the student
clicks on the "Check" button. The feedback window allows students to send feedback to the
teacher regarding the quiz.
8837 </p>
8838 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8839 This option can have the following settings:
8840 </p>
8841 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8842 <p>
8843 <b>
8843 None
8843 </b>
8843 <br />
8844 no feedback window will be displayed
8845 </p>
8846 <p>
8847 <b>
8847 Web page
8847 </b>
8847 <br />
8848 a web page will be displayed in the feedback window. You will need to enter the URL of the web page,
for example:
8850 <tt>
8850 http://myserver.com/feedbackform.html
8850 </tt>
8851 </p>
8852 <p>
8853 <b>
8853 Feedback form
8853 </b>
8853 <br />
8854 a form suitable for sending to a standard form-to-email script, such as formmail.pl, will be
displayed in the feedback window. You should also enter the URL of the form script, for example:
8857 <tt>
8857 http://myserver.com/cgi-bin/formmail.pl
8857 </tt>
8858 </p>
8859 <p>
8860 <b>
8860 Moodle forum
8860 </b>
8860 <br />
8861 the forum index for this Moodle course will be displayed
8862 </p>
8863 <p>
8864 <b>
8864 Moodle messaging
8864 </b>
8864 <br />
8865 the Moodle instant messaging window will be displayed. If the course has several teachers, the
student will be prompted to select a teacher before the messaging page appears.
8868 </p>
8869 </div>
8870 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8870 ./help/hotpot/outputformat.html
8871 </div>
8872 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8872 Output Format
8872 </h1>
8873 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8874 You can specify different formats to display the quiz
8875 </p>
8876 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8877 <p>
8878 <b>
8878 best
8878 </b>
8878 <br />
8879 The quiz will be displayed in the best format for the browser.
8880 </p>
8881 <p>
8882 <b>
8882 v6+
8882 </b>
8882 <br />
8883 The quiz will be displayed in a drag and drop format for v6+ browsers
8884 </p>
8885 <p>
8886 <b>
8886 v6
8886 </b>
8886 <br />
8887 The quiz will be displayed in format for v6 browsers
8888 </p>
8889 <p>
8890 <b>
8890 v5
8890 </b>
8890 <br />
8891 The quiz will be displayed in a format for v5 browsers
8892 </p>
8893 <p>
8894 <b>
8894 v4
8894 </b>
8894 <br />
8895 The quiz will be displayed in a format for v4 browsers
8896 </p>
8897 <p>
8898 <b>
8898 v3
8898 </b>
8898 <br />
8899 The quiz will be displayed in a format for v3 browsers
8900 </p>
8901 <p>
8902 <b>
8902 Flash
8902 </b>
8902 <br />
8903 The quiz will be displayed in using Flash
8904 </p>
8905 <p>
8906 <b>
8906 mobile
8906 </b>
8906 <br />
8907 The quiz will be displayed in a format suitable for viewing on small mobile devices such as cell
phones
8909 </p>
8910 </div>
8911 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
8911 ./help/hotpot/reportcontent.html
8912 </div>
8913 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
8913 Report Content
8913 </h1>
8914 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
8914 You can specify different content for the Hot Potatoes reports.
8914 </p>
8916 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
8916 Selecting the type of report
8916 </h2>
8917 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8918 <p>
8919 <b>
8919 Overview
8919 </b>
8919 <br />
8920 This report is a list of all attempts at this quiz. It shows the picture and name of each user,
along with their grade for the quiz and the score, time and duration of each attempt. Attempts may
be selected and then deleted if required.
8926 </p>
8927 <p>
8928 <b>
8928 Simple statistics
8928 </b>
8928 <br />
8929 This report is a list of all attempts at this quiz, except "in progress" attempts. It
shows the picture and name of each user, along with their grade for the quiz, and the score of each
question in each attempt. It also gives the average scores of the individual questions and the quiz
as a whole.
8937 </p>
8938 <p>
8939 <b>
8939 Detailed statistics
8939 </b>
8939 <br />
8940 This report shows full details of all attempts at this quiz, except "in progress"
attempts. The report contains the following tables:
8944 </p>
8945 <ul>
8946 <li>
8946 the
8946 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=responsestable.html">
8946 responses table
8946 </a>
8946 , which shows how each user responded to each question in each of their attempts at the quiz.
8947 </li>
8949 <li>
8949 the
8949 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=analysistable.html">
8949 item analysis table
8949 </a>
8949 , which lists the responses to each question and the frequency of each response.
8950 </li>
8951 </ul>
8952 <p>
8953 <b>
8953 Click trail report
8953 </b>
8953 <br />
8954 This report shows details of every click by every student in all attempts at this quiz, except
"in progress" attempts. The report can be very large and is intended to be downloaded and
viewed in a spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel. Details of the columns in this report are
available in the
8961 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=clickreporttable.html">
8961 click trail table
8961 </a>
8962 help file.
8963 </p>
8964 <p>
8965 The click trail report is only available if
8966 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=clickreporting.html">
8966 click reporting
8966 </a>
8966 has been enabled for this HotPot activity.
8968 </p>
8969 </div>
8971 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
8971 Selecting users
8971 </h2>
8972 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
8973 <p>
8974 <b>
8974 All users
8974 </b>
8974 <br />
8975 The report will show responses by all users who have attempted this quiz. This includes users who
are not currently enrolled on the course, the "guest" user, course creators and Moodle
administrators.
8978 </p>
8979 <p>
8980 <b>
8980 All participants
8980 </b>
8980 <br />
8981 The report will show responses by all students and teachers who are currently enrolled on this
course, as well as responses by the "guest" user, course creators and Moodle
administrators.
8984 </p>
8985 <p>
8986 <b>
8986 Group: group name
8986 </b>
8986 <br />
8987 The report will show responses by all students in the group selected. The group options will not
appear on the drop-down menu if there are no groups defined for this course.
8990 </p>
8991 <p>
8992 <b>
8992 Enrolled students
8992 </b>
8992 <br />
8993 The report will show responses by students currently enrolled in this course. Teacher's responses
will not be included in the report.
8995 </p>
8996 <p>
8997 <b>
8997 Single student
8997 </b>
8997 <br />
8998 The report will show responses by a single student selected from a drop-down list of students'
names.
9000 </p>
9001 </div>
9003 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9003 Selecting grades
9003 </h2>
9004 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9005 <p>
9006 <b>
9006 All attempts
9006 </b>
9006 <br />
9007 The report will include the responses from all the attempts by each user.
9008 </p>
9009 <p>
9010 <b>
9010 Best attempt
9010 </b>
9010 <br />
9011 The report will only include the responses from the highest scoring attempt by each user.
9012 </p>
9013 <p>
9014 <b>
9014 First attempt
9014 </b>
9014 <br />
9015 The report will only include the responses from the first attempt by each user.
9016 </p>
9017 <p>
9018 <b>
9018 Last attempt
9018 </b>
9018 <br />
9019 The report will only include the responses from the most recent attempt by each user.
9020 </p>
9021 </div>
9021 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9021 ./help/hotpot/reportformat.html
9022 </div>
9023 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9023 Report Format
9023 </h1>
9024 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9025 You can specify different output formats for the Hot Potatoes reports.
9026 </p>
9028 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9028 Report Format
9028 </h2>
9029 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9030 <p>
9031 <b>
9031 HTML
9031 </b>
9031 <br />
9032 the report will be generated in HTML format suitable for displaying in a web browser
9033 </p>
9034 <p>
9035 <b>
9035 Excel
9035 </b>
9035 <br />
9036 the report will be generated as an ".xls" file which can be opened by a spreadsheet
program, such as Microsoft Excel
9038 </p>
9039 <p>
9040 <b>
9040 Text
9040 </b>
9040 <br />
9041 the report will be generated a text file which can be opened by a text editor
9042 </p>
9043 </div>
9045 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9045 Encoding
9045 </h2>
9046 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9047 <p>
9048 A list of encodings may be offered which allows you to force the report values into a specific
encoding if your spreadsheet program requires it. For example, Microsoft Excel requires the
"SJIS" encoding for Japanese. The list of possible encodings can be adjusted by the site
administrator on the "Settings" page for the HotPot module
9055 </p>
9056 </div>
9058 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9058 Wrap data
9058 </h2>
9059 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9060 <p>
9061 <b>
9061 Yes
9061 </b>
9061 <br />
9062 long data values will be wrapped to fit into table cells. This may make some rows very tall
9064 </p>
9065 <p>
9066 <b>
9066 No
9066 </b>
9066 <br />
9067 data values will not be wrapped
9068 </p>
9069 </div>
9071 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9071 Show legend
9071 </h2>
9072 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9073 <p>
9074 <b>
9074 Yes
9074 </b>
9074 <br />
9075 in the main report, questions and answers will be represented by letters. A legend will be generated
which shows which letters represent which questions or answers
9077 </p>
9078 <p>
9079 <b>
9079 No
9079 </b>
9079 <br />
9080 questions and answers will appear in full in the report and no legend will be generated
9081 </p>
9082 </div>
9083 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9083 ./help/hotpot/index.html
9084 </div>
9085 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9085 Hot Potatoes
9085 </h2>
9086 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9087 <li>
9087 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=addquizchain.html">
9087 Add quiz chain
9087 </a>
9087 </li>
9088 <li>
9088 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=analysistable.html">
9088 Analysis table
9088 </a>
9088 </li>
9089 <li>
9089 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=clickreporting.html">
9089 Click trail report
9089 </a>
9089 </li>
9090 <li>
9090 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=forceplugins.html">
9090 Force media plugins
9090 </a>
9090 </li>
9091 <li>
9091 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=mediaplayers.html">
9091 Media players, relative URLs and Hot Potatoes
9091 </a>
9091 </li>
9092 <li>
9092 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=navigation.html">
9092 Navigation
9092 </a>
9092 </li>
9093 <li>
9093 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=outputformat.html">
9093 Output format
9093 </a>
9093 </li>
9094 <li>
9094 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=reportcontent.html">
9094 Report content
9094 </a>
9094 </li>
9095 <li>
9095 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=reportformat.html">
9095 Report format
9095 </a>
9095 </li>
9096 <li>
9096 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=responsestable.html">
9096 Responses table
9096 </a>
9096 </li>
9097 <li>
9097 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=shownextquiz.html">
9097 Show next quiz
9097 </a>
9097 </li>
9098 <li>
9098 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=studentfeedback.html">
9098 Student feedback
9098 </a>
9098 </li>
9099 <li>
9099 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=updatequizchain.html">
9099 Update quiz chain
9099 </a>
9099 </li>
9100 </ul>
9101 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9101 ./help/hotpot/clickreporting.html
9102 </div>
9103 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9103 Enable click reporting
9103 </h1>
9105 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9106 <p>
9107 <b>
9107 Yes
9107 </b>
9107 <br />
9108 A separate record is stored in the database each time a "hint", "clue" or
"check" button is clicked. This allows the teacher to see a very detailed report showing
the state of the quiz at each click. However, it may also mean that the size of the database grows
very quickly, because several "click" records may be stored for each attempt at a quiz.
9115 </p>
9116 <p>
9117 <b>
9117 No
9117 </b>
9117 <br />
9118 Only one record per attempt at a quiz is stored in the Moodle database.
9119 </p>
9120 </div>
9121 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9121 By the default this option is disabled.
9121 </p>
9122 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9122 ./help/hotpot/forceplugins.html
9123 </div>
9124 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9124 Force Moodle to use Moodle-compatible media players
9124 </h1>
9126 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9127 <p>
9128 <b>
9128 No
9128 </b>
9128 <br />
9129 Moodle will not change the settings of any media players in the quiz
9130 </p>
9131 <p>
9132 <b>
9132 Yes
9132 </b>
9132 <br />
9133 Moodle will force the quiz to use Moodle-compatible media players to play files like:
9134 </p>
9135 <ul>
9135 <li>
9135 avi
9135 </li>
9135 <li>
9135 mpeg
9135 </li>
9135 <li>
9135 mpg
9135 </li>
9135 <li>
9135 mp3
9135 </li>
9135 <li>
9135 mov
9135 </li>
9135 <li>
9135 wmv
9135 </li>
9135 </ul>
9137 </div>
9138 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9139 More information:
9140 <a href="help.php?module=hotpot&file=mediaplayers.html">
9140 Relative URLs, media players and Hot Potatoes
9140 </a>
9141 </p>
9142 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9142 ./help/hotpot/analysistable.html
9143 </div>
9144 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9144 Item Response Analysis
9144 </h1>
9145 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9145 This table lists the responses to each question and the frequency of each response.
9145 </p>
9146 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9147 <li>
9147 The frequencies of
9147 <b>
9147 correct answers
9147 </b>
9147 are shown in
9147 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="red">
9147 <b>
9147 red text
9147 </b>
9147 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
9147 .
9147 </li>
9148 <li>
9148 The frequencies of
9148 <b>
9148 wrong answers
9148 </b>
9148 are shown in
9148 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="blue">
9148 <b>
9148 blue text
9148 </b>
9148 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
9148 .
9148 </li>
9149 <li>
9149 The frequencies of
9149 <b>
9149 ignored answers
9149 </b>
9149 are shown in
9149 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="brown">
9149 <b>
9149 brown text
9149 </b>
9149 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
9149 .
9149 </li>
9150 <li>
9150 The frequencies of
9150 <b>
9150 numeric data
9150 </b>
9150 are shown in
9150 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="green">
9150 <b>
9150 green text
9150 </b>
9150 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
9150 .
9150 </li>
9151 </ul>
9152 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9152 ./help/hotpot/updatequizchain.html
9153 </div>
9154 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9154 Update next quiz
9154 </h1>
9156 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9157 <p>
9158 <b>
9158 No
9158 </b>
9158 <br />
9159 Only the current quiz will be updated
9160 </p>
9161 <p>
9162 <b>
9162 Yes
9162 </b>
9162 <br />
9163 If this quiz is part of a chain of Hot Potatoes quizzes, then all quizzes in the chain will be
assigned identical settings to the current quiz.
9165 </p>
9166 </div>
9167 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9167 ./help/hotpot/shownextquiz.html
9168 </div>
9169 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9169 Show next quiz
9169 </h1>
9171 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9172 <p>
9173 <b>
9173 No
9173 </b>
9173 <br />
9174 When the Hot Potatoes quiz is finished, Moodle will record the results and return to the main page
for the current course
9177 </p>
9178 <p>
9179 <b>
9179 Yes
9179 </b>
9179 <br />
9180 When the Hot Potatoes quiz is finished, Moodle will record the results and then display the next Hot
Potatoes quiz in the current section. If there is no such quiz, Moodle will return to the main page
for the current course
9184 </p>
9185 </div>
9186 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9186 ./help/hotpot/mediaplayers.html
9187 </div>
9188 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9188 Relative URLs, media players and Hot Potatoes
9188 </h1>
9190 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9190 Definitions
9190 </h2>
9192 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9193 <p>
9193 <i>
9193 URL
9193 </i>
9193 <br />
9194 the address of an internet resource, such as a webpage, image or sound file.
9195 </p>
9196 <p>
9197 <i>
9197 absolute URL
9197 </i>
9197 <br />
9198 a URL that begins with "http://" is called an absolute URL. Wherever it is used, it always
refers to the same target resource.
9200 </p>
9201 <p>
9202 <i>
9202 relative URL
9202 </i>
9202 <br />
9203 a URL that does not begin with "http://" is called a relative URL. It can be combined with
the absolute URL of a "base" page, to get the absolute URL of the target resource.
9206 </p>
9207 </div>
9209 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9209 Relative URLs in Hot Potatoes quizzes
9209 </h2>
9210 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9210 Relative URLs are a convenient way to specify images, sounds and videos in a Hot Potatoes quiz,
because they allow the quiz to be viewed and tested on a local PC, before being uploaded to a Moodle
site. When the quiz is uploaded to the Moodle site, the multimedia files must also be uploaded, so
that they are available when the quiz is administered via Moodle.
9210 </p>
9211 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9211 For security reasons, Moodle does not allow direct access to course files. All requests for files in a
given course go through a guardian script which verfies that the person requesting the file is
enrolled in the course. However, this mechanism can break relative links used in the quiz, because the
normal rules for deriving an absolute URL from a relative URL do not work.
9211 </p>
9212 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9212 The solution is simple enough:
9212 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font color="red">
9212 <b>
9212 all relative URLs must be converted to absolute URLs
9212 </b>
9212 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
9212 by the time the quiz reaches the browser. In the case of Hot Potatoes quizzes, the URLs will be
converted by Moodle, so content creators do not have to bother with this tedious and error-prone task.
9212 </p>
9214 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9214 Media players in Hot Potatoes quizzes
9214 </h2>
9215 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9215 Some media players will not accept the media file if it comes via the script which guards the course
files. In this situation, it is necessary to replace the media player with one that is known to be
compatible with Moodle. You can do this yourself by modifying the reference to the media player in the
quiz, or you can force Moodle to do it by setting the "Force media plugins" option on the
quiz's settings page to "Yes".
9215 </p>
9216 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9216 ./help/hotpot/mods.html
9217 </div>
9218 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9218 <img src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/hotpot/icon.gif" alt="" />
9218
9218 <b>
9218 Hot Potatoes
9218 </b>
9218 </p>
9219 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9220 This module, the "HotPot" module, allows teachers to administer
9221 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://web.uvic.ca/hrd/halfbaked/" target="_blank">
9221 Hot Potatoes
9221 </a>
9221 quizzes via Moodle. The quizzes are created on the teacher's computer and then uploaded to the Moodle
course.
9222 <br />
9223 After students have attempted the quizzes, a number of reports are available which show how individual
questions were answered and some statistical trends in the scores.
9225 </div>
9226 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9226 ./help/hotpot/navigation.html
9227 </div>
9228 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9228 Navigation
9228 </h1>
9229 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9230 You can specify different navigation aids for a Hot Potatoes Quiz.
9231 </p>
9232 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
9233 <p>
9234 <b>
9234 Moodle navigation bar
9234 </b>
9234 <br />
9235 The standard Moodle navigation bar will be displayed in the same window as the quiz at the top of
the page.
9237 </p>
9238 <p>
9239 <b>
9239 Moodle navigation frame
9239 </b>
9239 <br />
9240 The standard Moodle navigation bar will be displayed in a separate frame at the top of the quiz.
9242 </p>
9243 <p>
9244 <b>
9244 Embedded IFRAME
9244 </b>
9244 <br />
9245 The standard Moodle navigation bar will be displayed in the same window as the quiz and the quiz
will be embedded in an IFRAME.
9247 </p>
9248 <p>
9249 <b>
9249 Hot Potatoes quiz buttons
9249 </b>
9249 <br />
9250 The quiz will be displayed with the navigation buttons, if any, defined in the quiz.
9252 </p>
9253 <p>
9254 <b>
9254 A single "Give Up" button
9254 </b>
9254 <br />
9255 The quiz will be displayed with a single "Give Up" button at the top of the page.
9257 </p>
9258 <p>
9259 <b>
9259 None
9259 </b>
9259 <br />
9260 The quiz will be displayed with no navigation aids. i.e. neither a Moodle navigation bar nor any Hot
Potatoes navigation buttons. When all questions on the current quiz have been answered correctly,
Moodle will either return to the course page or display the next quiz, depending on the setting of
the "Show next quiz?" field for the current quiz.
9266 </p>
9267 </div>
9268 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9268 ./help/quiz/stoponerror.html
9269 </div>
9270 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9270 Stop on error
9270 </h1>
9272 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9272 Questions are imported in two passes. First the imput file is 'parsed' and checked for validity. Then
it is written to the database. If this option is selected (default) and an error is detected in the
parsing pass then no attempt will be made to write to the database.
9277 </p>
9279 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9279 If it is not checked, an attempt will be made to write any valid questions to the database.
9280 </p>
9281 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9281 ./help/quiz/analysisoptions.html
9282 </div>
9283 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9283 Analysis Options
9283 </h1>
9285 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9285 You can determine which quiz attempts are included in the analysis by setting the following
parameters:
9286 </p>
9288 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9288 Attempt selection:
9288 </h2>
9288 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9288 It may be convenient to analyze just one quiz attempt for each user. This particular attempt may be
the one with the highest overall score, the first attempt or the last attempt of those performed.
Alternatively all attempts data may be combined for a cumulative analysis.
9292 </p>
9294 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9294 Rejection of low scores:
9294 </h2>
9294 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9294 Sometimes users are just browsing the quiz, exploring it, and not going through it for a grade. It is
common that such 'trial' attempts get very low scores. These attempts can be excluded from analysis by
setting a low limit for the score of the attempts to analyze. This limit is specified as a percentage
(0-100) of the maximum grade achievable in the quiz.
9300 </p>
9302 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9302 Page size:
9302 </h2>
9302 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9302 You choose how many questions per page you want to see displayed on screen.
9303 </p>
9304 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9304 ./help/quiz/multichoice.html
9305 </div>
9308 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9308 Multiple Choice questions
9308 </h1>
9310 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9310 In response to a question (that may include a image) the respondent chooses from multiple answers.
There are two types of multiple choice questions - single answer and multiple answer.
9312 </p>
9314 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9314 Single-answer questions allow one and only one answer to be chosen. Generally all the grades for such
a question should be positive.
9315 </p>
9317 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9317 Multiple-answer questions allow one or more answers to be chosen - each answer may carry a positive or
negative grade, so that choosing ALL the options will not necessarily result in good grade. If the
total grade is negative then the total grade for this question will be zero. Careful, it is possible
to create questions that have scores greater than 100%.
9321 </p>
9323 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9323 Finally, each answer (right or wrong) should include feedback - this feedback will be shown to the
respondent next to each of their answers (if the quiz itself is configured to show feedback).
9326 </p>
9327 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9327 ./help/quiz/discrimination.html
9328 </div>
9329 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9329 Discrimination Index
9329 </h1>
9331 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9331 This provides a rough indicator of the performance of each item. It is calculated by counting the
number of students who scored in top third on this quiz for each question and dividing this figure by
the number of students who scored in the bottom third.
9331 </p>
9333 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9333 For example, if 30 students took the quiz, there would be 10 students each in the top third and bottom
third. If, on item #1, 9 of the best students got it right, but only 3 of the poorest third got it
right, the discrimination index would be 9/3 = 3.0. The numbers in parentheses are: (top third correct
responses/bottom third correct responses).
9333 </p>
9335 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9335 If the index goes below 1.0 it means that more of the weaker students got the item right than the
stronger students. Such items should be discarded as worthless. In fact, they reduce the accuracy of
the overall score for the quiz.
9335 </p>
9337 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9337 If no weak students got the item correct, the denominator would be 0 which would yield a result of
infinity. The program substitutes a '10' for any such items.
9337 </p>
9339 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9339 ./help/quiz/shufflewithin.html
9340 </div>
9341 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9341 Shuffle within questions
9341 </h1>
9343 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9343 If you enable this option, then the parts making up the individual questions will be randomly shuffled
each time a student starts an attempt at this quiz, provided the option is also enabled in the
question settings.
9346 </p>
9348 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9348 The intention is simply to make it a little harder for students to copy from each other.
9349 </p>
9351 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9351 This only applies to questions that have multiple parts, such as Multiple Choice or Matching
Questions. For multiple choice questions the order of the answers is shuffled only when this option is
set to "Yes". For matching type questions the answers are always shuffled, this setting
controls whether in addition the order of the question-answer pairs is shuffled.
9356 </p>
9358 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9358 This option is not related to the use of Random Questions.
9358 </p>
9359 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9359 ./help/quiz/penaltyscheme.html
9360 </div>
9361 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9361 Apply penalty
9361 </h1>
9363 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9363 If a quiz is run in adaptive mode then a student is allowed to try again after a wrong response. In
this case you may want to impose a penalty for each wrong response to be subtracted from the final
mark for the question. The amount of penalty is chosen individually for each question when setting up
or editing the question.
9363 </p>
9365 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9365 This setting has no effect unless the quiz is run in adaptive mode.
9365 </p>
9365 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9365 ./help/quiz/timedelay1.html
9366 </div>
9367 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9367 Time Delay between first and second attempt
9367 </h1>
9369 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9369 If you set a time delay, then the student has to wait for that amount of time to pass after the end of
their first attempt before they can start their second attempt.
9370 </p>
9372 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9372 ./help/quiz/showuserpicture.html
9373 </div>
9374 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9374 Show the user's picture
9374 </h1>
9376 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9376 If you enable this option, the student's name and picture will be shown on-screen during the attempt,
and on the review screen.
9377 </p>
9379 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9379 One example when you might want to do this is in invigilated (proctored) exams to make it easier to
check that the user is logged in as themself.
9380 </p>
9381 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9381 ./help/quiz/match.html
9382 </div>
9383 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9383 Matching questions
9383 </h1>
9385 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9385 After an optional introduction, the respondent is presented with several sub-questions and several
jumbled answers. There is one correct answer for each question.
9387 </p>
9389 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9389 The respondent must select an answer to match each sub-question.
9389 </p>
9391 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9391 Each sub-question is equally weighted to contribute towards the grade for the total question.
9392 </p>
9394 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9394 ./help/quiz/questiondatasets.html
9395 </div>
9396 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9396 Question datasets
9396 </h1>
9398 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9398 A dataset is a collection of data used to create a question (such as a calculated question), where it
is inserted in place of a variable within the question.
9400 </p>
9402 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9402 You can create a "
9402 <i>
9402 private
9402 </i>
9402 " dataset for a specific question, or a "
9403 <i>
9403 reusable
9403 </i>
9403 " dataset that can be used within all questions within a category.
9404 </p>
9406 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9406 When creating a question that uses datasets, you'll be prompted with two screens.
9407 </p>
9409 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9409 The first screen allows you to assign a particular dataset to be substituted for each variable.
9410 </p>
9412 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9412 The second screen allows you to add and remove sets of numbers in the dataset. The numbers used for
individual questions presented to students will be selected from this set.
9414 </p>
9417 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9417 ./help/quiz/rqp.html
9418 </div>
9419 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9419 Remote Questions (RQP)
9419 </h1>
9422 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9422 The Remote Question Protocol may be used to include questions in a quiz with all processing occurring
on a remote server. Questions may be included in any format for which a server is available without
any change to Moodle.
9422 </p>
9424 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9424 ./help/quiz/categories.html
9425 </div>
9426 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9426 Question categories
9426 </h1>
9428 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9428 Rather than keeping all your questions in one big list, you can create categories to keep them in.
9429 </p>
9431 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9431 Categories can be created or deleted at will. But :
9431 </p>
9432 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9432 <li>
9432 There must be at least one category in each context. So you cannot delete the last category in a
context.
9433 </li>
9434 <li>
9434 When you try to delete a category containing questions, then you will be asked to specify another
category to move them to.
9436 </li>
9436 </ul>
9438 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9438 You can arrange your categories in a hierarchy so
9438 </p>
9439 that they are easier to manage.
9439 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9439 <li>
9439 The up and down arrow keys change the order in which categories which are peers of each other are
listed.
9440 </li>
9441 <li>
9441 You can also move a category to a new context with the up / down arrows.
9442 </li>
9443 <li>
9443 The left and right arrows are used to change the parent category of a category.
9444 </li>
9445 <li>
9445 A possibly quicker way to move categories is to click on the edit icon and then use the category
select box to select a new parent category.
9447 </li>
9447 </ul>
9450 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9450 See also :
9450 </p>
9451 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9452 <li>
9452 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=categorycontexts.html">
9452 Category contexts
9452 </a>
9452 </li>
9453 <li>
9453 <a href="help.php?module=question&file=permissions.html">
9453 Question permissions
9453 </a>
9453 </li>
9454 </ul>
9454 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9454 ./help/quiz/feedback.html
9455 </div>
9456 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9456 Feedback
9456 </h1>
9458 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9458 If you enable quiz feedback, then students will receive question feedback on every answer (right or
wrong).
9459 </p>
9461 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9461 ./help/quiz/decimalpoints.html
9462 </div>
9463 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9463 Decimal places
9463 </h1>
9465 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9465 By using this setting you can select the number of digits that should be shown after the decimal point
when displaying student scores or grades. For example choosing '0' means the displayed grades will be
rounded to integers.
9467 </p>
9469 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9469 This setting only effects the display of grades. It does not affect the grades stored in the database,
nor the internal calculations, which are always carried out to full precision.
9471 </p>
9472 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9472 ./help/quiz/analysisdownload.html
9473 </div>
9474 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9474 Analysis Download
9474 </h1>
9476 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9476 You may want to download the data displayed in the on-screen table for further analysis. You can
choose between three file formats for downloaded data.
9478 <br />
9478 In each case data will be presented as a table with appropriate titles, as on the screen. If the table
is paged, all data for all pages will be downloaded in a single file.
9481 </p>
9483 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9483 Excel Spreadsheet format:
9483 </h2>
9483 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9483 You will get an .xls spreadsheet document.
9484 </p>
9486 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9486 OpenOffice Writer format:
9486 </h2>
9486 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9486 The data will we presented within a table in an OpenOffice .sxw text document.
9487 <br />
9489 This format will be available only if you have installed the PHPWriter library in the /moodle/lib
subdirectory.
9490 </p>
9492 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9492 Text format
9492 </h2>
9492 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9492 In this case, data will be stored as a regular text file. A line for each row in the table with data
separated by tabstops.
9494 </p>
9495 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9495 ./help/quiz/maxgrade.html
9496 </div>
9497 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9497 Maximum grade
9497 </h1>
9499 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9499 The maximum grade you set for a quiz is what all grades are scaled to.
9500 </p>
9502 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9502 For example, you might set the max grade to 20, because the quiz is worth 20% of the whole course.
9503 </p>
9505 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9505 Even though you might have 10 questions in your quiz worth a total of 50 marks, all grades out of 50
will be "scaled down" to the quiz max grade of 20.
9507 </p>
9508 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9508 ./help/quiz/shufflequestions.html
9509 </div>
9510 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9510 Shuffle questions
9510 </h1>
9512 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9512 If you enable this option, then the order of questions in the quiz will be randomly shuffled each time
a student attempts the quiz.
9514 </p>
9516 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9516 This is not related to the use of Random Questions, this is only about the displayed order of
questions.
9517 </p>
9519 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9519 The intention is to make it a little harder for students to copy from each other.
9520 </p>
9521 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9521 ./help/quiz/calculated.html
9522 </div>
9523 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9523 Calculated questions
9523 </h1>
9525 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9525 Calculated questions offers a way to create individual numerical question by the use of wildcards that
are substituted with individual values when the quiz is taken.
9526 <br />
9526 Below is a shrunken view of the main editing page with some example inputs:
9527 </p>
9529 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<table>
9529 <tbody>
9530 <tr valign="top">
9531 <th scope="col" align="right">
9531 Question:
9531 </th>
9532 <td>
9533 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<textarea id="questiontext" name="questiontext" rows="5" cols="40">
9533 How much is {a} + {b} ?
9533 </textarea>
9534 </td>
9535 </tr>
9536 <tr valign="top">
9537 <th scope="col" align="right">
9537 Image to display:
9537 </th>
9538 <td>
9539 <select name="image">
9539 <option value="" selected="selected">
9539 None
9539 </option>
9539 <option value="grevture.gif">
9539 grevture.gif
9539 </option>
9539 </select>
9540 </td>
9541 </tr>
9543 <tr valign="top">
9544 <th scope="col" align="right">
9544 Correct Answer Formula:
9544 </th>
9545 <td>
9546 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<input align="left" type="text" id="formula0" name="answer[]" size="20" value="{a} + {b}" />
9546
9547 <input type="hidden" name="fraction[]" value="1.0" />
9548 </td>
9549 </tr>
9550 <tr valign="top">
9551 <th scope="col" align="right">
9551 Tolerance:
9551 </th>
9552 <td>
9553 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
E622 The 'id' attribute does not have a valid value: It does not contain a valid ID. It must begin with a
letter, underscore or colon and may be followed by any number of letters, digits [0-9], hyphens,
underscores, colons, and periods:
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<input align="left" type="text" id="tolerance0"" name="tolerance[]" size="15" value="0.01"
/>
9553 ±
9554 </td>
9555 </tr>
9556 <tr valign="top">
9557 <th scope="col" align="right">
9557 Tolerance Type:
9557 </th>
9558 <td>
9559 <select name="tolerancetype[]">
9559 <option value="1" selected="selected">
9559 Relative
9559 </option>
9559 <option value="2">
9559 Nominal
9559 </option>
9559 <option value="3">
9559 Geometric
9559 </option>
9559 </select>
9560 </td>
9561 </tr>
9562 <tr valign="top">
9563 <th scope="col" align="right">
9563 Significant Figures:
9563 </th>
9564 <td>
9565 <select name="correctanswerlength[]">
9565 <option value="1">
9565 1
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="2" selected="selected">
9565 2
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="3">
9565 3
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="4">
9565 4
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="5">
9565 5
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="6">
9565 6
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="7">
9565 7
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="8">
9565 8
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="9">
9565 9
9565 </option>
9565 <option value="10">
9565 10
9565 </option>
9565 </select>
9566 </td>
9567 </tr>
9568 </tbody>
9568 </table>
9570 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9571 In the question text input and "Correct Answer Formula" {a} and {b} can be seen. These and any other
{name} can be used as a wildcard that is substituted by some value when the quiz is taken. Also, the
correct answer is calculated when the quiz is submitted using the expression in "Correct Answer
Formula", which is calculated as a numerical expression after the substitution of the wildcards. The
possible wildcard values are set or generated on a later page in "editing wizard" for calculated
questions...
9572 </p>
9572 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9573 The example formula uses the operator +. Other accepted operators are -*/ and % where % is the modulo
operator. It is also possible to use some PHP-style mathematical function. Among these there are 24
single-argument function:
9573 <br />
9573 <b>
9574 abs, acos, acosh, asin, asinh, atan, atanh, ceil, cos, cosh, deg2rad, exp, expm1, floor, log, log10,
log1p, rad2deg, round, sin, sinh, sprt, tan, tanh
9575 </b>
9575 <br />
9575 and two two-argument functions
9575 <br />
9575 <b>
9576 atan2, pow
9577 </b>
9577 <br />
9577 and the functions
9577 <b>
9577 min
9577 </b>
9577 and
9577 <b>
9577 max
9577 </b>
9577 that can take two or more arguments. It is also possible to use the function
9577 <b>
9577 pi
9577 </b>
9577 that takes no arguments but do not forget the use the parentheses - the correct usage is
9577 <b>
9577 pi()
9577 </b>
9577 . Similarly the other function must have their argument(s) within parentheses. Possible usage is for
example
9577 <b>
9577 sin({a}) + cos({b}) * 2
9577 </b>
9577 . It should not be any problem to wrap functions within each other like
9577 <b>
9577 cos(deg2rad({a} + 90))
9577 </b>
9577 etc.
9578 <br />
9578 More details on how to use these PHP-style functions can be found in the
9578 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a target="phpmathdoc" href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.math.php">
9578 documentation at the PHP web site
9578 </a>
9579 </p>
9579 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9580 As for numerical questions it is possible to allow a margin within which all responses are accepted as
correct. The "Tolerance" field is used for this. However, there are three different types of
tolerances. These are
9580 <b>
9580 Relative, Nominal and Geometric
9580 </b>
9580 . If we say that the correct answer at quiz time is calculated to 200 and the tolerance is set to 0.5
then the different tolerance types work like this:
9581 </p>
9581 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9581 <b>
9581 Relative:
9581 </b>
9581 A tolerance interval is calculated by multiplying the correct answer with 0.5, ie in this case we get
100 so for this tolerance the correct response must be between 100 and 300. (200 ± 100)
9581 <br />
9582 This is useful if the magnitude of the correct answer can differ greatly between different wildcard
values.
9583 </p>
9583 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9583 <b>
9583 Nominal:
9583 </b>
9583 This is the simplest tolerance type but not very powerful. The correct response must be between 199.5
and 200.5 (200 ± 0.5)
9583 <br />
9584 This tolerance type can be useful if the differences between different correct answers are small.
9585 </p>
9585 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9585 <b>
9585 Geometric:
9585 </b>
9585 The upper limit of the tolerance interval is calculated as 200 + 0.5*200 and is the same as for the
relative case. The lower limit is calculated as 200/(1 + 0.5). The correct response must then be
between 133.33 and 300.
9585 <br />
9586 This is useful for complex calculation that must have great tolerances where relative tolerances of 1
or more would be used for the upper limit but clearly not acceptable for the lower limit as it would
make zero a correct answer for all cases.
9587 </p>
9587 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9588 The field
9588 <b>
9588 Significant Figures
9588 </b>
9588 does only relate to how the correct answer should be presented in the review or the reports. Examples:
If it is set to 3 then the correct answer 13.333 would be presented as 13.3; 1236 would be presented
as 1240; 23 would be presented as 23.0 etc.
9589 </p>
9589 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9590 The feedback field and the optional unit fields work just like they do for numerical questions.
9591 </p>
9591 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9591 ./help/quiz/description.html
9592 </div>
9593 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9593 Description
9593 </h1>
9595 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9595 This type of question is not really a question.
9595 </p>
9597 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9597 All it does is print some text without requiring any answers.
9597 </p>
9599 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9599 It can be used to print a descriptive text to be used by a following group of questions.
9599 </p>
9601 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9601 The General feedback can be used if you have some text that you want to appear on the review page
only. The 'Question text' appears both during the attempt and on the review page.
9602 </p>
9603 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9603 ./help/quiz/matchgrades.html
9604 </div>
9605 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9605 Match Grades
9605 </h1>
9607 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9607 Imported grades
9607 <b>
9607 must
9607 </b>
9607 match one of the fixed list of valid grades, as follows...
9608 </p>
9610 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9611 <li>
9611 100%
9611 </li>
9612 <li>
9612 90%
9612 </li>
9613 <li>
9613 80%
9613 </li>
9614 <li>
9614 75%
9614 </li>
9615 <li>
9615 70%
9615 </li>
9616 <li>
9616 66.666%
9616 </li>
9617 <li>
9617 60%
9617 </li>
9618 <li>
9618 50%
9618 </li>
9619 <li>
9619 40%
9619 </li>
9620 <li>
9620 33.333
9620 </li>
9621 <li>
9621 30%
9621 </li>
9622 <li>
9622 25%
9622 </li>
9623 <li>
9623 20%
9623 </li>
9624 <li>
9624 16.666%
9624 </li>
9625 <li>
9625 14.2857
9625 </li>
9626 <li>
9626 12.5%
9626 </li>
9627 <li>
9627 11.111%
9627 </li>
9628 <li>
9628 10%
9628 </li>
9629 <li>
9629 5%
9629 </li>
9630 <li>
9630 0%
9630 </li>
9631 </ul>
9633 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9633 negative values of the above list are also permitted.
9634 </p>
9636 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9636 There are two settings for this switch. They affect how the import routine treats values that do not
9637 <strong>
9637 exactly
9637 </strong>
9638 match one of the values in the above list
9638 </p>
9640 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9641 <li>
9641 <strong>
9641 Error if grade not listed
9641 </strong>
9641 <br />
9642 If a question contains any grades not found in the list an error is displayed and that question will
not be imported.
9643 </li>
9644 <li>
9644 <strong>
9644 Nearest grade if not listed
9644 </strong>
9644 <br />
9645 If a grade is found that does not match a value in the list, the grade is changed to the closest
matching value in the list
9646 </li>
9647 </ul>
9649 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9649 <i>
9649 Note: some custom import formats write directly to the database and may bypass this check
9650 </i>
9650 </p>
9651 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9651 ./help/quiz/adaptive.html
9652 </div>
9653 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9653 Adaptive mode
9653 </h1>
9655 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9655 If you choose Yes for this option then the student will be allowed multiple responses to a question
even within the same attempt at the quiz. So for example if the student's response is marked as
incorrect the student will be allowed to try again immediately. However a penalty will usually be
subtracted from the students score for each wrong attempt (the amount of penalty is determined by the
penalty factor, set by the next option).
9655 </p>
9657 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9657 This mode also allows adaptive questions that can change themselves in response to a student's answer.
Here is how the IMS QTI specification defines adaptive questions (items):
9657 </p>
9659 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<blockquote>
9660 <p>
9660 An adaptive item is an item that adapts either its appearance, its scoring (Response Processing) or
both in response to each of the candidate's attempts. For example, an adaptive item may start by
prompting the candidate with a box for free-text entry but, on receiving an unsatisfactory answer,
present a simple choice interaction instead and award fewer marks for subsequently identifying the
correct response. Adaptivity allows authors to create items for use in formative situations which
both help to guide candidates through a given task while also providing an outcome that takes into
consideration their path
9661 </p>
9661 </blockquote>
9663 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9663 In adaptive mode an additional
9663 E005 Extra quote character found or quote character missing:
E023 An attribute name is missing
<?php print_string('mark', 'quiz') ?>
9663 button is shown for each question. If the student presses this button then the response to that
particular question is submitted to be scored and the mark achieved is displayed to the student. If
the question is an adaptive question then it is displayed in its new state that takes the student's
answer into account and will in many cases ask the student for another input. In the simplest adaptive
questions this new state may differ only in the feedback text and prompt the student to try again; in
more complicated question also the question text and even the interaction elements can change.
9669 </p>
9670 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9670 ./help/quiz/popup.html
9671 </div>
9672 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9672 Use a 'secure' popup window for attempts
9672 </h1>
9674 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9674 The 'secure' window tries to make some simpler forms of copying and cheating more difficult during
quiz attempts.
9675 </p>
9677 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9677 What happens is that:
9677 </p>
9678 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9679 <li>
9679 Javascript is made a requirement.
9679 </li>
9680 <li>
9680 The quiz appears in a new fullscreen window.
9680 </li>
9681 <li>
9681 Some mouse actions on the text are prevented.
9681 </li>
9682 <li>
9682 Some keyboard commands are prevented.
9682 </li>
9683 </ul>
9685 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9685 NOTE:
9685 <b>
9685 This security is not watertight
9685 </b>
9685 . Do not rely on these protections as your sole strategy. It is impossible to implement complete
protection of quizzes in a web environment so please do not rely on this option if you are really
worried about students cheating. Other strategies you can try are to create really large databases of
questions from which you randomly choose questions, or even better, rethink your overall assessment to
put more value on constructive forms of activity such as forum discussions, glossary building, wiki
writing, workshops, assignments etc.
9692 </p>
9693 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9693 ./help/quiz/createmultiple.html
9694 </div>
9695 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9695 Create multiple questions
9695 </h1>
9697 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9697 This page allows you to create multiple questions at once.
9697 </p>
9699 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9699 Currently it will only allow you to create a number of Random Questions and (optionally) add them to
the current quiz.
9701 </p>
9703 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9703 Eventually this page will evolve into a larger wizard that will have more options.
9704 </p>
9705 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9705 ./help/quiz/exportcategory.html
9706 </div>
9707 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
9707 <b>
9707 Export Category
9707 </b>
9707 </p>
9709 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9709 The
9709 <b>
9709 Category:
9709 </b>
9709 drop-down is used to select the category from which the exported questions will be taken.
9711 </p>
9713 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9713 Some import formats (GIFT and XML Format) permit the category to be included in the writtenfile,
enabling the categories to (optionally) be recreated on import. In order for this data to be included
the
9716 <b>
9716 Write category to file
9716 </b>
9716 box must be ticked. If this is selected you can also embed the category context by ticking
9718 <b>
9718 Write context to file
9718 </b>
9718 . Deselect the context option for compatibility with older versions of Moodle.
9719 </p>
9720 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9720 ./help/quiz/responsesoptions.html
9721 </div>
9722 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9722 Responses Options
9722 </h1>
9724 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9724 Page size:
9724 </h2>
9724 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9724 You choose how many attempts per page you want to see displayed on screen.
9725 </p>
9727 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9727 Show students with no attempts:
9727 </h2>
9727 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9727 It may be convenient to not only show students with attempts for this quiz but also students that not
yet attempted it.
9729 </p>
9731 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9731 ./help/quiz/timelimit.html
9732 </div>
9733 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
E620 The 'align' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<p align="center">
9733 <strong>
9733 Time limit
9733 </strong>
9733 </p>
9735 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9735 By default, quizzes do not have a time limit, which allows students as much time as they need to
complete the quiz, providing they finish before any close date.
9737 </p>
9739 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9739 If you do specify a time limit, a countdown clock appears on-screen, and the quiz is automatically
submitted when the time runs out. With a time limit, the student must submit their attempt before the
time limit, or they will not receive a grade.
9742 </p>
9743 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9743 ./help/quiz/penalty.html
9744 </div>
9745 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9745 Penalty factor
9745 </h1>
9747 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9747 You can specify what fraction of the achieved score should be subtracted for each wrong response. This
is only relevant if the quiz is run in adaptive mode so that the student is allowed to make repeated
responses to the question. The penalty factor should be a number between 0 and 1. A penalty factor of
1 means that the student has to get the answer right in his first response to get any credit for it at
all. A penalty factor of 0 means the student can try as often as he likes and still get the full
marks.
9747 </p>
9747 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9747 ./help/quiz/requirepassword.html
9748 </div>
9749 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9749 Require a password
9749 </h1>
9751 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9751 This field is optional
9751 </p>
9753 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9753 If you specify a password in here then participants must enter the same password before they are
allowed to make an attempt on the quiz.
9755 </p>
9756 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9756 ./help/quiz/random.html
9757 </div>
9758 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9758 Random Question
9758 </h1>
9760 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9760 Random Questions may be added to any category.
9760 </p>
9762 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9762 When you add a Random Question to a quiz, then it will be replaced with a randomly-chosen question
from the same category - for each attempt.
9763 </p>
9765 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9765 This means that different students are likely to get a different selection of questions when they
attempt this quiz. When a quiz allows multiple attempts for each student then each attempt is likely
to contain a new selection of questions.
9768 </p>
9770 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9770 The same question will never appear twice in an attempt. If you include several Random Questions then
different questions will always be chosen for each of them. If you mix Random Questions with
non-random questions then the random questions will be chosen so that they do not duplicate one of the
non-random questions. This does imply that you need to provide enough questions in the category from
which the random questions are chosen, otherwise the student will be shown a friendly error message.
The more questions you provide the more likely it will be that students get different questions on
each attempt.
9777 </p>
9779 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9779 The grade for the randomly chosen question will be rescaled so that the maximum grade is what you have
chosen as the grade for the Random Question.
9780 </p>
9781 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9781 ./help/quiz/itemanalysis.html
9782 </div>
9783 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9783 Item Analysis
9783 </h1>
9785 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9785 This table presents processed quiz data in a way suitable for anayzing and judging the performance of
each question for the function of assessment. The statistical parameters used are calculated as
explained by classical test theory (ref. 1)
9787 </p>
9789 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9789 Facility Index (% Correct)
9789 </h2>
9791 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9791 This is a measure of how easy or difficult is a question for quiz-takers. It is calculated as:
9793 <br />
9794 FI = (X
9794 <sub>
9794 average
9794 </sub>
9794 ) / X
9794 <sub>
9794 max
9794 </sub>
9795 <br />
9796 where X
9796 <sub>
9796 average
9796 </sub>
9796 is the mean credit obtained by all users attempting the item,
9796 <br/>
9797 and X
9797 <sub>
9797 max
9797 </sub>
9797 is the maximum credit achievable for that item.
9797 <br/>
9798 If questions can be distributed dicotomically into correct / uncorrect categories, this parameter
coincides with the percentage of users that answer the question correctly.
9799 </p>
9801 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9801 Standard Deviation (SD)
9801 </h2>
9803 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9803 This parameter measures the spread of answers in the response population. If all users answers the
same, then SD=0. SD is calculated as the statistical standard deviation for the sample of fractional
scores (achieved/maximum) at each particular question.
9805 </p>
9807 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9807 Discrimination Index (DI)
9807 </h2>
9809 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9809 This provides a rough indicator of the performance of each item to separate proficient
9810 <i>
9810 vs.
9810 </i>
9810 less-proficient users. This parameter is calculated by first dividing learners into thirds based on
the overall score in the quiz. Then the average score at the analyzed item is calculated for the
groups of top and bottom performers, and the average scored substracted. The matematical expression
is:
9813 <br/>
9814 DI = (X
9814 <sub>
9814 top
9814 </sub>
9814 - X
9814 <sub>
9814 bottom
9814 </sub>
9814 )/ N
9815 <br/>
9816 where X
9816 <sub>
9816 top
9816 </sub>
9816 is the sum of the fractional credit (achieved/maximum) obtained at this item by the 1/3 of users
having tha highest grades in the whole quiz (i.e. number of correct responses in this group),
9817 <br/>
9818 and X
9818 <sub>
9818 bottom
9818 </sub>
9818 ) is the analog sum for users with the lower 1/3 grades for the whole quiz.
9818 </p>
9820 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9820 This parameter can take values between +1 and -1. If the index goes below 0.0 it means that more of
the weaker learners got the item right than the stronger learners. Such items should be discarded as
worthless. In fact, they reduce the accuracy of the overall score for the quiz.
9822 </p>
9824 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9824 Discrimination Coefficient (DC)
9824 </h2>
9826 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9826 This is another measure of the separating power of the item to distinguish proficient from weak
learners.
9826 </p>
9828 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9828 The discrimination coefficient is a correlation coefficient between scores at the item and at the
whole quiz. Here it is calculated as:
9829 <br/>
9830 DC = Sum(xy)/ (N * s
9830 <sub>
9830 x
9830 </sub>
9830 * s
9830 <sub>
9830 y
9830 </sub>
9830 )
9831 <br/>
9832 where Sum(xy) is the sum of the products of deviations for item scores and overall quiz scores,
9832 <br/>
9833 N is the number of responses given to this question
9833 <br/>
9834 s
9834 <sub>
9834 x
9834 </sub>
9834 is the standard deviation of fractional scores for this question and,
9834 <br/>
9835 s
9835 <sub>
9835 y
9835 </sub>
9835 is the standard deviation of scores at the quiz as a whole.
9835 </p>
9837 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9837 Again, this parameter can take values between +1 and -1. Positive values indicate items that do
discriminate proficient learners, whereas negative indices mark items that are answered best by those
with lowest grades. Items with negative DC are answered incorrectly by the seasoned learners and thus
they are actually a penalty against the most proficient learners. Those items should be avoided. Note
that, if all learners get exactly the same score for this question, then s
9841 <sub>
9841 x
9841 </sub>
9841 is zero, and DC will be undefined. This is indicated as DC = -999.00.
9842 </p>
9844 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9844 The advantage of Discrimination Coefficient vs. Discrimitation Index is that the former uses
information from the whole population of learners, not just the extreme upper and lower thirds. Thus,
this parameter may be more sensitive to detect item performance.
9846 </p>
9847 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9847 ./help/quiz/essay.html
9848 </div>
9849 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9849 Essay questions
9849 </h1>
9851 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9851 In response to a question (that may include an image) the respondent writes an answer in essay format.
Three fields may be edited when creating the essay question: the question title, the body of the
question, and feedback that can be displayed at a time chosen by the facilitator.
9854 </p>
9856 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9856 The essay question will not be assigned a grade until it has been reviewed by a teacher question, the
grader will be able to enter a custom comment in response the respondent's essay and be able to assign
a score for the essay.
9858 </p>
9860 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9860 Normally, the student can type their answer using the rich-text editor. However, if there is more than
one essay question on a page, the rich-text editor is only used for the first essay question.
9862 </p>
9862 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9862 ./help/quiz/truefalse.html
9863 </div>
9864 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9864 True/False questions
9864 </h1>
9867 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9867 In response to a question (that may include a image) the respondent chooses from True or False.
9868 </p>
9870 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9870 If feedback is enabled, then the appropriate feedback message is shown to the respondent after
answering the quiz. For example, if the correct answer is "False", but they answer "True" (getting it
wrong) then the "True" feedback is shown.
9874 </p>
9875 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9875 ./help/quiz/importcategory.html
9876 </div>
9877 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9877 Import Category
9877 </h1>
9879 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9879 The
9879 <b>
9879 Category:
9879 </b>
9879 drop-down is used to select the category into which the imported questions will go.
9881 </p>
9883 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9883 Some import formats (GIFT and XML Format) permit the category to be specified inside the import file.
In order for this to happen the
9885 <b>
9885 Get category from file
9885 </b>
9885 box must be ticked. If it is not, the questions will go into the selected category regardless of any
instructions in the file. Formats exported from Moodle may also contain the category context embedded
in the category string. Deselect
9889 <b>
9889 Get context from file
9889 </b>
9889 to force the default context to be used.
9890 </p>
9892 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9892 When categories are specified inside an import file, if they do not exist they will be created.
9893 </p>
9894 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9894 ./help/quiz/reorderingtool.html
9895 </div>
9896 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9896 The question reordering tool
9896 </h1>
9898 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9898 The reordering tool displays line number fields at the front of the question list. These line numbers
increase in steps of 10 to leave room for you to insert questions in between. You can then reorder the
questions by changing the line numbers and clicking "Save changes". The questions will be reordered
according to the line numbers you specified.
9902 </p>
9904 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9904 Line numbers do not have to be integers, you can also use numbers with a decimal point if you find
that convenient.
9905 </p>
9907 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9907 Page breaks are given line numbers as well, to allow you to move them around in the same manner. If
you have unticked the "Show page breaks" box then you will not see the page breaks and the
corresponding line numbers are not displayed, explaining the gaps in the line number sequence that you
may observe.
9911 </p>
9911 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9911 ./help/quiz/export.html
9912 </div>
9913 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9913 Exporting questions from a Category
9913 </h1>
9915 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9915 This function allows you to export a complete category (and all its subcategories) of questions to a
text file.
9916 </p>
9918 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9918 Please note that in many file formats some information is lost when the questions are exported. This
is because many formats do not possess all the features that exist in Moodle questions. You should not
expect to export and import questions and for them to be identical. Also some question types may not
export at all. You are advised to check exported data before using it in a production environment.
9924 </p>
9926 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9926 A number of file formats are supported. See in the individual help files and the
9927 <a href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/question/import">
9927 Moodle Docs
9927 </a>
9928 for details.
9928 </p>
9931 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9931 Import and Export formats are a pluggable resource. Other optional formats may be available in the
Modules and Plugins database.
9932 </p>
9933 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9933 ./help/quiz/questionsperpage.html
9934 </div>
9935 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9935 Automatically start a new page
9935 </h1>
9937 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9937 For longer quizzes it makes sense to stretch the quiz over several pages by limiting the number of
questions per page. When adding questions to the quiz page breaks will automatically be inserted
according to the setting you choose here. However you will also be able to move page breaks around by
hand later on the editing page.
9941 </p>
9942 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9942 ./help/quiz/timedelay2.html
9943 </div>
9944 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
9944 Time Delay between additional quiz attempts
9944 </h1>
9946 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
9946 If you set a time delay, then the student has to wait for that amount of time to pass after the end of
their previous attempt before they can start their third or later attempt.
9947 </p>
9949 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
9949 ./help/quiz/index.html
9950 </div>
9951 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
9951 Quizzes
9951 </h2>
9952 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
9953 <li>
9953 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=adaptive.html">
9953 Adaptive mode
9953 </a>
9953 </li>
9954 <li>
9954 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=analysisdownload.html">
9954 Analysis Download
9954 </a>
9954 </li>
9955 <li>
9955 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=analysisoptions.html">
9955 Analysis Options
9955 </a>
9955 </li>
9956 <li>
9956 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=review.html">
9956 Allow review once quiz is closed
9956 </a>
9956 </li>
9957 <li>
9957 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=attempts.html">
9957 Attempts
9957 </a>
9957 </li>
9958 <li>
9958 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=calculated.html">
9958 Calculated questions
9958 </a>
9958 </li>
9959 <li>
9959 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=categories.html">
9959 Categories
9959 </a>
9959 </li>
9960 <li>
9960 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=categories_edit.html">
9960 Question Categories
9960 </a>
9960 </li>
9961 <li>
9961 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=correctanswers.html">
9961 Correct answers
9961 </a>
9961 </li>
9962 <li>
9962 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=createmultiple.html">
9962 Creating multiple quizzes
9962 </a>
9962 </li>
9963 <li>
9963 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=decimalpoints.html">
9963 Decimal digits
9963 </a>
9963 </li>
9964 <li>
9964 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=description.html">
9964 Descriptions
9964 </a>
9964 </li>
9965 <li>
9965 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=essay.html">
9965 Essay questions
9965 </a>
9965 </li>
9966 <li>
9966 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=export.html">
9966 </a>
9966 </li>
9967 <li>
9967 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=repeatattempts.html">
9967 Each attempt builds on the last
9967 </a>
9967 </li>
9968 <li>
9968 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=multianswer.html">
9968 Embedded Answers (Cloze)
9968 </a>
9968 </li>
9969 <li>
9969 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=generalfeedback.html">
9969 Question general feedback
9969 </a>
9969 </li>
9970 <li>
9970 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=grademethod.html">
9970 Grading method
9970 </a>
9970 </li>
9971 <li>
9971 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=import.html">
9971 Importing questions
9971 </a>
9971 </li>
9972 <li>
9972 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=formataiken.html">
9972 Importing Aiken format files
9972 </a>
9972 </li>
9973 <li>
9973 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=formatblackboard.html">
9973 Importing Blackboard quiz files
9973 </a>
9973 </li>
9974 <li>
9974 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=formatctm.html">
9974 Importing "Course Test Manager" files
9974 </a>
9974 </li>
9975 <li>
9975 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=formatgift.html">
9975 Importing GIFT format files
9975 </a>
9975 </li>
9976 <li>
9976 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=formatmissingword.html">
9976 Importing "Missing Word" files
9976 </a>
9976 </li>
9977 <li>
9977 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=formatwebct.html">
9977 Importing WebCT quiz files
9977 </a>
9977 </li>
9978 <li>
9978 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=itemanalysis.html">
9978 Item Analysis
9978 </a>
9978 </li>
9979 <li>
9979 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=match.html">
9979 Matching questions
9979 </a>
9979 </li>
9980 <li>
9980 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=matchgrades.html">
9980 Match Grades
9980 </a>
9980 </li>
9981 <li>
9981 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=matchshuffle.html">
9981 Shuffle
9981 </a>
9981 </li>
9982 <li>
9982 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=maxgrade.html">
9982 Maximum grade
9982 </a>
9982 </li>
9983 <li>
9983 <a href="help.php?module=qtype_multichoice&file=multichoice.html">
9983 Multiple choice questions
9983 </a>
9983 </li>
9984 <li>
9984 <a href="help.php?module=qtype_multichoice&file=multichoiceshuffle.html">
9984 Shuffle answers (Multiple choice)
9984 </a>
9984 </li>
9985 <li>
9985 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=numerical.html">
9985 Numerical questions
9985 </a>
9985 </li>
9986 <li>
9986 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=timeopen.html">
9986 Opening and closing the quiz
9986 </a>
9986 </li>
9987 <li>
9987 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=overallfeedback.html">
9987 Overall Feedback
9987 </a>
9987 </li>
9988 <li>
9988 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=penalty.html">
9988 Penalty factor
9988 </a>
9988 </li>
9989 <li>
9989 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=penaltyscheme.html">
9989 Apply penalty
9989 </a>
9989 </li>
9990 <li>
9990 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=popup.html">
9990 Display in a "secure" window
9990 </a>
9990 </li>
9991 <li>
9991 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=feedback.html">
9991 Question feedback
9991 </a>
9991 </li>
9992 <li>
9992 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=questiondatasets.html">
9992 Question data sets
9992 </a>
9992 </li>
9993 <li>
9993 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=questionsperpage.html">
9993 Questions per page
9993 </a>
9993 </li>
9994 <li>
9994 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=questiontext.html">
9994 Question text
9994 </a>
9994 </li>
9995 <li>
9995 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=questiontypes.html">
9995 Question types- creating a new question
9995 </a>
9995 </li>
9996 <li>
9996 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=random.html">
9996 Random questions
9996 </a>
9996 </li>
9997 <li>
9997 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=randomsamatch.html">
9997 Random Short-Answer Matching questions
9997 </a>
9997 </li>
9998 <li>
9998 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=reorderingtool.html">
9998 The question reordering tool
9998 </a>
9998 </li>
9999 <li>
9999 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=repeatattempts.html">
9999 Each attempt builds on the last
9999 </a>
9999 </li>
10000 <li>
10000 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=requirepassword.html">
10000 Require a password
10000 </a>
10000 </li>
10001 <li>
10001 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=requiresubnet.html">
10001 Require network addresses
10001 </a>
10001 </li>
10002 <li>
10002 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=responsesdownload.html">
10002 Responses Download
10002 </a>
10002 </li>
10003 <li>
10003 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=responsesoptions.html">
10003 Responses Options
10003 </a>
10003 </li>
10004 <li>
10004 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=review2.html">
10004 Allow review
10004 </a>
10004 </li>
10005 <li>
10005 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=shortanswer.html">
10005 Short Answer questions
10005 </a>
10005 </li>
10006 <li>
10006 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=shuffleanswers.html">
10006 Shuffle answers
10006 </a>
10006 </li>
10007 <li>
10007 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=shufflequestions.html">
10007 Shuffle questions
10007 </a>
10007 </li>
10008 <li>
10008 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=shufflewithin.html">
10008 Shuffle within questions
10008 </a>
10008 </li>
10009 <li>
10009 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=timedelay1.html">
10009 Time Delay between first and second attempt
10009 </a>
10009 </li>
10010 <li>
10010 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=timedelay2.html">
10010 Time Delay between additional quiz attempts
10010 </a>
10010 </li>
10011 <li>
10011 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=timelimit.html">
10011 Time limit
10011 </a>
10011 </li>
10012 <li>
10012 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=timeopen.html">
10012 Opening and closing the quiz
10012 </a>
10012 </li>
10013 <li>
10013 <a href="help.php?module=quiz&file=truefalse.html">
10013 True/False questions
10013 </a>
10013 </li>
10014 </ul>
10016 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10016 ./help/quiz/questiontypes.html
10017 </div>
10018 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10018 Creating a new question
10018 </h1>
10020 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10020 You can add a variety of different types of questions to a category:
10020 </p>
10022 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10022 Multiple Choice
10022 </h2>
10023 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10024 <p>
10024 In response to a question (that may include a image) the respondent chooses from multiple answers.
There are two types of multiple choice questions - single answer and multiple answer.
10026 </p>
10027 <p class="moreinfo">
10027 <a href="help.php?file=multichoice.html&module=quiz">
10027 More info about Multiple Choice questions
10027 </a>
10027 </p>
10028 </div>
10030 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10030 Short Answer
10030 </h2>
10031 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10032 <p>
10032 In response to a question (that may include a image), the respondent types a word or phrase. There
may several possible correct answers, with different grades. Answers may or may not be sensitive to
case.
10035 </p>
10036 <p class="moreinfo">
10036 <a href="help.php?file=shortanswer.html&module=quiz">
10036 More info about Short Answer questions
10036 </a>
10036 </p>
10037 </div>
10039 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10039 Numerical
10039 </h2>
10040 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10041 <p>
10041 From the student perspective, a numerical question looks just like a short-answer question. The
difference is that numerical answers are allowed to have an accepted error. This allows a continuous
range of answers to be set.
10046 </p>
10047 <p class="moreinfo">
10047 <a href="help.php?file=numerical.html&module=quiz">
10047 More info about Numerical questions
10047 </a>
10047 </p>
10048 </div>
10050 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10050 True/False
10050 </h2>
10051 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10052 <p>
10052 In response to a question (that may include a image), the respondent selects from two options: True
or False.
10054 </p>
10055 <p class="moreinfo">
10055 <a href="help.php?file=truefalse.html&module=quiz">
10055 More info about True/False questions
10055 </a>
10055 </p>
10056 </div>
10058 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10058 Matching
10058 </h2>
10059 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10060 <p>
10060 A list of sub questions is provided, along with a list of answers. The respondent must "match" the
correct answers with each question.
10062 </p>
10063 <p class="moreinfo">
10063 <a href="help.php?file=match.html&module=quiz">
10063 More info about Matching questions
10063 </a>
10063 </p>
10064 </div>
10066 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10066 Embedded Answers (Cloze)
10066 </h2>
10067 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10068 <p>
10068 These very flexible questions consist of a passage of text (in Moodle format) that has various
answers embedded within it, including multiple choice, short answers and numerical answers.
10071 </p>
10072 <p class="moreinfo">
10072 <a href="help.php?file=multianswer.html&module=quiz">
10072 More info about Embedded Answers questions
10072 </a>
10072 </p>
10073 </div>
10075 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10075 Random Short-Answer Matching
10075 </h2>
10076 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10077 <p>
10077 From the student perspective, this looks just like a Matching question. The difference is that the
subquestions are drawn randomly from Short Answer questions in the current category.
10080 </p>
10081 <p class="moreinfo">
10081 <a href="help.php?file=randomsamatch.html&module=quiz">
10081 More info about Matching questions
10081 </a>
10081 </p>
10082 </div>
10084 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10084 Random
10084 </h2>
10085 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10086 <p>
10086 A Random question in a quiz is replaced by a randomly-chosen question from the category that was
set.
10088 </p>
10089 <p class="moreinfo">
10089 <a href="help.php?file=random.html&module=quiz">
10089 More info about Random questions
10089 </a>
10089 </p>
10090 </div>
10092 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10092 Description
10092 </h2>
10093 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10094 <p>
10094 This is not a real question. It simply prints some text (and possibly graphics) without requiring an
answer. This can be used to provide some information to be used by a following group of questions,
for example.
10097 </p>
10098 <p class="moreinfo">
10098 <a href="help.php?file=description.html&module=quiz">
10098 More info about Description questions
10098 </a>
10098 </p>
10099 </div>
10101 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10101 Calculated
10101 </h2>
10102 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10103 <p>
10103 Calculated questions offer a way to create individual numerical questions by the use of wildcards
that are substituted with individual values when the quiz is taken.
10105 </p>
10106 <p class="moreinfo">
10106 <a href="help.php?file=calculated.html&module=quiz">
10106 More info about Calculated questions
10106 </a>
10106 </p>
10107 </div>
10109 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10109 Essay
10109 </h2>
10110 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="indent">
10111 <p>
10111 In response to a question (that may include an image) the respondent writes an answer in essay
format.
10111 </p>
10112 <p class="moreinfo">
10112 <a href="help.php?file=essay.html&module=quiz">
10112 More info about Essay questions
10112 </a>
10112 </p>
10113 </div>
10113 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10113 ./help/quiz/questiontext.html
10114 </div>
10115 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10115 Question text
10115 </h1>
10117 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10117 Different question types all display differently, but they all start with some text which is entered
here. Depending on the question type, there may be more settings to control the rest of the question
display lower down this form.
10121 </p>
10121 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10121 ./help/quiz/randomsamatch.html
10122 </div>
10123 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10123 Random Short-Answer Matching questions
10123 </h1>
10125 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10125 After an optional introduction, the respondent is presented with several sub-questions and several
jumbled answers. There is one correct answer for each question.
10127 </p>
10129 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10129 The respondent must select an answer to match each sub-question.
10129 </p>
10131 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10131 Each sub-question is equally weighted to contribute towards the grade for the total question.
10132 </p>
10134 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10134 The questions and answers are randomly drawn from the pool of "Short Answer" questions in the current
category. Each attempt on a quiz may therefore have different questions and answers. You must make
sure that the category contains enough unused short-answer questions, otherwise the student will be
shown a friendly error message. The more short-answer questions you provide the more likely it is that
students will see a new selection on each attempt.
10141 </p>
10142 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10142 ./help/quiz/timeopen.html
10143 </div>
10144 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10144 Opening and closing the quiz
10144 </h1>
10146 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10146 You can specify a (possibly open-ended) range of times during which people may attempt the quiz.
Outside these times, the quiz may not be attempted, but the person creating the quiz may preview it,
to ensure it works as intended.
10148 </p>
10149 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10149 ./help/quiz/correctanswers.html
10150 </div>
10151 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10151 Show correct answers
10151 </h1>
10153 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10153 If you enable correct answers, then the feedback will show also show the correct answer for each
question (highlighted in a bright colour).
10156 </p>
10157 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10157 ./help/quiz/repeatattempts.html
10158 </div>
10159 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10159 Each attempt builds on the last
10159 </h1>
10161 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10161 If multiple attempts are allowed and this setting is set to
10161 <b>
10161 Yes
10161 </b>
10161 , then each new attempt contains the results of the previous attempt. This allows a quiz to be
completed over several attempts.
10161 </p>
10163 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10163 To show a fresh quiz on every attempt, select
10163 <b>
10163 No
10163 </b>
10163 for this setting.
10163 </p>
10164 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10164 ./help/quiz/grademethod.html
10165 </div>
10166 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10166 Grading method
10166 </h1>
10168 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10168 When multiple attempts are allowed, there are different ways you can use the grades to calculate the
student's final grade for the quiz.
10170 </p>
10172 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10172 Highest grade
10172 </h2>
10173 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10173 The final grade is the highest (best) grade in any attempt.
10173 </p>
10175 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10175 Average grade
10175 </h2>
10176 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10176 The final grade is the average (simple mean) grade of all attempts.
10176 </p>
10178 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10178 First grade
10178 </h2>
10179 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10179 The final grade is the grade gained on the first attempt (other attempts are ignored).
10179 </p>
10181 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10181 Last grade
10181 </h2>
10182 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10182 The final grade is the grade gained on the most recent attempt only.
10182 </p>
10183 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10183 ./help/quiz/requiresubnet.html
10184 </div>
10185 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10185 Require network addresses
10185 </h1>
10187 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10187 This field is optional.
10187 </p>
10189 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10189 You can restrict access for a quiz to particular subnets on the LAN or Internet by specifying a
comma-separated list of partial or full IP address numbers.
10191 </p>
10193 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10193 This is especially useful for a proctored quiz, where you want to be sure that only people in a
certain room are able to access the quiz.
10195 </p>
10197 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10197 For example:
10197 <b>
10197 192.168. , 231.54.211.0/20, 231.3.56.211, 231.3.56.10-20
10197 </b>
10197 </p>
10199 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10199 There are four types of numbers you can use (you can not use text based domain names like
example.com):
10200 </p>
10202 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ol>
10203 <li>
10203 Full IP addresses, such as
10203 <b>
10203 192.168.10.1
10203 </b>
10203 which will match a single computer (or proxy).
10204 </li>
10205 <li>
10205 Partial addresses, such as
10205 <b>
10205 192.168
10205 </b>
10205 which will match anything starting with those numbers.
10206 </li>
10207 <li>
10207 CIDR notation, such as
10207 <b>
10207 231.54.211.0/20
10207 </b>
10207 which allows you to specify more detailed subnets.
10208 </li>
10209 <li>
10209 A range of IP addresses
10209 <b>
10209 231.3.56.10-20
10209 </b>
10209 The range applies to the last part of the address, so this means all the IP addresses from
231.3.56.10 to 231.3.56.20.
10211 </li>
10212 </ol>
10214 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10214 Spaces are ignored.
10214 </p>
10215 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10215 ./help/quiz/multichoiceshuffle.html
10216 </div>
10219 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10219 Shuffle answers
10219 </h1>
10221 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10221 If you set this option to "Yes", then the order of the answers is randomly shuffled each
time a student starts an attempt at a quiz containing this question - provided that "Shuffle
within questions" in the Quiz settings is set to "Yes".
10224 </p>
10226 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10226 The intention is simply to make it a little harder for students to copy from each other.
10227 </p>
10227 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10227 ./help/quiz/shuffleanswers.html
10228 </div>
10229 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10229 Shuffle the choices
10229 </h1>
10231 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10231 If you enable this option, then the order of choices within each question will be randomly shuffled
each time a student attempts this quiz.
10233 </p>
10235 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10235 Of course, this only applies to questions that have multiple options displayed, such as multiple
choice or matching questions.
10236 </p>
10238 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10238 The intention is simply to make it a little harder for students to copy from each other.
10239 </p>
10241 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10241 This option is not related to the use of Random Questions.
10241 </p>
10242 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10242 ./help/quiz/categories_edit.html
10243 </div>
10244 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10244 Question categories
10244 </h1>
10246 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10246 Rather than keeping all your questions in one big list, you can create categories to keep them in.
10247 </p>
10249 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10249 Each category consists of a name and a short description.
10249 </p>
10251 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10251 Each category can also be "published", which means that the category (and all questions in it) will be
available to all courses on this server, so that other courses can use your questions in their
quizzes.
10254 </p>
10256 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10256 Field descriptions
10256 </h2>
10258 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10258 <b>
10258 Parent:
10258 </b>
10258 The category in which this one will be placed. If no other categories have been created, only
'Top' will be available
10260 </p>
10262 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10262 <b>
10262 Category:
10262 </b>
10262 The name of the category.
10262 </p>
10264 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10264 <b>
10264 Category info:
10264 </b>
10264 A brief description of the category.
10264 </p>
10266 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10266 <b>
10266 Publish:
10266 </b>
10266 Whether or not to immediately publish this category.
10267 </p>
10268 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10268 ./help/quiz/review2.html
10269 </div>
10270 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10270 Allow review
10270 </h1>
10272 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10272 This option controls whether and when students will be able to review their past attempts at this
quiz.
10273 </p>
10275 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10275 ./help/quiz/editconcepts.html
10276 </div>
10277 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10277 The basic ideas of quiz-making
10277 </h1>
10279 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10279 The main concepts you need to understand while creating quizzes and the questions they contain are:
10280 </p>
10281 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
10282 <li>
10282 The quiz, divided into pages
10282 </li>
10283 <li>
10283 The question bank, which stores all the questions organised into categories
10283 </li>
10284 <li>
10284 Random questions
10284 </li>
10285 </ul>
10287 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10287 You can think of a
10287 <strong>
10287 quiz
10287 </strong>
10287 as being like traditional pen-and-paper quiz (or exam or test). It contains questions. You can arrange
the questions in a quiz into several
10289 <strong>
10289 pages
10289 </strong>
10290 or you can keep them all on one page. As you create the questions, and add them to the quiz, you also
set up how the questions are graded (or marked). This is like the mark-scheme for a traditional quiz.
10292 </p>
10294 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10294 When you create questions, they are stored in the
10294 <strong>
10294 question bank
10295 </strong>
10295 . In the question bank you can create
10295 <strong>
10295 categories
10295 </strong>
10295 , which are similar to folders on your computer. You can use them to create a hierarchy for organising
your questions, for example, by topic. Even if you create and add a question directly into the quiz, a
copy is automatically stored in the question bank too.
10299 </p>
10300 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10300 You can use
10300 <strong>
10300 random questions
10300 </strong>
10300 so that different students get different questions, or so that one student gets different questions
each time they attempt the quiz. For example, this can reduce cheating by making it harder for
students to copy from each other. When a student starts an attempt at the quiz, the random question
will be replaced by an actual question, picked at random from a certain category in the question bank.
You create a random question by adding the selection of questions you want to a question bank
category, and then adding a random question for that category into the quiz.
10307 </p>
10307 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10307 ./help/quiz/reviewoptions.html
10308 </div>
10309 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10309 Allow review
10309 </h1>
10311 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10311 These options control what information users can see when they review a quiz attempt or look at the
quiz reports.
10312 </p>
10314 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10314 Immediately after the attempt means within two minutes of the attempt being finished by the user
clicking 'Submit all and finish'.
10315 </p>
10317 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10317 Later, while the quiz is still open means after this, and before the quiz close date.
10318 </p>
10320 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10320 After the quiz is closed means after the quiz close date has passed. If the quiz does not have a close
date, this state is never reached.
10321 </p>
10323 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10323 Users with the capability 'View hidden grades' [moodle/grade:viewhidden] (typically teachers and
administrators) are not affected by these settings and will always by able to review all information
about a student's attempt at any time.
10326 </p>
10326 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10326 ./help/quiz/generalfeedback.html
10327 </div>
10328 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10328 Question general feedback
10328 </h1>
10330 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10330 Question general feedback is some text that gets shown to the student after they have attempted the
question. Unlike feedback, which depends on the question type and what response the student gave, the
same general feedback text is shown to all students.
10333 </p>
10335 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10335 You can control when general feedback is shown to students using the "Students may review:"
check-boxes on the quiz editing form.
10336 </p>
10338 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10338 You can use the general feedback to give students some background to what knownledge the question was
testing. Or to give them a link to more information they can use if they did not understand the
questions.
10341 </p>
10341 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10341 ./help/quiz/responsesdownload.html
10342 </div>
10343 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10343 Responses Download
10343 </h1>
10345 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10345 You may want to download the data displayed in the on-screen table. You can choose between two file
formats for downloaded data.
10346 <br/>
10347 In each case data will be presented as a table with appropriate titles, as on the screen but without
the user pictures.
10348 <br/>
10349 If the table is paged or ordered on screen, all data for all pages will always be downloaded in a
single file. Users with no attempt for this quiz will be included in the file if you check the
corresponding option.
10352 </p>
10354 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10354 Excel Spreadsheet format:
10354 </h2>
10354 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10354 You will get an .xls spreadsheet document.
10355 </p>
10357 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h2>
10357 Text format
10357 </h2>
10357 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10357 In this case, data will be stored as a regular text file. A line for each row in the table with data
separated by tabstops.
10359 </p>
10360 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10360 ./help/quiz/decimalplacesquestion.html
10361 </div>
10362 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10362 Decimal places in question grades
10362 </h1>
10364 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10364 You can choose a different precision to use when displaying the grades for individual quesitons, as
opposed to the overall quiz score. For example, you may wish the final score for the quiz to be
rounded to the nearest whole number, while still having fractional scores for individual questions.
10367 </p>
10368 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<div class="filename">
10368 ./help/quiz/browsersecurity.html
10369 </div>
10370 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<h1>
10370 Browser security
10370 </h1>
10372 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10372 This option offers various ways to try to restrict how students may try to 'cheat' while attempting a
quiz. However, this is not a simple issue, and what in one situation is considered 'cheating' may, in
another situation, just be effective use of information technology. (For example, the ability to
quickly find answers using a search engine.)
10375 </p>
10377 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10377 Note also that this is not just at problem of technology with a technical solution. Cheating has been
going on since long before computers, and while computers make certain actions, like copy and paste,
easier, they also make it easier for teachers to detect cheating - for example using the quiz reports.
The options provided here are not fool-proof, and while they do make some forms of cheating harder for
students, they also make it more inconvenient for students to attempt the quizzes, and they are not
fool-proof.
10382 </p>
10384 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<p>
10384 You should alos consider other ways to make it harder for students to cheat at your quiz:
10384 </p>
10385 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<ul>
10386 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<li>
10386 You can use a large question bank, which the quiz picking a selection of questions randomly, so
different students see different, but similar questions.
10387 </li>
10388 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<li>
10388 You can use the shuffle answers option, so that the right answer to question 1 is not always option A.
10388 </li>
10389 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <#pcdata> <a> <abbr>
<acronym> <b> <bdo> <big> <br> <button> <cite> <code> <del> <dfn> <em> <i> <img> <input> <ins> <kbd>
<label> <map> <object> <q> <samp> <script> <select> <small> <span> <strong> <sub> <sup> <textarea> <tt>
<var>
<li>
10389 You can ask questions that required students to analyse the given information, rather than just
recalling facts.
10389 </li>
10390 </p>
10392 <p>
10392 With the above warnings in mind, here is the description of the available options.
10392 </p>
10394 <h3>
10394 None
10394 </h3>
10396 <p>
10396 No impediments are put in the way of students attempting the quiz.
10396 </p>
10398 <h3>
10398 Full screen pop-up with some JavaScript security
10398 </h3>
10400 <p>
10400 There is a limit to what the quiz, with runs on a web server, can do to restrict what the student
sitting at their computer can do while attempting the quiz. However, this option does what is possible:
10402 </p>
10403 <ul>
10404 <li>
10404 The quiz will only start if the student has a JavaScript-enabled web-browser.
10404 </li>
10405 <li>
10405 The quiz appears in a fullscreen popup window that covers all the other windows and has no navigation
controls.
10405 </li>
10406 <li>
10406 The students are prevented, as far as is possible, from using facilities like copy and paste.
10406 </li>
10407 </ul>
10409 <h3>
10409 Require the use of Safe Exam Browser
10409 </h3>
10411 <p>
10411 This option will only appear if your adminstrator has enabled it.
10411 </p>
10413 <p>
10413 <a href="http://www.safeexambrowser.org/">
10413 Safe Exam Browser
10413 </a>
10413 is a customised web browser that must be downloaded an installed on the computer that the student uses
to attempt the quiz. The restrictions placed on students are similar to those in pop-up window case, but
because Safe Exam Browser is software running on the student's computer, it can do a much more effective
job of restricting their actions. If you select this option:
10416 </p>
10417 <ul>
10418 <li>
10418 Students will only be able to attempt the quiz if they are using Safe Exam Browser.
10418 </li>
10419 <li>
10419 The browser window will be fullscreen (without any navigation elements).
10419 </li>
10420 <li>
10420 The window cannot be closed until the test is submitted.
10420 </li>
10421 <li>
10421 Shortcuts keys such as Win, Ctrl+Alt+Del, Alt+F4, F1, Ctrl+P, Printscreen, are disabled.
10421 </li>
10422 <li>
10422 Copy and paste, and the context menu, are disabled.
10422 </li>
10423 <li>
10423 Switching to other applications is disabled.
10423 </li>
10424 <li>
10424 Surfing to other web sites is prohibited.
10424 </li>
10425 </ul>
10426 <div class="filename">
10426 ./help/quiz/import.html
10427 </div>
10428 <h1>
10428 Importing new questions
10428 </h1>
10430 <p>
10430 This function allows you to import questions from external text files, uploaded through a form, or by
choosing a suitable file already in the course Files area.
10433 </p>
10435 <h2>
10435 A note about character encodings
10435 </h2>
10437 <p>
10437 If your file contains non-ascii characters then it must use UTF-8 encoding. You may be able to select or
convert to UTF-8 using your favourite editor, or it may be an option in the exporting software. Be
particularly cautious with files generated by Microsoft Office applications, as these commonly use
special encoding which will not be handled correctly. XML based import formats will be handled
automatically provided your Moodle server is running PHP 5.
10443 </p>
10445 <p>
10445 A number of file formats are supported. See in the individual help files and the
10446 <a href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/question/import">
10446 Moodle Docs
10446 </a>
10447 for details.
10447 </p>
10450 <p>
10450 Import and Export formats are a pluggable resource. Other optional formats may be available in the
Modules and Plugins database.
10451 </p>
10452 <div class="filename">
10452 ./help/quiz/overviewdownload.html
10453 </div>
10454 <h1>
10454 Overview Download
10454 </h1>
10456 <p>
10456 You may want to download the data displayed in the on-screen table for further analysis. You can choose
between two file formats for downloaded data.
10458 <br />
10458 In each case data will be presented as a table with appropriate titles, as on the screen. If the table
is paged, all data for all pages will be downloaded in a single file.
10461 </p>
10463 <h2>
10463 Excel Spreadsheet format:
10463 </h2>
10463 <p>
10463 You will get an .xls spreadsheet document.
10464 </p>
10466 <h2>
10466 Text format
10466 </h2>
10466 <p>
10466 In this case, data will be stored as a regular text file. A line for each row in the table with data
separated by tabstops.
10468 </p>
10469 <div class="filename">
10469 ./help/quiz/review.html
10470 </div>
10471 <h1>
10471 Allow review once quiz is closed
10471 </h1>
10473 <p>
10473 If you enable this option, then students will be able to review their past attempts at this quiz.
10474 </p>
10476 <p>
10476 This is only enabled once the quiz is closed.
10476 </p>
10477 <div class="filename">
10477 ./help/quiz/attempts.html
10478 </div>
10479 <h1>
10479 Quiz attempts
10479 </h1>
10481 <p>
10481 Students may be allowed to have multiple attempts at a quiz.
10481 </p>
10483 <p>
10483 This can help make the process of taking the quiz more of an educational activity rather than simply an
assessment.
10484 </p>
10485 <div class="filename">
10485 ./help/quiz/mods.html
10486 </div>
10487 <h2>
10487 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/quiz/icon.gif" />
10487 Quizzes
10487 </h2>
10489 <p>
10489 This module allows the teacher to design and set quiz tests. The quiz can comprise questonis of a
variety of type, including multiple choice, short answer and matching.
10491 </p>
10493 <p>
10493 Quizzes can allow one or more attempts, with many options for when students can attempts the quiz, and
what they see when they do.
10494 </p>
10496 <p>
10496 Most questions are graded automatically, however, there is a facility for questions that have to be
graded manually by the teacher. The teacher can also manually override the automatically awarded grade
for any question.
10498 </p>
10499 <div class="filename">
10499 ./help/quiz/overallfeedback.html
10500 </div>
10501 <h1>
10501 Overall feedback
10501 </h1>
10503 <p>
10503 The overall feedback is some text that is shown to a student after they have completed an attempt at the
quiz. The text that is shown can depend on the grade the student got.
10505 </p>
10507 <p>
10507 For example, if you enter:
10507 </p>
10509 <p>
10509 Grade boundary: 100%
10509 <br />
10510 Feedback: Well done
10510 <br />
10511 Grade boundary: 40%
10511 <br />
10512 Feedback: Please study this week's work again
10512 <br />
10513 ...
10513 <br />
10514 Grade boundary: 0%
10514 </p>
10516 <p>
10516 Then students who score between 100% and 40% will see the "Well done" message, and students who score
between 39.99% and 0% will see the other message. That is, the grade boundaries define ranges of grades,
and each feedback string is displayed to scores within the appropriate range.
10520 </p>
10522 <p>
10522 The grade boundaries can be specified either as a percentage, for example "31.41%", or as a number, for
example "7". If your quiz is out of 10 marks, a grade boundary of 7 means 7/10 or better.
10524 </p>
10524 <div class="filename">
10524 ./help/quiz/matchshuffle.html
10525 </div>
10526 <h1>
10526 Shuffle
10526 </h1>
10528 <p>
10528 If you set this option to "Yes", then the order of the subquestions is randomly shuffled each
time a student starts an attempt at a quiz containing this question - provided that "Shuffle within
questions" in the Quiz settings is set to "Yes".
10533 </p>
10535 <p>
10535 The intention is simply to make it a little harder for students to copy from each other.
10536 </p>
10536 <div class="filename">
10536 ./help/quiz/shortanswer.html
10537 </div>
10538 <h1>
10538 Short Answer questions
10538 </h1>
10540 <p>
10540 In response to a question (that may include a image) the respondent types a word or short phrase.
10541 </p>
10543 <p>
10543 There may be several possible correct answers, each with a different grade. If the "Case sensitive"
option is selected, then you can have different scores for "Word" or "word".
10545 </p>
10547 <p>
10547 You can use the asterisk character (*) as a
10547 <b>
10547 wildcard
10547 </b>
10547 to match any series of characters. For example, use ran*ing to match any word or phrase starting with
"ran" and ending with "ing". If you really do want to match an asterisk then use a backslash like this:
\*
10550 </p>
10552 <p>
10552 Without wildcards the answers are compared exactly, so be careful with your spelling!
10552 </p>
10553 <div class="filename">
10553 ./help/quiz/numerical.html
10554 </div>
10555 <h1>
10555 Numerical questions
10555 </h1>
10557 <p>
10557 From the student perspective, a numerical question looks just like a short-answer question.
10558 </p>
10560 <p>
10560 The difference is that numerical answers are allowed to have an accepted error. This allows a continuous
range of answers to be set. For example, if the answer is 30 with an accepted error of 5, then any
number between 25 and 35 will be accepted as correct.
10563 </p>
10565 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
10565 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Like with short answer questions, different answers, or the same answer with different precisions can be
given. In this case, the first matching answer is used to determine the score and the feedback.
10567 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
10569 <p>
10569 To provide feedback for responses that do not match any of the answers you entered, provide some
feedback with a '*' in the answer box.
10570 </p>
10570 <div class="filename">
10570 ./help/rolerenaming.html
10571 </div>
10572 <h1>
10572 Role renaming
10572 </h1>
10574 <p>
10574 This option allows you to change the displayed names for roles used in your course. For example, you may
wish to change "Teacher" to "Facilitator" or "Tutor". Only the displayed name is changed - the
underlying role permissions are not affected.
10576 </p>
10578 <p>
10579 These new role names will appear on the course participants page and elsewhere within the course. If the
renamed role is one that the Administrator has selected as a course manager role, then the new role name
will also appear as part of the course listings.
10580 </p>
10582 <p>
10582 New role names are only included in a course backup if users are also included.
10582 </p>
10583 <div class="filename">
10583 ./help/grade/keephigh.html
10584 </div>
10585 <h1>
10585 Keep the highest
10585 </h1>
10586 <p>
10586 If set, this option will only keep the X highest grades, X being the selected value for this option.
10586 </p>
10587 <div class="filename">
10587 ./help/grade/aggregationcoefextra.html
10588 </div>
10589 <h1>
10589 Extra credit coefficient
10589 </h1>
10590 <p>
10590 A value greater than 0 treats this grade item's grades as Extra credit during aggregation. The number is
a factor by which the grade value will be multiplied before it is added to the sum of all grades, but
the item itself will not be counted in the division. For example:
10590 </p>
10592 <ul>
10593 <li>
10593 Item 1 is graded 0-100 and its "Extra credit" value is set to 2
10593 </li>
10594 <li>
10594 Item 2 is graded 0-100 and its "Extra credit" value is left at 0.0000
10594 </li>
10595 <li>
10595 Item 3 is graded 0-100 and its "Extra credit" value is left at 0.0000
10595 </li>
10596 <li>
10596 All 3 items belong to Category 1, which has "Mean of grades (with extra credits)" as its aggregation
strategy
10596 </li>
10597 <li>
10597 A student gets graded 20 on Item 1, 40 on Item 2 and 70 on Item 3
10597 </li>
10598 <li>
10598 The student's total for Category 1 will be 95/100 since 20*2 + (40 + 70)/2 = 95
10598 </li>
10599 </ul>
10600 <div class="filename">
10600 ./help/grade/rangesdisplaytype.html
10601 </div>
10602 <h1>
10602 Range display type
10602 </h1>
10603 <p>
10603 Specifies how to display ranges. If Inherit is selected, the display type for each column is used.
10603 </p>
10604 <div class="filename">
10604 ./help/grade/aggregationposition.html
10605 </div>
10606 <h1>
10606 Aggregation position
10606 </h1>
10607 <p>
10607 Defines the position of the aggregation total column in the report related to the grades being
aggregated.
10607 </p>
10608 <div class="filename">
10608 ./help/grade/locked.html
10609 </div>
10610 <h1>
10610 Locked
10610 </h1>
10611 <p>
10611 Whether or not the grades accept automatic updates from the activity they are linked to. Usually this is
switched on (locked) as soon as the activity is finished and submissions are no longer accepted. A
typical sequence of events would be:
10612 </p>
10613 <table class="generaltable boxaligncenter" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="1" summary="Principal events in the
grading process, and matching locked and hidden states">
10614 <tr>
10615 <th class="header">
10615 Event
10615 </th>
10615 <th class="header">
10615 Locked
10615 </th>
10615 <th class="header">
10615 Hidden
10615 </th>
10616 </tr>
10617 <tr>
10618 <td class="cell">
10618 Start of activity and participant submissions
10618 </td>
10619 <td class="cell">
10619 No
10619 </td>
10620 <td class="cell">
10620 Yes
10620 </td>
10621 </tr>
10622 <tr>
10623 <td class="cell">
10623 End of activity and beginning of grading/feedback
10623 </td>
10624 <td class="cell">
10624 Yes
10624 </td>
10625 <td class="cell">
10625 Yes
10625 </td>
10626 </tr>
10627 <tr>
10628 <td class="cell">
10628 End of grading/feedback, and release of grades
10628 </td>
10629 <td class="cell">
10629 Yes
10629 </td>
10630 <td class="cell">
10630 No
10630 </td>
10631 </tr>
10632 </table>
10633 <div class="filename">
10633 ./help/grade/showeyecons.html
10634 </div>
10635 <h1>
10635 Show show/hide icons
10635 </h1>
10636 <p>
10636 Whether to show a show/hide icon near each grade (controlling its visibility to the user).
10636 </p>
10637 <div class="filename">
10637 ./help/grade/hidden.html
10638 </div>
10639 <h1>
10639 Hidden
10639 </h1>
10640 <p>
10640 Whether or not the grades are
10640 <strong>
10640 hidden
10640 </strong>
10640 to participants. Usually after the end of the activity and of the grading process.. A typical sequence
of events would be:
10641 </p>
10642 <table class="generaltable boxaligncenter" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="1" summary="Principal events in the
grading process, and matching locked and hidden states">
10643 <tr>
10644 <th class="header">
10644 Event
10644 </th>
10644 <th class="header">
10644 Locked
10644 </th>
10644 <th class="header">
10644 Hidden
10644 </th>
10645 </tr>
10646 <tr>
10647 <td class="cell">
10647 Start of activity and participant submissions
10647 </td>
10648 <td class="cell">
10648 No
10648 </td>
10649 <td class="cell">
10649 Yes
10649 </td>
10650 </tr>
10651 <tr>
10652 <td class="cell">
10652 End of activity and beginning of grading/feedback
10652 </td>
10653 <td class="cell">
10653 Yes
10653 </td>
10654 <td class="cell">
10654 Yes
10654 </td>
10655 </tr>
10656 <tr>
10657 <td class="cell">
10657 End of grading/feedback, and release of grades
10657 </td>
10658 <td class="cell">
10658 Yes
10658 </td>
10659 <td class="cell">
10659 No
10659 </td>
10660 </tr>
10661 </table>
10662 <div class="filename">
10662 ./help/grade/student.html
10663 </div>
10664 <h1>
10664 Student Grade Help
10664 </h1>
10665 <p>
10665 On this screen you get an overview of the grades you received in this course
10665 </p>
10666 <ul>
10667 <li>
10667 In the middle you will see all graded items for this course. The names and the grades for each graded
item are links that take you to the detailed view for that particular item.
10669 </li>
10670 <li>
10670 A total column is located to the right of all assignments.
10671 </li>
10672 <li>
10672 Under the total heading is a 'stats' link that will display a popup of statistics based on all
assignments and/or quizzes of the participants of this course. You will get information on:
10674 <ul>
10675 <li>
10675 Highest total score: the highest sum of all scores of a participant of this course
10675 </li>
10676 <li>
10676 Lowest total score: the lowest sum of all scores of a participant of this course
10676 </li>
10677 <li>
10677 Average total score: the sum of all total scores in this course, divided by the number of
participants
10677 </li>
10678 <li>
10678 Median: The score in the middle of all ranked total scores
10678 </li>
10679 <li>
10679 Mode: the score achieved by the highest number of participants
10679 </li>
10680 <li>
10680 Standard deviation: a measure of the spread of the results
10680 </li>
10681 </ul>
10682 </li>
10683 </ul>
10684 <div class="filename">
10684 ./help/grade/lockedafter.html
10685 </div>
10686 <h1>
10686 Locked after
10686 </h1>
10687 <p>
10687 Date
10687 <strong>
10687 after
10687 </strong>
10687 which the grades will be
10687 <strong>
10687 locked
10687 </strong>
10687 . Usually this date is set to the end of the activity, and the beginning of the grading process.. A
typical sequence of events would be:
10688 </p>
10689 <table class="generaltable boxaligncenter" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="1" summary="Principal events in the
grading process, and matching locked and hidden states">
10690 <tr>
10691 <th class="header">
10691 Event
10691 </th>
10691 <th class="header">
10691 Locked
10691 </th>
10691 <th class="header">
10691 Hidden
10691 </th>
10692 </tr>
10693 <tr>
10694 <td class="cell">
10694 Start of activity and participant submissions
10694 </td>
10695 <td class="cell">
10695 No
10695 </td>
10696 <td class="cell">
10696 Yes
10696 </td>
10697 </tr>
10698 <tr>
10699 <td class="cell">
10699 End of activity and beginning of grading/feedback
10699 </td>
10700 <td class="cell">
10700 Yes
10700 </td>
10701 <td class="cell">
10701 Yes
10701 </td>
10702 </tr>
10703 <tr>
10704 <td class="cell">
10704 End of grading/feedback, and release of grades
10704 </td>
10705 <td class="cell">
10705 Yes
10705 </td>
10706 <td class="cell">
10706 No
10706 </td>
10707 </tr>
10708 </table>
10709 <div class="filename">
10709 ./help/grade/importoutcomes.html
10710 </div>
10711 <h1>
10711 Import outcomes
10711 </h1>
10712 <p>
10712 You can import outcomes in the form of .csv files. The format must be as follows:
10712 </p>
10713 <table class="generaltable" cellpadding="4">
10714 <tr>
10714 <th class="header">
10714 Field name
10714 </th>
10714 <th class="header">
10714 Description
10714 </th>
10714 <th class="header">
10714 Required
10714 </th>
10714 <th class="header">
10714 Format
10714 </th>
10714 </tr>
10715 <tr>
10715 <td class="cell">
10715 outcome_name
10715 </td>
10715 <td class="cell">
10715 The full name of the outcome
10715 </td>
10715 <td class="cell">
10715 Yes
10715 </td>
10715 <td class="cell">
10715 String
10715 </td>
10715 </tr>
10716 <tr>
10716 <td class="cell">
10716 outcome_shortname
10716 </td>
10716 <td class="cell">
10716 The short name of the outcome
10716 </td>
10716 <td class="cell">
10716 Yes
10716 </td>
10716 <td class="cell">
10716 String
10716 </td>
10716 </tr>
10717 <tr>
10717 <td class="cell">
10717 outcome_description
10717 </td>
10717 <td class="cell">
10717 The description of the outcome
10717 </td>
10717 <td class="cell">
10717 No
10717 </td>
10717 <td class="cell">
10717 String
10717 </td>
10717 </tr>
10718 <tr>
10718 <td class="cell">
10718 scale_name
10718 </td>
10718 <td class="cell">
10718 The name of the scale used
10718 </td>
10718 <td class="cell">
10718 Yes
10718 </td>
10718 <td class="cell">
10718 String
10718 </td>
10718 </tr>
10719 <tr>
10719 <td class="cell">
10719 scale_items
10719 </td>
10719 <td class="cell">
10719 A comma-separated list of scale items
10719 </td>
10719 <td class="cell">
10719 Yes
10719 </td>
10719 <td class="cell">
10719 String
10719 </td>
10719 </tr>
10720 <tr>
10720 <td class="cell">
10720 scale_description
10720 </td>
10720 <td class="cell">
10720 The description of the scale
10720 </td>
10720 <td class="cell">
10720 No
10720 </td>
10720 <td class="cell">
10720 String
10720 </td>
10720 </tr>
10721 </table>
10723 <p>
10723 Here is an example:
10723 </p>
10724 <pre>
10724 outcome_name;outcome_shortname;outcome_description;scale_name;scale_items;scale_description
Participation;participation;;Participation scale;"Little or no participation, Satisfactory
participation, Full participation";
10725 </pre>
10725 <div class="filename">
10725 ./help/grade/feedback.html
10726 </div>
10727 <h1>
10727 Feedback
10727 </h1>
10728 <p>
10728 Notes added to the grade by the teacher. They can be extensive, personalised feedback or a simple code
that refers to an internal system of feedback.
10728 </p>
10729 <div class="filename">
10729 ./help/grade/studentsperpage.html
10730 </div>
10731 <h1>
10731 Students per page
10731 </h1>
10732 <p>
10732 The number of students to display per page in the grader report.
10732 </p>
10733 <div class="filename">
10733 ./help/grade/decimalpoints.html
10734 </div>
10735 <h1>
10735 Overall decimal points
10735 </h1>
10736 <p>
10736 Specifies the number of decimal points to display for each grade. This setting has no effect on grade
calculations, which are made with an accuracy of 5 decimal places.
10736 </p>
10737 <div class="filename">
10737 ./help/grade/outcomestandard.html
10738 </div>
10739 <h1>
10739 Standard outcomes
10739 </h1>
10740 <p>
10740 A Standard outcome is available site-wide, for all courses.
10740 </p>
10741 <div class="filename">
10741 ./help/grade/gradeboundary.html
10742 </div>
10743 <h1>
10743 Grade boundary
10743 </h1>
10744 <p>
10744 A percentage boundary over which grades will be assigned a grade letter (if the Letter grade display
type is used).
10744 </p>
10745 <div class="filename">
10745 ./help/grade/showfeedback.html
10746 </div>
10747 <h1>
10747 Show feedback
10747 </h1>
10748 <p>
10748 Whether to show a feedback icon (for adding/editing) near each grade.
10748 </p>
10749 <div class="filename">
10749 ./help/grade/aggregation.html
10750 </div>
10751 <h1>
10751 Category aggregation
10751 </h1>
10752 <p>
10752 This menu lets you choose the aggregation strategy that will be used to calculate each participant's
overall grade for this category. The different options are explained below.
10753 </p>
10755 <p>
10755 The grades are first converted to percentage values (interval from 0 to 1, this is called
normalisation), then aggregated using one of the functions below and finally converted to the associated
category item's range (between
10756 <em>
10756 Minimum grade
10756 </em>
10756 and
10756 <em>
10756 Maximum grade
10756 </em>
10756 ).
10756 </p>
10758 <p>
10758 <strong>
10758 Important
10758 </strong>
10758 : An empty grade is simply a missing gradebook entry, and could mean different things. For example, it
could be a participant who hasn't yet submitted an assignment, an assignment submission not yet graded
by the teacher, or a grade that has been manually deleted by the gradebook administrator. Caution in
interpreting these "empty grades" is thus advised.
10761 </p>
10763 <dl id="grade-aggregation-help">
10764 <dt>
10764 Mean of grades
10764 </dt>
10765 <dd>
10765 The sum of all grades divided by the total number of grades.
10765 </dd>
10766 <dd class="example">
10766 A1 70/100, A2 20/80, A3 10/10, category max 100:
10766 <br />
10767 <code>
10767 (0.7 + 0.25 + 1.0)/3 = 0.65 --> 65/100
10767 </code>
10767 </dd>
10769 <dt>
10769 Weighted mean
10769 </dt>
10770 <dd>
10770 Each grade item can be given a weight, which is then used in the arithmetic mean aggregation to
influence the importance of each item in the overall mean.
10771 </dd>
10772 <dd class="example">
10772 A1 70/100 weight 10, A2 20/80 weight 5, A3 10/10 weight 3, category max 100:
10773 <br />
10773 <code>
10773 (0.7*10 + 0.25*5 + 1.0*3)/18 = 0.625 --> 62.5/100
10773 </code>
10773 </dd>
10775 <dt>
10775 Simple weighted mean
10775 </dt>
10776 <dd>
10776 The difference from
10776 <em>
10776 Weighted mean
10776 </em>
10776 is that weight is calculated as
10776 <em>
10776 Maximum grade
10776 </em>
10776 -
10776 <em>
10776 Minimum grade
10776 </em>
10777 for each item. 100 point assignment has weight 100, 10 point assignment has weight 10.
10777 </dd>
10778 <dd class="example">
10778 A1 70/100, A2 20/80, A3 10/10, category max 100:
10778 <br />
10779 <code>
10779 (0.7*100 + 0.25*80 + 1.0*10)/190 = 0.526 --> 52.6/100
10779 </code>
10779 </dd>
10781 <dt>
10781 Mean of grades (with extra credits)
10781 </dt>
10782 <dd>
10782 Arithmetic mean with a twist. An old, now unsupported aggregation strategy provided here only for
backward compatibility with old activities.
10783 </dd>
10785 <dt>
10785 Median of grades
10785 </dt>
10786 <dd>
10786 The middle grade (or the mean of the two middle grades) when grades are arranged in order of size. The
advantage over the mean is that it is not affected by outliers (grades which are uncommonly far from
the mean).
10786 </dd>
10787 <dd class="example">
10787 A1 70/100, A2 20/80, A3 10/10, category max 100:
10787 <br />
10788 <code>
10788 median(0.7 ; 0.25 ; 1.0) = 0.7 --> 70/100
10788 </code>
10788 </dd>
10790 <dt>
10790 Smallest grade
10790 </dt>
10791 <dd>
10791 The result is the smallest grade after normalisation. It is usually used in combination with
10791 <em>
10791 Aggregate only non-empty grades
10791 </em>
10791 .
10791 </dd>
10792 <dd class="example">
10792 A1 70/100, A2 20/80, A3 10/10, category max 100:
10792 <br />
10793 <code>
10793 min(0.7 ; 0.25 ; 1.0) = 0.25 --> 25/100
10793 </code>
10793 </dd>
10795 <dt>
10795 Highest grade
10795 </dt>
10796 <dd>
10796 The result is the highest grade after normalisation.
10796 </dd>
10797 <dd class="example">
10797 A1 70/100, A2 20/80, A3 10/10, category max 100:
10797 <br />
10798 <code>
10798 max(0.7 ; 0.25 ; 1.0) = 1.0 --> 100/100
10798 </code>
10798 </dd>
10800 <dt>
10800 Mode of grades
10800 </dt>
10801 <dd>
10801 The mode is the grade that occurs the most frequently. It is more often used for non-numerical grades.
The advantage over the mean is that it is not affected by outliers (grades which are uncommonly far
from the mean). However it loses its meaning once there is more than one most frequently occurring
grade (only one is kept), or when all the grades are different from each other.
10804 </dd>
10805 <dd class="example">
10805 A1 70/100, A2 35/50, A3 20/80, A4 10/10, A5 7/10 category max 100:
10805 <br />
10806 <code>
10806 mode(0.7 ; 0.7 ; 0.25 ; 1.0 ; 0.7) = 0.7 --> 70/100
10806 </code>
10806 </dd>
10808 <dt>
10808 Sum of grades
10808 </dt>
10809 <dd>
10809 The sum of all grade values. Scale grades are ignored. This is the only type that does not convert the
grades to percentages internally (normalisation). The
10810 <em>
10810 Maximum grade
10810 </em>
10810 of associated category item is calculated automatically as a sum of maximums from all aggregated
items.
10811 </dd>
10812 <dd class="example">
10812 A1 70/100, A2 20/80, A3 10/10:
10812 <br />
10813 <code>
10813 70 + 20 + 10 = 100/190
10813 </code>
10813 </dd>
10814 </dl>
10815 <div class="filename">
10815 ./help/grade/quickgrading.html
10816 </div>
10817 <h1>
10817 Quick grading
10817 </h1>
10818 <p>
10818 Quick Grading adds a text input element in each grade cell on the grader report, allowing you to edit
many grades at once. You can then click the Update button to perform all these changes at once, instead
of one at a time.
10818 </p>
10819 <div class="filename">
10819 ./help/grade/grademin.html
10820 </div>
10821 <h1>
10821 Minimum Grade
10821 </h1>
10822 <p>
10822 When using the value grade type, a minimum grade can be set.
10822 </p>
10823 <div class="filename">
10823 ./help/grade/showranges.html
10824 </div>
10825 <h1>
10825 Show ranges
10825 </h1>
10826 <p>
10826 Whether to show the range of grades for each column in an additional row.
10826 </p>
10827 <div class="filename">
10827 ./help/grade/showuseridnumber.html
10828 </div>
10829 <h1>
10829 Show user id numbers
10829 </h1>
10830 <p>
10830 Whether to show user id numbers in an additional column.
10830 </p>
10831 <div class="filename">
10831 ./help/grade/showlocks.html
10832 </div>
10833 <h1>
10833 Show locks
10833 </h1>
10834 <p>
10834 Whether to show a lock/unlock icon near each grade.
10834 </p>
10835 <div class="filename">
10835 ./help/grade/aggregateoutcomes.html
10836 </div>
10837 <h1>
10837 Include outcomes in aggregation
10837 </h1>
10838 <p>
10838 Including outcomes in aggregation may not lead to the desired overall grade, so you have the option to
include or leave them out.
10838 </p>
10839 <div class="filename">
10839 ./help/grade/overridesitedefaultgradedisplaytype.html
10840 </div>
10841 <h1>
10841 Override site defaults
10841 </h1>
10842 <p>
10842 Tick this checkbox to enable the overriding of the site defaults for the display of grades in the
gradebook. This activates form elements allowing you to define the grade letters and boundaries of your
choice.
10842 </p>
10843 <div class="filename">
10843 ./help/grade/hiddenuntil.html
10844 </div>
10845 <h1>
10845 Hidden until
10845 </h1>
10846 <p>
10846 Date until which the grades will be
10846 <strong>
10846 hidden
10846 </strong>
10846 to participants. Usually after the end of the activity and of the grading process.. A typical sequence
of events would be:
10847 </p>
10848 <table class="generaltable boxaligncenter" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="1" summary="Principal events in the
grading process, and matching locked and hidden states">
10849 <tr>
10850 <th class="header">
10850 Event
10850 </th>
10850 <th class="header">
10850 Locked
10850 </th>
10850 <th class="header">
10850 Hidden
10850 </th>
10851 </tr>
10852 <tr>
10853 <td class="cell">
10853 Start of activity and participant submissions
10853 </td>
10854 <td class="cell">
10854 No
10854 </td>
10855 <td class="cell">
10855 Yes
10855 </td>
10856 </tr>
10857 <tr>
10858 <td class="cell">
10858 End of activity and beginning of grading/feedback
10858 </td>
10859 <td class="cell">
10859 Yes
10859 </td>
10860 <td class="cell">
10860 Yes
10860 </td>
10861 </tr>
10862 <tr>
10863 <td class="cell">
10863 End of grading/feedback, and release of grades
10863 </td>
10864 <td class="cell">
10864 Yes
10864 </td>
10865 <td class="cell">
10865 No
10865 </td>
10866 </tr>
10867 </table>
10868 <div class="filename">
10868 ./help/grade/finalgrade.html
10869 </div>
10870 <h1>
10870 Final grade
10870 </h1>
10871 <p>
10871 The final grade (cached) after all calculations are performed.
10871 </p>
10872 <div class="filename">
10872 ./help/grade/exceptions.html
10873 </div>
10874 <h1>
10874 Exceptions
10874 </h1>
10876 <p>
10876 This can be used to exclude students from individual assignments. This is useful if two class sections
merge or a student transfers from a different section several weeks into a semester. It is also useful
for extenuating circumstances: sickness, injury, etc.
10878 </p>
10880 <p>
10880 There are three columns:
10880 </p>
10881 <ul>
10882 <li>
10882 Left: Is students for the course that are "Included in Grading" for an particular graded item.
10883 </li>
10884 <li>
10884 Middle: A listing of all graded items followed by a total number of students excluded from grading in
parenthesis.
10885 </li>
10886 <li>
10886 Right: A list of students that are excluded from a particular assignment
10886 </li>
10887 </ul>
10889 <p>
10889 To exclude students click the assignment in the middle and then click the students name in the left
column (holding down CTRL or APPLE will allow selection of multiple items). Then click "Exclude from
Grading" at the bottom. The student(s) should be moved from the left column to the right, and they will
now be excluded from grade calculations for that assignment.
10892 </p>
10894 <p>
10894 To include students that have been excluded; Choose the appropriate assignment, click the student in the
right column and finally "Include in Grading" at the bottom. The student should be moved from the right
column to the left column.
10896 </p>
10896 <div class="filename">
10896 ./help/grade/gradeexportdisplaytype.html
10897 </div>
10898 <h1>
10898 Grade export display type
10898 </h1>
10899 <p>
10899 Grades can be shown as real grades, as percentages (in reference to the minimum and maximum grades) or
as letters (A, B, C etc..) during export. This can be overridden during export.
10899 </p>
10900 <div class="filename">
10900 ./help/grade/showactivityicons.html
10901 </div>
10902 <h1>
10902 Show activity icons
10902 </h1>
10903 <p>
10903 Whether to show activity icons next to activity names.
10903 </p>
10904 <div class="filename">
10904 ./help/grade/gradedisplaytype.html
10905 </div>
10906 <h1>
10906 Grade display type
10906 </h1>
10907 <p>
10907 Specifies how to display grades in the grader and user reports. Grades may be shown as actual grades, as
percentages (in reference to the minimum and maximum grades) or as letters.
10907 </p>
10908 <div class="filename">
10908 ./help/grade/outcomeid.html
10909 </div>
10910 <h1>
10910 Outcome
10910 </h1>
10911 <p>
10911 Specifies the Outcome which this grade item will represent in the gradebook. Only outcomes associated
with this course and site-wide outcomes are available
10911 </p>
10912 <div class="filename">
10912 ./help/grade/category.html
10913 </div>
10914 <h1>
10914 Category
10914 </h1>
10915 <p>
10915 This is where graded items can be placed into categories, curved and set as extra credit items. New
categories can also be added and existing ones deleted.
10916 </p>
10917 <ul>
10918 <li>
10918 Category: Adjusts which category a graded item belongs to. Just select the appropriate category from
the drop down list. Items that have not been assigned a category or were in a category that was
deleted will be automatically placed in "Uncategorised"
10921 </li>
10923 <li>
10923 Curve To: Allows you to curve grades. Set this item to what you would like the particular graded item
graded out of. So if the max grade was 30 and curve to was set at 28 students grades and percents
would be calculated against a possible 28 points rather than 30.
10926 </li>
10928 <li>
10928 Extra Credit: Check this box if you would like a particular category to be calculated as extra credit.
Please note that setting all items to extra credit for a particular category will have unexpected
results, and will most likely not count the category or extra credit at all.
10930 </li>
10932 </ul>
10933 <div class="filename">
10933 ./help/grade/averagesdecimalpoints.html
10934 </div>
10935 <h1>
10935 Decimals in column averages
10935 </h1>
10936 <p>
10936 Specifies the number of decimal points to display for each column mean. If Inherit is selected, the
display type for each column is used.
10936 </p>
10937 <div class="filename">
10937 ./help/grade/showgroups.html
10938 </div>
10939 <h1>
10939 Show groups
10939 </h1>
10940 <p>
10940 Whether to show the mean for each group.
10940 </p>
10941 <div class="filename">
10941 ./help/grade/letter.html
10942 </div>
10943 <h1>
10943 Letter scale
10943 </h1>
10944 <p>
10944 You can set your grade letter scale here. Initially a "suggested" scale is presented and all that needs
to be done to use this scale is to click "Save Changes". If however you do not like this scale, just
change any entries you want and then click "Save Changes". After this initial setting you will see your
current selected scale. Leave an entry blank to not include it or delete it from the grade scale.
10948 <br />
10949 Errors you may see in the gradebook:
10949 </p>
10950 <ul>
10951 <li>
10951 No Grades Set: This means that the initial grade scale has not been set. All you need to do (if you
like the suggested scale) is to click "save changes"
10952 </li>
10953 <li>
10953 No Grade Letter For X: Indicates that there is no appropriate grade letter for X.
10953 </li>
10954 </ul>
10954 <div class="filename">
10954 ./help/grade/gradepass.html
10955 </div>
10956 <h1>
10956 Grade to pass
10956 </h1>
10957 <p>
10957 If an item has a grade that users must equal or exceed to pass that item, you can set that here.
10957 </p>
10958 <div class="filename">
10958 ./help/grade/aggregationview.html
10959 </div>
10960 <h1>
10960 Aggregation view
10960 </h1>
10961 <p>
10961 Each category can be displayed in three ways: Full mode (aggregated column and grade item columns), the
aggregated column only, or the grade items alone.
10961 </p>
10962 <div class="filename">
10962 ./help/grade/showquickfeedback.html
10963 </div>
10964 <h1>
10964 Show quick feedback
10964 </h1>
10965 <p>
10965 Quick feedback adds a text input element in each grade cell on the grader report, allowing you to edit
the feedback for many grades at once. You can then click the Update button to perform all these changes
at once, instead of one at a time.
10965 </p>
10966 <div class="filename">
10966 ./help/grade/calculation.html
10967 </div>
10968 <h1>
10968 Calculations
10968 </h1>
10972 <p>
10972 Calculations for the gradebook follow the pattern of formulas/functions in popular spreadsheet programs.
They start with an equal (=) sign, and use common mathematical operators and functions to produce a
single numerical output. This output is then used as the computed value for the grade item you are
editing.
10975 </p>
10977 <p>
10977 Following is a list of the functions supported by the calculation. The comma (,) character is used to
separate arguments within function brackets.
10978 </p>
10980 <ul>
10981 <li>
10981 <strong>
10981 average
10981 </strong>
10981 ([[item1]], [[item2]]...): Returns the average of a sample
10981 </li>
10982 <li>
10982 <strong>
10982 max
10982 </strong>
10982 ([[item1]], [[item2]]...): Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments
10982 </li>
10983 <li>
10983 <strong>
10983 min
10983 </strong>
10983 ([[item1]], [[item2]]...): Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments
10983 </li>
10984 <li>
10984 <strong>
10984 mod
10984 </strong>
10984 (dividend, divisor): Calculates the remainder of a division
10984 </li>
10985 <li>
10985 <strong>
10985 pi
10985 </strong>
10985 (): Returns the value of the number Pi
10985 </li>
10986 <li>
10986 <strong>
10986 power
10986 </strong>
10986 (base, power): Raises a number to the power of another
10986 </li>
10987 <li>
10987 <strong>
10987 round
10987 </strong>
10987 (number, count): Rounds a number to a predefined accuracy
10987 </li>
10988 <li>
10988 <strong>
10988 sum
10988 </strong>
10988 ([[item1]], [[item2]]...): Returns the sum of all arguments
10988 </li>
10989 </ul>
10991 <p>
10991 A number of mathematical functions is also supported:
10991 </p>
10992 <ul>
10993 <li>
10993 sin
10993 </li>
10993 <li>
10993 sinh
10993 </li>
10993 <li>
10993 arcsin
10993 </li>
10993 <li>
10993 asin
10993 </li>
10993 <li>
10993 arcsinh
10993 </li>
10993 <li>
10993 asinh
10993 </li>
10994 <li>
10994 cos
10994 </li>
10994 <li>
10994 cosh
10994 </li>
10994 <li>
10994 arccos
10994 </li>
10994 <li>
10994 acos
10994 </li>
10994 <li>
10994 arccosh
10994 </li>
10994 <li>
10994 acosh
10994 </li>
10995 <li>
10995 tan
10995 </li>
10995 <li>
10995 tanh
10995 </li>
10995 <li>
10995 arctan
10995 </li>
10995 <li>
10995 atan
10995 </li>
10995 <li>
10995 arctanh
10995 </li>
10995 <li>
10995 atanh
10995 </li>
10996 <li>
10996 sqrt
10996 </li>
10996 <li>
10996 abs
10996 </li>
10996 <li>
10996 ln
10996 </li>
10996 <li>
10996 log
10996 </li>
10996 <li>
10996 exp
10996 </li>
10997 </ul>
10999 <p>
10999 You can include the values of other grade items by using their idnumber as references in your formulas.
The idnumber is surrounded by two matching pairs of angle brackets, to avoid confusing the calculation
parser when the idnumber contains uncommon characters. For example, if you have a grade item with Quiz.3
as idnumber, you will refer to this item as [[Quiz.3]] in your calculation.
11003 </p>
11005 <p>
11005 Below the calculation field is an arborescence of your course with its grade categories and grade items.
Next to each item or category's total is displayed the idnumber you can use in your calculation (already
surrounded with angle brackets). However, since the idnumber is optional, some items may not yet have
one. These items without an idnumber have instead a form field which lets you enter the idnumber
directly, so that you can use it in your calculation without having to leave the page. This form
doesn't let you edit existing idnumbers though, you will have to go and edit the grade item directly if
you want to do that.
11012 </p>
11014 <p>
11014 As soon as you have assigned the idnumbers you need, you can press "add idnumbers", and the page will
reload and show you the same arborescence with the idnumbers you have just assigned. You are then free
to use these references in your calculation.
11016 </p>
11018 <p>
11018 Here is a list of practical examples of calculations you may use in your gradebook:
11018 </p>
11020 <ul>
11021 <li>
11021 =average([[Quiz.1]], [[Quiz.4]], [[Assignment.1]])
11021 </li>
11022 <li>
11022 =average(max([[Quiz.1]], [[Quiz.4]], [[Assignment.1]]), min([[Quiz.1]], [[Quiz.4]], [[Assignment.1]]))
11022 </li>
11023 </ul>
11024 <div class="filename">
11024 ./help/grade/weight.html
11025 </div>
11026 <h1>
11026 Weight
11026 </h1>
11027 <p>
11027 This is where you can set the grade weights for a category as well as dropping the lowest X assignments
from grade calculation, adding bonus points to a category, hiding a category from grade display and
calculation.
11028 </p>
11030 <ul>
11031 <li>
11031 Weight: This allows you to weight grades by category. The weight is the percent that a category will
contribute to a grades total. A total will be listed at the bottom in green text if the total weights
for all categories totals 100 and red otherwise.
11033 </li>
11035 <li>
11035 Drop X Lowest: This is used drop the X number of lowest scores from a students grade calculation. The
point totals for a category should be all the same value or unpredictable results may occur.
11036 </li>
11038 <li>
11038 Bonus Points: Is used to give extra points that do not change the point total for a category. This can
be used to adjust for unfair questions or similiar. These will be applied equally to all students. If
you wish to selectively provide extra credit; add a new graded item and set it to extra credit in
"Set Categories".
11040 </li>
11042 <li>
11042 Hidden: if this box is checked it will remove a category from display and also from grade calculation.
This an easy way to only add items to the gradebook after they have been graded. Since graded items
that have not been categorised will automatically be assigned to "Uncategorised" you can set the
"Uncategorised" category to hidden and then as you grade items move them to whichever category you
like and students can then see their grade.
11045 </li>
11046 </ul>
11047 <div class="filename">
11047 ./help/grade/exportdecimalpoints.html
11048 </div>
11049 <h1>
11049 Export decimal points
11049 </h1>
11050 <p>
11050 The number of decimal points to display for export. This can be overridden during export.
11050 </p>
11051 <div class="filename">
11051 ./help/grade/multfactor.html
11052 </div>
11053 <h1>
11053 Multiplicator
11053 </h1>
11054 <p>
11054 Factor by which all grades for this grade item will be multiplied, with a maximum value of the maximum
grade.
11054 </p>
11055 <div class="filename">
11055 ./help/grade/synclegacygrades.html
11056 </div>
11057 <h1>
11057 Synchronise legacy grades
11057 </h1>
11059 <p>
11059 The term 'legacy grades' refers to grades from versions of Moodle prior to 1.9. When upgrading, all
legacy grades should be included in the Moodle 1.9 gradebook. The 'Synchronise legacy grades' button
checks whether this is the case, and if necessary adds any missing legacy grades to the Moodle 1.9
gradebook.
11059 </p>
11060 <div class="filename">
11060 ./help/grade/shownumberofgrades.html
11061 </div>
11062 <h1>
11062 Show number of grades
11062 </h1>
11063 <p>
11063 Whether to show the number of grades used when calculating the mean in brackets after each average, for
example 45 (34).
11063 </p>
11064 <div class="filename">
11064 ./help/grade/aggregationcoefweight.html
11065 </div>
11066 <h1>
11066 Item weight
11066 </h1>
11067 <p>
11067 Weight applied to all grades in this grade item during aggregation with other grade items.
11067 </p>
11068 <div class="filename">
11068 ./help/grade/gradetype.html
11069 </div>
11070 <h1>
11070 Grade type
11070 </h1>
11071 <p>
11071 Specifies the type of grade used: none (no grading possible), value (enables the maximum and minimum
grade settings), scale (enables the scale setting) or text (feedback only). Only value and scale grade
types may be aggregated. The grade type for an activity-based grade item is set on the update activity
page.
11071 </p>
11072 <div class="filename">
11072 ./help/grade/meanselection.html
11073 </div>
11074 <h1>
11074 Grades selected for column averages
11074 </h1>
11075 <p>
11075 Whether cells with no grade should be included when calculating the mean for each column.
11075 </p>
11076 <div class="filename">
11076 ./help/grade/preferences.html
11077 </div>
11078 <h1>
11078 Set Preferences
11078 </h1>
11079 <p>
11079 The following gradebook settings are available from the "Set Preferences" page.
11079 </p>
11080 <ul>
11082 <li>
11082 Use Advanced Features: This turns on/off the advanced features of the gradebook. The normal mode will
only display points and totals with no categories or special grade calculations.
11084 </li>
11086 <li>
11086 Display Weighted Grade: Determines whether or not the weighted percent will be displayed. You can also
choose whether or not students see this.
11087 </li>
11089 <li>
11089 Display Points: Determines whether or not the points are displayed. Student settings can be adjusted
separately from the instructor view.
11090 </li>
11092 <li>
11092 Display Percent: Determines whether or not a percent is displayed. Student settings can be adjusted
separate from instructor view.
11093 </li>
11095 <li>
11095 Display Letter Grade: Determines whether or not a letter grade is displayed for the course total.
11096 </li>
11098 <li>
11098 Letter Grade: Determines how the letter grade is calculated either using raw percent or weighted
percent.
11099 </li>
11101 <li>
11101 Reprint headers: Determines how often the column headings are reprinted. This can help to keep track
of a large class of students.
11102 </li>
11104 <li>
11104 Show Hidden Items: Will show or hide grade items that are hidden. This applies to the instructor view
only. Students will not see gradebook entries for items that are not visible to them. Student totals
will include hidden items if this is set to "Yes"
11106 </li>
11107 </ul>
11107 <div class="filename">
11107 ./help/grade/aggregatesubcats.html
11108 </div>
11109 <h1>
11109 Aggregate including subcategories
11109 </h1>
11110 <p>
11110 The aggregation is usually done only with immediate children, it is also possible to aggregate including
individual grades in all subcategories excluding other aggregated grades.
11110 </p>
11111 <div class="filename">
11111 ./help/grade/index.html
11112 </div>
11113 <h2>
11113 Grade
11113 </h2>
11114 <ul>
11115 <li>
11115 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregateonlygraded.html">
11115 Aggregate only non-empty grades
11115 </a>
11115 </li>
11116 <li>
11116 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregateoutcomes.html">
11116 Include outcomes in aggregation
11116 </a>
11116 </li>
11117 <li>
11117 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregatesubcats.html">
11117 Aggregate including subcategories
11117 </a>
11117 </li>
11118 <li>
11118 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregation.html">
11118 Category aggregation
11118 </a>
11118 </li>
11119 <li>
11119 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregationcoefextra.html">
11119 Extra credit coefficient
11119 </a>
11119 </li>
11120 <li>
11120 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregationcoefextrasum.html">
11120 Act as extra credit
11120 </a>
11120 </li>
11121 <li>
11121 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregationcoefweight.html">
11121 Item weight
11121 </a>
11121 </li>
11122 <li>
11122 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregationposition.html">
11122 Aggregation position
11122 </a>
11122 </li>
11123 <li>
11123 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=aggregationview.html">
11123 Aggregation view
11123 </a>
11123 </li>
11124 <li>
11124 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=averagesdecimalpoints.html">
11124 Decimals in column averages
11124 </a>
11124 </li>
11125 <li>
11125 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=averagesdisplaytype.html">
11125 Column averages display type
11125 </a>
11125 </li>
11126 <li>
11126 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=calculation.html">
11126 Calculations
11126 </a>
11126 </li>
11127 <li>
11127 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=category.html">
11127 Category
11127 </a>
11127 </li>
11128 <li>
11128 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=decimalpoints.html">
11128 Overall decimal points
11128 </a>
11128 </li>
11129 <li>
11129 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=droplow.html">
11129 Drop the lowest
11129 </a>
11129 </li>
11130 <li>
11130 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=exceptions.html">
11130 Exceptions
11130 </a>
11130 </li>
11131 <li>
11131 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=excluded.html">
11131 Excluded grades
11131 </a>
11131 </li>
11132 <li>
11132 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=exportdecimalpoints.html">
11132 Export decimal points
11132 </a>
11132 </li>
11133 <li>
11133 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=feedback.html">
11133 Feedback
11133 </a>
11133 </li>
11134 <li>
11134 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=finalgrade.html">
11134 Final grade
11134 </a>
11134 </li>
11135 <li>
11135 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=gradeboundary.html">
11135 Grade boundary
11135 </a>
11135 </li>
11136 <li>
11136 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=gradedisplaytype.html">
11136 Grade display type
11136 </a>
11136 </li>
11137 <li>
11137 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=gradeexportdisplaytype.html">
11137 Grade export display type
11137 </a>
11137 </li>
11138 <li>
11138 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=gradeletter.html">
11138 Grade letters
11138 </a>
11138 </li>
11139 <li>
11139 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=grademax.html">
11139 Maximum Grade
11139 </a>
11139 </li>
11140 <li>
11140 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=grademin.html">
11140 Minimum Grade
11140 </a>
11140 </li>
11141 <li>
11141 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=gradepass.html">
11141 Grade to pass
11141 </a>
11141 </li>
11142 <li>
11142 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=gradetype.html">
11142 Grade type
11142 </a>
11142 </li>
11143 <li>
11143 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=hidden.html">
11143 Hidden
11143 </a>
11143 </li>
11144 <li>
11144 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=hiddenuntil.html">
11144 Hidden until
11144 </a>
11144 </li>
11145 <li>
11145 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=idnumber.html">
11145 Id numbers
11145 </a>
11145 </li>
11146 <li>
11146 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=iteminfo.html">
11146 Item info
11146 </a>
11146 </li>
11147 <li>
11147 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=keephigh.html">
11147 Keep the highest
11147 </a>
11147 </li>
11148 <li>
11148 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=letter.html">
11148 Letter scale
11148 </a>
11148 </li>
11149 <li>
11149 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=linkedactivity.html">
11149 Linked activity
11149 </a>
11149 </li>
11150 <li>
11150 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=locked.html">
11150 Locked
11150 </a>
11150 </li>
11151 <li>
11151 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=lockedafter.html">
11151 Locked after
11151 </a>
11151 </li>
11152 <li>
11152 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=meanselection.html">
11152 Grades selected for column averages
11152 </a>
11152 </li>
11153 <li>
11153 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=multfactor.html">
11153 Multiplicator
11153 </a>
11153 </li>
11154 <li>
11154 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=outcomeid.html">
11154 Outcome
11154 </a>
11154 </li>
11155 <li>
11155 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=outcomestandard.html">
11155 Standard outcomes
11155 </a>
11155 </li>
11156 <li>
11156 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=overridden.html">
11156 Overridden
11156 </a>
11156 </li>
11157 <li>
11157 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=overridesitedefaultgradedisplaytype.html">
11157 Override site defaults
11157 </a>
11157 </li>
11158 <li>
11158 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=plusfactor.html">
11158 Offset
11158 </a>
11158 </li>
11159 <li>
11159 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=preferences.html">
11159 Set Preferences
11159 </a>
11159 </li>
11160 <li>
11160 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=quickgrading.html">
11160 Quick grading
11160 </a>
11160 </li>
11161 <li>
11161 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=rangesdecimalpoints.html">
11161 Decimals shown in ranges
11161 </a>
11161 </li>
11162 <li>
11162 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=rangesdisplaytype.html">
11162 Range display type
11162 </a>
11162 </li>
11163 <li>
11163 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=scaleid.html">
11163 Scale
11163 </a>
11163 </li>
11164 <li>
11164 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=scalestandard.html">
11164 Standard scales
11164 </a>
11164 </li>
11165 <li>
11165 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showactivityicons.html">
11165 Show activity icons
11165 </a>
11165 </li>
11166 <li>
11166 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showaverages.html">
11166 Show averages
11166 </a>
11166 </li>
11167 <li>
11167 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showcalculations.html">
11167 Show calculations
11167 </a>
11167 </li>
11168 <li>
11168 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showeyecons.html">
11168 </a>
11168 Show show/hide icons
11168 </li>
11169 <li>
11169 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showfeedback.html">
11169 Show feedback
11169 </a>
11169 </li>
11170 <li>
11170 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showgroups.html">
11170 Show groups
11170 </a>
11170 </li>
11171 <li>
11171 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showhiddenitems.html">
11171 Show hidden items
11171 </a>
11171 </li>
11172 <li>
11172 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showlocks.html">
11172 Show locks
11172 </a>
11172 </li>
11173 <li>
11173 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=shownumberofgrades.html">
11173 Show number of grades
11173 </a>
11173 </li>
11174 <li>
11174 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showquickfeedback.html">
11174 Show quick feedback
11174 </a>
11174 </li>
11175 <li>
11175 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showranges.html">
11175 Show ranges
11175 </a>
11175 </li>
11176 <li>
11176 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showrank.html">
11176 Show rank
11176 </a>
11176 </li>
11177 <li>
11177 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=showuseridnumber.html">
11177 Show user id numbers
11177 </a>
11177 </li>
11178 <li>
11178 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=student.html">
11178 Student Grade Help
11178 </a>
11178 </li>
11179 <li>
11179 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=studentsperpage.html">
11179 Students per page
11179 </a>
11179 </li>
11180 <li>
11180 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=teacher.html">
11180 Grades
11180 </a>
11180 </li>
11181 <li>
11181 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=userkey.html">
11181 User key
11181 </a>
11181 </li>
11182 <li>
11182 <a href="help.php?module=grade&file=weight.html">
11182 Weight
11182 </a>
11182 </li>
11183 </ul>
11184 <div class="filename">
11184 ./help/grade/aggregationcoefcombo.html
11185 </div>
11186 <h1>
11186 Extra credit
11186 </h1>
11187 <h2>
11187 For Sum of Grades aggregation
11187 </h2>
11188 <p>
11188 When the "Sum of grades" aggregation strategy is used, a grade item can act as Extra credit for the
category. This means that the grade item's maximum grade will not be added to the category total's
maximum grade, but the item's grade will. Following is an example:
11188 </p>
11190 <ul>
11191 <li>
11191 Item 1 is graded 0-100
11191 </li>
11192 <li>
11192 Item 2 is graded 0-75
11192 </li>
11193 <li>
11193 Item 1 has the "Act as extra credit" checkbox ticked, Item 2 doesn't.
11193 </li>
11194 <li>
11194 Both items belong to Category 1, which has "Sum of grades" as its aggregation strategy
11194 </li>
11195 <li>
11195 Category 1's total will be graded 0-75
11195 </li>
11196 <li>
11196 A student gets graded 20 on Item 1 and 70 on Item 2
11196 </li>
11197 <li>
11197 The student's total for Category 1 will be 75/75 (20+70 = 90 but Item 1 only acts as extra credit, so
it brings the total to its maximum)
11197 </li>
11198 </ul>
11199 <h2>
11199 For Weighted Mean of Grades (extra credit)
11199 </h2>
11200 <p>
11200 A value greater than 0 treats this grade item's grades as Extra credit during aggregation. The number is
a factor by which the grade value will be multiplied before it is added to the sum of all grades, but
the item itself will not be counted in the division. For example:
11200 </p>
11202 <ul>
11203 <li>
11203 Item 1 is graded 0-100 and its "Extra credit" value is set to 2
11203 </li>
11204 <li>
11204 Item 2 is graded 0-100 and its "Extra credit" value is left at 0.0000
11204 </li>
11205 <li>
11205 Item 3 is graded 0-100 and its "Extra credit" value is left at 0.0000
11205 </li>
11206 <li>
11206 All 3 items belong to Category 1, which has "Mean of grades (with extra credits)" as its aggregation
strategy
11206 </li>
11207 <li>
11207 A student gets graded 20 on Item 1, 40 on Item 2 and 70 on Item 3
11207 </li>
11208 <li>
11208 The student's total for Category 1 will be 95/100 since 20*2 + (40 + 70)/2 = 95
11208 </li>
11209 </ul>
11211 <div class="filename">
11211 ./help/grade/teacher.html
11212 </div>
11213 <h1>
11213 Grades
11213 </h1>
11214 <p>
11214 The first time you visit the gradebook it will be in normal or simple mode. You will see all students,
their grades for each graded item, and a total for each student.
11215 </p>
11216 <ul>
11217 <li>
11217 You can sort by student last name or first name by clicking the respective links under the student
column on either the left or right side. The gradebook initially sorts by lastname.
11220 </li>
11221 <li>
11221 The student names are links that will display just that student and their grades. This is useful when
a student is looking at the gradebook with you and you need to protect the privacy of other student
grades.
11224 </li>
11225 <li>
11225 The button at the top will create an excel spreadsheet or a tab separated text file for the course
grades which you can download to your local machine.
11227 </li>
11228 <li>
11228 The main heading will display 'Grades' if you are using the normal mode (default). Otherwise it will
show the category name which you are currently viewing if you have turned advanced settings on.
11230 </li>
11231 <li>
11231 In the middle you will see all graded items for a course (or just a particular category in advanced
mode). The names for each graded item are links that take you to the settings for that particular
item.
11233 </li>
11234 <li>
11234 A total column will be located to the right of all assignments (or categories in advanced mode). There
are two arrows to the right of the Total heading that sort student totals in descending and ascending
order respectively.
11236 </li>
11237 <li>
11237 To the right of the total heading (or for each individual category in advanced mode) is a 'stats' link
that will display a popup of statistics based on total for the class.
11239 </li>
11240 </ul>
11241 <p>
11241 How to adjust specific gradebook settings. The link that you need to click to adjust a setting will be
in double quotes. More information and help will be available on each respective screen.
11242 </p>
11243 <ul>
11244 <li>
11244 <h3>
11244 Basic:
11244 </h3>
11245 <ul>
11246 <li>
11246 Turning on advanced mode: "Set Preferences"
11246 </li>
11247 <li>
11247 Changing how often column headings repeat: "Set Preferences"
11247 </li>
11248 </ul>
11249 </li>
11250 <li>
11250 <h3>
11250 Advanced:
11250 </h3>
11251 <ul>
11252 <li>
11252 Adjusting what columns are displayed: "Set Preferences"
11252 </li>
11253 <li>
11253 Setting how the total grade is calculated: "Set Preferences"
11253 </li>
11254 <li>
11254 Adjusting what categories a graded item belongs to: "Set Categories"
11254 </li>
11255 <li>
11255 Curving grades for assignments: "Set Categories"
11255 </li>
11256 <li>
11256 Setting a graded item as extra credit: "Set Categories"
11256 </li>
11257 <li>
11257 Adding a category: "Set Categories"
11257 </li>
11258 <li>
11258 Deleting a category: "Set Categories"
11258 </li>
11259 <li>
11259 Setting grade weights: "Set Weights"
11259 </li>
11260 <li>
11260 Dropping the X lowest grades from a category: "Set Weights"
11260 </li>
11261 <li>
11261 Adding bonus points to a category: "Set Weights"
11261 </li>
11262 <li>
11262 Hiding Categories from gradebook display and calculation: "Set Weights"
11262 </li>
11263 <li>
11263 Setting the grade scale and grade letters: "Set Grade Letters"
11263 </li>
11264 <li>
11264 Excluding students from assignments: "Grade Exceptions"
11264 </li>
11265 </ul>
11265 </li>
11266 </ul>
11266 <div class="filename">
11266 ./help/grade/showhiddenitems.html
11267 </div>
11268 <h1>
11268 Show hidden items
11268 </h1>
11269 <p>
11269 Specifies how hidden grade items are shown. If Hide is selected, they are hidden completely. If Show is
selected, the hidden grade item row is shown in grey with the grade hidden completely. If "Only hidden
until" is selected, grade items with a "hide until" date set are shown in grey with the grades hidden
completely until the set date, after which the whole item is shown.
11269 </p>
11270 <div class="filename">
11270 ./help/grade/droplow.html
11271 </div>
11272 <h1>
11272 Drop the lowest
11272 </h1>
11273 <p>
11273 If set, this option will drop the X lowest grades, X being the selected value for this option.
11273 </p>
11274 <div class="filename">
11274 ./help/grade/aggregationcoefextrasum.html
11275 </div>
11276 <h1>
11276 Act as extra credit
11276 </h1>
11277 <p>
11277 When the "Sum of grades" aggregation strategy is used, a grade item can act as Extra credit for the
category. This means that the grade item's maximum grade will not be added to the category total's
maximum grade, but the item's grade will. Following is an example:
11277 </p>
11279 <ul>
11280 <li>
11280 Item 1 is graded 0-100
11280 </li>
11281 <li>
11281 Item 2 is graded 0-75
11281 </li>
11282 <li>
11282 Item 1 has the "Act as extra credit" checkbox ticked, Item 2 doesn't.
11282 </li>
11283 <li>
11283 Both items belong to Category 1, which has "Sum of grades" as its aggregation strategy
11283 </li>
11284 <li>
11284 Category 1's total will be graded 0-75
11284 </li>
11285 <li>
11285 A student gets graded 20 on Item 1 and 70 on Item 2
11285 </li>
11286 <li>
11286 The student's total for Category 1 will be 75/75 (20+70 = 90 but Item 1 only acts as extra credit, so
it brings the total to its maximum)
11286 </li>
11287 </ul>
11288 <div class="filename">
11288 ./help/grade/idnumber.html
11289 </div>
11290 <h1>
11290 Id numbers
11290 </h1>
11291 <p>
11291 Setting an ID number provides a way of identifying the activity for grade calculation purposes. If the
activity is not included in any grade calculation then the ID number field can be left blank. The ID
number for an activity-based grade item may be set on the update activity page.
11291 </p>
11292 <div class="filename">
11292 ./help/grade/linkedactivity.html
11293 </div>
11294 <h1>
11294 Linked activity
11294 </h1>
11295 <p>
11295 Specifies an optional activity to which this outcome item is linked. This is used to measure student
performance on criteria not assessed by the activity grade.
11295 </p>
11296 <div class="filename">
11296 ./help/grade/aggregateonlygraded.html
11297 </div>
11298 <h1>
11298 Aggregate only non-empty grades
11298 </h1>
11299 <p>
11299 Nonexistent grades are either treated as minimal grades or not included in aggregation.
11299 </p>
11300 <div class="filename">
11300 ./help/grade/excluded.html
11301 </div>
11302 <h1>
11302 Excluded grades
11302 </h1>
11303 <p>
11303 If -excluded- is switched on, this grade will be excluded from any aggregation performed by any parent
grade item or category.
11303 </p>
11304 <div class="filename">
11304 ./help/grade/scaleid.html
11305 </div>
11306 <h1>
11306 Scale
11306 </h1>
11307 <p>
11307 When using the scale grade type, a scale can be selected. The scale for an activity-based grade item is
selected on the update activity page.
11307 </p>
11308 <div class="filename">
11308 ./help/grade/showaverages.html
11309 </div>
11310 <h1>
11310 Show averages
11310 </h1>
11311 <p>
11311 Whether to show the mean for each column.
11311 </p>
11312 <div class="filename">
11312 ./help/grade/userkey.html
11313 </div>
11314 <h1>
11314 User key
11314 </h1>
11315 <p>
11315 Grade publishing is a way of exporting grades via a URL without being logged in to Moodle. A user key is
a randomly generated series of characters which is appended to the URL for security purposes.
11315 </p>
11317 <p>
11317 To publish grades, select "Create a new user key". When the form is submitted, a new user key is
created. Alternatively, a key which was created previously may be selected.
11318 </p>
11319 <div class="filename">
11319 ./help/grade/showpercentage.html
11320 </div>
11321 <h1>
11321 Show percentage
11321 </h1>
11322 <p>
11322 Whether to show the percentage value of each grade item.
11322 </p>
11323 <div class="filename">
11323 ./help/grade/averagesdisplaytype.html
11324 </div>
11325 <h1>
11325 Column averages display type
11325 </h1>
11326 <p>
11326 Specifies how to display the mean for each column. If Inherit is selected, the display type for each
column is used.
11326 </p>
11327 <div class="filename">
11327 ./help/grade/gradeletter.html
11328 </div>
11329 <h1>
11329 Grade letters
11329 </h1>
11330 <p>
11330 A letter or other symbol used to represent a range of grades.
11330 </p>
11331 <div class="filename">
11331 ./help/grade/rangesdecimalpoints.html
11332 </div>
11333 <h1>
11333 Decimals shown in ranges
11333 </h1>
11334 <p>
11334 Specifies the number of decimal points to display for each range. This setting may be overridden per
grading item.
11334 </p>
11335 <div class="filename">
11335 ./help/grade/scalestandard.html
11336 </div>
11337 <h1>
11337 Standard scales
11337 </h1>
11338 <p>
11338 A standard scale is one that is available site-wide, for all courses.
11338 </p>
11339 <div class="filename">
11339 ./help/grade/showrank.html
11340 </div>
11341 <h1>
11341 Show rank
11341 </h1>
11342 <p>
11342 Whether to show the position of the user in relation to the rest of the class, for each grade item.
11342 </p>
11343 <div class="filename">
11343 ./help/grade/showcalculations.html
11344 </div>
11345 <h1>
11345 Show calculations
11345 </h1>
11346 <p>
11346 Whether to show calculator icons near each grade item and category, tooltips over calculated items and a
visual indicator that a column is calculated.
11346 </p>
11347 <div class="filename">
11347 ./help/grade/iteminfo.html
11348 </div>
11349 <h1>
11349 Item info
11349 </h1>
11350 <p>
11350 A space for entering information about the item. Text entered does not appear anywhere else.
11350 </p>
11351 <div class="filename">
11351 ./help/grade/plusfactor.html
11352 </div>
11353 <h1>
11353 Offset
11353 </h1>
11354 <p>
11354 Number that will be added to every grade for this grade item, after the Multiplicator is applied.
11354 </p>
11355 <div class="filename">
11355 ./help/grade/overridden.html
11356 </div>
11357 <h1>
11357 Overridden
11357 </h1>
11358 <p>
11358 When on, the overridden flag prevents any future attempts to automatically adjust the value of the
grade. This flag is often set internally by the gradebook, but can be switched on and off manually using
this form element.
11358 </p>
11359 <div class="filename">
11359 ./help/grade/grademax.html
11360 </div>
11361 <h1>
11361 Maximum Grade
11361 </h1>
11362 <p>
11362 When using the value grade type, a maximum grade can be set. The maximum grade for an activity-based
grade item is set on the update activity page.
11362 </p>
11363 <div class="filename">
11363 ./help/advancedsettings.html
11364 </div>
11365 <h1>
11365 Advanced settings
11365 </h1>
11367 <p>
11367 Selecting any of these check boxes will cause the corresponding options to be hidden from teachers by
default.
11368 </p>
11370 <p>
11370 However, they will still be able to access these "Advanced settings" using a button on the editing page
for this module.
11372 </p>
11373 <div class="filename">
11373 ./help/qtype_description/description.html
11374 </div>
11375 <h1>
11375 Description
11375 </h1>
11377 <p>
11377 This type of question is not really a question.
11377 </p>
11379 <p>
11379 All it does is print some text without requiring any answers.
11379 </p>
11381 <p>
11381 It can be used to print a descriptive text to be used by a following group of questions.
11381 </p>
11383 <p>
11383 The General feedback can be used if you have some text that you want to appear on the review page only.
The 'Question text' appears both during the attempt and on the review page.
11384 </p>
11385 <div class="filename">
11385 ./help/label/mods.html
11386 </div>
11387 <p>
11387 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/label/icon.gif" />
11387
11387 <b>
11387 Labels
11387 </b>
11387 </p>
11388 <div class="indent">
11389 This is a not a true activity - it is a "dummy" activity that allows you to insert text and graphics
among the other activities on the course page.
11391 </div>
11392 <div class="filename">
11392 ./help/qtype_essay/essay.html
11393 </div>
11394 <h1>
11394 Essay questions
11394 </h1>
11396 <p>
11396 In response to a question (that may include an image) the respondent writes an answer in essay format.
Three fields may be edited when creating the essay question: the question title, the body of the
question, and feedback that can be displayed at a time chosen by the facilitator.
11399 </p>
11401 <p>
11401 The essay question will not be assigned a grade until it has been reviewed by a teacher question, the
grader will be able to enter a custom comment in response the respondent's essay and be able to assign a
score for the essay.
11403 </p>
11405 <p>
11405 Normally, the student can type their answer using the rich-text editor. However, if there is more than
one essay question on a page, the rich-text editor is only used for the first essay question.
11407 </p>
11407 <div class="filename">
11407 ./help/teachers.html
11408 </div>
11409 <h1>
11409 Teachers
11409 </h1>
11411 <p>
11411 This page shows the list of people who are assigned to be "teachers" in this course (by the system
administrator).
11413 </p>
11415 <p>
11415 You can use this form to assign a role (title) to each person such as "Professor", "Tutor",
"Assistant" and so on. These will appear on the site's course listing and also on the list of
participants for your course. If you leave the role empty then the default word for teacher will be used
(the one you set in the Course Settings page).
11421 </p>
11423 <p>
11423 You can also order this list (to put the main teacher at the top, for example). Simply select numbers
from the menus in the "Order" column. After pressing "Save changes" you will see the new order.
11427 </p>
11429 <p>
11429 A special case occurs if you use select "Hide" for a teacher. In this case, the teacher will NOT BE
SHOWN on the course listings or the list of participants. They will be "hidden" from students (unless
they post messages to the forums etc).
11434 </p>
11436 <p>
11436 You can also choose whether a teacher should have editing rights on the course. Non-editing teachers
could be thought of as course tutors. They are:
11438 </p>
11439 <ol>
11440 <li>
11440 not able to change the structure of the course
11440 </li>
11441 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
11441 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
not able to enroll or unenroll students
11442 <li>
11442 able to grade
11442 </li>
11443 <li>
11443 able to facilitate within activities
11443 </li>
11444 </ol>
11445 <p>
11445 When assigned to a group, they are only able to perform task 3 and 4 with that group.
11447 </p>
11448 <div class="filename">
11448 ./help/reading.html
11449 </div>
11450 <h1>
11450 Reading
11450 </h1>
11454 <p>
11454 When reading texts quickly it is often very easy to misunderstand what the author was trying to say.
11456 </p>
11460 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
11460 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
To avoid misunderstanding, read their words carefully and try to see things from the author's point of view.
11462 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
11466 <p>
11466 It can also help to think of what the author has NOT said or left in doubt - this may help you form
questions in your own mind.
11468 </p>
11472 <p class="moreinfo">
11472 <a href="help.php?file=writing.html">
11472 More info about writing
11472 </a>
11472 </p>
11474 <p class="moreinfo">
11474 <a href="help.php?file=questions.html">
11474 More info about questions
11474 </a>
11474 </p>
11476 <div class="filename">
11476 ./help/survey/index.html
11477 </div>
11478 <h2>
11478 Survey module
11478 </h2>
11479 <ul>
11480 <li>
11480 <a href="help.php?file=surveys.html">
11480 Available surveys
11480 </a>
11480 </li>
11481 </ul>
11483 <div class="filename">
11483 ./help/survey/mods.html
11484 </div>
11485 <p>
11485 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/survey/icon.gif" />
11485
11485 <b>
11485 Surveys
11485 </b>
11485 </p>
11486 <div class="indent">
11487 The Survey module provides a number of verified survey instruments that have been found useful in
assessing and stimulating learning in online environments. Teachers can use these to gather data from
their students that will help them learn about their class and reflect on their own teaching.
11492 </div>
11493 <div class="filename">
11493 ./help/cookies.html
11494 </div>
11495 <h1>
11495 Cookies
11495 </h1>
11497 <p>
11497 Two cookies are used by this site.
11497 </p>
11499 <p>
11499 The essential one is the session cookie, usually called
11499 <b>
11499 MoodleSession
11499 </b>
11499 . You must allow this cookie into your browser to provide continuity and maintain your login from page
to page. When you log out or close the browser this cookie is destroyed (in your browser and on the
server).
11501 </p>
11503 <p>
11503 The other cookie is purely for convenience, usually called something like
11503 <b>
11503 MOODLEID
11503 </b>
11503 . It just remembers your username within the browser. This means when you return to this site the
username field on the login page will be already filled out for you. It is safe to refuse this cookie -
you will just have to retype your username every time you log in.
11506 </p>
11508 <div class="filename">
11508 ./help/guestaccess.html
11509 </div>
11510 <h1>
11510 Guest Access
11510 </h1>
11514 <p>
11514 You have the choice of allowing "guests" into your course.
11514 </p>
11518 <p>
11518 People can log in as guests using the "Login as a guest" button on the login screen.
11520 </p>
11524 <p>
11524 Guests ALWAYS have "read-only" access - meaning they can't leave any posts or otherwise mess up the
course for real students.
11526 </p>
11530 <p>
11530 This can be handy when you want to let a colleague in to look around at your work, or to let students
see a course before they have decided to enrol.
11534 </p>
11538 <p>
11538 Note that you have a choice between two types of guest access: with the enrolment key or without. If you
choose to allow guests who have the key, then the guest will need to provide the current enrolment key
EVERY TIME they log in (unlike students who only need to do it once). This lets you restrict your
guests. If you choose to allow guests without a key, then anyone can get straight into your course.
11550 </p>
11552 <div class="filename">
11552 ./help/courseenrolmentplugins.html
11553 </div>
11554 <p>
11554 Choose default interactive enrolment plugin used in this course
11554 </p>
11555 <div class="filename">
11555 ./help/advanced_markdown.html
11556 </div>
11557 <h2>
11557 Advanced Use of Markdown
11557 </h2>
11559 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<div id="Main">
11561 <div class="article">
11562 <p>
11562 This section expands upon the basic information given in the section titled 'Enhancing Text With
Markdown' to give those with special requirements the information needed to make the most of
Markdown. If you don't recognise, or don't need, the formatting listed below then you should feel
free to skip this section and return to it as and when needed.
11562 </p>
11564 <p>
11564 (Even more) Advanced options are available. See the
11564 <a href="#further">
11564 Further Reading
11564 </a>
11565 section.
11565 </p>
11567 <ul>
11569 <li>
11569 <a href="#linebreaks">
11569 Line Breaks
11569 </a>
11569 </li>
11570 <li>
11570 <a href="#hr">
11570 Horizontal Rules
11570 </a>
11570 </li>
11571 <li>
11571 <a href="#image_links">
11571 Linked Images
11571 </a>
11571 </li>
11572 <li>
11572 <a href="#tables">
11572 Tables
11572 </a>
11572 </li>
11573 <li>
11573 <a href="#definition">
11573 Definition Lists
11573 </a>
11573 </li>
11574 <li>
11574 <a href="#footnotes">
11574 Footnotes
11574 </a>
11574 </li>
11575 <li>
11575 <a href="#embedded">
11575 Embedding HTML
11575 </a>
11575 </li>
11576 <li>
11576 <a href="#preformatted">
11576 Pre-formatted Code
11576 </a>
11576 </li>
11577 <li>
11577 <a href="#special_char">
11577 Using Special Characters
11577 </a>
11577 </li>
11578 <li>
11578 <a href="#further">
11578 Further Reading
11578 </a>
11578 </li>
11579 </ul>
11581 <h2>
11581 <a id="linebreaks">
11581 Line Breaks
11581 </a>
11581 </h2>
11583 <p>
11583 In some texts, for instance in poetry and verse, it is often necessary to insert line breaks. Trying
to do so with the return key will not give the intended effect as by default the lines will be run
together to create a paragraph.
11583 </p>
11585 <p>
11585 <strong>
11585 <code>
11585 The best laid schemes o' Mice an' Men,
11585 <br />
11586 Gang aft agley,
11586 <br />
11587 An' lea'e us nought but grief an' pain,
11587 <br />
11588 For promis'd joy!
11588 </code>
11588 </strong>
11588 </p>
11590 <p>
11590 The above input, using the enter key to insert line breaks will give the following output as such
breaks are ignored:
11590 </p>
11592 <p>
11592 The best laid schemes o' Mice an' Men, Gang aft agley, An' lea'e us nought but grief an' pain, For
promis'd joy!
11595 </p>
11597 <p>
11597 But by ending each line with two spaces you can force a line break as follows:
11597 </p>
11599 <p>
11599 The best laid schemes o' Mice an' Men,
11599 <br />
11600 Gang aft agley,
11600 <br />
11601 An' lea'e us nought but grief an' pain,
11601 <br />
11602 For promis'd joy!
11602 </p>
11604 <h2>
11604 <a id="hr">
11604 Horizontal Rules
11604 </a>
11604 </h2>
11606 <p>
11606 Horizontal rules can be created by placing three or more asterisks (*), hyphens (-) or underscores
(_) on a line by themselves.
11606 </p>
11608 <p>
11608 This will work:
11608 </p>
11610 <p>
11610 <strong>
11610 <code>
11610 ***
11610 </code>
11610 </strong>
11610 </p>
11612 <p>
11612 but you can add spaces or further characters to make it more obviously a section break in the text
editing window e.g.
11612 </p>
11614 <p>
11614 <strong>
11614 <code>
11614 * * * * *
11614 </code>
11614 </strong>
11614 </p>
11616 <p>
11616 <strong>
11616 <code>
11616 -------------------------
11616 </code>
11616 </strong>
11616 </p>
11618 <p>
11618 <strong>
11618 <code>
11618 _ _ _ _ _
11618 </code>
11618 </strong>
11618 </p>
11620 <p>
11620 All of these methods give the exact same result:
11620 </p>
11622 <hr />
11624 <h2>
11624 <a id="image_links">
11624 Hyperlinked Images
11624 </a>
11624 </h2>
11626 <p>
11626 The Enhancing Text With Markdown document gives instructions for creating web links and inserting
images. It may not be obvious that these can be combined to create images that are also clickable
links.
11626 </p>
11628 <p>
11628 <strong>
11628 <code>
11628 [the google search engine][google]
11628 </code>
11628 </strong>
11628 </p>
11630 <p>
11630 <strong>
11630 <code>
11630 ![the google logo][logo]
11630 </code>
11630 </strong>
11630 </p>
11632 <p>
11632 Above are a standard web link and image. By placing the image where the link text would be found you
end up with this:
11632 </p>
11634 <p>
11634 <strong>
11634 <code>
11634 [![the google logo][logo]][google]
11634 </code>
11634 </strong>
11634 </p>
11636 <p>
11636 This line above, in combination with the following link definitions elsewhere in the document:
11636 </p>
11638 <p>
11638 <strong>
11638 <code>
11638 [logo]: http://www.google.com/images/logo.gif
11638 </code>
11638 </strong>
11638 <br />
11639 <strong>
11639 <code>
11639 [google]: http://www.google.com/ "click to visit Google.com"
11639 </code>
11639 </strong>
11639 </p>
11641 <p>
11641 combine to produce the following clickable image link (with tooltip if you hover over it):
11641 </p>
11643 <p>
11643 <a href="http://www.google.com/" title="click to visit Google.com">
11643 <img src="http://www.google.com/images/logo.gif" alt="the google logo" />
11643 </a>
11643 </p>
11645 <p>
11645 An example of where this technique might be handy is in linking small 'thumbnail' images to
downloads of the larger photos.
11645 </p>
11647 <h2>
11647 <a id="tables">
11647 Tables
11647 </a>
11647 </h2>
11649 <p>
11649 You can create simple HTML tables with Markdown. Here is an example:
11649 </p>
11651 <pre>
11652 Name | Age --------|------ Fred | 29 Jim | 47 Harry | 32
11657 </pre>
11659 <table>
11660 <thead>
11661 <tr>
11662 <th>
11662 Name
11662 </th>
11663 <th>
11663 Age
11663 </th>
11664 </tr>
11665 </thead>
11666 <tbody>
11667 <tr>
11668 <td>
11668 Fred
11668 </td>
11669 <td>
11669 29
11669 </td>
11671 </tr>
11672 <tr>
11673 <td>
11673 Jim
11673 </td>
11674 <td>
11674 47
11674 </td>
11675 </tr>
11676 <tr>
11677 <td>
11677 Harry
11677 </td>
11678 <td>
11678 32
11678 </td>
11679 </tr>
11681 </tbody>
11682 </table>
11684 <p>
11684 You can apply normal formatting to the cell contents. Columns can be left or right aligned by adding
a colon the left or the right of the horizontal bar (see additional instructions).
11684 </p>
11686 <h2>
11686 <a id="definition">
11686 Definition Lists
11686 </a>
11686 </h2>
11688 <p>
11688 Definition lists consist of terms followed by their definitions. Rather like a dictionary. A simple
example is as follows:
11688 </p>
11690 <pre>
11691 Moodle : A well-known online learning platform PHP : A scripting language. Mostly used for
developing interactive web applications.
11697 </pre>
11699 <dl>
11700 <dt>
11700 Moodle
11700 </dt>
11701 <dd>
11701 A well-known online learning platform
11701 </dd>
11703 <dt>
11703 PHP
11703 </dt>
11704 <dd>
11704 A scripting language. Mostly used for developing interactive web applications.
11705 </dd>
11706 </dl>
11708 <h2>
11708 <a id="footnotes">
11708 Footnotes
11708 </a>
11708 </h2>
11710 <p>
11710 A footnote has two elements. A marker in the text which will become a superscript number and a
footnote definition that will appear at the end of the document. Here is a simple example:
11711 </p>
11713 <pre>
11714 Read about it in my book.[^1] [^1]: All about my book.
11717 </pre>
11719 <p>
11719 You can place the footnote definitions anywhere you like. They will be listed in the order that they
are linked to in the text. You cannot make more than one link to the same footnote.
11720 </p>
11722 <h2>
11722 <a id="embedded">
11722 Embedding HTML
11722 </a>
11722 </h2>
11724 <p>
11724 If you are already proficient in HTML then there may be occasions when Markdown does not allow you
as much control as you are used to. Luckily Markdown is designed for this eventuality and allows you
to embed HTML directly within Markdown formatted text.
11724 </p>
11726 <p>
11726 <strong>
11726 <code>
11726 * <small>small text</small>
11726 </code>
11726 </strong>
11726 <br />
11728 <strong>
11728 <code>
11728 * <big>big text</big>
11728 </code>
11728 </strong>
11728 </p>
11730 <ul>
11731 <li>
11731 <small>
11731 small text
11731 </small>
11731 </li>
11732 <li>
11732 <big>
11732 big text
11732 </big>
11732 </li>
11733 </ul>
11735 <p>
11735 Note that the HTML markup co-exists with the Markdown code for bullet lists. This frees you from the
mundane task of writing complex HTML for basic formatting features such as paragraphs and lists
while still allowing you to access the full power of HTML in specific situations.
11735 </p>
11737 <h2>
11737 <a id="preformatted">
11737 Displaying HTML or Preformatted Text
11737 </a>
11737 </h2>
11739 <p>
11739 If, unlike in the section above, you wish the HTML you enter to be displayed exactly as you typed
it, rather than processed as HTML then you can start each line with four space characters.
11739 </p>
11741 <pre>
11741 <code>
11741 <p>A paragraph in <b>HTML</b> displayed as code</p>
11742 </code>
11742 </pre>
11744 <p>
11744 This also works for displaying computer code:
11744 </p>
11746 <pre>
11746 <code>
11746 print "Command-line arguments: (@ARGV)\n";
11747 </code>
11747 </pre>
11749 <p>
11749 As this formatting is often used for computer program listings and other text which may plausibly
contain the characters that Markdown uses to indicate different types of formatting, Markdown's
formatting is switched off for these lines:
11749 </p>
11751 <pre>
11751 <code>
11751 Normally this word would be **bold**.
11752 </code>
11752 </pre>
11754 <p>
11754 To include such characters within normal text, see the section below.
11754 </p>
11756 <h2>
11756 <a id="special_char">
11756 Using Special Characters
11756 </a>
11756 </h2>
11758 <p>
11758 If you wish to use any of the special characters that trigger Markdown formatting without them being
processed simply precede them with a backslash character (\). This is known as 'escaping' a
character. The backslash is not displayed but the character immediately following it is shown,
exactly as entered.
11758 </p>
11760 <p>
11760 <strong>
11760 <code>
11760 \*asterisks, not emphasis\*
11760 </code>
11760 </strong>
11760 </p>
11762 <p>
11762 becomes
11762 </p>
11764 <p>
11764 *asterisks, not emphasis*
11764 </p>
11766 <p>
11766 rather than
11766 </p>
11768 <p>
11768 <strong>
11768 <code>
11768 *emphasis, not asterisks*
11768 </code>
11768 </strong>
11768 </p>
11770 <p>
11770 which gives
11770 </p>
11772 <p>
11772 <em>
11772 emphasis, not asterisks
11772 </em>
11772 </p>
11774 <h2>
11774 <a id="further">
11774 Further Reading
11774 </a>
11774 </h2>
11776 <p>
11776 The Markdown system is not unique to Moodle, it is used in an ever increasing number of web
publishing tools. You can find out more about it at
11776 <a href="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">
11776 http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/
11776 </a>
11776 </p>
11778 <p>
11778 Moodle uses a version of Markdown with additional features known as "Markdown Extra". Further
information can be found at
11778 <a href="http://www.michelf.com/projects/php-markdown/extra/">
11778 http://www.michelf.com/projects/php-markdown/extra/
11778 </a>
11778 .
11778 </p>
11779 </div>
11779 </div>
11780 <div class="filename">
11780 ./help/userkey/keyvaliduntil.html
11781 </div>
11782 <h1>
11782 Key valid until
11782 </h1>
11783 <p>
11783 Select an optional date after which the key will no longer be valid (recommended for added security).
11783 </p>
11784 <div class="filename">
11784 ./help/userkey/keyiprestriction.html
11785 </div>
11786 <h1>
11786 Key IP restriction
11786 </h1>
11787 <p>
11787 Enter a specific IP address, or a range of IP addresses that will be the only IP addresses allowed to
access this data. Enter nothing to disable IP restriction (not recommended).
11787 </p>
11788 <div class="filename">
11788 ./help/qformat_missingword/missingword.html
11789 </div>
11790 <h1>
11790 Missing Word Format
11790 </h1>
11792 <p>
11792 This format only supports multiple choice questions and short answer question, depending on the number
of answers. One answer generates a short answer question, two or more answers generate a multiple choice
question. Each answer is separated with a tilde (~), and the correct answer is prefixed with an equals
sign (=). Here is an example of a multiple choice question:
11798 </p>
11800 <blockquote>
11800 <p>
11800 As soon as we begin to explore our body parts as infants we become students of {=anatomy and
physiology ~reflexology ~science ~experiment}, and in a sense we remain students for life.
11803 </p>
11803 </blockquote>
11805 <p>
11805 Here is an example of a short answer question:
11805 </p>
11807 <blockquote>
11807 <p>
11807 As soon as we begin to explore our body parts as infants we become students of {=anatomy and
physiology}, and in a sense we remain students for life.
11810 </p>
11810 </blockquote>
11810 <div class="filename">
11810 ./help/grouping.html
11811 </div>
11812 <h1>
11812 Grouping
11812 </h1>
11814 <p>
11814 A grouping is a collection of groups within a course.
11814 </p>
11816 <p>
11816 If a grouping is selected, then users assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work
together.
11816 </p>
11818 <p>
11818 Group mode must be set to separate or visible groups.
11818 </p>
11818 <div class="filename">
11818 ./help/cmidnumber.html
11819 </div>
11820 <h1>
11820 ID number
11820 </h1>
11821 <p>
11821 Setting an ID number provides a way of identifying the activity for grade calculation purposes. If the
activity is not included in any grade calculation then the ID number field can be left blank.
11822 </p>
11823 <p>
11823 The ID number can also be set on the edit grade calculation page in the gradebook, though it can only be
edited on the update activity page.
11824 </p>
11825 <div class="filename">
11825 ./help/uploadpictures.html
11826 </div>
11827 <h1>
11827 Upload user pictures
11827 </h1>
11829 <p>
11829 User pictures can be uploaded as a zip file of image files. The image files should be named
11829 <i>
11829 chosen-user-attribute.extension
11829 </i>
11829 . For example, if the chosen user attribute used to match pictures is username and the username is
user1234, then the filename would be user1234.jpg.
11829 </p>
11830 <p>
11830 Image types supported include gif, jpg, and png.
11830 </p>
11831 <p>
11831 Image file names are not case sensitive.
11831 </p>
11831 <div class="filename">
11831 ./help/tableexportformats.html
11832 </div>
11833 <h1>
11833 Downloading Table Data
11833 </h1>
11835 <p>
11835 You may want to download the data displayed in the on-screen table for further analysis. You can choose
between the many file formats for downloaded data shown below.
11838 </p>
11838 <p>
11838 In each case data will be presented as a table with appropriate column titles, as on the screen. The
downloaded table is :
11840 </p>
11841 <ul>
11841 <li>
11841 not paged, all data for all pages will be downloaded in a single file.
11842 </li>
11843 <li>
11843 not filtered by username initials. (Some on screen tables of data about users allows you to select to
only display data for users with selected first / last name initials).
11844 </li>
11845 <li>
11845 not affected by sorting by columns that a user can do on the on screen table.
11845 </li>
11846 </ul>
11848 <h2>
11848 Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet format.
11848 </h2>
11849 <p>
11849 You will get an .xls spreadsheet document.
11849 </p>
11850 <h2>
11850 OpenDocument Spreadsheet (ODS) format.
11850 </h2>
11851 <p>
11851 You will get an .ods spreadsheet document. This format can be opened with OpenOffice.org, KOffice,
Google Docs, NeoOffice, Zoho, IBM Lotus Symphony and Corel WordPerfect Office X4.
11853 </p>
11854 <h2>
11854 A tab separated values text file
11854 </h2>
11855 <p>
11855 In this case, you will get a regular text file. A line for each row in the table with data separated by
11857 <em>
11857 tabstops
11857 </em>
11857 . Can be opened by many different apps.
11857 </p>
11858 <h2>
11858 A comma separated values text file
11858 </h2>
11859 <p>
11859 In this case, you will get a regular text file. A line for each row in the table with data separated by
11861 <em>
11861 commas
11861 </em>
11861 . Can be opened by many different apps.
11861 </p>
11862 <h2>
11862 An unpaged XHTML document
11862 </h2>
11863 <p>
11863 In this case, you will get a savable, printable xhtml document without the headers and footers that you
have on a normal Moodle page.
11864 </p>
11865 <div class="filename">
11865 ./help/coursenumsections.html
11866 </div>
11867 <h1>
11867 Course Number of Weeks/Topics
11867 </h1>
11869 <p>
11869 This setting is only used by the 'weekly' and 'topics' course formats.
11870 </p>
11872 <p>
11872 In the 'weekly' format, it specifies the number of weeks that the course will run for, starting from the
course starting date.
11874 </p>
11876 <p>
11876 In the 'topics' format, it specifies the number of topics in the course.
11877 </p>
11879 <p>
11879 Both of these translate to the number of "boxes" down the middle of the course page.
11880 </p>
11881 <div class="filename">
11881 ./help/wiki/studentadminoptions.html
11882 </div>
11883 <h1>
11883 Student Administration Options
11883 </h1>
11885 <p>
11885 Certain administration options can be turned 'on' or 'off' for students. When 'on', these options only
take affect for wikis that can be edited by the student. When 'off', they will not appear in the
administrator menu.
11888 </p>
11889 <div class="filename">
11889 ./help/wiki/setpageflags.html
11890 </div>
11891 <h1>
11891 Set Page Flags
11891 </h1>
11892 <p>
11892 Flags are assigned to a wiki page and allow to change the type or behavior.
11892 </p>
11894 <p>
11894 Flag description:
11894 </p>
11895 <table border="1" width="100%">
11895 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<tbody>
11896 E612 This tag or content is not allowed here:
<tr>
11896 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
11896 TXT
11896 </td>
11896 <td>
11896 The page contains text.
11896 </td>
11896 </tr>
11897 E612 This tag or content is not allowed here:
<tr>
11897 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
11897 BIN
11897 </td>
11897 <td>
11897 The page contains binary data.
11897 </td>
11897 </tr>
11898 E612 This tag or content is not allowed here:
<tr>
11898 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
11898 OFF
11898 </td>
11898 <td>
11898 The page is disabled.
11898 </td>
11898 </tr>
11899 E612 This tag or content is not allowed here:
<tr>
11899 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
11899 HTM
11899 </td>
11899 <td>
11899 Allow HTML for this page (the general Wiki setting precedes this flag).
11899 </td>
11899 </tr>
11900 E612 This tag or content is not allowed here:
<tr>
11900 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
11900 RO
11900 </td>
11900 <td>
11900 Read Only.
11900 </td>
11900 </tr>
11901 E612 This tag or content is not allowed here:
<tr>
11901 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
11901 WR
11901 </td>
11901 <td>
11901 Writable.
11901 </td>
11901 </tr>
11902 </table>
11904 <div class="filename">
11904 ./help/wiki/wikilinkoptions.html
11905 </div>
11906 <h1>
11906 Wiki Auto-linking Options
11906 </h1>
11908 <p>
11908 In certain situations, you may not want automatic linking based on CamelCase words. If this is so, check
this box to disable CamelCase linking.
11910 </p>
11911 <p>
11912 <b>
11912 WARNING
11912 </b>
11912 -- CamelCase is a standard wiki feature, and disabling it may cause other imported wikis to work
incorrectly. Use this feature
11913 <i>
11913 only
11913 </i>
11913 if you are absolutely certain you do not want CamelCase linking.
11915 </p>
11916 <div class="filename">
11916 ./help/wiki/howtowiki.html
11917 </div>
11918 <h2>
11918 How To Wiki
11918 </h2>
11920 <p>
11922 Moodle's wiki is based on
11924 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://erfurtwiki.sourceforge.net/?id=ErfurtWiki" target="_blank">
11924 ErfurtWiki
11924 </a>
11924 , which is an implementation of the
11928 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?WikiWikiWeb" target="_blank">
11928 WikiWikiWeb
11928 </a>
11930 hypertext system. It allows simple collaborative editing and creation of web pages.
11930 </p>
11932 <ul>
11934 <li>
11934 learn how to
11934 <a href="#createpages">
11934 CreatePages
11934 </a>
11934 </li>
11936 <li>
11936 just click on
11936 <img alt="edit" src="pix/t/edit.gif" />
11936 or select "Edit this page" from the drop down menu to change the contents of a page
11936 </li>
11938 <li>
11938 you can format your pages with
11938 <a href="#wikimarkup">
11938 Wiki Markup
11938 </a>
11938 , or with HTML (if the wiki has been given that option)
11938 </li>
11940 <li>
11940 SearchPages or go to the list of NewestPages
11940 </li>
11942 <li>
11942 there are also lists of the MostVisitedPages, MostOftenChangedPages and recently UpdatedPages
11942 </li>
11944 </ul>
11946 <h3 id="createpages">
11946 Create Pages:
11946 </h3>
11948 <p>
11948 You create a page by naming it in the text of an existing page. A wiki page is named using
11950 <a href="#camelcase">
11950 CamelCase
11950 </a>
11950 or by enclosing it in square brackets ( [] ).
11950 </p>
11952 <p>
11953 For example:
11954 </p>
11956 <ul>
11958 <li>
11958 MyWikiPage (Camel Case)
11958 </li>
11960 <li>
11960 [My Wiki Page] (enclosed in square brackets)
11960 </li>
11962 </ul>
11964 <p>
11966 Text that has been given a wiki page name will have a '?' after it. Clicking on the '?', will enter edit
mode for that page. Enter your text, save and you have a new wiki page.
11968 </p>
11970 <h3 id="wikimarkup">
11970 Wiki Markup:
11970 </h3>
11972 <p>
11972 If you are using the WYSIWYG HTML editor with ordinary word-processor style controls, then you should
use those controls to format your entry. Otherwise (when the edit box is just a normal text box with no
special controls) you can use the following wiki markup.
11975 <b>
11975 These features do not apply when using the WYSIWYG editor
11975 </b>
11975 .
11976 </p>
11978 <h4>
11978 Paragraphs
11978 </h4>
11980 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
11982 <li>
11982 separate paragraphs inside the text with empty lines
11982 </li>
11984 <li>
11984 use three percent signs %%
11984 <em>
11984 </em>
11984 % to enforce a line break
11984 </li>
11986 <li>
11986 if you prepend text with spaces or tabs it will get indented
11986 </li>
11988 </ul>
11992 <h4>
11992 !! Headlines
11992 </h4>
11994 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
11996 <li>
11996 use an exclamation mark ! at the beginning of a line to create a small headline
11996 </li>
11998 <li>
11998 !! for medium
11998 </li>
12000 <li>
12000 !!! for large headlines
12000 </li>
12002 </ul>
12006 <h4>
12006 text style
12006 </h4>
12008 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
12010 <li>
12010 if you want to
12010 <em>
12010 emphasize text
12010 </em>
12010 enclose it in two single-quotes '' (usually looks italic)
12010 </li>
12012 <li>
12012 <strong>
12012 text gets bold
12012 </strong>
12012 with two underscores __ (or if enclosed with two asterisks **)
12012 </li>
12014 <li>
12014 to make
12014 <big>
12014 text big
12014 </big>
12014 enclose it in hash characters ##
12014 </li>
12016 <li>
12016 you can get
12016 <small>
12016 smaller text
12016 </small>
12016 using "µµ" likewise
12016 </li>
12018 <li>
12018 a
12018 <tt>
12018 typewrite like font
12018 </tt>
12018 will be used if you enclose text in two equal == signs
12018 </li>
12020 </ul>
12024 <h4>
12024 Lists
12024 </h4>
12028 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
12030 <li>
12030 start a line with an asterisk * to begin a list
12030 </li>
12032 <li>
12032 use # instead for numerated lists
12034 <ol>
12036 <li>
12036 you can create sublists
12036 </li>
12038 <li>
12038 subsequent list points should start with the same mix of * and #
12038 </li>
12040 </ol>
12042 </li>
12044 </ul>
12048 <h4>
12048 HyperLinks
12048 </h4>
12052 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
12054 <li>
12054 just enter a CamelCase WikiWord inside your text to create a new HyperLink
12054 </li>
12056 <li>
12056 or, enclose some
12056 <b>
12056 words in square brackets
12056 </b>
12056 to create a HyperLink
12056 </li>
12058 <li>
12058 any valid internet address (starting with
12058 <a href="http://">
12058 http://
12058 </a>
12058 ) like http://www.example.com/ inside the text will be made clickable automatically
12058 </li>
12060 <li>
12060 enclose a www address or a WikiLink inside square brackets [
12060 <a href="http://www.moodle.org/">
12060 Moodle
12060 </a>
12060 ] and assign it a neat title using quotation marks or the | character
12062 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
12064 <li>
12064 [title | http://example.com]
12064 </li>
12066 <li>
12066 [WikiWord "title"] or ["title for" WikiLink]
12066 </li>
12068 </ul>
12070 </li>
12072 <li>
12072 if you don't want a WikiWord or a !http://www-address (or [anything] inside square brackets) to become
a HyperLink then just prepend it with a exclamation mark or a tilde
12074 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
12076 <li>
12076 !NoHyperLink, ~NoHyperLink
12076 </li>
12078 <li>
12078 ![no hyperlink], !!http://nolink.org/
12078 </li>
12080 </ul>
12082 </li>
12084 </ul>
12088 <h4>
12088 Tables with |
12088 </h4>
12090 <table cellpadding="2" border="1" cellspacing="0">
12092 <tr>
12094 <td>
12094 just enclose
12094 </td>
12096 <td>
12096 things with the dash
12096 </td>
12098 <td>
12098 character
12098 </td>
12100 </tr>
12100 <tr>
12102 <td>
12102 to build a
12102 </td>
12104 <td>
12104 table structure
12104 </td>
12106 </tr>
12106 <tr>
12108 <td>
12108 browsers usually
12108 </td>
12110 <td>
12110 leave out the missing
12110 </td>
12112 <td>
12112 cells
12112 </td>
12114 </tr>
12116 </table>
12122 <p>
12124 Please always put an empty line before and after a table, so it stands out from other text in its own
paragraph.
12126 </p>
12130 <h4>
12130 Pictures
12130 </h4>
12134 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
12136 <li>
12136 to include an image into a page enclose its absolute www-address in square brackets, like
[http://www.example.com/pics/image.png]
12136 </li>
12138 <li>
12138 alternatively you could use the ImageUploading function
12138 </li>
12140 </ul>
12144 <h4>
12144 Further readings
12144 </h4>
12146 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
There are more possibilities for Wiki mark-up. Please consult the
12146 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://erfurtwiki.sourceforge.net" target="_blank">
12146 Erfurt Wiki Homepage
12146 </a>
12146 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
for more information.
12150 <h5 id="camelcase">
12150 Camel Case:
12150 </h5>
12152 <p>
12153 CamelCase describes what WikiWords look like. Multiple words, joined together without spaces, separated
by changes in case. The uppercase and lowercase letters show up like the humps of camels.
12157 </p>
12159 <p>
12161 This linking scheme is often also called BumpyText.
12161 </p>
12163 <p>
12165 While language purists hate Wikis for that naming scheme, it is very common in the computing world and
well known to most programmers.
12167 </p>
12173 <div class="filename">
12173 ./help/wiki/checklinks.html
12174 </div>
12175 <h1>
12175 Check Links
12175 </h1>
12176 <p>
12176 This tool checks all http:// links for availability, and afterwards resaves the wiki page with the dead
links marked for easier editing.
12177 </p>
12178 <div class="filename">
12178 ./help/wiki/ewikiacceptbinary.html
12179 </div>
12180 <h1>
12180 Allow Binary Files
12180 </h1>
12182 <p>
12182 If you allow binary content (such as images), you have two possibilities:
12182 </p>
12183 <ol>
12184 <li>
12184 You can upload and use images on wiki-pages. When editing a page, an upload form will be displayed for
uploading images. After a successful upload, an image code is displayed that you can embed in your
pages using square brackets. For example: [internal://myimage.gif].
12186 </li>
12188 <li>
12188 You can attach files to a Wiki Page which can be displayed by the
12188 <i>
12188 attachments
12188 </i>
12188 action. The size is limited to the setting made in Moodle.
12189 </li>
12190 </ol>
12191 <div class="filename">
12191 ./help/wiki/removepages.html
12192 </div>
12193 <h1>
12193 Remove Pages
12193 </h1>
12194 <p>
12194 This function allows you to remove wiki pages. A quick check is done and pages with errors are shown.
12194 </p>
12195 <p>
12195 Please take care and think twice before removing a page. Usually it is not necessary.
12195 </p>
12196 <div class="filename">
12196 ./help/wiki/index.html
12197 </div>
12198 <h2>
12198 Wiki module
12198 </h2>
12199 <ul>
12200 <li>
12200 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=ewikiacceptbinary.html">
12200 Allow Binary Files
12200 </a>
12200 </li>
12201 <li>
12201 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=revertauthorfieldpattern.html">
12201 Author for reverting mass changes
12201 </a>
12201 </li>
12202 <li>
12202 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=checklinks.html">
12202 Check Links
12202 </a>
12202 </li>
12203 <li>
12203 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=initialcontent.html">
12203 Fill in initial content
12203 </a>
12203 </li>
12204 <li>
12204 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=howtowiki.html">
12204 How To Wiki
12204 </a>
12204 </li>
12205 <li>
12205 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=htmlmode.html">
12205 HTML Mode
12205 </a>
12205 </li>
12206 <li>
12206 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=wikiname.html">
12206 Initial Page Name for wiki
12206 </a>
12206 </li>
12207 <li>
12207 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=removepages.html">
12207 Remove Pages
12207 </a>
12207 </li>
12208 <li>
12208 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=revertpages.html">
12208 Revert Pages
12208 </a>
12208 </li>
12209 <li>
12209 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=setpageflags.html">
12209 Set Page Flags
12209 </a>
12209 </li>
12210 <li>
12210 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=strippages.html">
12210 Strip Pages
12210 </a>
12210 </li>
12211 <li>
12211 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=studentadminoptions.html">
12211 Student Administration Options
12211 </a>
12211 </li>
12212 <li>
12212 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=wikilinkoptions.html">
12212 Wiki Auto-linking Options
12212 </a>
12212 </li>
12213 <li>
12213 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=wikitype.html">
12213 Wiki Types
12213 </a>
12213 </li>
12214 <li>
12214 <a href="help.php?module=wiki&file=wikiusage.html">
12214 Wiki Usage
12214 </a>
12214 </li>
12215 </ul>
12216 <div class="filename">
12216 ./help/wiki/htmlmode.html
12217 </div>
12218 <h1>
12218 HTML Mode
12218 </h1>
12220 <p>
12220 You have the following possibilities:
12220 </p>
12221 <dl>
12222 <dt>
12222 No HTML
12222 </dt>
12223 <dd>
12223 Escapes all HTML-Tags. Formatting is done through the WikiWords. Filters work in this Mode.
12223 </dd>
12224 <dt>
12224 Safe HTML
12224 </dt>
12225 <dd>
12225 Some Tags are allowed and are displayed. There are no filters active which need tags in this mode !
12225 </dd>
12226 <dt>
12226 HTML only
12226 </dt>
12227 <dd>
12227 No WikiWords, just HTML. This option allows the use of the HTML-Editor.
12227 </dd>
12228 </dl>
12229 <div class="filename">
12229 ./help/wiki/wikiusage.html
12230 </div>
12231 <h1>
12231 Wiki Usage
12231 </h1>
12233 <p>
12234 Wiki is a platform for working together on constructing web pages. The principles are simple.
12235 </p>
12237 <ul>
12238 <li>
12238 A text is written and saved.
12238 </li>
12239 <li>
12239 Later, another person may read that text and think of some additions or corrections that could be
made. They choose "Edit" and make their changes to the page.
12240 </li>
12241 <li>
12241 After saving their new version, it is available globally.
12241 </li>
12242 </ul>
12244 <p>
12244 With a wiki, it is also easily possible to add a page or link to existing pages.
12244 </p>
12247 <ul>
12248 <li>
12248 A link is created by a WikiWord. This is one word with at least two capital letters. If a page with
this name already exist, it will be linked automatically, if not, it will be displayed with a question
mark.
12248 </li>
12249 <li>
12249 Clicking on this question mark, will start a new blank page with that name, ready to edit.
12249 </li>
12250 </ul>
12253 <h3 class="center">
12253 Wiki formatting rules
12253 </h3>
12256 <h4>
12256 Paragraphs
12256 </h4>
12257 <ul>
12258 <li>
12258 separate paragraphs inside the text with empty lines
12258 </li>
12259 <li>
12259 use three percent signs %%% to enforce a line break
12259 </li>
12260 <li>
12260 if you prepend text with spaces or tabs it will get indented
12260 </li>
12261 </ul>
12263 <h4>
12263 !! Headlines
12263 </h4>
12265 E620 The 'type' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<ul type="circle">
12266 <li>
12266 use an exclamation mark ! at the beginning of a line to create a small headline
12266 </li>
12268 <li>
12268 !! for medium
12268 </li>
12269 <li>
12269 !!! for large headlines
12269 </li>
12270 </ul>
12272 <h4>
12272 Text style
12272 </h4>
12274 <ul>
12276 <li>
12276 if you want to
12276 <em>
12276 emphasize text
12276 </em>
12276 enclose it in two single-quotes '' (usually looks italic)
12276 </li>
12277 <li>
12277 <strong>
12277 text gets bold
12277 </strong>
12277 with two underscores __ (or if enclosed with two asterisks **)
12277 </li>
12278 <li>
12278 to make
12278 <big>
12278 text big
12278 </big>
12278 enclose it in hash characters ##
12278 </li>
12280 <li>
12280 you can get
12280 <small>
12280 smaller text
12280 </small>
12280 using "µµ" likewise
12280 </li>
12281 <li>
12281 a
12281 <tt>
12281 typewrite like font
12281 </tt>
12281 will be used if you enclose text in two equal == signs
12281 </li>
12282 </ul>
12284 <h4>
12284 Lists
12284 </h4>
12286 <ul>
12287 <li>
12287 start a line with an asterisk * to begin a list
12287 </li>
12288 <li>
12288 use # instead for numerated lists
12289 <ol>
12290 <li>
12290 you can create sublists
12290 </li>
12292 <li>
12292 subsequent list points should start with the same mix of * and #
12292 </li>
12293 </ol>
12294 </li>
12295 </ul>
12297 <h4>
12297 HyperLinks
12297 </h4>
12299 <ul>
12301 <li>
12301 just enter a WikiWord inside your text to create a new hyper link
12301 </li>
12302 <li>
12302 enclose some words in [square brackets] to create a HyperLink inside the WikiWikiWeb which is not made
up of a valid WikiWord
12302 </li>
12304 <li>
12304 any valid internet address (starting with http:/) like http://www.example.com/ inside the text will be
made clickable automatically
12304 </li>
12305 <li>
12305 enclose a www address or a WikiLink inside square brackets and assign it a neat title using quotation
marks or the | character
12306 <ul>
12307 <li>
12307 [title | http://example.com]
12307 </li>
12309 <li>
12309 [WikiWord "title"] or ["title for" WikiLink]
12309 </li>
12310 </ul>
12311 </li>
12312 <li>
12312 if you don't want a WikiWord or a http://www-address (or [anything] inside square brackets) to become
a HyperLink then just prepend it with a exclamation mark or a tilde
12313 <ul>
12314 <li>
12314 !NoHyperLink, ~NoHyperLink
12314 </li>
12315 <li>
12315 ![no hyperlink], !http://nolink.org/
12315 </li>
12317 </ul>
12318 </li>
12319 </ul>
12321 <h4>
12321 Tables with |
12321 </h4>
12322 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
| just enclose | things with the dash | character |
12322 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<br />
12323 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
| to build a | table structure |
12323 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<br />
12324 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
| browsers usually | leave out the missing | cells |
12324 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<br />
12327 <p>
12328 Please always put an empty line before and after a table, so it stands out from other text in its own
paragraph.
12329 </p>
12331 <h4>
12331 Pictures
12331 </h4>
12333 <ul>
12335 <li>
12335 to include an image into a page enclose its absolute www-address in square brackets, like
[http://www.example.com/pics/image.png]
12335 </li>
12336 <li>
12336 alternatively you could use the image uploading function.
12336 </li>
12337 </ul>
12339 <h4>
12339 Further readings
12339 </h4>
12341 <p>
12342 There are more possibilities for Wiki mark-up. Please consult the
12342 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://erfurtwiki.sourceforge.net" target="_new">
12342 Erfurt Wiki Homepage
12342 </a>
12342 for more information.
12343 </p>
12344 <div class="filename">
12344 ./help/wiki/wikiname.html
12345 </div>
12346 <h1>
12346 Initial Page Name for wiki
12346 </h1>
12347 <p>
12348 If you want the first wiki page name to be something other than the wiki name, you can specify it here.
This name will become the first page of the wiki for every created instance of this wiki.
12350 <br />
12350 <br />
12352 If you leave this field blank, the initial page name will be the wiki name, unless you select a page in
the 'initial page' field.
12354 </p>
12356 <div class="filename">
12356 ./help/wiki/wikitype.html
12357 </div>
12358 <h1>
12358 Wiki types
12358 </h1>
12359 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
12360 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
There are three wiki types: Teacher, Groups, Student. In addition, like any activity, the wiki has the Moodle
group modes: "No Groups" "Separate Groups" and "Visible Groups". This leads to
the following matrix of nine possibilities:
12364 <table border="1" width="100%">
12364 <tbody>
12365 <tr>
12366 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<th valign="top" width="25%" scope="col">
12366 </th>
12367 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<th valign="top" width="25%" scope="col">
12367 No Groups
12367 </th>
12368 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<th valign="top" width="25%" scope="col">
12368 Separate Groups
12368 </th>
12369 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<th valign="top" width="25%" scope="col">
12369 Visible Groups
12369 </th>
12370 </tr>
12371 <tr>
12372 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<th valign="top" width="25%" scope="row">
12372 Teacher
12372 </th>
12373 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12373 There is only one wiki which only the teacher can edit. Students can view the contents.
12373 </td>
12374 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12374 There is one wiki for every group which just the teacher can edit. Students can view the wiki of
their group only.
12374 </td>
12375 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12375 There is one wiki for every group which just the teacher can edit. Students can view the wikis for
all groups.
12375 </td>
12376 </tr>
12377 <tr>
12378 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<th valign="top" width="25%" scope="row">
12378 Groups
12378 </th>
12379 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12379 There is only one wiki. The teacher and all students can view and edit this wiki.
12379 </td>
12380 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12380 There is one wiki per group. Students can view and edit the wiki of their own group only.
12380 </td>
12381 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12381 There is one wiki per group. Students can change the wiki of their own group only. They can view
the wikis for all groups.
12381 </td>
12382 </tr>
12383 <tr>
12384 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<th valign="top" width="25%" scope="row">
12384 Student
12384 </th>
12385 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12385 Every student has their own wiki which only they and their teacher can view and edit.
12385 </td>
12386 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12386 Every student has their own wiki, which only they and their teacher can edit. Students can view
the wikis of other students in their group.
12386 </td>
12387 E620 The 'width' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<td valign="top" width="25%">
12387 Every student has their own wiki, which only they and their teacher can edit. Students can view
the wikis of all other students in the course.
12387 </td>
12388 </tr>
12388 </tbody>
12389 </table>
12391 <p>
12391 Unless the group mode has been forced by the course settings, it can be set with the groups icons on the
course home page after the wiki has been created.
12392 </p>
12394 <ul>
12395 <li>
12395 A teacher can always edit every wiki in the course
12395 </li>
12396 </ul>
12397 <div class="filename">
12397 ./help/wiki/revertpages.html
12398 </div>
12399 <h1>
12399 Revert Pages
12399 </h1>
12401 <p>
12401 If someone makes a mess of many pages in your Wiki, you may want to automatically revert those changes
by deleting all page versions that carry a certain string in the {author} field (usually the IP address
or host name)
12402 </p>
12403 <div class="filename">
12403 ./help/wiki/revertauthorfieldpattern.html
12404 </div>
12405 <h1>
12405 Author for reverting mass changes
12405 </h1>
12406 <p>
12407 This must be a fixed string (you cannot use * or regex), at best use the attackers` IP address or host
name.
12409 </p>
12410 <div class="filename">
12410 ./help/wiki/strippages.html
12411 </div>
12412 <h1>
12412 Strip Pages
12412 </h1>
12414 <p>
12414 This function purges old versions of all pages stored in the database and just keeps the newest
versions.
12414 </p>
12415 <div class="filename">
12415 ./help/wiki/mods.html
12416 </div>
12417 <p>
12417 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/wiki/icon.gif" />
12417
12417 <b>
12417 Wikis
12417 </b>
12417 </p>
12418 <div class="indent">
12419 <p>
12419 A Wiki enables documents to be authored collectively in a simple markup language using a web browser.
12419 </p>
12421 <p>
12421 "Wiki wiki" means "super fast" in the Hawaiian language, and it is the speed of creating and updating
pages that is one of the defining aspects of wiki technology. Generally, there is no prior review
before modifications are accepted, and most wikis are open to the general public or at least to all
persons who also have access to the wiki server.
12424 </p>
12426 <p>
12426 The Moodle Wiki module enables participants to work together on web pages to add, expand and change
the content. Old versions are never deleted and can be restored.
12427 </p>
12429 <p>
12429 This module is based on
12429 E620 The 'target' attribute is not valid for this tag here:
<a href="http://erfurtwiki.sourceforge.net" target="_blank">
12429 Erfurt Wiki
12429 </a>
12429 .
12429 </p>
12430 </div>
12431 <div class="filename">
12431 ./help/wiki/initialcontent.html
12432 </div>
12433 <h1>
12433 Fill in initial content
12433 </h1>
12435 <p>
12435 This is the content which can be initially filled into the Wiki.
12435 </p>
12436 <p>
12436 If you want your own initial content, create it as text-files, and upload it to a directory in the
course files area. Then select one of the files as the initial page. All pages in that directory will
become content for every new wiki structure created for this wiki, and the selected page will be the
first page.
12439 </p>
12440 <div class="filename">
12440 ./help/forum/trackingtype.html
12441 </div>
12442 <h1>
12442 Forum Tracking Type
12442 </h1>
12444 <p>
12444 If 'read tracking' for forums is enabled, users can track read and unread messages in forums and
discussions. The instructor can choose to force a tracking type on a forum using this setting.
12448 </p>
12450 <p>
12450 There are three choice for this setting:
12450 </p>
12451 <ul>
12452 <li>
12452 Optional [default]: students can turn tracking on or off for the forum at their discretion.
12453 </li>
12454 <li>
12454 On: Tracking is always on.
12454 </li>
12455 <li>
12455 Off: Tracking is always off.
12455 </li>
12456 </ul>
12458 <div class="filename">
12458 ./help/forum/attachment2.html
12459 </div>
12460 <h1>
12460 Attachments for posts
12460 </h1>
12462 <p>
12462 You can optionally attach one or more files (the number depends on the forum settings) to any post in
the forums.
12463 </p>
12465 <p>
12465 This can useful when you want to share a picture or a word processing document, for example.
12466 </p>
12468 <p>
12468 Your files can be of any type, however it is highly recommended that the file is named using standard
3-letter internet suffixes such as .doc for a Word document, .jpg or .png for an image, and so on. This
will make it easier for others to download and view your attachment in their browsers.
12472 </p>
12473 <div class="filename">
12473 ./help/forum/subscription2.html
12474 </div>
12475 <h1>
12475 Forum Subscription
12475 </h1>
12477 <p>
12477 When a person is subscribed to a forum it means that they will be sent email copies of every post in
that forum (posts are sent about
12479 <?php echo $CFG->
12479 E002 There is either a < missing or you may have used > instead of > in the content:
maxeditingtime/60 ?>
12479 minutes after the post was first written).
12481 </p>
12483 <p>
12483 People can usually choose whether or not they want to be subscribed to each forum.
12485 </p>
12487 <p>
12487 However, if you choose to force subscription on a particular forum then all course users will be
subscribed automatically, even those that enrol at a later time.
12490 </p>
12492 <p>
12492 This is especially useful in the News forum and in forums towards the beginning of the course (before
everyone has worked out that they can subscribe to these emails themselves).
12495 </p>
12497 <p>
12497 If you choose the option "Yes, initially" then all current and future course users will be subscribed
initially but they can unsubscribe themselves at any time. If you choose "Yes, forever" then they will
not be able to unsubscribe themselves.
12501 </p>
12503 <p>
12503 Note how the "Yes, initially" option behaves when you update an existing forum: Changing from "Yes,
initially" to "No" will not unsubscribe existing users, it will only affect future course users.
Similarly changing later to "Yes, initially" will not subscribe existing course users but only those
enrolling later.
12508 </p>
12510 <div class="filename">
12510 ./help/forum/completion.html
12511 </div>
12512 <h1>
12512 Forum completion
12512 </h1>
12514 <p>
12515 The forum provides three special options which you can require in order that it counts as completed.
12517 </p>
12519 <ul>
12520 <li>
12520 User must post discussions or replies: the student must post a certain number of times to the forum,
and it doesn't matter whether those posts are new discussions or replies to existing discussions.
12522 </li>
12523 <li>
12523 User must create discussions: the student must post a certain number of new discussions.
12524 </li>
12525 <li>
12525 User must post replies: the student must post a certain number of replies in existing discussions.
12526 </li>
12527 </ul>
12529 <p>
12530 You can tick more than one option if necessary; this means both conditions must be met before the forum
counts as completed. For example, if you require 2 discussions and 10 'discussions or replies', then any
combination of 10 discussions/replies will be sufficient provided that it includes at least 2
discussions. (10 new discussions; 2 new discussions and 8 replies; or somewhere in between.)
12536 </p>
12536 <div class="filename">
12536 ./help/forum/forumtype.html
12537 </div>
12538 <h1>
12538 Forum Types
12538 </h1>
12540 <p>
12540 There are several different types of forum to choose from:
12540 </p>
12542 <p>
12542 <b>
12542 A single simple discussion
12542 </b>
12542 - is just a single topic, all on one page. Useful for short, focussed discussions.
12543 </p>
12545 <p>
12545 <b>
12545 Standard forum for general use
12545 </b>
12545 - is an open forum where any one can start a new topic at any time. This is the best general-purpose
forum.
12546 </p>
12548 <p>
12548 <b>
12548 Each person posts one discussion
12548 </b>
12548 - Each person can post exactly one new discussion topic (everyone can reply to them though). This is
useful when you want each student to start a discussion about, say, their reflections on the week's
topic, and everyone else responds to these.
12551 </p>
12553 <p>
12553 <b>
12553 Q And A Forum
12553 </b>
12553 - The Q & A forum requires students to post their perspectives before viewing other students'
postings. After the initial posting, students can view and respond to others' postings. This feature
allows equal initial posting opportunity among all students, thus encouraging original and independent
thinking.
12557 </p>
12559 <p>
12559 (More development to come in future versions of Moodle)
12559 </p>
12560 <div class="filename">
12560 ./help/forum/subscription.html
12561 </div>
12562 <h1>
12562 Forum Subscription
12562 </h1>
12564 <p>
12564 When a person is subscribed to a forum it means that they will be sent email copies of every post in
that forum (posts are sent about
12566 <?php echo $CFG->
12566 E002 There is either a < missing or you may have used > instead of > in the content:
maxeditingtime/60 ?>
12566 minutes after the post was first written).
12567 </p>
12569 <p>
12569 People can usually choose whether or not they want to be subscribed to each forum.
12570 </p>
12572 <p>
12572 However, if a teacher forces subscription on a particular forum then this choice is taken away and
everyone in the class will get email copies.
12574 </p>
12576 <p>
12576 This is especially useful in the News forum and in forums towards the beginning of the course (before
everyone has worked out that they can subscribe to these emails themselves).
12578 </p>
12580 <div class="filename">
12580 ./help/forum/forumtypenews.html
12581 </div>
12582 <h1>
12582 News Forum
12582 </h1>
12584 <p>
12584 The news forum is a special forum that is automatically created for each course and for the front page
of the site and is a place for general announcements. You can only have one news forum per course.
12586 </p>
12588 <p>
12588 The "Latest news" block will display recent discussions from this special forum (even if you rename it).
For this reason the forum will be automatically recreated by Moodle if you are using the LatestNews
block.
12590 </p>
12590 <div class="filename">
12590 ./help/forum/rssarticles.html
12591 </div>
12592 <h1>
12592 Number of RSS recent articles
12592 </h1>
12594 <p>
12594 This option allows you to select the number of articles to include in the RSS Feed.
12595 </p>
12597 <p>
12597 A number between 5 and 20 should be appropriate for most forums. Increase it if the forum is very used.
12598 </p>
12600 <div class="filename">
12600 ./help/forum/attachment.html
12601 </div>
12602 <h1>
12602 Attachments for posts
12602 </h1>
12604 <p>
12604 You can optionally attach ONE file from your own computer to any post in the forums. This file is
uploaded to the server and stored with your post.
12606 </p>
12608 <p>
12608 This is useful when you want to share a picture, for example, or a Word document.
12609 </p>
12611 <p>
12611 This file can be of any type, however it is highly recommended that the file is named using standard
3-letter internet suffixes such as .doc for a Word document, .jpg or .png for an image, and so on. This
will make it easier for others to download and view your attachment in their browsers.
12615 </p>
12617 <p>
12617 If you re-edit a posting and attach a new file, then any previous attached files for that post will be
replaced.
12618 </p>
12620 <p>
12620 If you re-edit a posting with an attachment and leave this space blank, then the original attachment
will be retained.
12622 </p>
12623 <div class="filename">
12623 ./help/forum/message_posts.html
12624 </div>
12625 <h1>
12625 Forum posts
12625 </h1>
12627 <p>
12627 These are ordinary single posts from forums you have subscribed to.
12627 </p>
12628 <div class="filename">
12628 ./help/forum/maxattachmentsize.html
12629 </div>
12630 <h1>
12630 Maximum attachment size
12630 </h1>
12632 <p>
12632 Attachments can be limited to a certain size file, chosen by the person who set up the forum.
12633 </p>
12635 <p>
12635 Sometimes it is possible to upload a file larger than this size, but the file will not be saved on the
server and you might see an error.
12637 </p>
12638 <div class="filename">
12638 ./help/forum/ratings.html
12639 </div>
12640 <h1>
12640 Ratings
12640 </h1>
12642 <p>
12642 Individual posts can be rated using a scale based on the theory of
12642 <strong>
12642 separate and connected knowing
12642 </strong>
12642 . This theory may help you to look at human interactions in a new way. It describes two different ways
that we can evaluate and learn about the things we see and hear. Although each of us may use these two
methods in different amounts at different times, it may be useful to imagine two people as examples, one
who is a mostly separate knower (Jim) and the other a mostly connected knower (Mary).
12647 </p>
12649 <ul>
12651 <li>
12651 Jim likes to remain as 'objective' as possible without including his feelings and emotions. When in a
discussion with other people who may have different ideas, he likes to defend his own ideas, using
logic to find holes in his opponent's ideas. He is critical of new ideas unless they are proven facts
from reputable sources such as textbooks, respected teachers or his own direct experience. Jim is a
very
12651 <strong>
12651 separate knower
12651 </strong>
12651 .
12653 </li>
12655 <li>
12655 Mary is more sensitive to other people. She is skilled at empathy and tends to listen and ask
questions until she feels she can connect and "understand things from their point of view".
She learns by trying to share the experiences that led to the knowledge she finds in other people.
When talking to others, she avoids confrontation and will often try to help the other person if she
can see a way to do so, using logical suggestions. Mary is a very
12655 <strong>
12655 connected knower
12655 </strong>
12655 .
12655 </li>
12657 </ul>
12659 <p>
12659 Did you notice in these examples that the separate knower is male and the connected knower is female?
Some studies have shown that statistically this tends to be the case, however individual people can be
anywhere in the spectrum between these two extremes. For a collaborative and effective group of learners
it may be best if everyone were able to use BOTH ways of knowing. In a particular situation like an
online forum, a single post by a person may exhibit either of these characteristics, or even both.
Someone who is generally very connected may post a very separate-sounding message, and vice versa. The
purpose of rating each post using this scale is to:
12664 </p>
12666 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<ol style="list-style:lower-alpha">
12668 <li>
12668 help you think about these issues when reading other posts
12668 </li>
12670 <li>
12670 provide feedback to each author on how they are being seen by others
12670 </li>
12672 </ol>
12674 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
The results are not used towards student assessment in any way, they are just to help improve communication
and learning.
12676 <hr />
12677 <p>
12678 In case you're interested, here are some references to papers by the authors who originally developed
these ideas:
12679 </p>
12681 <ul>
12682 <li>
12682 Belenky, M.F., Clinchy, B.M., Goldberger, N.R., & Tarule, J.M. (1986). Women's ways of knowing:
the development of self, voice, and mind. New York, NY: Basic Books.
12686 </li>
12688 <li>
12688 Clinchy, B.M. (1989a). The development of thoughtfulness in college women: Integrating reason and
care. American Behavioural Scientist, 32(6), 647-657.
12690 </li>
12692 <li>
12692 Clinchy, B.M. (1989b). On critical thinking & connected knowing. Liberal education, 75(5), 14-19.
12694 </li>
12696 <li>
12696 Clinchy, B.M. (1996). Connected and separate knowing; Toward a marriage of two minds. In N.R.
Goldberger, Tarule, J.M., Clinchy, B.M. &
12698 </li>
12700 <li>
12700 Belenky, M.F. (Eds.), Knowledge, Difference, and Power; Essays inspired by “Women’s Ways
of Knowing” (pp. 205-247). New York, NY: Basic Books.
12704 </li>
12706 <li>
12706 Galotti, K. M., Clinchy, B. M., Ainsworth, K., Lavin, B., & Mansfield, A. F. (1999). A New Way of
Assessing Ways of Knowing: The Attitudes Towards Thinking and Learning Survey (ATTLS). Sex Roles,
40(9/10), 745-766.
12710 </li>
12712 <li>
12712 Galotti, K. M., Reimer, R. L., & Drebus, D. W. (2001). Ways of knowing as learning styles:
Learning MAGIC with a partner. Sex Roles, 44(7/8), 419-436.
12716 </li>
12718 </ul>
12720 <div class="filename">
12720 ./help/forum/index.html
12721 </div>
12722 <h2>
12722 Forums
12722 </h2>
12723 <ul>
12724 <li>
12724 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=allowdiscussions.html">
12724 Allow discussions
12724 </a>
12724 </li>
12725 <li>
12725 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=attachment.html">
12725 Attachment
12725 </a>
12725 </li>
12726 <li>
12726 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=forumtype.html">
12726 Forum type
12726 </a>
12726 </li>
12727 <li>
12727 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=trackingtype.html">
12727 Forum Tracking type
12727 </a>
12727 </li>
12728 <li>
12728 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=maxattachmentsize.html">
12728 Max attachment size
12728 </a>
12728 </li>
12729 <li>
12729 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=ratings.html">
12729 Ratings
12729 </a>
12729 </li>
12730 <li>
12730 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=rssarticles.html">
12730 Number of RSS recent articles
12730 </a>
12730 </li>
12731 <li>
12731 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=rsstype.html">
12731 RSS feed for this forum
12731 </a>
12731 </li>
12732 <li>
12732 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=subscription2.html">
12732 Subscription
12732 </a>
12732 </li>
12733 <li>
12733 <a href="help.php?module=forum&file=displayperiod.html">
12733 Display Period
12733 </a>
12733 </li>
12734 </ul>
12734 <div class="filename">
12734 ./help/forum/assessaggregate.html
12735 </div>
12736 <h1>
12736 Forum Aggregation Types
12736 </h1>
12738 <p>
12738 Forum aggregation defines how all the ratings given to posts in a forum are combined to form the final
grade (for each post and for the whole forum activity).
12738 </p>
12740 <p>
12740 Choose from the following aggregation methods:
12740 </p>
12741 <ul>
12742 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
12742 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
Average (default)
12743 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
12743 The mean of all the ratings given to posts in that forum. This is especially useful with peer grading
when there are a lot of ratings being made.
12743 </p>
12744 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
12744 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
Count
12745 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
12745 The number of rated posts becomes the final grade. This is useful when the number of posts is
important. Note that the total can not exceed the maximum grade allowed for the forum.
12745 </p>
12746 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
12746 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
Max
12747 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
12747 The highest rating is returned as the final grade. This method is useful for emphasising the best work
from participants, allowing them to post one high-quality post as well as a number of more casual
responses to others.
12747 </p>
12748 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
12748 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
Min
12749 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
12749 The smallest rating is returned as the final grade. This method promotes a culture of high quality for
all posts.
12749 </p>
12750 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<li>
12750 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
Sum
12751 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <li>
<p>
12751 All the ratings for a particular user are added together. Note that the total is not allowed to exceed
the maximum grade for the forum.
12751 </p>
12752 </ul>
12753 <div class="filename">
12753 ./help/forum/allowdiscussions.html
12754 </div>
12755 <h1>
12755 Allowing new posts
12755 </h1>
12757 <p>
12757 This option allows you to restrict students from posting new content in this forum.
12758 </p>
12760 <p>
12760 For most forums you will want to leave students unrestricted and choose the first option to allow them
to start new discussion topics (threads), and also to post replies within those threads.
12762 </p>
12764 <p>
12764 Sometimes, however, you will want to disable this ability. For example, this is useful for the News
forum when you only want teachers to post new items that appear on the course main page. In this case
you might choose the third option "No discussions, no replies".
12767 </p>
12769 <p>
12769 Sometimes you might want to only allow teachers to start new discussions, but still allow students to
reply within those threads (for example within the news forum on the site home page). In this case you
would choose the second option, "No discussions, but replies are allowed".
12773 </p>
12775 <div class="filename">
12775 ./help/forum/displayperiod.html
12776 </div>
12777 <h1>
12777 Forum Display Period
12777 </h1>
12779 <p>
12779 You can choose whether your forum posting is displayed from a certain date, expires on a certain date or
is only displayed over a given period.
12780 </p>
12782 <p>
12782 Deselect the Disable option(s) to activate a display start and/or end date.
12782 </p>
12784 <p>
12784 Note that users with Admin access will see messages before their release date and after their expiry
date.
12784 </p>
12784 <div class="filename">
12784 ./help/forum/maxattachments.html
12785 </div>
12786 <h1>
12786 Maximum number of attachments
12786 </h1>
12788 <p>
12788 This setting allows you to control how many attachments are allowed for each post in this forum.
12788 </p>
12789 <div class="filename">
12789 ./help/forum/manageposts.html
12790 </div>
12791 <h1>
12791 Managed Postings Forums
12791 </h1>
12793 <p>
12793 The concept of managed postings is very simple. Users will be blocked from posting after a given number
of posts in a given period, and as they approach that number, they'll be warned that they are
approaching the threshold.
12797 </p>
12799 <p>
12799 Setting either the warn threshold to 0 will disable warnings, and setting the block threshhold to 0 will
disable blocking. If blocking is disabled, warnings will automatically be disabled.
12801 </p>
12803 <p>
12803 None of these settings affect teachers posting
12803 </p>
12803 <div class="filename">
12803 ./help/forum/message_digests.html
12804 </div>
12805 <h1>
12805 Forum digests
12805 </h1>
12807 <p>
12807 Digests are daily collections of posts from forums you have subscribed to.
12807 </p>
12808 <div class="filename">
12808 ./help/forum/rsstype.html
12809 </div>
12810 <h1>
12810 RSS feed for this forum
12810 </h1>
12812 <p>
12812 This option allows you to enable RSS feeds in this forum.
12812 </p>
12814 <p>
12814 You can select between two types of forums:
12814 </p>
12816 <ul>
12817 <li>
12817 <b>
12817 Discussions:
12817 </b>
12817 Using this, generated feeds will include new discussions in the forum with their initial post.
12818 </li>
12820 <li>
12820 <b>
12820 Posts:
12820 </b>
12820 Using this, generated feeds will include every new post in the forum.
12821 </li>
12822 </ul>
12824 <div class="filename">
12824 ./help/forum/mods.html
12825 </div>
12826 <p>
12826 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/forum/icon.gif" />
12826
12826 <b>
12826 Forums
12826 </b>
12826 </p>
12827 <div class="indent">
12828 This activity can be the most important - it is here that most discussion takes place. Forums can be
structured in different ways, and can include peer rating of each posting. The postings can be viewed in
a variety for formats, and can include attachments. By subscribing to a forum, participants will receive
copies of each new posting in their email. A teacher can impose subscription on everyone if they want
to.
12833 </div>
12834 <div class="filename">
12834 ./help/qformat_learnwise/learnwise.html
12835 </div>
12836 <h1>
12836 Learnwise format
12836 </h1>
12838 <p>
12838 This format can import multiple choice questions saved in Learnwise's XML format.
12839 </p>
12841 <div class="filename">
12841 ./help/emoticons2.html
12842 </div>
12843 <h1>
12843 Using Smilies (emoticons)
12843 </h1>
12845 E631 Anchor 'name' and 'id' attributes must be unique in the same document:
<div id="emoticons">
12845 ##emoticons_html##
12845 </div>
12846 E650 The default style sheet language must be specified when style attributes are used:
<div style="clear: both;">
12846
12846 </div>
12848 <p>
12848 When writing online, it can sometimes difficult to express emotion with plain text. These little icons
can help.
12849 </p>
12851 <p>
12851 To insert these icons in your text: just click the icon above, or type the associated text code directly
in your text.
12852 </p>
12854 <p>
12854 Note that the codes themselves are like little pictures - just turn your head to the left when looking
at them
12855 </p>
12856 <div class="filename">
12856 ./help/newpassword.html
12857 </div>
12858 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Leave blank to keep current password.
12860 <div class="filename">
12860 ./help/group/namingscheme.html
12861 </div>
12862 <h2>
12862 Naming scheme
12862 </h2>
12863 <p>
12863 Use @ character to represent the group letter (A-Z) or # to represent the group number.
12863 </p>
12864 <div class="filename">
12864 ./help/interestslist.html
12865 </div>
12866 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Enter your interests separated by commas
12866 <div class="filename">
12866 ./help/hiddenassign.html
12867 </div>
12868 <h1>
12868 Hidden Assignment
12868 </h1>
12870 <p>
12870 To hide which role a user is assigned to, click the Hidden assignments check box before assigning the
role to the user.
12870 </p>
12872 <p>
12872 Note: Role assignments are not hidden from admins or teachers i.e. users with the viewhiddenassigns
capability.
12872 </p>
12872 <div class="filename">
12872 ./help/mods.html
12873 </div>
12874 <h1>
12874 Activity Modules
12874 </h1>
12876 <p>
12876 Moodle contains a wide range of activity modules that can be used to build up any type of course.
12877 </p>
12878 <div class="filename">
12878 ./help/groupenrolmentkey.html
12879 </div>
12880 <h1>
12880 Group Enrolment Key
12880 </h1>
12882 <p>
12882 Enrolment keys allow users to enrol themselves into a course, usually there is one key for the whole
course defined in the course settings. However, if you define a *group* enrolment key then not only will
entering that key let the user into the course, but it will also automatically make them a member of
this group.
12882 </p>
12884 <div class="filename">
12884 ./help/choice/index.html
12885 </div>
12886 <h2>
12886 Choices
12886 </h2>
12888 <ul>
12889 <li>
12889 <a href="help.php?module=choice&file=limit.html">
12889 Choice Limit
12889 </a>
12889 </li>
12890 <li>
12890 <a href="help.php?module=choice&file=options.html">
12890 Options
12890 </a>
12890 </li>
12891 <li>
12891 <a href="help.php?module=choice&file=timerestrict.html">
12891 Restrict times
12891 </a>
12891 </li>
12893 </ul>
12895 <div class="filename">
12895 ./help/choice/timerestrict.html
12896 </div>
12897 <h1>
12897 Restrict times
12897 </h1>
12899 <p>
12899 This setting allows you to define a time window within which participants are allowed to make a choice.
12900 </p>
12902 <p>
12902 To set an open-ended close date just set the time very far in the future.
12902 </p>
12904 <p>
12904 If you don't need this at all then uncheck the box.
12904 </p>
12905 <div class="filename">
12905 ./help/choice/options.html
12906 </div>
12907 <h1>
12907 Choice options
12907 </h1>
12909 <p>
12909 Here is where you specify the options that participants have to choose from.
12910 </p>
12912 <p>
12912 You can fill in any number of these: it's OK to leave some blank.
12912 </p>
12913 <div class="filename">
12913 ./help/choice/limit.html
12914 </div>
12915 <h1>
12915 Choice Limit
12915 </h1>
12917 <p>
12917 This option allows you to limit the number of participants that can select each particular option.
12918 </p>
12920 <p>
12920 Once Limits have been enabled, each option can set a limit. When the limit is reached then no-one else
can select that option. A limit of zero (0) means that no-one can select that choice.
12922 </p>
12924 <p>
12924 If Limits are disabled then any number of participants can select any of the options.
12925 </p>
12926 <div class="filename">
12926 ./help/choice/mods.html
12927 </div>
12928 <p>
12928 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/choice/icon.gif" />
12928
12928 <b>
12928 Choices
12928 </b>
12928 </p>
12929 <div class="indent">
12930 A choice activity is very simple - the teacher asks a question and specifies a choice of multiple
responses. It can be useful as a quick poll to stimulate thinking about a topic; to allow the class to
vote on a direction for the course; or to gather research consent.
12934 </div>
12935 <div class="filename">
12935 ./help/qformat_gift/gift.html
12936 </div>
12937 <h1>
12937 "GIFT" format files
12937 </h1>
12939 <p>
12939 GIFT is the most comprehensive import format available for importing and exporting Moodle quiz questions
from/to a text file. It supports Multiple-Choice, True-False, Short Answer, Matching and Numerical
questions, as well as insertion of a _____ for the Missing Word format. Various question-types can be
mixed in a single text file, and the format also supports line comments, question names, feedback and
percentage-weight grades.
12944 </p>
12946 <p>
12946 Optional questiontype plugins can extend this format
12946 </p>
12948 <p>
12948 The text encoding of your text file must be utf-8 (unless you only use ascii characters). An example
questions text file can be found here:
12949 <a href="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot; ?>/question/format/gift/examples.txt">
12949 gift/examples.txt
12949 </a>
12949 .
12949 </p>
12951 <h3>
12951 Basics
12951 </h3>
12953 <p>
12953 Each individual question in the GIFT file must not contain any blank lines. Each question is delimited
by at least one blank line. If you need to represent a blank line in your question you can use the
entity
12955 <b>
12955 \n
12955 </b>
12955 . You can use comments wherever you wish but they must start with two forward slashes (
12956 <b>
12956 //
12956 </b>
12956 ) at the start of the line.
12956 </p>
12958 <h3>
12958 QUESTION TYPES
12958 </h3>
12960 <p>
12960 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
12960 Multiple Choice:
12960 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
12960 <br />
12961 For multiple choice questions, wrong answers are prefixed with a tilde (~) and the correct answer is
prefixed with an equal sign (=).
12962 </p>
12963 <pre>
12964 Who's buried in Grant's tomb?{~Grant ~Jefferson =no one}
12965 </pre>
12966 <p>
12966 The
12966 <b>
12966 Missing Word
12966 </b>
12966 format automatically inserts a fill-in-the-blank line (like this _____) in the middle of the sentence.
To use the Missing Word format, place the answers where you want the line to appear in the sentence.
12967 </p>
12968 <pre>
12969 Grant is {~buried =entombed ~living} in Grant's tomb.
12970 </pre>
12971 <p>
12971 If the answers come before the closing punctuation mark, a fill-in-the-blank line will be inserted for
the "missing word" format. All question types can be written in the Missing Word format.
12972 </p>
12973 <p>
12973 There must be a blank line (double carriage return) separating questions. For clarity, the answers can
be written on separate lines and even indented. For example:
12974 </p>
12975 <pre>
12976 The American holiday of Thanksgiving is celebrated on the { ~second ~third =fourth } Thursday of
November. Japanese characters originally came from what country? { ~India =China ~Korea ~Egypt }
12988 </pre>
12990 <p>
12990 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
12990 Short Answer:
12990 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
12990 <br />
12991 Answers in Short Answer question-type are all prefixed by an equal sign (=), indicating that they are
all correct answers. The answers must not contain a tilde.
12992 </p>
12993 <pre>
12994 Who's buried in Grant's tomb?{=no one =nobody} Two plus two equals {=four =4}.
12997 </pre>
12998 <p>
12998 If there is only
12998 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
12998 one
12998 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
12998 correct Short Answer, it may be written without the equal sign prefix, as long as it cannot be confused
as True-False.
12999 </p>
13001 <p>
13001 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13001 True-False:
13001 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13001 <br />
13002 In this question-type the answer indicates whether the statement is true or false. The answer should be
written as {TRUE} or {FALSE}, or abbreviated to {T} or {F}.
13003 </p>
13004 <pre>
13005 Grant is buried in Grant's tomb.{F} The sun rises in the east.{T}
13008 </pre>
13010 <p>
13010 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13010 Matching:
13010 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13010 <br />
13011 Matching pairs begin with an equal sign (=) and are separated by this symbol "->". There must be at
least three matching pairs.
13011 </p>
13012 <pre>
13013 Matching Question. { =subquestion1 -> subanswer1 =subquestion2 -> subanswer2 =subquestion3 ->
subanswer3 } Match the following countries with their corresponding capitals. { =Canada -> Ottawa
=Italy -> Rome =Japan -> Tokyo =India -> New Delhi }
13025 </pre>
13026 <p>
13026 Matching questions do not support feedback or percentage answer weights.
13026 </p>
13028 <p>
13028 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13028 Numerical:
13028 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13028 <br />
13029 The answer section for Numerical questions must start with a number sign (#). Numerical answers can
include an error margin, which is written following the correct answer, separated by a colon. So for
example, if the correct answer is anything between 1.5 and 2.5, then it would be written as follows
13031 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13031 {#2:0.5}
13031 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13031 . This indicates that 2 with an error margin of 0.5 is correct (i.e., the span from 1.5 to 2.5). If no
error margin is specified, it will be assumed to be zero.
13033 </p>
13034 <pre>
13035 When was Ulysses S. Grant born? {#1822} What is the value of pi (to 3 decimal places)? {#3.1415:0.0005}.
13038 </pre>
13039 <p>
13039 Optionally, numerical answers can be written as a span in the following format {#
13039 <i>
13039 MinimumValue
13039 </i>
13039 ..
13039 <i>
13039 MaximumValue
13039 </i>
13039 }.
13039 </p>
13040 <pre>
13041 What is the value of pi (to 3 decimal places)? {#3.141..3.142}.
13042 </pre>
13043 <p>
13043 Moodle's browser interface does not support multiple numerical answers, but Moodle's code can and so
does GIFT. This can be used to specify numerical multiple spans, and can be particularly usefully when
combined with percentage weight grades. If multiple answers are used, they must be separated by an equal
sign, like short answer questions.
13045 </p>
13046 <pre>
13047 When was Ulysses S. Grant born? {# =1822:0 =%50%1822:2 }
13051 </pre>
13052 <p>
13052 Note that since Moodle's browser GUI doesn't support multiple answers for Numerical questions,
there's no way to see them or edit them through Moodle. The only way to change a numerical answer beyond
the first, is to delete the question and re-import it (or use something like phpMyAdmin).
13055 </p>
13057 <p>
13057 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13057 Essay:
13057 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13057 <br />
13058 An essay question is simply a question with an empty answer field. Nothing is permitted between the
curly braces at all.
13059 </p>
13060 <pre>
13061 Write a short biography of Ulysses S. Grant {}
13062 </pre>
13064 <p>
13064 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13064 Description:
13064 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13064 <br />
13065 A description "question" has no answer part at all
13065 </p>
13066 <pre>
13067 The next set of questions will concern arithmatic
13068 </pre>
13071 <h3>
13071 OPTIONS
13071 </h3>
13072 <p>
13072 In addition to these basic question types, this filter offers the following options: line comments,
question name, feedback and percentage answer weight.
13073 </p>
13075 <p>
13075 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13075 Line Comments:
13075 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13075 <br />
13076 Comments that will not be imported into Moodle can be included in the text file. This can be used to
provide headers or more information about questions. All lines that start with a double backslash (not
counting tabs or spaces) will be ignored by the filter.
13078 </p>
13079 <pre>
13080 // Subheading: Numerical questions below What's 2 plus 2? {#4}
13082 </pre>
13084 <p>
13084 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13084 Question Name:
13084 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13084 <br />
13085 A question name can be specified by placing it first and enclosing it within double colons.
13085 </p>
13086 <pre>
13087 ::Kanji Origins::Japanese characters originally came from what country? {=China} ::Thanksgiving
Date::The American holiday of Thanksgiving is celebrated on the {~second ~third =fourth} Thursday of
November.
13092 </pre>
13093 <p>
13093 If no question name is specified, the entire question will be used as the name by default.
13093 </p>
13095 <p>
13095 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13095 Feedback:
13095 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13095 <br />
13096 Feedback can be included for each answer by following the answer with a number sign (# also known as a
hash mark) and the feedback.
13096 </p>
13097 <pre>
13098 What's the answer to this multiple-choice question? { ~wrong answer#feedback comment on the wrong answer
~another wrong answer#feedback comment on this wrong answer =right answer#Very good! } Who's buried in
Grant's tomb? { =no one#excellent answer! =nobody#excellent answer! } Grant is buried in Grant's
tomb.{FALSE#Wrong, No one is buried in Grant's tomb.#Right, well done.}
13109 </pre>
13110 <p>
13110 For Multiple Choice questions, feedback is displayed only for the answer the student selected. For short
answer, feedback is shown only when students input the corresponding correct answer. For true-false
questions, there can be one or two feedback strings. The first is shown if the student gives the wrong
answer. The second if the student gives the right answer.
13113 </p>
13115 <p>
13115 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13115 Percentage Answer Weights:
13115 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13115 <br />
13116 Percentage answer weights are available for both Multiple Choice and Short Answer questions. Percentage
answer weights can be included by following the tilde (for Multiple Choice) or equal sign (for Short
Answer) with the desired percent enclosed within percent signs (e.g., %50%). This option can be combined
with feedback comments.
13119 </p>
13120 <pre>
13121 Difficult question.{~wrong answer ~%50%half credit answer =full credit answer} ::Jesus' hometown::Jesus
Christ was from { ~Jerusalem#This was an important city, but the wrong answer. ~%25%Bethlehem#He was
born here, but not raised here. ~%50%Galilee#You need to be more specific. =Nazareth#Yes! That's right!
}. ::Jesus' hometown:: Jesus Christ was from { =Nazareth#Yes! That's right! =%75%Nazereth#Right, but
misspelled. =%25%Bethlehem#He was born here, but not raised here. }
13134 </pre>
13135 <p>
13135 Note that the last two examples are essentially the same question, first as multiple choice and then as
short answer.
13135 </p>
13137 <p>
13137 E600 This element is not recognised:
<font size="-1">
13137 Note that it is possible to specify percentage answer weights that are NOT available through the
browser interface. The
13138 <b>
13138 Match Grades
13138 </b>
13138 drop-down on the import page determines how these are handled. You can either request that an error be
reported or that the answer weight be adjusted to the nearest valid answer weight.
13140 E600 This element is not recognised:
</font>
13140 </p>
13142 <p>
13142 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13142 Specify text-formatting for the question
13142 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13142 <br />
13143 The question text (only) may have an optional text format specified. Currently the available formats are
13144 <b>
13144 moodle
13144 </b>
13144 (Moodle Auto-Format),
13144 <b>
13144 html
13144 </b>
13144 (HTML format),
13144 <b>
13144 plain
13144 </b>
13144 (Plain text format) and
13145 <b>
13145 markdown
13145 </b>
13145 (Markdown format). The format is specified in square brackets immediately before the question text.
13146 <a href="help.php?file=textformat.html">
13146 More information on text formats in Moodle.
13146 </a>
13146 </p>
13148 <pre>
13149 [markdown]The *American holiday of Thanksgiving* is celebrated on the { ~second ~third =fourth }
Thursday of November.
13154 </pre>
13157 <p>
13157 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13157 Multiple Answers:
13157 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13157 <br />
13158 The Multiple Answers option is used for multiple choice questions when two or more answers must be
selected in order to obtain full credit. The multiple answers option is enabled by assigning partial
answer weight to multiple answers, while allowing no single answer to receive full credit.
13160 </p>
13161 <pre>
13162 What two people are entombed in Grant's tomb? { ~No one ~%50%Grant ~%50%Grant's wife ~Grant's father }
13168 </pre>
13169 <p>
13169 Note that there is no equal sign (=) in any answer and the answers should total no more than 100%,
otherwise Moodle will return an error. To avoid the problem of students automatically getting 100% by
simply checking all of the answers, it is best to include negative answer weights for wrong answers.
13172 </p>
13173 <pre>
13174 What two people are entombed in Grant's tomb? { ~%-50%No one ~%50%Grant ~%50%Grant's wife
~%-50%Grant's father }
13180 </pre>
13182 <p>
13182 E600 This element is not recognised:
<u>
13182 Special Characters ~ = # { } :
13182 E600 This element is not recognised:
</u>
13182 <br />
13183 These symbols
13183 <b>
13183 ~ = # { } :
13183 </b>
13183 control the operation of this filter and cannot be used as normal text within questions. Since these
symbols have a special role in determining the operation of this filter, they are called "control
characters." But sometimes you may want to use one of these characters, for example to show a
mathematical formula in a question. The way to get around this problem is "escaping" the control
characters. This means simply putting a backslash (\) before a control character so the filter will know
that you want to use it as a literal character instead of as a control character. For example:
13189 </p>
13190 <pre>
13191 Which answer equals 5? { ~ \= 2 + 2 = \= 2 + 3 ~ \= 2 + 4 } ::GIFT Control Characters:: Which of the
following is NOT a control character for the GIFT import format? { ~ \~ # \~ is a control character. ~
\= # \= is a control character. ~ \# # \# is a control character. ~ \{ # \{ is a control character. ~ \}
# \} is a control character. = \ # Correct! \ (backslash) is not a control character. BUT, it is used to
escape the control characters. }
13206 </pre>
13207 <p>
13207 When the question is processed, the backslash is removed and is not saved in Moodle.
13207 </p>
13209 <h3>
13209 Specifying Categories
13209 </h3>
13211 <p>
13211 It is possible to change the category into which the questions are added within the GIFT file. You can
change the category as many times as you wish within the file. All questions after the modifier up to
the next modifier or the end of the file will be added to the specified category. Up to the first
category modifier the category specified on the import screen will be used. Note that for this to work
the
13215 <b>
13215 from file:
13215 </b>
13215 box must be ticked on the import screen.
13215 </p>
13217 <p>
13217 To include a category modifier include a line like this (with a blank line before and after):
13217 </p>
13219 <pre>
13220 $CATEGORY: tom/dick/harry
13221 </pre>
13223 <p>
13223 or simply
13223 </p>
13225 <pre>
13226 $CATEGORY: mycategory
13227 </pre>
13229 <p>
13229 ...the first example specifies a path of nested categories. In this cae the questions will go into
13229 <i>
13229 harry
13229 </i>
13229 . The categories are created if they do not exist.
13230 </p>
13232 <p>
13232 Other Options:
13232 <br />
13233 Short Answer questions can be made case sensitive by changing "0" to "1" in the
following line:
13233 <br />
13234 <tt>
13234 $question->usecase = 0; // Ignore case
13234 </tt>
13234 </p>
13237 <div class="filename">
13237 ./help/qtype_numerical/numerical.html
13238 </div>
13239 <h1>
13239 Numerical questions
13239 </h1>
13241 <p>
13241 From the student perspective, a numerical question looks just like a short-answer question.
13242 </p>
13244 <p>
13244 The difference is that numerical answers are allowed to have an accepted error. This allows a continuous
range of answers to be set. For example, if the answer is 30 with an accepted error of 5, then any
number between 25 and 35 will be accepted as correct.
13247 </p>
13249 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
13249 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
Like with short answer questions, different answers, or the same answer with different precisions can be
given. In this case, the first matching answer is used to determine the score and the feedback.
13251 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
13253 <p>
13253 To provide feedback for responses that do not match any of the answers you entered, provide some
feedback with a '*' in the answer box.
13254 </p>
13254 <div class="filename">
13254 ./help/switchrole.html
13255 </div>
13256 <h1>
13256 Switch roles
13256 </h1>
13258 <p>
13258 This menu allows you to switch temporarily to another role so that you can see what the course would
look like to someone with that role.
13258 </p>
13260 <p>
13260 The roles available are the same as the roles that you are allowed to assign to people.
13260 </p>
13262 <p>
13262 When you've finished navigating around the course you can return to your normal role using the button on
the course page or the link at the top of any page.
13262 </p>
13264 <div class="filename">
13264 ./help/qformat_hotpot/hotpot.html
13265 </div>
13266 <h1>
13266 Hot Potatoes Files
13266 </h1>
13268 <p>
13268 This format will import files created in Hot Potatoes.
13268 </p>
13268 <div class="filename">
13268 ./help/scorm/browsemode.html
13269 </div>
13270 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
13270 E609 This tag or content is not allowed here. One of the following was expected: <address> <blockquote>
<del> <div> <dl> <fieldset> <form> <h1> <h2> <h3> <h4> <h5> <h6> <hr> <ins> <noscript> <ol> <p> <pre>
<script> <table> <ul>
<b>
13270 Hide Preview button
13270 </b>
13270 E604 The matching end tag appears to be missing:
<p>
13272 <p>
13272 If this option is set to Yes, the Preview button in the view page of a SCORM/AICC Package activity will
be hidden.
13272 </p>
13274 <p>
13274 The student can choose to preview (browse mode) the activity or attempt it in the normal mode.
13274 </p>
13276 <p>
13276 When a Learning Object is completed in preview (browse) mode, it's marked with
13276 <img src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot.'/mod/scorm/pix/browsed.gif' ?>" alt="<?php
print_string('browsed','scorm') ?>" title="<?php print_string('browsed','scorm') ?>" />
13276 browsed icon.
13276 </p>
13277 <div class="filename">
13277 ./help/scorm/maxgrade.html
13278 </div>
13279 <h1>
13279 Maximum grade
13279 </h1>
13281 <p>
13281 If you choose one of the last three grade methods (Highest,Average or Sum) this setting will define the
max grade displayed in the Grade page.
13281 </p>
13283 <p>
13283 As any other max grade value in Moodle you can choose a value from 1 to 100.
13283 </p>
13284 <div class="filename">
13284 ./help/scorm/displayattemptstatus.html
13285 </div>
13286 <h1>
13286 Display Attempt Status
13286 </h1>
13288 <p>
13288 Display attempt status controls whether the status of SCORM attempts by a student are displayed on the
SCORM outline page.
13288 </p>
13289 <p>
13289 The status displays attempts, the scores, and grade passed to the Gradebook
13289 E626 All element names must be in lower case:
</P>
13290 <div class="filename">
13290 ./help/scorm/skipview.html
13291 </div>
13292 <h1>
13292 Student skip content structure page
13292 </h1>
13294 <p>
13294 If you add a package with only one Learning Object in it, you can choose to auto-skip the content
structure page when users click on SCORM activity in the course page.
13294 </p>
13296 <p>
13296 You can choose:
13296 </p>
13298 <ul>
13299 <li>
13299 <strong>
13299 Never
13299 </strong>
13299 skip the content structure page
13299 </li>
13300 <li>
13300 <strong>
13300 First access
13300 </strong>
13300 skip the content structure page only the first time
13300 </li>
13301 <li>
13301 <strong>
13301 Always
13301 </strong>
13301 skip the content structure page
13301 </li>
13302 </ul>
13303 <div class="filename">
13303 ./help/scorm/lastattemptlock.html
13304 </div>
13305 <h1>
13305 Lock After Final Attempt
13305 </h1>
13307 <p>
13307 This enables the locking of the SCORM player after a student has used all of their allocated attempts.
13307 </p>
13308 <p>
13308 The student will still be able to visit the course outline page and view the attempts status information
(if enabled), but will not beable to select "Enter" to launch the player.
13308 </p>
13309 <div class="filename">
13309 ./help/scorm/hidebrowse.html
13310 </div>
13311 <h1>
13311 Hide Preview button
13311 </h1>
13313 <p>
13313 If this option is set to Yes, the Preview button in the view page of a SCORM/AICC Package activity will
be hidden.
13313 </p>
13315 <p>
13315 The student can choose to preview (browse mode) the activity or attempt it in the normal mode.
13315 </p>
13317 <p>
13317 When a Learning Object is completed in preview (browse) mode, it's marked with
13317 <img src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot.'/mod/scorm/pix/browsed.gif' ?>" alt="<?php
print_string('browsed','scorm') ?>" title="<?php print_string('browsed','scorm') ?>" />
13317 browsed icon.
13317 </p>
13318 <div class="filename">
13318 ./help/scorm/forcenewattempt.html
13319 </div>
13320 <h1>
13320 Force New Attempt
13320 </h1>
13322 <p>
13322 Force new attempt will make every visit to a SCORM package a new attempt.
13322 </p>
13323 <div class="filename">
13323 ./help/scorm/summary.html
13324 </div>
13325 <h1>
13325 Packages Summary
13325 </h1>
13327 <p>
13327 The summary is a very short description of the package. You can think of it as metadata.
13328 </p>
13330 <p>
13330 The summary is printed on top of the course structure in view and play pages.
13330 </p>
13332 <p>
13332 Do not be tempted to write too much here!
13332 </p>
13333 <div class="filename">
13333 ./help/scorm/displaycoursestructure.html
13334 </div>
13335 <h1>
13335 Display Course Structure
13335 </h1>
13337 <p>
13337 Display course structure controls whether the SCORM table of contents gets displayed on the SCORM
outline page.
13337 </p>
13338 <div class="filename">
13338 ./help/scorm/index.html
13339 </div>
13340 <h2>
13340 SCORMs
13340 </h2>
13342 <ul>
13344 <li>
13344 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=advanced.html">
13344 The advanced features
13344 </a>
13344 </li>
13345 <li>
13345 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=autocontinue.html">
13345 The autocontinue function
13345 </a>
13345 </li>
13346 <li>
13346 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=browsemode.html">
13346 How to show/hide the Browse mode button
13346 </a>
13346 </li>
13347 <li>
13347 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=grademethod.html">
13347 The Grading Methods for the Package
13347 </a>
13347 </li>
13348 <li>
13348 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=maxgrade.html">
13348 The Maximum Grade Value for the Package
13348 </a>
13348 </li>
13349 <li>
13349 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=package.html">
13349 What is a Package activity?
13349 </a>
13349 </li>
13350 <li>
13350 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=size.html">
13350 Defining the Learning Objects frame/window size
13350 </a>
13350 </li>
13351 <li>
13351 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=summary.html">
13351 The summary field use
13351 </a>
13351 </li>
13352 <li>
13352 <a href="help.php?module=scorm&file=window.html">
13352 The popup window settings
13352 </a>
13352 </li>
13354 </ul>
13355 <div class="filename">
13355 ./help/scorm/advanced.html
13356 </div>
13357 <h1>
13357 Parameters Settings
13357 </h1>
13359 <p>
13359 Clicking this button will shown additional settings to configure package display.
13359 </p>
13360 <div class="filename">
13360 ./help/scorm/forcecompleted.html
13361 </div>
13362 <h1>
13362 Force Completed
13362 </h1>
13364 <p>
13364 Force completed will ensure that the status of the current attempt is forced to "completed" if
cmi.core.score.raw has been issued, and as such is only relevant for SCORM 1.2 packages.
13364 </p>
13365 <p>
13365 This is usefull if the SCORM package does not handle revisiting an attempt correctly, in review or
browse mode, or otherwise incorrectly issues the completion status.
13365 </p>
13366 <div class="filename">
13366 ./help/scorm/stagesize.html
13367 </div>
13368 <h1>
13368 Size
13368 </h1>
13370 <p>
13370 These two settings define the Learning Objects frame/window height and width.
13370 </p>
13371 <div class="filename">
13371 ./help/scorm/autocontinue.html
13372 </div>
13373 <h1>
13373 Auto-Continue
13373 </h1>
13375 <p>
13375 If Auto-continue is set to Yes, when a Learning Object calls the "close communication" method,
the next available Learning Object is launched automatically.
13376 </p>
13378 <p>
13378 If it is set to No, the users must use the "Continue" button to go on.
13378 </p>
13379 <div class="filename">
13379 ./help/scorm/grademethod.html
13380 </div>
13381 <h1>
13381 Grade methods
13381 </h1>
13383 <p>
13383 The results of a SCORM/AICC Package activity shown in Grades pages can be rated in several modes:
13383 </p>
13384 <ul>
13385 <li>
13385 <b>
13385 Learning Objects
13385 </b>
13385 <br />
13385 This mode shows the number of completed/passed Learning Objects for the activity. The max value is the
number of Package's Learning Objects.
13385 </li>
13386 <li>
13386 <b>
13386 Highest grade
13386 </b>
13386 <br />
13386 The grade page will display the highest score obtained by users in all passed Learning Objects.
13386 </li>
13387 <li>
13387 <b>
13387 Average grade
13387 </b>
13387 <br />
13387 If you choose this mode Moodle will calculate the average of all scores.
13387 </li>
13388 <li>
13388 <b>
13388 Sum grade
13388 </b>
13388 <br />
13388 With this mode all the scores will be added.
13388 </li>
13389 </ul>
13391 <div class="filename">
13391 ./help/scorm/timerestrict.html
13392 </div>
13393 <h1>
13393 Restrict times
13393 </h1>
13395 <p>
13395 This setting allows you to define a time window within which participants are allowed to attempt a
SCORM.
13396 </p>
13398 <p>
13398 To set an open-ended close date just set the time very far in the future.
13398 </p>
13400 <p>
13400 If you don't need this at all then uncheck the box.
13400 </p>
13400 <div class="filename">
13400 ./help/scorm/window.html
13401 </div>
13402 <h1>
13402 Window settings
13402 </h1>
13404 <p>
13404 These settings can be hidden/shown by clicking the button labeled Hide settings or Show settings.
13404 </p>
13406 <p>
13406 Usually, packages are displayed in a normal window with the Moodle navigation controls on top and
package TOC on the left side. If you choose, you can get the content of the package in a new window.
13408 </p>
13410 <p>
13410 However, if you wish to have your package appear in a new window follow these steps:
13410 </p>
13412 <ol>
13413 <li>
13413 In the
13413 <b>
13413 Window:
13413 </b>
13413 section, select 'New Window'.
13413 </li>
13415 <li>
13415 Determine the size window you wish to open.
13415 <br />
13417 <div class="indent">
13418 <p>
13418 Many people still use an average screen resolution of 800x600. In most cases it's best if you
initially size your window a little smaller than that, like 600 high and 480 wide.
13419 </p>
13421 <p>
13421 If you set 100% for both these fields then the new popup window will fill all the screen.
Percentual values will fill the percentuage of the screen set.
13422 </p>
13424 <p>
13424 If you leave these fields blank then the new popup window will be exactly the same size as the
window they clicked on to get the popup.
13425 </p>
13426 </div>
13427 </li>
13428 </ol>
13429 <div class="filename">
13429 ./help/scorm/size.html
13430 </div>
13431 <h1>
13431 Size
13431 </h1>
13433 <p>
13433 These two settings define the Learning Objects frame/window height and width.
13433 </p>
13434 <div class="filename">
13434 ./help/scorm/maxattempt.html
13435 </div>
13436 <h1>
13436 Number of attempts
13436 </h1>
13438 <p>
13438 This define the number of attempts permitted to users.
13438 <br />
13438 It works only with SCORM1.2 and AICC packages. SCORM2004 has its own max attempts definition
13438 </p>
13439 <div class="filename">
13439 ./help/scorm/whatgrade.html
13440 </div>
13441 <h1>
13441 Attempts Grading
13441 </h1>
13443 <p>
13443 When you permit multiple attempts to users, you can choose how to use the result of attempts in
gradebook.
13443 </p>
13444 <div class="filename">
13444 ./help/scorm/mods.html
13445 </div>
13446 <p>
13446 <img alt="" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/scorm/icon.gif" />
13446
13446 <b>
13446 SCORM/AICC Packages
13446 </b>
13446 </p>
13447 <div class="indent">
13448 A package is a bundle of web content packaged in a way that follows the SCORM or the AICC standard for
learning objects. These packages can include web pages, graphics, Javascript programs, Flash
presentations and anything else that works in web browsers. The Package module allows you to easily
upload any standard SCORM or AICC package and make it part of your course.
13455 </div>
13456 <div class="filename">
13456 ./help/scorm/package.html
13457 </div>
13458 <h1>
13458 Packages file
13458 </h1>
13460 <p>
13460 The package is a particular file with
13460 <b>
13460 zip
13460 </b>
13460 (or pif) extension that contains valid AICC or SCORM course definition files.
13461 </p>
13463 <p>
13463 A
13463 <b>
13463 SCORM
13463 </b>
13463 package must contains in the root of zip a file named
13463 <b>
13463 imsmanifest.xml
13463 </b>
13464 that define SCORM course structure, resource location and many other things.
13464 </p>
13466 <p>
13466 An
13466 <b>
13466 AICC
13466 </b>
13466 package is defined by several files (from 4 to 7) with defined extensions. Here you find the extensions
meaning:
13467 </p>
13468 <ul>
13469 <li>
13469 CRS - Course Description file (mandatory)
13469 </li>
13470 <li>
13470 AU - Assignable Unit file (mandatory)
13470 </li>
13471 <li>
13471 DES - Descriptor file (mandatory)
13471 </li>
13472 <li>
13472 CST - Course Structure file (mandatory)
13472 </li>
13473 <li>
13473 ORE - Objective Relationship file (optional)
13473 </li>
13474 <li>
13474 PRE - Prerequisites file (optional)
13474 </li>
13475 <li>
13475 CMP - Completition Requirements file (optional)
13475 </li>
13476 </ul>
13478 </body>
13478 </html>
More Information
Parsing Errors
E002 - 7 instance(s): A < character was expected but was not found. Sometimes this error appears when you have mismatched quotes, but more often it is caused by using a > character in the text. The > character should only be used to end a tag. Within text you should use the character reference > instead. See http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/charset.html#h-5.3.2 (displayed in new window).
E005 - 5 instance(s): There is either an unnecessary extra single or double quote character or there is a missing quote. This may be caused by putting single or double quote characters within quoted text eg "Mary said "hello" to her friends". In this case you should replace the quote character with the character reference equivalent e.g. "Mary said "hello" to her friends". Note that this error may cause several others to appear that can all be fixed by correcting this issue. See http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/intro/sgmltut.html#h-3.2.2 (displayed in new window).
E016 - 10 instance(s): It appears that you have specified two attributes with the same case-insensitive name. The second attribute will normally be ignored but this cannot be guaranteed.
E023 - 1 instance(s): It appears that you have specified an attribute value but not supplied the attribute's name. This tends to indicate a misformatted tag possibly with single or double quotes in the wrong place or mismatched. Check that there are no extra or missing quote characters.
HTML Errors
E600 - 82 instance(s): This error is often raised when a browser-specific tag has been used such as <embed>. Alternatively you may have mis-spelled the name or tried to use a tag that is not valid with the HTML specification you are validating against.
E601 - 2 instance(s): This error is normally due to other errors within the page, such as using a frame set with the wrong <!DOCTYPE> tag. You can find a list of the <!DOCTYPE> tags that Total Validator recognises here (displayed in new window).
E602 - 1 instance(s): The <!DOCTYPE> tag should appear before all other HTML tags or non-whitespace content (with XHTML it may appear after the XML declaration).
E604 - 60 instance(s): According to the HTML specification being validated against, the tag must have an end tag. Sometimes this error is caused by improperly nested tags where the end tag exists but cannot be matched with the corresponding start tag.
E609 - 788 instance(s): If this error is preceded by an E604 error (missing end tag) then correcting the earlier E604 error may correct this one. Otherwise note that there are strict rules as to what tags may be nested within others, as well as the order and number of tags allowed. Try removing the item marked with this error or nesting it within one of the tags listed. Note that in rare cases it is possible that a tag in the list provided also may not be allowed, but a simple test should quickly resolve this.
E612 - 6 instance(s): Each tag is defined by the HTML specification as only being allowed to contain certain other items nested within it, and sometimes these nested items may only appear once or only in a certain order. A common problem is to use a tag where it may not be obvious that it is not allowed, and may be accepted by many browsers. Try removing the offending item or nesting it within one of the other tags listed.
E620 - 113 instance(s): The most common reason for this error is the use of a browser-specific attribute (such as 'leftmargin' in the <body> tag), which is not part of the official HTML specification being tested against. If the attribute is for purely for layout then consider using CSS instead.
E622 - 3 instance(s): The HTML specification being validated against defines certain valid values for each attribute. Usually a list of valid values will be displayed when you see this message. Note that many values must be in lower case in XHTML, including the 'x' in numeric hex entity references. Note also that what values are allowed varies from standard to standard.
E626 - 1 instance(s): XML is case-sensitive and in XHTML all element names are defined as being in lower case. See http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/#h-4.2 (displayed in new window).
E631 - 14 instance(s): All 'id' and anchor 'name' attributes in the same document must have unique values. See http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/struct/links.html#h-12.2.3 (displayed in new window).
E650 - 10 instance(s): When style attributes are used the default style sheet language should be specified using a Content-Style-Type HTTP header or <meta> tag. See http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/present/styles.html#h-14.2.1 (displayed in new window).
E651 - 8 instance(s): When you include a 'for' attribute to associate a label with a control you must provide a control with a matching 'id' value in the same form. Referencing controls in different forms, or outside of forms produces an inaccessible page.See http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/interact/forms.html#h-17.9.1 (displayed in new window).